Jim Werner's Comic Reviews

Reviewer For: Weird Science, Weird Science Marvel Comics Reviews: 3110
7.2Avg. Review Rating

Catwoman #33 is pure and utter nonsense.  Actually, that's too much of a compliment.  This issue is the worst issue in an already horrid series.  I had fun laughing at Catwoman for awhile, but now it's just sad.  I'm done here.  Goodnight.
View Issue       View Full Review

Reading and reviewing this book was like watching a slow-motion trainwreck over six months. The best thing in this issue was the preview for Blue Beetle: Graduation Day in the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book was terrible, worst issue so far. Being issue 3 this score keeps dropping and the story has completely lost my interest. Only saving grace is the art which is good.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you enjoy the Movement, all power to you.  Like the heroes in the book I can't seem to remember, everyone should fight for a say in life.  Please, scream to the rooftops how much you love this book.  I'll be sitting here reading a book that I enjoy with heroes that make me wish I could fly, run super fast and fight evil so I can own the night.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue came down to one question for me. If I had a daughter and she asked me on Wednesday morning to pick up a comic book for her, would I consider this book? Absolutely not. Maybe if your child is a fan of the television series, they may enjoy it. However, the average reader will not. There are so many books out there right now that are aimed at children that are well written, drawn beautifully, and have a much higher quality in general. Please, buy one of those for you child. Spare them from this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue sucked.  This series sucked.  Good Riddance.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a Futures End tie-in, this book sucked.  As an issue of Birds of Prey, this book sucked.  As anything you could possibly imagine this is, this book sucked.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #31 continues the utter nonsense that is the Race of Thieves.  The plot makes no sense, the dialogue is horrible and just when you thought it couldn't, it gets worse.  Pat Olliffe's art is good, but it's all window dressing to Nocenti's over descriptions.  After all that, I read this issue with a smile on my face that only Ann Nocenti can give.  Just when you think she's hit rock bottom, she digs a little deeper.  Keep digging Ann, keep digging.
View Issue       View Full Review

This may be the funniest book ever made.  Ann Nocenti is a diabolical genius.  I would say you have to buy this and read it for yourself, but isn't that Ann's plan all along?  Diabolical Genius, I tells you.  Diabolical Genius!
View Issue       View Full Review

Katana has been canceled and issue #9 shows why. The story is confusing, the dialogue will make you laugh and the art is not good. I really cannot find any reason for anyone to read this book except as a lesson on how not to write a comic. It is that bad.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you like nonsensical dialogue, misused metaphors and confusing story lines, pick it up now.  Afterwards, I suggest sitting down and taking a long look at yourself and where your craziness is taking you in life.  If you are sane, don't get within ten yards of this book.  This has been a public service announcement from Weird Science.  Thank You.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stormwatch #29 ends a series nobody seemed to care about.  For the few fans out there, just get the issue even though I'm sure you'll be just as ticked off as me. The creative team thanks the readers who stuck with the series at the end of the book, but everything before it is a slap in the face.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #36 is an awful end to what was a promising arc.  The idea of Superman battling his inner darkness is great, Peter Milligan just ended it in a way that made me mad at Superman, not glad he was back.  I really wish I could recommend this issue since I liked the first two parts, but I can't.  Unlike Superman, I won't lie...I hated it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm also getting tired of Lan Medina's art.  It's so up and down with one page looking detailed and great followed by two that are just plain bad.  Oh well.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't like this issue, but that's no surprise because I don't like this series.  I am so far from recommending this book to anyone, even fans of the Others from their appearances in Aquaman.  Just be like everyone else and avoid this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

To say I hated this issue is an understatement.  The art is ok, but everything else is terrible.  Batman sucks at being Batman and the characterization of Clayface is ridiculous.  This issue is the best example of how NOT to end a story arc.  A fizzle would be a huge overstatement.  I am not looking forward to Clayface's Villains Month origin story and I could care less if another issue ever hits the stands.
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #31 was a complete waste of my time and money.  It's a one-shot filler issue that completely ignores everything going on in the New 52 the tell exactly nothing.  It's a shame that the book was canceled. but this is Christy Marx's worst issue so far.  The art is okay, but it can't save this generic, heavy handed story.  Avoid this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #32 is just another bad issue in a bad series that thankfully only has a couple of issues left.  I'd call it mediocre, but that would be a compliment.  I gave it a chance, but if it wasn't ending in August, I'd be dropping it by then anyway.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #28 is a horrible, unnecessary part of the Gothtopia story.  Ann Nocenti puts in her trademark drivel and Patrick Olliffe's art while good, can't save the day.  Avoid this issue at all costs and don't buy Catwoman until Ann Nocenti is fired.
View Issue       View Full Review

I do not have a black heart and I really do like to laugh, but this issue made me want to strangle someone.  Keith Giffen uses this Event tie-in to poke fun at everyone he can and chuckle at the Event itself...but he forgot to write a good issue to go along with it.  This issue, like the first, was not good and made me cringe a whole lot more than laugh.  I think it's time for Giffen to retire Ambush Bug and update his book of jokes to at least catch up with Y2K.  Maybe by 2050, we'll get to 2015.
View Issue       View Full Review

This follows the series in being dull, boring and lacking anything provocative to say, the art is equally poor as the colour palette is dark, gloomy and dull just like the whole series, sadly I would have to say avoid this one, it could have been done in 48 page special and would have been better for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This story went from good in the first issue to… crap by the second issue. The art is alright, but couldn't make this story any better, and the ending didn't leave me wanting to read the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really don't know who would like this issue or book for that matter.  It's an uninteresting story with awful dialogue and poor characterizations.  August Padilla's nice art can't save the day and this book should really just disappear from existence.  That being said, I'll be back again next week because I have to.  If you don't have to, do yourself a favor and don't read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is horrible, plain and simple.  Maybe if everyone passes on it, it will get canceled and a better book can rise from the ashes of this mess.  One can only hope.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues to have the same problems that have plagued it from the start...mainly being unnecessary.  I don't think fans of the game will enjoy it and there is nothing going on to grab the uninitiated either.  In the end, I just wish this book would quietly fade away into obscurity.
View Issue       View Full Review

I actually wish I'd just skipped this issue because it is no ways up to the quality of the regular series.  Marguerite Bennett's dialogue and characterizations are awful and the art is split between too many artists to be anything but inconsistent.  Just skip this and get on to Year Three which is light years better than this Annual could dream to be.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a mess.  Following the Trinity War event you would think that DC would want to keep what momentum Justice League Dark had gained.  Instead we get the origin story of a Villain no one cares about.  It truly is the answer to a question no one is asking.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'd love to tell you how great this issue is, but that would make me a big, fat, sticking liar.  I may be big, fat and stinking, but mister, I am no liar.  Besides the art, this book sucks.  Everyone needs to pass on this so the higher ups at DC will give Ann yet another book, maybe Section 8.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the part where I usually sum up the issue and my review, but let's not waste anymore time. This book looks great, but everything else about it stinks on ice.  Avoid it at all costs, especially the $2.99 DC is trying to take from you.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have tried to defend this rebooted Suicide Squad, but this month I can't.  It's a filler issue that isn't fun and fun is the one thing this book had.  Sean Ryan doesn't give us much as far as story and the four artists combine to give us a steaming pile.  Yes, this book has words and pictures, but not much more.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't like this issue, it's as simple as that. From the cartoon-y art to the fact that absolutely nothing happened, I just can't get into the story. I definitely can wait until the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman fans (and comic fans in general) should pass on this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Well, here we go again. I don't like this book. It's just not something I think is necessary, and on top of that, it's not very good. This type of huge, grand story is made for the silver screen, not a comic book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues the downward spiral that quickly hit this book.  While the reader is constantly reminded of the mature nature of the book, there is little plot or character progression to hook them in.  With the series ending in a few issues, this book will surely just fade into obscurity until the Star Spangled name is brought out of the closet again down the line.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stormwatch #26 continues the trend of the series which means it is not good.  We get to see the underwhelming plan of the Kollective and the bare chests of Apollo and Midnighter...again.  Seriously, not much happens in this issue and I can't recommend it to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #23.3 is a terrible issue. While the art is good, the plot is convoluted and boring. The twist ending sets up the upcoming event, but I dare you to try to get that far without throwing this book out the window, into a fire, under a bus...
View Issue       View Full Review

There is no reason to read Superman #31.  It is an awful book for Doomed readers and Superman fans in general.  Just skip it and hope we get back to business in next week's Action Comics.  Lets all pretend this didn't happen.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is just plain bad.  Bad Story.  Bad Art.  Bad Dialogue.  December can't come soon enough!
View Issue       View Full Review

It's four issues in and I don't like this book.  I barely can remember the team and don't care what "adventures" they get in.  The book seems to take place somewhere outside the New 52 by itself and if we're lucky, it'll just walk away without looking back.  Aquaman and even the Others deserve better than this.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is not a good issue or a good book.  This issue is a good jumping on point since it over explains everything and reintroduces the team.  Nothing in the book passes as interesting and it should be canceled.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batgirl #46 is an awful issue that is a slog to get through and hilarious for all the wrong reasons.  It is rough being a Batgirl fan right now, and I can only hope we get something better and soon!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #138 continues the Gotham War with more Batman deconstruction and, sadly, more Bat Family destruction.  The core concept of this "war" was flawed from the start, so why not add more nonsense into the mix?  That's what Chip Zdarsky does with a laughable move by Vandal Savage and worse.  While I could use event fatigue as a reason to avoid Gotham War, I don't have to go that far...Skip this issue and all of Gotham War because it is a horribly written story!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I haven't been the biggest fan of Eternal up until now, this issue makes me want to give up reviewing this book, travel to Tibet and become a monk. In fact, I want to do anything and everything to avoid reading another issue like this ever again. I now officially hate Batman and Robin Eternal.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Dark Knight has been the weakest link in the Batman books and thankfully this is the last issue. Batman comes off as a out-of-touch oaf and the art is downright horrible.  It's a shame this book ended up like this, but as it has I can only say goodbye and good riddance.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of the Birds of Prey, I pity you.  This is not the book you deserve.  Hopefully down the line, DC will give you a better version of the Birds that you can enjoy and be proud of.  This is not that book and everyone should steer clear.  You have been warned.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #56 is a terrible issue in an increasingly awful series.  I can't recommend this to anyone since I don't know why I keep reading it myself.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #59 answers the question of what happened to Selina at the end of the Gotham War and the answer is downright hilarious!  Tini Howard seems intent on proving that she has no clue what makes Catwoman a great character and I don't think any Nine Lives power will be enough to save Selina or her fans!
View Issue       View Full Review

I tried my best to figure out what was going on in this issue, but I was left utterly confused.  The problem is, even the stuff I understood didn't impress me much.  In the end, fans of Infinity Inc. got what they wanted and we can file the team away for safe keeping until the next event rolls in.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't enjoy the first issue in this series enough to recommend it and I like this one even less.  It's bad enough that Wonder Woman can't save anyone around her, but the issue ends with the worst "victory" in all of Convergence.  Nobody, even Wonder woman fans, will be missing anything by skipping this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

This finale was just awful.  Steve Orlando forces an ending onto the reader that is rushed, forced, doesn't make sense and is an insult to everyone involved.  It's bad enough that it hijacked three books for a month, but it's also the worst thing that has come out of Rebirth so far.  The only positive is that we can get back to our regular stories now.  At least we have that!
View Issue       View Full Review

I really don't know why this book exists.  Actually I do...Money and nothing more.  Two issues of boring explanation and poor characterization and I have already had enough.  I was hoping this issue would improve over the premier's poor showing, but it actually got worse.  I can't recommend this issue or the series to fans of the game or comic readers in general.  Until further notice, just walk away.  Nothing to see here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #17 is an exposition heavy issue with awful dialogue and no story progression.  It's basically a recap and other than a promising cliffhanger, fans (if there are any) can pass on this one.  Actually,  it may be time to pass on this series altogether.
View Issue       View Full Review

I haven't liked this series and this issue didn't change my mind one bit.  Fans of grim and gritty fantasy may find something to like here, but I can't get invested in such a forced story that lacks almost any semblance of characterization.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know what Alex De Campi was going for her, but I felt dirty after reading this issue.  Sensation Comics often has inspirational stories, bit this one inspired me to take a shower.  And it wasn't even the week I usually do that!  Neil Googe's art was good, but this is one issue that every Wonder Woman fan should steer clear of.  Maybe I can pay Wonder Woman to punch De Campi.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando uses his final issue of Supergirl to push his upcoming New Age of Heroes book and while that's The Unexpected, this is just unforgivable.  While the issue looks great, I have never been madder at an issue of a comic in a long time, maybe never.  I haven't been the biggest fan of Steve Orlando, but I am now done with him completely!
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Drake: Robin #5 is one of the worst comic book issues I've read in quite some time.  The plot is nonsensical, the reveal is laughable, and the way that Tim defeats his last enemy is something you have to see to believe, but not in a good way.  The art continues to be a problem, even with another artist doing most of the pages this month. This series will surely be on multiple "worst of" lists for years to come, so I can only recommend it to someone who wants to brag that they were one of the few who read it when it came out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics Annual #2 is not a good start to the Krypton Returns arc.  The dialogue and characterization of the three leads is awful.  The book is too wordy and those words are poorly written.  The art is good, but the panel layout makes it hard to follow.  Unfortunately, when you can follow it, the bad writing strikes again.  Superman, Supergirl and yes, even Superboy deserve better.  Time Tsunami...Time Tsunami.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #38 is continuing the mediocrity of the Exposed arc.  The story is not interesting and the comic itself is boring.  Maybe the final issue will "wow" me, but so far this arc is a big disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #39 ends B. Clay Moore's Exposed story arc and I'm glad.  I wasn't a fan of the arc or any of the issues especially this one.  When I make the argument that digital titles are equalling print titles in quality I won't use these as an example.  However, it highlights a plus for this book in particular...a new story starts next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman Annual #1 is a missed opportunity.  What could have been a cool issue featuring The Outsiders, ended up being a sub par effort that lead to me to hoping Arthur's former team will get retired for good.  Aquaman fans deserve so much better.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman: Futures End #1 is my least favorite Futures End tie-in yet.  It's exposition heavy, full of awful ideas and pretty much ruins everything that I love about Aquaman's regular run.  To make it worse, it's a setup issue for another book.  Aquaman may get a new kickass outfit, but that, my friends, is not worth $3.99.  Just skip it and save your cash money.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman / Green Arrow: Deep Target #4 is another lousy issue in a bad series.  Brandon Thomas continues his timeline-changing mystery, but the real secret is why this book even exists.  If DC Comics wants things to improve, they must stop allowing books like this to hit the shelves.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman and the Others #9 was yet another awful issue.  I'm sure that most people have bailed from this book, especially since it was cancelled and I envy them.  After nine issues, this "team" still feels like complete strangers to reader and themselves.  The dialogue is so heavy handed and laughable and the artwork lacks detail and pupils.  This book wans't good monthly, won't be good collected and is just plain not good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Avengers of the Wastelands ended in a thud, but did it ever really begin? Ed Brisson filled this finale with forced exposition, cliched twists, and not much else. I am a bit embarrassed that I defended and even recommended this book when it started because, in the end, it was just a waste!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batgirl #48 is hardly a Joker War tie-in, and really, it's just a convoluted mess.  Cecil Castellucci throws characters at the reader without thought of proper setup or characterization and while Robbie Rodriquez's art is good, it can't save this sinking ship.  I am sure that Batgirl fans will stick it out until this series ends at #50, but they deserve something...anything better than this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cecil Castellucci uses this Batgirl finale as a personal soapbox, and I hated it.  It's not the message but the execution, and even after a dismal run on Batgirl, this is hard to swallow.  Leave your politics for your Twitter feed and give Batgirl fans an ending they deserve or at least would like!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #15 was a horrible end to a bad story.  The story and art were equally bad and i can only recommend that you avoid it.  How about we get Kaiyo to just erase our collective memories so we don't even know it ever existed?
View Issue       View Full Review

It's starting to feel like a long time since the stellar first issue of this series.  Steve Orlando gives fans the worst issue of this series by a longshot and if I wasn't reviewing it, it might have been my last.  The dialogue and characters are way off here and the story does nothing to excite me at all.  The art follows suit and did nothing to wow me and even made me wonder why so many people were needed to bring it.  I had high hopes for this series, but the last few issues and this one in particular has beaten it out of me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my least favorite issue of Batman and Robin Eternal yet.  It's not just the awful dialogue, but the feeling that the whole issue only exists for the big reveal ending.  It's pretty damn awesome, but doesn't justify the forced and boring story that lead to it.  If you want to learn how to make a Red Hood, Red Robin and Bane team up no fun, this is your instruction manual.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue moves the overall story along, it does so with poor dialogue, awful characterizations and ridiculous situations.  Jackson Lanzing and Collin Kelly were given some cool toys to play with, but did nothing with them.  This month's cliffhanger didn't have to zing that last week's did so the suffering getting to it felt all the more painful.  I've heard rumblings of people dropping this book and I only expect them to get louder after this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have gotten used to the disappointment that this book brings almost every single week, but this issue is just too much.  It's as if all the writers have been leading us on so they can laugh at us when it's all over.  I don't know about you, but I don't like getting laughed at.
View Issue       View Full Review

I will always love Neal Adams' art.  It is dated, but in a good way because it has such a great and unique sense of energy to it all.  Anything Neal Adams draws, I will buy... unless he is also writing it.  Please, use the pencils for drawing, not for writing from now on.
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #26 is not very good and ruins the little momentum that the last proper issue had gained.  This issue is one big ridiculous fight that's poorly drawn and confusing.  I hope someone at DC can kick start this title soon because as it is now, it is not worth reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #26 ends the Gotham Underground story and it's about time.  It is a horrible issue to finish an awful arc.  It isn't new reader friendly, old reader friendly or any reader friendly.  If you see anyone picking it up at your local comic shop, do the right thing and stop them immediately.  They will thank you later.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a public service, I will continue to read and review Catwoman.  I do this so you don't have to.  I am the designated reader because friends don't let friends read Nocenti.  You can thank me later.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman is an awful book that I look forward to each month.  I wish I could say it's so bad it's good, but it's actually just so bad it makes me laugh my ass off.  Ann Nocenti should give up the ghost and let fans have the book they deserve.  Until then, join me in the laugh fest I call Catwoman.
View Issue       View Full Review

The bottom line is this is not a well written or constructed comic event in any way shape or form and now that's it's hit delays, has become utterly pointless. Continuity is loose as a goose and not followed, resurrection, killing, and now destruction is abound just because the author demands it, so save your money. Go buy a large coffee and donut instead...at least you'll have some satisfaction from spending five dollars on something worthwhile. Bendis has turned Ulysses into nothing more than an uninteresting plot device, taking down heroes left and right, while the only death I'm interested in going forward from the author is Ulysses' himself. Bits and Pieces:Marvel needs to do better because, other than Spider-Man, I'm losing interest in the future of their comics at a rapid pace.
View Issue       View Full Review

Save your money since the answers are coming out in the Marvel Now line of books being published currently anyway. You'll find answers there before this will event even sniffs the finish line anyway.
View Issue       View Full Review

Crush & Lobo continues to tell a story hardly, and after five issues, that is ridiculous.  I think the book is supposed to be funny, but it's just sad, like a clown.  One tear rolling down his cheek as he tightens his bindle and hits the rails hoping that the next town accepts a tired old performer that only wants to bring a smile to a child's face one last time.  This book is that clown, and I'm the child who is destined never to laugh at him and his stupid bindle.  Fin
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a convoluted and almost unreadable pile of garbage.  Besides a good effort by the art team, there is no reason at all to pick this up, let alone waste any time reading it.  Marv Wolfman once again proves that some things should be left alone, even by their creators.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't decide what's worse, that the story is a convoluted mess or that it is boring as hell.  It's a tie, but the big loser is anyone who buys this crap.  It looks good, but there is no reason whatsoever that this book should exist.
View Issue       View Full Review

Instead of trying to destroy the legacy of the original Peter David run and showcasing it as something the heroes need to reject and destroy, this series should've been a celebration of our core team. Then it should've found a way to push these beloved characters forward in a way that excites fans as DC enters the “Dawn of a New Era” phase. Instead, we're getting a book desperate to tell readers that this team remains directionless - and that is depressing AF.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an awful ending to a mediocre story.  With Peter Tomasi jumping on the book next issue, this is the Wally Pipp of Detective stories. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This series got caught in a rut the minute Sam Humphries got praised for Harley's mother's death.  This issue kind of ends the murder "mystery" of Alicia's death, but Humphries seems more interested in grabbing feels than tying up loose ends, and in the end, this all mattered about as much as the Jade Feather - not at all!  Oh well, at least he didn't mess up the character for longtime fans... oh crap, he did that too!  (I did love the art, by the way!)
View Issue       View Full Review

Leave it to this book to follow up a good issue with one so confusing and bad.  The story makes no sense and is just a thinly veiled attempt to get a team together.  It shouldn't be a shock because that's what this whole series has been.  Oh well, I'll just hope for something better next week.  Someday my wishes will all come true.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #10 is a waste of both time and money. The lack of story progression has killed the intrigue this series promised and I don't see Mathew Rosenberg suddenly righting the ship in the two remaining issues. I'm not surprised this series was cancelled, just that it took this long.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #11 gives readers some answers, but it's too late to have much impact.  The art is stellar, but the total lack of story progression during the first ten issues is glaring as Mathew Rosenberg desperately tries to convince readers that there was ever a worthwhile story here.  Oh well, Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing only has one more issue to go, and then LAX lovers can rest easy again.
View Issue       View Full Review

My gut feeling is to give this a certain F-U score, but I don't want anyone to think I enjoyed this issue at all.  As a single issue, it's bad, but as the finale of the first Rebirth arc, it's unforgivable.  The reader is left confused and guessing as the heroes tell us it's not actually over.  Oh, it's over!  In fact, it never should have even started!
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch jumps back on the Justice League and reminded me why I hate it so much. This team has gone through too much already to need this type of issue and it only points out why this book is in the sad shape it's in.  There is no reason to read this issue and I am really finding it hard to justify sticking with this series as a whole.
View Issue       View Full Review

I hated this issue.  I hate this book.  We get another non-ending to a story that made little to no sense and had no payoff whatsoever.  Avoid this book like the plague it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was supposed to be one of the biggest stories in Rebirth.  It wasn't.  It sucked.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando ends his Might Beyond the Mirror story and while it had a very convoluted buildup, it deserved a better sendoff than this.  To say it fell flat is an understatement and even the controversy of Promethea joining in lead to nothing at all.  This book is one of the worst that DC puts on the shelf regularly and needs to end even sooner than it already is.
View Issue       View Full Review

This conclusion to the Angor story was just utter nonsense filled with nonsense dialogue, good art and nothing else.  Thankfully, it will all be over soon!
View Issue       View Full Review

This series is almost over and it still feels like too long a time to wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you like your Annuals to give you more of what you get from the regular series, here it is.  The regular series is awful and this Annual is more of that awful.  Avoid this at all costs, especially the $4.99 that you will be ripped off buying it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Katana #10 is a horrible end to a horrible book that never should have happened in the first place.  I must admit though, I will miss the unintentionally ridiculous dialogue and art that seemed to be drawn with no intention of matching the story.  It was a quirky horrible mess, but here at Weird Science, it was my quirky, horrible mess.  What am I talking about, thank God it's over!
View Issue       View Full Review

Klarion #4 continues it's trek to it's announced cancellation with another confusing mess of an issue.  The good art makes it nice to look at, but the story and dialogue only made me shake my head in disgust.  This book never should have seen the light of day and luckily in a few months will be put out of it's (and our) misery.
View Issue       View Full Review

What can I say, the bleeding has finally ended and we can all start the healing process.  This issue was such a fitting end to Klarion...confusing, ridiculous and beautiful.  Now that my tour of duty is done, I'm heading home to be with my family and maybe someday I'll be able to talk about what I've gone through.  Maybe.  Someday.
View Issue       View Full Review

Okay what to say about this issue? This was a very tough read for me. It made me think about all the worst issues of Threshold. Characters just sitting around giving long exposition, and Keith Giffin trying to make the characters funny, but failing severely. It is just so tough....so very tough. I wanted to put this issue down, and just say the hell with the review, but people need to be warned. Larfleeze is a fun character, maybe a little single minded but this issue reminds you why Threshold was cancelled and if things don't change this title will follow. Just Ugh.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book was supposed to be friendly to new readers but it hasn't been. The art remains enjoyable but the story and some of the dialogue is not. There is not enough context for new readers to enjoy the story and mythos. Scarlet comes off as selfish and she has done nothing in two issues to warrant her being a revolutionary leader. This issue makes Scarlet and the revolution look more like villains than social justice warriors that the book wants to them to be.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the first Sensation Comics issue I can't recommend.  It's not just bad, it's downright offensive and crosses the line a couple of times.  If you looked at this as an all ages comic, skip this issue.  Actually, read it first and make your own assessment, but I know I'm not letting my young ones read it.  How could I, when I wish I hadn't read it myself.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is bad. Even though the art this issue was slightly better than the other issues, I still didn't enjoy this. I can't say I would recommend it to anyone, Star Wars fans or not.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stormwatch #25 is not a good book.  The story is confusing and the art is bland.  The team itself is a relic from the past and doesn't seem to fit in the New 52.  The way things are going, it won't be their much longer anyway.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may be the writing debut of John Romita Jr., but don't let that get you too excited.  It is not good.  It is also unnecessary and will give you that been there, done that feeling.  Just sit patiently and wait for the real book to resume in June.
View Issue       View Full Review

Talon was one of my favorite New 52 titles from the moment it was introduced. Unfortunately, the last few issues have not been good. If things don't improve quick I'm afraid it will be canceled which is a real shame. I wish I could recomend this issue, but right now I can't recommend the series in general.
View Issue       View Full Review

Much like the hardcore Game of Thrones fan explaining the show to a new viewer, this issue felt incredibly confusing, overly-complicated, and ultimately I don't think I retained any of the information. (Once again, I love Game of Thrones so don't hate me). The story of this book hasn't really started yet. This issue was about bringing you up to speed about the world that the story takes place in. The art would be good, but it feels like there are conflicting art styles. Ultimately, I'm not very impressed by this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a confusing and seemingly random issue with the Infected name slapped on it, then this is for you.  The rest of us who have known that Gordon has been infected since the middle of last summer can just pass it on by because you will learn nothing else except that Gordon might be able to give Billie Eilish a run for her money if he can get some of his new, dark ideas on wax.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Drake: Robin #8 is another mess of an issue in a series filled with them.  Fitzmartin once again neglects any setup, which turns everything in this book into a mystery... except the actual mystery she is trying to tell.  There is a laundry list of reasons this book failed, but the biggest one is the writing.  Hopefully, DC realizes this and doesn't blame Tim Drake.
View Issue       View Full Review

With weird pacing, pages and panels feeling like filler in a first issue, washed out and muddy art that really didn't do much for me really left me down on this book. I have a hard time recommending this to anybody. It had some interesting set up and mystery in the first few pages but seemed to squander it all by time it got to the end reveal that genuinely had me laughing.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue adds things out of nowhere and throws out things that we wasted time on for months.  The art was good, but everything, including Deathstroke showing up, was a nothing story to set up a 180 for the next issue's finale.  I can't wait since it will be the last issue of this nonsense I will have to read and review!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Invisible Mafia story ends with a thud... the thud of me pounding my head on my desk!  Not much gets resolved, and it looks awful not doing it!    If you have been waiting for a good time to jump back on Action Comics, March seems like it will be it.
View Issue       View Full Review

A public domain folktale shoved into an extended fight scene that ends with Batman doing something he should never do!  This issue was infuriating beyond the lack of a story and while I'm sure some will praise it, I found it appalling.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King continues giving readers a very unlikeable Batman and tops that off by ruining the Penguin...for me at least.  There is also a bit of revisionist history, a joke that needs to be retired and all the other nonsense that readers of this book either love or hate.  It's beyond me why and how this keeps going on, but maybe it's just because I don't fill in the blanks the same way as others are filling them in.  I will just blame myself from now on since I seem to be the only one missing out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King continues his Hush-lite story of Master Bruce this week.  It's obvious this issue exists, not to expand on what we've already got, but to remind us of the character and get him to where Bane can use him.  Funny, he should have already been there and all I was reminded of is how much he reminds me of Tommy Elliot.  At least we get F. Scott Fitzgerald and some nice art!
View Issue       View Full Review

Add this issue to the multiple reasons why I haven't enjoyed the Truth story so far.  Jim Gordon may be Batman, but he's also a huge ass that made me want to jump into the book and choke him out.  The art felt off and the story went off in a direction that takes it further from the other Truth stories and just felt silly.  In other words, I hated this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have tried to keep an open mind and support this book, but even I can't pretend this is a good issue. It is not.  The dialogue and situations felt so forced and rushed that they were almost laughable. Almost.  I can only hope that this mess of an issue leads to a good finale next month because Kate Kane and her loyal fans deserve it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of Batwoman and/or love Kate Kane, don't read this issue.  You will instantly regret it and the bad taste is bound to last well into the return of the regular run of this book.  I expect better from Mark Andreyko, but I'm starting to worry,  First Maggie, now this.  I hope this isn't the beginning of a downward spiral.
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #25 is the weakest Zero Year tie-in and a sorry excuse for an origin story.  Even Birds of Prey fans would be wise to give this one a wide berth.
View Issue       View Full Review

Black Panther and the Agents of Wakanda #3 starts up a new story and while I thought adding Gorilla-Man and Broo to the mix would increase the fun factor, they are taken out right away and we get another generic start with little to no story setup. I tried this series out based on the crazy team, but for some reason, Jim Zub seems intent on finding ways not to use them and thats a shame.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ann Nocenti's Catwoman run has not been good.  In fact, it's been pretty horrible.  With that said, this is one of her better issues so far.  It doesn't make much sense, the plot is cliched and the dialogue is laughable...but it still is one of the better issues.  Take that for what it's worth.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #27 is a horribly written mess.  Usually I get a laugh out of Nocenti's awful dialogue and plot lines, but this issue infuriated me.  However, the art is really good, but I the phrase "shinning a turd" comes to mind.  Give this issue a wide berth.  The score below is strictly for art because the writing is a zero.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's no shock that Ann Nocenti's last Catwoman issue is a mess.  Only Ann would end her run with a ridiculous story starring Alice Tesla.  Yes, Catwoman is there, but she plays second fiddle in a symphony no one wants to hear.  I envy the new creative team since anything they do will be an improvement over this utter crap.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Catwoman series has struggled to pick up any momentum for a while now and tries to make up for it with a forced and hurried penultimate issue to the Raina Creel story.  Without proper setup, the plot twists and turns, and it winds up being a confusing mess by the time the cliffhanger arrives.  I will be back next month to finish out the story, but I am not looking forward to it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #54 is a complete mess of unbelievable situations setting up more of the same.  Most of the characters feel more like props than actual characters, and the ones that readers might know, are written out of character.  Hopefully, getting Selina out of prison will help this book, but I doubt it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the worst #1 issue I have ever read. It is not new reader friendly at all, has numerous editors notes to read the last run and it felt like we started out missing at least five issues. Of course, if you are a Champions fan, you may like or love this, but if Marvel was hoping for new readers to jump on this series, I know one guy who wont be. Its a shame because I love almost all the characters in the book (at least the ones I know), but Ill get them in books that at least pretend to want me to get involved.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marvel fans deserve better than to be charged another $4.99 - $5.99 to read the conclusion to a delayed event everyone decided after the fact needed an extra issue.  This was a penultimate bore and with the conclusion already spoiled in the pages of the Marvel's Now! line of books I don't see a reason for anybody to continue reading this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a placeholder issue that only was released to give Bryan Hill more time to get his Detective arc going.  The art is nice enough and tries to grab a scary feel, but there is nothing else here to recommend.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I am unsure how this story became a mess after only two issues, but here we are.  Detective Comics #1060 looks good, but that's the only positive.  July can't come quick enough!
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1061 ends Mariko Tamaki's run on Detective Comics with a convoluted story that lacked setup and ends with a mystery - the mystery of who thought this was good enough to print?!?  The art was good, but nothing is saving this or the other forgetful stories we've had over the past year and a half.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Fans of Escape from New York should give this book a wide berth because it is not the sequel they want or deserve.  Christopher Sebela's script just has Snake go through the motions and while there are a couple of cool ideas, nothing is explored at all.  Add to that, confusing art that doesn't fit the book at all and you get a series off to a disastrous start.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Flash War epilogue was nothing but a recap of the event followed by a sudden and forced way to push Wally West off to the Sanctuary and the Heroes in Crisis story.  I hated it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Unless you need to get everything Future State, I wouldn't even think of buying this book.  Dipping back into an Event most readers have already left behind to do a lame manga ripoff is nothing I will ever recommend.  Maybe as a digital title, but even that would be pushing it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Sam Humphries has hit a new low for me.  The insensitive way he uses suicide for his story is disgusting, even if it is a red herring.  Actually, it might be worse because of that.  The story means nothing as we bounce back and forth to get to a cliffhanger that may be fun, but I don't think me and Humphries have the same meaning of fun, so who knows!  I love Sami Basri's art, but other than that, this book is not good!  Thank god this is all ending soon!
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #9 is heavy on action, but light on substance. Abnett's writing feels mailed in and Aco's art, while nice, doesn't fit the book. Then the book ends by telling the reader that everything up until now doesn't matter because the real story is about to begin. That's a heck of a thing to say after nine issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue started with some nice action, but went downhill from there.  This book doesn't seem to be getting any attention from the people involved, so it's no surprise the public doesn't seem to care either.  It's sad, but this is not worth $0.99 a week.  Save your money.
View Issue       View Full Review

I would say I'm not the target audience for this book, but who is?  Maybe people who like comic books that throw a bunch of poorly characterized characters into a generically awful story about a team with no chemistry whatsoever and a Crisis that no one cares about.  That is a weird target audience.  If you aren't one of those people, stay clear of this book and use your $0.99 for something better.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of this series, you will be picking this issue up like me.  Like me, however, I'm sure you're going to be disappointed by the lack of anything meaningful in this issue until the last page or so.  All this issue does is get us a closer to next week's finale and because of that, I can't recommend it to anyone.  This Year of the Gods has been lackluster, but this issue is the worst so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Joker: The Man Who Stopped Laughing #7 continues mucking about, content to tell lame jokes while barely inching the overall narrative forward.  The art is good but can't be relied upon to do all the heavy lifting.  Maybe this book isn't for me since I don't like clowns.  The twist is, I'm not talking about the Joker.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it's hard to figure out who the real villain is in the Justice League book, the real villain in Bryan Hitch.  His story is convoluted, confusing and worst of all, boring.  Really, it is awful and everyone should stay far away from it until DC gets wise and puts a new writer on it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another Justice League story ends with a vague victory that came about in ways I didn't quite understand.  The Genie A.I. went from wish giver to villain to hacker hero and back and forth throughout.  The art was nice, but this story and book are a complete mess and is one of the biggest embarrassments of Rebirth.  It's worse than bad and that's a shame for a book that should be the flagship of the whole line.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch starts a new arc and it's the beginning of another "epic" story.  I put that in quotes because we've seen it all before and without a good setup, it all falls flat.  This is just another piece of the puzzle that is the most disappointing title in Rebirth and while I want to care, I am way past that point.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is hilarious in it's non-setup of the story and it's main villain who comes off as a castaway from a failed horror movie.  Andy MacDonald's art is really good, but it can't keep this sinking ship afloat.  Jump off while you can!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League of America is a complete waste of time and money and I suggest staying far from it.  This arc should have been something special, but it's just like everything Steve Orlando has given us since the series started...an uninteresting story with huge pacing issues, bad dialogue and poor characterizations.  I want Ray Palmer back in the DCU, but if Orlando will be writing him, I'd rather he hang tight in the Microverse for someone better to take care of him.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has it all...poor dialogue, awful setup and resolutions that just happen.  I don't care anymore and will just keep hoping a change is on the way.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is being cancelled and while I don't know the inner workings over at DC Comics, I would like to think that the arrival of "No Justice" had little to nothing to do with it.  This book stands clearly on it's own as one of the worst written books on the shelf right now and while the team is awesomely diverse and could be interesting, I can't wait until this mess is over and I can begin trying to forget about it.  I would like to say it won't take long, but everytime some asks me what my least favorite book of Rebirth was, this one will surely pop up in my head.
View Issue       View Full Review

It only took two issues to get back to the Nocenti I know and love.  Klarion is not the most well known character and I still have no idea what's going on with him or this story.  It's already a jumbled mess of awful dialogue and situations.  I did like Trevor McCarthy's art which sets the mood of the book perfectly.  However, once you get past the pretty art, you'll want to get out quickly.  I feel bad for Klarion fans because this isn't the book he deserves.
View Issue       View Full Review

There really is no reason to pick this issue up.  If you are a Legion of Super-Heroes fan, don't let this taint you.  Just wait for the Legion series to start and pray for the best.  The art here is stellar, but even that can't save this book from being 100% skippable.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Alpha 2099 didnt give me much, Fantastic Four 2099 made me angry. I couldnt find one reason to recommend so I wont, but I will never tell anyone not to buy somethingthat way, you can suffer just like me! Im a big jerk and I know it! Lets get busy!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

Unlike all those reviewers above me, I am not a fan of this book at all.  In fact, it actually makes me angry that I even have to read and review it.  Sure, I can and probably will give it up, but then you would only have these other reviews and someone has to break the spell cast on the entire review community.  Everyone has the right to love and hate whatever they want, but at the end of the day, you have to be able to look into the mirror and live with yourself.  I'm looking in the mirror right now and while it's a hideous sight, I can live with myself just fine.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book continues to be a slap in the face to Nightwing fans, and if you aren't planning on reading the Joker War, don't bother with this issue.  Even if you are, this is just a recap-heavy issue that feels like it's on auto-pilot.  There doesn't seem to be any heart left in this book, and fans deserve more than going through the motions each month.  It's sad how many DC books I can say that exact statement about right now!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book still proves to not be friendly to new readers. We get a flashback of Kit which was enjoyable but why explain to new readers who Kit is before telling them who the main character is. It is a quick read with more shooting, more explosions, and more monologues. Scarlet still hasn't demonstrated why she is the leader. She still has done nothing heroic, hasn't fired a gun, hell I would be happy at this point if she saved a cat from a tree. She isn't likeable. I know more about Kit than Scarlet and that is a problem when the main character of the title is still an unknown. Lastly, with little character development it's hard to get invested in any character. At least the art is still very enjoyable throughout the issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't recommend this issue of Sensation Comics.  It has a really cool retro look,  but the art doesn't fit the story, mainly because the story is all over the place.  It's as if Neil Kleid had five ideas and just crammed them all together.  It doesn't work and only results in a jumbled mess that will be forgotten the minute you finish it.  Better yet, just skip it and hope for something better next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

To sum things up this was a completely disjointed issue, which made some chaotic attempts towards the end of the story to try and pull everything together, but ultimately failed to succeed in anyway for this reader. I still remain a fan of Spider-Man 2099 but this book has turned into Everybody 2099 and that's not what I signed up for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Once again we have another issue that doesn't hit any of the same notes as the movie. This gets a little bump for doing a pretty good job on the big death at the end, but that's about it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stormwatch #28 ties up much of the loose threads of the book a couple issues before it's cancellation.  The story and art are below average which makes it obvious why it's coming to an end.  Good riddance.
View Issue       View Full Review

Supergirl #34 is a poor excuse for a Supergirl and Doomed issue.  Fans of either can just skip this one and look forward to Futures End next month.  Hopefully that will be better than this awful cash grab of an issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Please don't let the fact that we all want a Supergirl book make you try to convince yourself this book is good.  It isn't.  This issue is full of awful dialogue, poor storytelling, bad art and nonsense.   I don't recommend it to anyone and hope it gets a creative team change soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #28 is not good.  It is a jumbled mess of a story, bad dialogue and half baked ideas.  Brett Booth does make the mess look great, though, so all is not lost.  If you are a Superman fan, go read the other excellent books out now and leave this one be.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #30 is a busy book.  Scott Lobdell throws so much at the reader you'd think he's rushing towards a major event or leaving the book...or both.  The ideas may be good, it's just hard to get a grasp on them before they disappear for the next one.  If you must read every prelude to Doomed, go for it.  If you are on the fence, you can skip this one and just wait until the event starts in a couple of weeks.
View Issue       View Full Review

What happened to one of my favorite books?  After only a few issues, Peter J. Tomasi has made it almost unrecognizable.  What he has done to Wonder Woman is atrocious, confusing blind blood lust with strength.  If it continues down this path, I don't see any reason for it to exist.
View Issue       View Full Review

I wish I could find something nice to say about this issue besides the art.  Unfortunately, I can't.  The pacing is off, the fight scenes are boring and it ends up being a confusing mess.  Something needs to be done quick because Teen Titan fans deserve better.
View Issue       View Full Review

Of all the Hanna-Barbera books, Wacky Raceland was going to be the toughest sell and after reading it, I'm not buying whatever it is they are selling.  It was a confusing and convoluted misdirection of a tie-in that really got nothing right. After reading it, I don't know much about the characters or cars and I could really care less.  This could have been fun, but what we got here is so far from fun and that is a real shame.  I can't and won't recommend this book to anyone, not even my worst enemy, Eric Shea.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is bad and the fact that it's the first tie-in issue to the War of the Realms Event boggles my mind. I am hoping the other tie-ins are better (and it won't take much!) because if they aren't, we have a long road ahead of us. If you are picking and choosing what tie-ins to buy, I suggest leaving this one on the shelf!
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #757 ends the Four Horsewomen story with a non-ending that shows up out of nowhere.  There is no way in hell (or heaven) to predict this, let alone write it without laughing out loud.  As Mister Magoo might say, "Oh Orlando, you've done it again!"
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #764 could have been a fun enough issue, but instead, Mariko Tamaki wastes the reader's time and money.  After her work of X-23, I was worried about Wonder Woman, but I think I wasn't concerned enough.  Skip this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

This scavenger hunt for stolen Maxwell Lord tech has been filler from the start, and while Maxwell finally makes his move by the end, it doesn't make up for the ill-defined, laughable story before it. I had high hopes for Tamaki's run on Wonder Woman, but the TRUTH has been disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #779 is a disappointing end to a disappointing (and overlong) story.  I'm sure that some will argue that this story was about the journey, not the destination, but if that's the case, I sit here doubly upset.  I hope Cloonan and Conrad can pull something better together for their next arc because Diana and her fans deserve much better!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue (and the two part arc it finishes) has me excited for Rebirth.  Not because it leads into the upcoming event one bit, but because once it starts, I can forget about this bunch of nonsense.  I don't think Tomasi was given much to work with here and he passes that on to the reader.  Everything about this screams filler and I am just sorry that I heeded the call.
View Issue       View Full Review

This may be my shortest review yet, but nothing much happens.  This first arc of Lobo has devolved into the villain of the month and I just don't ave much to say except it's been disappointing.  I like the art of Reilly Brown, but I hope the story gets better quickly.  Cullen Bunn is capable of so much more than this book is showing.
View Issue       View Full Review

 Do yourself a favor and stay away from this issue.  While the art is surprisingly good despite having more people on the art team than onstage at an Earth, Wind and Fire concert, the story was a mess. Greg Pak will be here soon to save the day and hopefully rescue the Teen Titans from their biggest villain right now...Will Pfeifer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman continues to be the biggest disappointment coming out of Future State.  This issue feels like a side quest in a series full of them and can be skipped entirely.  I keep hoping things will get better, but unfortunately, they keep doing the opposite.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Michael Bendis tries to put way too much into this issue and becomes a convoluted mess very quickly.  John Romita Jr.'s art doesn't help at all and while things have to get better from here, Bendis needs to thin things out a bit before that's going to happen.  Luckily, not much at all happens, so I can easily recommend you skip this issue and come back next month for the issue name-dropped at the end of Event Leviathan as the return of Leviathan himself.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bendis continues to give readers nothing of interest as he slowly catches up to a story that is now months over.  The art by John Romita Jr. is awful, and overall, there is no reason at all to buy this book in single issues, and it's debatable if the trade would be any better.  Bendis promised something new for Superman and his fans, and I can only hope that this isn't it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Michael Bendis finishes up his run on Action Comics by catching up to a maxi-series that ended four months ago and answering questions nobody was asking.  Besides that, it's filled with generic fan-service nonsense in place of any real character development or knowledge of the DC Universe or characters in it.  I know that change isn't always good, but in this case, it has to be!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a mess of an issue that I cant recommend at all. The only Act of Evil going on here was when Marvel decided this was fit to print.
View Issue       View Full Review

I will say it again, I love Black Manta.  I will also say, I did not love this issue.  What little character building we get was negated by a story that has been told before.  In fact a major part of this issue is directly from last weeks Forever Evil #1. I hope that Black Manta's Forever Evil issue is better than this.  He deserves much more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Going back to 1,000,000 BC at this point in the run felt seven issues too late. We get an Iron Fist origin that was a chore to get through and didn't feel important at all. In a book that has been struggling to stay focused, this trip backwards didnt help.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cecil Castellucci and Cian Tormey head back to Unearth and if that doesn't sound familiar, don't expect this story to get you up to speed at all.  Castellucci just throws the setting and characters at the reader and expects them to care, but nothing here seems interesting enough, even for those who do.  The "big moments" fall flat and Batgirl is left with little to do in her book.  You can add a point or two to the score below if you are familiar with Unearth and have been praying for its return, but I was left shaking my head in disbelief and disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unearth story comes to a close, and I can't say I will miss it, or even bring it up again.  I liked the art in this issue, but not much else at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batgirl #45 is a convoluted mess of a story that is hard even to figure out let alone enjoy.  Batgirl fans deserve so much better than this mix of rehashed ideas and nonsense.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was looking forward to this issue after the last issue's cliffhanger, but the Batgirl murders hit with a thud, and while the ending is significant in the Babs-verse, the clunky and convoluted route to it lessened it by a ton.     Robbi Rodriguez's art was good, but this book has been on a downward spiral since Cecil Castellucci took it over, and while I am sad Batgirl is canceled, I am not sad this one is.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue seems more like a missed opportunity than a must read.  Why Andy Kubert tries to make Joker a sympathetic character is beyond me.  The story is average and totally unnecessary.  Let's hope that the rest of Villains Month rises above the low bar set here.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Knightmares arc continues with another issue that feels disjointed with what came before it and now seems like an excuse for Tom King to work with a bunch of his favorite artists.  It's cool to have friends, but I want a story and this clip show of the mind didn't do it for me at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Knightmares are over, but if you're looking for story progression, you may have to wait a little bit longer.  We do get Batman talking at a lot of villains and then punching them.  If that's your thing, have at it.  This is not my thing.  On a positive note, I liked the art.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fear State continues to be an uninspired mess of a story that makes Batman a bit player in his book and event.  I know it's bad when I'm yearning for the good old days of the City of Bane!
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion gives fans a blink, and you might miss it ending to Fear State that seems to show there wasn't much of a story here all along.  The Big Bads all get taken down too quickly, and heroes win with forced narratives and exposition.  The issue looked fantastic, but I think fans will remember Fear State for what comes after it, then the nothing of a story within it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #121 was one of the worst, most forced, and convoluted endings to a story I've read in a long time.  I am pretty sure that plans changed, and Williamson and Co. had to get out of this story fast, but it shouldn't have been so obvious.  This sort of thing should never happen, but having it happen with Batman is unbelievable!  Most of my score is for the Maps backup and the art because the main story was awful.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue takes a huge step backward with scenes that make no sense based on previous issues, and little to no plot progression by the end.  Dexter Soy's art is good, but that's it.  I hope the next issue rebounds because this one was plain bad.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #11 is my least favorite issue so far.  Tim Seeley's story is fun, but forgettable and I hated Ian Bertram's art.  I can only imagine what newcomers would think of this issue and even  series readers could skip it and not really miss much.
View Issue       View Full Review

Besides the Kelley Jones art, there is nothing to see here.  There is hardly a story and what little we get is not paced well and can be confusing.  I had high hopes for this series, but they have been smashed to bits here.
View Issue       View Full Review

While these Preludes haven't been vital, this one is flat out unnecessary.  While the art was good, the story has been done before and just felt wedged in to make more money before the wedding happens (or doesn't?!?) next week.  This one is best left on the shelf.
View Issue       View Full Review

I guess these files are secret because most really aren't worth telling.  They don't tie into the City of Bane like the cover alludes to and they aren't strong enough to stand on their own.  There really isn't much reason for this collection to exist and I suggest avoiding it as if it didn't!
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #27 is another below average effort.  I really want to like this team, but the book just goes nowhere.  This promised Gothtopia tie-in is hardly that and instead deals with Condor's origin and Black Canary leaving the team.  We do find out the team's mysterious benefactor and it sets up a battle with one of DC's best villains.  I just hope the writing and art improve by then.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the worst kind of issue of any book...one that a reader can skip entirely without any consequence.  We hear some stories of Selina's past to let us know she is a badass, but the way Ram V gets to them is a joke.  I have enjoyed this Catwoman series more and more each month, but this one is a stinker.  Save yourself the time and money and just come back next month, where hopefully we get back to some story progression.
View Issue       View Full Review

Convergence: Batgirl #2 is an issue with strong characterizations that was unfortunately brought down by awful pacing and some ridiculous situations.  There was not a whole lot here to like as the art was uninspiring and the story was forgettable.  It did end on a high note that I was hoping for from the start, but the journey there was long and tiresome.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jerry Ordway tries to resurrect his baby, but I don't think enough remember or care about the team to get too excited.  Unfortunatley, I don't think this issue is gaining any new fans, either.  The story and art are okay, but not enough to get me excited for next month's finale.  This is just another miss in the Convergence Event.
View Issue       View Full Review

Please believe me when I tell you that I'm a big fan of nonsensical fun.  I really am, but while this issue is full of just that, in the scheme of the Convergence Event, it felt off.  I wish I could recommend this issue, but as it stands, I cannot.  Unless yo9u are a huge Giffen fan or want everything involving Lord Volt (or maybe the other characters involved), you can pass on this issue. I kind of wish I had.
View Issue       View Full Review

This tie-in issue started off strong, but quickly devolved into something much less.  It was a boring read that did nothing to get me excited for next month's finale.  If Wonder Woman gets beat by her Red Rain villains, I won't be upset at all.  I wish I could say more, but I really didn't like what we got here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki continues meandering about with Crush and Lobo, and while the issue looks great, nothing is going on storywise.  We are halfway through an eight-issue mini, so why does it feel like we have barely gotten started?  Oh well, I will hold out hope that the second half is where Tamaki will shine because I like both Crush and Lobo, just not Crush & Lobo.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki continues focusing more on jokes and situations that she must find hilarious than developing Crush as a character. However, readers know what you're getting by this point, so if you're enjoying it so far, have at it.  Maybe things will all work out in the finale, but this feels like a missed opportunity right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marv Wolfman is back writing Cyborg, but I'd rather see DC put some effort into finding ANYONE with a fresh take on the character or just shut him down until they do.  The art in this issue is good, but not much else is.  I suggest passing on this and hopefully, Cyborg fans will get their fill in the Justice League books.
View Issue       View Full Review

Absolutely nothing happens in this issue worth reading. Fisk hires a lawyer the end. The art was painful to look at.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Crisis on Infinite Earths #7 talks a big game, but in the end, it felt like a wasted opportunity at best and a complete waste at worst. Dark Crisis was hardly an Event but was also hardly a story. No wonder DC Comics has already moved on to Lazarus Planet and left this behind before it was even finished.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Crisis: World's Without a Justice League: Wonder Woman #1 reads like Tini Howard was given an assignment and decided to throw that out the window and do whatever the hell she wanted. It does NOTHING for the Dark Crisis Event which makes you wonder why it even exists (insert cash register sound here!) The issue looks great, but that alone is not worth the price of admission, though it did bump up my score.
View Issue       View Full Review

I came out of comic reviewing retirement for this book; that's how much I love the team of Young Justice. Halfway through, I'm not entirely convinced I'll review all 6 issues; that's how bad the story and characterization have been. If you're a fan of Young Justice, don't bother reading this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

If there is one thing Fitzmartin and Mickey got right, DC has done this team dirty. First, by putting them in the hands of Bendis, who ruined everything he touched at DC, and then by giving them to Fitzmartin herself. I'm going up in score this week because I thought the art was noticeably better in this issue, but that's what the score is: the art gets a 4 out of 5. Fitzmartin's story gets a 0 out of 5.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deadpool continues to be a complete bore to get through, and I think I will pass on it after this issue. I read Deadpool for some zany fun, pop culture references, and over-the-top action. I guess this version isn't for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

not enough going on through the characters or in the plot to reel you in. Hopefully, this can pick up in
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is filler to get this book to next month's Robin War.  Whether you read this book or not, you can skip this issue and miss nothing at all.  I do like Marcio Takara's art, but the story is a forced, ridiculous and completely forgettable.  It may not be the story that Tomasi wanted to tell, but when your name's on the cover, you have to do better.  That day will come soon, it's just not today.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1052 recaps a large portion of the last issue and tries to make up for it by forcing the overall story forward with a brunch of nonsense.  But, unfortunately, Mariko Tamaki doesn't seem to want to let the Bat-Family do their own work, so (convoluted) clues are just handed to them, and away we go.  I'm left wondering why this needed to be a weekly story or anything at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1054 continues showing that there was never enough story to warrant a weekly book.  It looks fantastic, but that's about it.  I continue to enjoy the backup, but nothing else.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1059 is the start of a Riddler story that felt odd.  The pacing was off, the Riddler didn't feel right, and the story was more convoluted than intriguing.  Add to that an awful Gotham Girl backup story, and I think most will want to sit this out and wait for the new creative team to jump on this book in a couple of months.  I know I want to.  
View Issue       View Full Review

What started out as a promising return of the H Dial has turned into a snooze fest of a book.  If anything, this book should be fun and this issue is far from that.  Sam Humphries has somehow made me care less about his main characters as the story has meandered about and if it wasn't for Joe Quinones' art, this would be a complete waste.  Maybe Humphries can rebound and make things work in the second half of the series, but it's going to take some huge halftime adjustments.
View Issue       View Full Review

Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion is the weakest of the Forever Evil tie-ins and this issue is no exception.  The Rogues combined with some of Batman's best villains is bound to be fun, but is it too much to ask for a good story to go with it?  Add in some of the worst art I've seen in a New 52 book and I can truly recommend everyone steering clear of this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

While everything is up for grabs in the potential future of Future State,Marguerite Bennett doesn't seem like she has a grip on the character of Kara and the result is something fans and new readers alike will likely have issues with. The art byMarguerite Sauvage is good, but the story it is helping to tell is not. Hopefully, things turn around for the better next month, but right now, this is my least favorite Future State issue so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual can be skipped by Green Arrow readers which makes it necessary to nobody.  The story is full of quick stories that don't amount to anything and a corny ending that  may have been better off being condensed and thrown into this years Holiday Special.  Let's forget this happened and get back to the regular series in a couple of weeks.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern #23 was not a good book.  Hal comes off as a jerk more concerned with his failed relationship with Carol Ferris than rebuilding the Corps.  The book looked ok, but was a bit bland and uninspired in the art department.  I hope that Venditti rebounds with the next issue, but that will have to wait until after the upcoming Villains Month.
View Issue       View Full Review

After the disturbing and disgusting Heroes in Crisis, DC Comics pushed this mini-series as a rebirth for Poison Ivy.  Well, it looks like they screwed up two rebirths if my count is right!  This non-ending is a slap in the face to fans of the character and ended up feeling like the worst kind of money grab.  I liked the art in this finale, but not much else.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know what Sam Humphries wants this book to be but it is just unfunny and boring.  Harley seems lost in her own book and no character, whether old or new has enough personality to make anything here worth reading.  I am a Harley fan.  I am not a fan of this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse is not a good book.  It serves no purpose except as a lame attempt at cashing in on a game few care about.  Do yourself a favor and read Grant Morrison's The Multiversity instead.  You'll thank me now, later and forever.  By the way, the score below is for the art only because the story is a zero.
View Issue       View Full Review

I thought this series was over and after reading this issue, I wish it was.  Maybe this second run will turn things around, but for now I am only expecting the same sub par book that I thought had ended.  Until it proves it's something more, I can't recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The best I can say for Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #30 is that it's a comic book.  It's got words and pictures.  While most of the pictures are really nice, the words are not so good.  The story hasn't been good from the start and yet each issue finds something new to make it worse.  I will continue reviewing this book because I promised to do it and if you see Ryan, tell him to save the last dance for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'd love to save judgement for everything that happened this issue, but that's not what we are here to do, right?  This issue sets up a bunch of things and I hate almost every one of them.  Having Zeus end the war and become the dictator of the world felt forced and ridiculous.  The art was good, but not great and it all adds up to my least favorite issue of Injustice yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can easily say now that Justice League is my least favorite Rebirth book.  Bryan Hitch just keeps heaping confusing plots on top of convoluted situations and the result is something I don't care anything about.  That also goes for the characters that are so wooden and one dimensional under his hand that I have no connection with them at all.  No connection with the Justice League?  That is something that should be a given going in, but somehow Hitch has severed that tie.  Tony Daniel's art is still the highlight, but it can't make me recommend this book to anyone.  I will repeat myself here...I hate it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch continues to bring what should be one of DC's biggest books way, way down.  It really is horrible and if not for Neil Edwards' awesome art, this book would have scored much lower. Something needs to be done before things get even more out of hand!
View Issue       View Full Review

It amazes me how bad this book has become.  Fans deserve so much better, but it looks like this is what we are stuck with.  If you like it, explain why to me because I must be missing something. Actually, I miss the Justice League and hope to see them soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League #17 finally reveals the true nature of the Timeless and their leader, Tempus, but for now, it's pretty laughable.  The art in this issue is fantastic, but the uneven storytelling and tell me don't show me dialogue makes for a below average read.  Unfortunately, this issue halts the momentum of last issue and has me once again not enjoying DC's flagship title.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is just another confusing, convoluted Justice League issue and while you would think I'd be desensitized to that sort of thing by now, this is the JUSTICE LEAGUE!  The art was okay, but the story is filled with non-answers and characters I could care less about.  Yes, I am talking about the League as well and that is what kills me the most about this book right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando continues giving readers a team they can't get behind doing things that nobody cares about.  I want to like this book, but every issue makes it harder and harder.  Maybe the Might Beyond the Mirror will grant me my wish for a good Justice League book...Please!
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando continues giving readers an uninteresting story with uninteresting characters.  I liked the art in this issue, but everything else is just...well, uninteresting.  This really needs to end!
View Issue       View Full Review

After a decent issue the last time around, the Justice League of America is back in familiar territory.  Poor setup and bad dialogue make the story here hard to get through and while it ends on an overdue cliffhanger, I can't say I'm excited to see what comes next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman shows up to save Angor and by the end, I wish he could save this book!  It's ending soon and in case you need to be reminded why that's a good thing, give this issue a quick glance.  It's a take your pick extravaganza of problems...pacing, dialogue, story, characterization and more that keeps this from ever being the important book it wants to be.  If this is the Justice League the people deserve, I hate to see the one it doesn't!
View Issue       View Full Review

Knight Terrors #1 is a boring issue full of recap and exposition. I'm not sure if Joshua Williamson knows the characters he's writing or if he's twisting them to force his narrative forward, but it's already starting to get messy.  The art was good throughout this issue, but the scariest thing going on in Knight Terrors so far is how much it's killed the Dawn of DC momentum.
View Issue       View Full Review

Knight Terrors #2 is a dud.  With the tie-ins barely doing anything to push things forward, Joshua Willamson should be doing more in the main book to make this Event feel... eventful.  Sadly, that's not the case.  One month in, I still wonder who thought this story was good enough to be an Event, let alone an Event that put so many better books on hold for two months!
View Issue       View Full Review

Knight Terrors: Batman #2 has little to do with the overall Knight Terrors story, but worse than that, it's a basic and boring story. Guillem March's art is good, but Joshua Williamson continues to justify taking a summer break from DC Comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

Perhaps I'm being unreasonable and should extend Bendis the benefit of the doubt that *some* mysteries will actually be resolved in this series other than feed the real-world hunger of speculators, desperate for the 'next' first appearance of "Who-gives-a-crap-Lad". At a minimum, I want some sense that the captain of this ship knows where he's going, even if it's apparent that he has no compass.
View Issue       View Full Review

This series had potential but has evolved into nothing more than an ongoing disappointment with no sign on the horizon that its writer knows what is going on. Gracing the pages with different artists only reinforces how disjointed this title has become. It is in desperate need of adult supervision.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a microcosm of the first arc it ends...disappointing.  This book has a myriad of problems and thankfully, this issue rectifies a bunch of them.  The series is now set to return stronger in June, but I can't recommend this issue by itself.  It's not good and only reminds me that I get stuck reviewing the one book that Cullen Bunn doesn't hit out of the park.  It's my lot in life, I guess.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another bomb of an issue that left me bored by the end.  The most honest thing I can say about Lobo is that if I wasn't reviewing it, I would not buy another issue.  It is that bad.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a lot shock and awe, but unfortunately, not much story.  Seeing Lobo rip through the Red lantern Corps is fun enough, but it annoyed me that the cliffhanger just reset everything.  The art was good, but this issue was simply filler and in a short arc like this one, that is unacceptable.
View Issue       View Full Review

This second issue is a step in the right direction after the abysmal debut of this series, but it still is not good. The addition of Brent Peebles on art is a major plus, but Rob Liefelds story needs more focus and after two issues, I am far from sold on his new character. I will give this one more issue before deciding if Ill continue on, but I will really need to be wowed next issue for that to happen.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book may have a cool concept, but it has way too many problems for me to recommend it. It didnt feel like a Punisher book and took way to long to even get any Punisher action. The twist that these 2099 books seem to rely on was not shocking at all and didnt do anything to elevate the story. Overall, another disappointing return to the Marvel Future.
View Issue       View Full Review

Halfway through this maxi-series and I still have no clue what's going on.  Sometimes, if I'm having fun, I can go with an enjoy the ride philosophy, but Mister Miracle is a frustrating read that makes me wonder if Tom King is making it up as he goes.  I still hope that it all ties together by the end and thus, reads best in trade, but as individual issues go, I am far from onboard the hype train.
View Issue       View Full Review

Naomi kicks off with a very talky issue that did little to make me care about the characters or the story.  The art is fantastic in the beginning but seems to quickly get lost in an avalanche of word balloons.  "The biggest mystery in the DC Universe" indeed!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I like the character of Naomi, this mini-series seemed more intent on being collectible than actually telling a story.  After being pushed as a series that just might change the DC Universe as we know it, I had high expectations and I'm sad to say, this book did not meet them.  I guess that can happen later, but stringing readers along for six issues just to get started telling a story does not get me excited for the future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This story is a complete mess and without more (important) information about how the Judge is controlling people, I can't get behind it.  The art is really good here, but after five issues of waiting for more explanation, I think I've tapped out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was such a forced ending to the Judge and his time in Bludhaven, but why would you expect any different.  Sam Humphries never even told us what the Judge's real powers were and the whole "transformed by the Sea" nonsense didn't get me on board before and so how could it here.  The art was great as usual, but this whole arc has been a complete waste of time and money and I'm glad we can finally move on.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'd say this is hardly a finale, but it's hardly a story at all.  There is nothing in this run so far that even reminds me of Nightwing and if this is the story that got Ben Percy the gig, I may start looking for a new favorite character.  Actually, I'll just look for a story that has a real beginning and end because I didn't see that here.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't want to sound like a jerk, but this first issue was a complete mess of non-characterization and weak storytelling with real pacing issues.  The art was great, but there is nothing here I could recommend whatever type of fan you are.
View Issue       View Full Review

Every month I find myself hoping I like this book, and every month I'm disappointed. This one wasn't quite as bad as the last issue, but it's still nothing to be excited about reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the most heavy-handed social satire I've read in a long, long time. It isn't fake news that corporations don't always have the public's best interests in mind, and without the nuance, this issue really misses the mark. I'm not rooting for any side, and I don't find either side makes any sort of a compelling case about being right. The art is spotty, some decent panels but rough, pencil heavy yet “smeary” art actually takes me out of the story at points. 
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Scooby-Doo for so many reasons, but unfortunately, none of them are here.  Keith Giffen and J.M. DeMatteis seem more intent on proving they can build a better Scooby, but they left out the most important part...the fun.  Howard Porter's art is outstanding, but it doesn't cover up for the .unlikeable characters and hum drum story.  I had high expectations for this mini series, now I just hope I can get through next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #12 ends the arc in such a disappointing way. It feels like setup instead of it's own complete story and as such, I can't recommend it. I'm sure Bryan Q. Miller will rebound with the next arc, but that doesn't help this me get past my disappointment right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was about change and I was not happy.  The art was such a departure from the usual style that it was distracting and for the first time ever, I didn't enjoy Bryan Q. Miller's story or characterizations.  It wasn't good, but it wasn't all bad, either.  We get to see an awesome change of character and the cliffhanger was pretty cool, as well.  This issue started the second half of the Continuity story and I just wish it was better.
View Issue       View Full Review

Please don't look at the score for this week's issue and think I hate this book. Smallville is one of my favorite books, but unfortunately it hasn't been very good the last few weeks. This issue continues a bad trend of out of character moments and weak storytelling. The series is coming to an end and I can only hope that Bryan Q. Miller can turn things around and give it the sendoff it deserves.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stormwatch #24 wants to be good, but the story is just information being forced on the reader.  The actual setup is ok, but the execution is sloppy.  I really want to like Stormwatch, but this issue isn't helping matters.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another book ends to make way for Rebirth and while I can't say that any of them have been stellar, this one may be the worst.  Dan Jurgens just ends things with the wave of his hand a alakazam and after investing myself in this series, I couldn't help but get pissed off.  Sure, Lee Week's and company gave fans great looking issue, but everything else stunk on ice.  I am still looking forward to seeing the "Whites" in Rebirth, but this issue just left me wondering what could have been...because this just couldn't have been the original plan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Talon #12 is a setup issue.  We get some background to bring new readers up to speed and a little story to push things forward.  However, most of this is ridiculous, cliche and/or infuriating to longtime readers.  The art is a mixed bag that shows the good and the bad that Emanuel Simeoni is capable of.  James Tynion only has a couple issues left on this book and I can only hope that he brings it around before the new creative team jumps on.  Unfortunately, the turn around doesn't begin here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Trinity #8 is another unnecessary Superman Reborn Aftermath issue that confuses more than answers.  It's all a dream, however, but besides the art, it's actually a bit of a nightmare.  Questionable dialogue and poor characterizations are just two more reasons to leave it on the shelf and wait until next month's issue gets back to the series proper.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This book just doesn't feel right.  It's boring and generic and I can't recommend it to anyone.  I'm not sure what is going wrong, but I've come to expect so much more from G. Willow Wilson.  I still have hope she will turn it around, but until that happens, I can't recommend this book at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nothing much happens in this issue of Wonder Woman unless you count bad dialogue, poor character work, and awful pacing as something.  I guess that is something...something I usually try to avoid.  I want to love this book but G Willow Wilson is making it hard to even like it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki stumbles to the finish line of her forgettable Liar Liar story. The reveals here could have been bigger if anyone in the book reacted to them, and having a character named Liar Liar as the only source of information doesn't make things better.  Overall, this book is more of a disappointment with each issue, and that's a slap in the face to Wonder Woman fans who have suffered long enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki finishes up her disappointing run on Wonder Woman with a generic issue that doesn't make sense with what we've gotten earlier in the series.  I can only hope that this is the last we ever see of Liar Liar and Tamaki near a Wonder Woman book ever again.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this series had an interesting start, it has gone downhill with each issue.  Bringing back the Olympians should have been huge, but Cloonan and Conrad play it off so small here that it made me wonder if we were even supposed to care.  I have been waiting patiently for a good Wonder Woman book, and it looks like that wait will continue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman continues to go places, see people and jump through portals to start the whole tiresome process again. At least the visuals are good, because this story has devolved into a long-winded, uninspired game of tag, and I need something more. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #782 is a mess of an issue that shows that Conrad and Cloonan have no idea how to write Deadman, but worse than that, plot an interesting issue.  Everything is forced forward in a convoluted way to get to a cliffhanger which feels like an attempt to be clever but will leave most readers scratching their heads.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #783 doesn't have a lot going on story-wise as we get another villain in an already crowded book.  Marcio Takara's art makes it all look good, but I can't find any reason to recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #787 recaps and ties up some loose ends from the Trial of the Amazons Event before getting back to Cizko and his nonsense.  He's been hanging in the background so long that it doesn't feel all that fresh or exciting.  On the other hand, we are moving ahead, so that's something.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #800 was a generic ending of a failed run and nothing but a collectible first appearance of Wonder Woman's daughter.  The art is great throughout, but unless you are doing some speculating here, there is no reason to buy this.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a year of setup and so many books being hijacked, we get another non-ending.  In a couple of months, though, we can start all over again, aren't we lucky?  No...no, we are not! I just don't get it anymore.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:Like the last issue, there is still nothing to rope you into this, the reveal of a woman being connected to the asteroid could have worked but there was nothing to build up to that. The fact that it is quite light in story/dialogue and fills its pages with large panels, you really get the feeling that the creative team is stretching this out, not sure if that is intentional or not. My conclusion to the last issue still rings true unfortunately for this book, there is just too much quality sci-fi on the comic shelves to justify the 3.99 for this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Who knew taking on a mysterious alien creature would cause the crew problems, sadly the creature with black eyes is causing havoc on the ship. The atmosphere on this issue improved, I am unsure if they are going for the alien feel but they are quite far away from achieving that. The issue basically boils to an Easter egg hunt, the egg being the alien that has mysteriously gone walkabout off the medical table.  The crew of Tetra478 gets drawn in and the alien manages to eviscerate one of them and the cliffhanger ultimately being the alien adopted their shape and is impersonating one of the crew. I feel bad for not giving a longer review but there really is not much more to it, the decompression in these issues is borderline offensive, and the art/ color (especially) is not strong enough to plug the gap left through the lack of plot.Bits and pieces:Again this did not alleviate any of my doubts about the series going forward, there is not enough to warrant 3.99 sadly and what we do g
View Issue       View Full Review

Well, this is it, the end of Sideways (or is it…). Well, I am sad to not read him once a month, I really hope we see him again. Maybe with someone, he seems like he could be a character you could excel on when pairing him up. Maybe with Blue Beetle, Duke, or if he has a dark side have him be an outlaw. The art really has been one of my favorite things in this series! If you don't want to pick it up for the store, maybe pick it up for the art. It's just sad that we never really got to know who Derek is, just a one-dimensional character.
View Issue       View Full Review

There is no reason to even have this title out there other than Marvel to make some more money off the massive success that was The Force Awakens. It was an awesome movie, but that doesn't mean it makes an awesome comic book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #1025 begins setting things up for the ending of Bendis' run on this book, and after all the setup, he forces in a generic, multiversal threat to go against the House of Kent.  The issue does not look good at all, and I can't wait for a new creative team to come and save the day!
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #37 is an average start to a new arc.  The idea of Superman's identity being exposed is interesting, but the slow start and average art hold this issue back.  I hope Moore and Rodriguez have better in store next week because what is here is not enough to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Joker meets Superman.  Just reading that excites me.  I just wish this two part act from Max Landis and Jock matched that initial feeling.  Instead of something memorable we get a contest of which character can annoy the reader more.  I love Adventures of Superman because it gives us the opportunity for these stories, I just don't always love the stories themselves.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman and the Others #3 continues the poor characterization that has plagued this book since the start. It's a team book with an uninteresting team.  Although we get the main villain and better action, it's still a struggle to read and the rushed art only adds to the problems.  I love Aquaman, but this book is getting very near to being dropped.
View Issue       View Full Review

Avengers #32 is recap mixed with setup, and by the end, we add more elements to a story that is lacking progression and focus. I liked the art, but when I get excited to see a couple of Avengers in a couple of panels, something is off. Unfortunately, that something is this book off of my pull list.
View Issue       View Full Review

For the second issue of a weekly book, not a lot is going on here. It looks great and the cliffhanger had me excited, but as far as the main story, I really could care less. It's a shame, but I think I am giving Waid, Ewing, and Zub one more issue to impress me because they haven't so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #17 was a disappointment.  The Bookworm may be a weak villain, but that doesn't mean he has to have a weak story to match.  Worse yet, the book was not much fun.  It seemed to be mocking the beloved source material instead of celebrating it.  Not recommended at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #23.4 is not a great book.  Peter Tomasi's script doesn't give us much at all to enjoy here.  We get Bane's rehashed origin story and a lame lead up to Arkham War.  The art of Graham Nolan is great but can't make up for the lack of any real story here.  I'd rather punch a little girl than read this again.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is recap and forced setup and not much more.  Guillem March does his job making it look good but the story is slim pickings and by the end, I can only guess this was thrown together to fill the gap while Tom King is away.  I have seen DC pushing this as something huge...someone better tell Joshua Williamson.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fear State trudges along, doing what it's been doing from the start, which is not much at all.  It looks great, but nothing feels earned in a convoluted story that talks big but reads small.  This is such an anti-climactic way for Tynion to finish up his DC Comics career.
View Issue       View Full Review

Unless you want a recap of Earth 2 #1 or an issue with bad art and an inconsequential script, pass on Batman/Superman #12.  This issue is pure filler and if you skip it you will miss nothing, but you'll have $3.99 more in your pocket.  Hopefully, the promised "clean slate" for next month makes me forget about this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I understand what Greg Pak is doing here, but I question the timing.  Instead of pushing the current Superman story that we've been forced into forward, Pak uses this issue to get Jim Gordon and Clark Kent on the same page when it comes to their part in being the new version of the World's Finest. While I'm sure that those who want the old Superman back will like this book more than me, I want to finish this current story in a decent fashion before moving along to the inevitable return that we all want.  All that aside, this issue is a story telling mess with art that doesn't do it any favors so I'm sure you can figure out that I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I should have known that after loving the last issue of Eternal, I was only setting myself up for a big disappointment.  This issue had bad dialogue, poor characterizations and awful art.  While we get a really good flashback scene, most of this issue was just setup for the cliffhanger and this book's stretch run.  I am tired and just want it to end.  Please, make it end.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't like this issue.  Tim Seeley transitioned the book into the next big thing, but the weak characterizations and odd interactions had me more confused than excited.  Couple that with below average art and you get an issue that I can't recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Kings of Fear ends with a whimper that tries to show the reader why Batman is so great but does so in a way that has been done so many times already.  I loved Kelley Jones' art, but the story was stretched out, forgettable and didn't take advantage of the unique premise it started out with.  In other words, I didn't like it and can't recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Dark Knight #25 is a disappointing end to a mediocre story arc.  I was never a huge Clayface fan and Gregg Hurwitz has not changed my mind.  This has been the weakest of the Bat books and this arc didn't change that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Dark Knight is O.K.  The art is good, but the story is forgettable and that's what this issue and the arc in general were, simply forgettable.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Urban Legends #14 has become an overpriced book filled with ok stories at best.  I was hoping that the two new stories would win me over, but sadly that wasn't the case.  With so many other books out there (and yes, a ton of them Batman books), coupled with the high price point, I can't recommend this to anyone besides superfans of one of the creators included.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jim Zub has a cool team at his disposal and yet decided to go pretty generic with these first two issues and the book suffers because of it. Maybe things will pick up the next issue when they head off to the Moon to meet up with Broo and Gorilla Man, but youll have to let me know since I am checking out with no regerts! Good Day Sir!
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:This event has struggled to find its footing since the beginning of the story and it only continues to do so here. Captain Marvel, despite being literally proven wrong, basically goes villain here for the sake of moving the rest of this story forward. The only saving grace of this issue is the art team of David Marquez and Marko Djurdjevic whose character drawings and colors will stand the test of time. Other than that this is a very one sided Civil War. Think of it as basically the Marvel equivalent of the Turkish military trying to overthrow their government.4.5/10var linkwithin_site_id = 2203111;
View Issue       View Full Review

I wish I could recommend this issue, but between the stiff dialogue and the forced story, I just can't.  The art was really good, but in the end, this was another Convergence tie-in that ended with a whimper...a possibly some time traveling.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my least favorite Convergence tie-in so far.  The story has a pacing problem and while I liked seeing Stephanie Brown, it just felt off.  The art didn't help me feel any different and I was left with an empty feeling when I was done reading it.  I can't recommend it and can't say I'm looking forward to next month's finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

After such a great first issue, this one falls flat on it's face.  I don't know if it was because of the time constraint or being held captive by the Event itself, but this was my most disappointing issue in the entire Event.  There wasn't much of a story and what we got felt rushed and forced.  The art was still retro, but it was also very confusing.  Not a good issue at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ended the Convergence: Detective Comics story on such a good note, but unfortunately, I can't sit back and ignore the other twenty pages.  This issue was filled with awkward dialogue, odd situations and a bunch of nonsense.  However, I did like the art and it ends with what every fan wanted to see from this story.  I wish I could recommend it, but I just can't.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book was a major letdown for me.  The setup to this finale was so much fun, but we end up getting a boring fight (or two), an odd moral lesson and a very forced ending.  The art was good, but I can't recommend this book to anyone...even fans who read last month's #1.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been waiting for this book to come out, but now that I have it in my hands, I wish I could wait a little longer. While the art was decent, the story was very basic, yet took the long road home to tell it. The biggest problem, though, was the lack of laughs from the writing and the art and that does not a good Deadpool comic make. Yes, that was me trying to sound fancy after telling everyone that most cliffhangers make me poop my pants! Good Night Everybody!
View Issue       View Full Review

James Robinson wastes Two-Face, Batman and everyone's time with a story that is boring, convoluted and just plain unnecessary.  I was hoping this could at least be some fun, but it's not.  Give this story a big pass.
View Issue       View Full Review

Maybe it's because I'm one of the few fans of this book, but I felt betrayed by this finale.  Instead of properly tying up his story, Scott Lobdell just uses this issue to get Reiser/Doomed prepped for his appearance in Teen Titans.  Who was this issue for?  If my anger while reading it was any indication, it wasn't for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue killed the little enthusiasm I had for Empyre. I was bored the entire time reading it, and the Avengers seemed to be right there with me. The issue looked good, but instead of pumping my fist in excitement, I was yawning and continually checking the page count. I did learn why Tony has speakers in his Iron Man suit, though, so at least I got thattwice!
View Issue       View Full Review

Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #2 was a disappointing read to me.  The Rogues are just thrown around between Villains and the best parts were already in Forever Evil #3.  The story is progressing at a snails pace and the art style doesn't fit the tone of the book.  I hope the story picks up soon or I'm out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Lanzing and Kelly were called on to end this series and get it to Rebirth and while they will certainly get that job done, I can't say it will be in style.  People are always saying to enjoy the journey, but I just want this to end.  Better yet, could we rewind and have Seeley, King and Janin end it months ago. This issue is a confusing mess that I can't recommend to anyone and is starting to make the Nightwing fans that have been yelling at me look very smart.  They aren't smart...they just look like it right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

I realize this issue is a placeholder to get to the Benson's run this summer, but it doesn't have to read so much like one.  The story is cliched, the situation is over-explained and yet under-explained at the same time and while I liked the art, I would suggest you skip this. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Grant Morrison gives readers a John Broome inspired story that is simple in concept, but frustratingly convoluted in practice.  Liam Sharp's art is incredible, and so far, that has been the main reason to pick up any of the Season Two issues.  There's a glimmer of the overall story by the end, but I need more than that to stay excited about this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a fantastic looking bunch of nonsense.  Grant Morrison is too busy throwing obscure references at the reader to tell a coherent story and I've pretty much had enough.  Take the Morrison name off this book and I bet all those scores above mine would plummet very quickly!  It does look great though and that is almost all of my score.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Season 2 #10 wraps up the trial of Hyperman and staves off the Ultra War in a messy, bizarre, chaotic issue. Thankfully (or not depending on your point of view) the art matches the writing to a tee, and everything returns to the status quo in time for the next arc. Some psychedelics are recommended before reading but not required.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Harley Quinn and while Palmiotti and Conner's Harley and Power Girl arc had me laughing out loud, I barely cracked a smile here.  The forgettable story, missed jokes and safe art really let me down.  I hope the next issue is a huge improvement because time is already running out on this miniseries.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't stress how much I was looking forward to this limited series and now how depresses I am from reading it.  The fun and charm has been sucked out of it and all we are left with are curse words, poor dialogue and not much of a story to speak of.  I did like the XGF Force and the art, but not much else at all.  With only four issues left, I'm already wishing it was over.
View Issue       View Full Review

I want to like this book so bad, but unfortunately...it's so bad. I was such a huge fan of the original story that ran in Harley's solo book, but this is a mere shadow of that. The book has jokes and crazy situations, but most of them fall flat. Flat as a pancake. The art team may just have more members than Earth, Wind and Fire, but the transitions weren't jarring at all. It's just that the issue they illustrate is just not good at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a fun diversion last week, we get a not so fun filler issue this week.  It's all setup for the reveal of the big bad that's been controlling Ares and I hope I care more about that then anything in this issue.  I can't even recommend this to fans reading this series as it would be easy to skip this week and not miss much of anything.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, this isn't the issue that will turn people on to the Dial H Universe.  It is interesting, but also very confusing.  As a coda, I don't think it succeeds.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch continues to destroy one of DC's biggest books and he seems to be doing it with zeal.  This story continues the trend of confusing storytelling being shoved at the reader as a mystery and I've had enough.  Neil Adam's does his best to save this sinking ship, but at this point, I'd abandon ship if I were you.  It can't be this bad, right?  No, it's worse!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book continues to underwhelm as a Justice League book and as a comic in general.  I liked Felipe Watanabe's art, but there is nothing else that I can recommend here.
View Issue       View Full Review

We finally see the true face of the Might Beyond the Mirror and it's the return of a classic character that has fought the JLA before.  Unfortunately, nothing seems to be able to lift this series past mediocrity.  Maybe if we all wish really hard...
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando's run of JLA is over and it's about 28 issues overdue.  This book started with an interesting team and concept that was quickly lost in a landslide of awful dialogue, terrible pacing, questionable characterizations and just bad storytelling.  All that said, I am happy I'm done reviewing it so at least it finally brought me some happiness.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League United was never a perfect book, but the idea of crazy team-ups with heroes and villains had me excited.  Unfortunately, it's ended without seeing much and this finale is the worst of the bunch.  The worst thing, though, is that the issue ended with nothing being resolved as far as the overall story goes.  I can't even recommend this issue to people who stuck with this book up until now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Knight Terrors: First Blood #1 is a rough and frustrating start to an event taking over the DC line of books for the next two months.  After reading this, I still wonder why DC is giving us a spooky summer event and why they have Joshua Williamson writing it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the story here is still forced by Ben Percy, my biggest problem is it just doesn't feel like a Nightwing book.  This is now my poster child of a writer forcing a character into a story rather than starting with the character and moving on from there.  I was looking forward to seeing how Ben Percy was going to write Dick Grayson/Nightwing and sadly after two issues, I'm still waiting for him to start.
View Issue       View Full Review

After waiting so long to get Nightwing back, Dan Jurgens reminds us about how and why this book sucked for 2+ years and got rid of one of the only bright spots from those dark times.  The art is good enough, but I am just left wondering why DC keeps treating loyal fans like they hate them.  Casual fans and reviewers (just look above this blurb on the roundup) may be fooled by this, but true Nightwing fans deserve way more!
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual continues the Dark Web story and it's a story that should have ended issues ago.  It just isn't interesting and Ben Percy continues to shove words in Nightwing's mouth that really don't fit.  The art is good, but I am tired of everything else.
View Issue       View Full Review

A crossover series that started with such great potential ends with a resounding thud. This was a rushed, padded-out issue that leaves too many questions unanswered, forgoes meaningful character interactions in exchange for empty narration, and sets up the Remnant Justice League for future adventures we may never see. Luckily, the art remains consistent despite yet another new artist taking over. In short, RWBY/Justice League failed to do much besides introducing a few cool Justice League character variants and most likely won't leave any impact on either franchise.
View Issue       View Full Review

Strange Adventures is almost at the halfway mark, and I have gone from confused to intrigued to just bored.  Tom King continues to formulate his mystery based on the lack of any real information, and so, there is no way to play along.  Heck, I am not even sure what the mystery is at this point!  I like the art enough, but the character work lack substance or any reference point, and again, I was bored the whole time reading this issue.  I hope things pick up next issue, because I am about to bail on this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Supergirl #9 may be a new arc, but the same problems remain...poor dialogue, forced storytelling and inadequate setup.  The reader is left to fill in the blanks on their own which might be a good thing because when Steve Orlando does it, things quickly go awry.  If you are a Supergirl fan (like me), you don't have many other options, but anything is better than this.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am so glad that Supergirl has her own book, but fans deserve much better than this.  Steve Orlando continues to just throw things at the wall to see what sticks and unfortunately, not much does.  Poor dialogue and characterizations rule the day and even with Brian Ching's art being better than usual, I can't recommend this issue or series to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

After all the setup, Steve Orlando ends the Emerald Eradication arc in a very forced and convoluted way.  The issue looked good, but the story was confusing at points and laughable at others.  Supergirl and her fans deserve better.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #26 is an average issue with some good moments and one that made me want to punch myself in the face.  It would have been nice for Lobdell to acknowledge the events Superman had just gone through, but at least the inclusion of Wonder Woman brings a bit of the ongoing DC Universe into the mix.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #27 is not a good read.  It's nice to look at, but man is it bogged down by narration and nonsense.  Superman shouldn't come off as a jerk, but that's what he is here.  A selfish jerk.
View Issue       View Full Review

I hope this book gets better because this first arc was lacking...lacking the fun and chemistry that made it one of my favorites.  The Magog/Circe arc ended with a whimper and didn't further the overall story at all.  Doug mahnke's art was really good, but Peter Tomasi better regroup and focus so that the book can get back on top come June.  I've given the book a bit of a pass up until now, but my patience has officially run out.
View Issue       View Full Review

With the end of the Truth story happening this week in Superman #50, this book felt like an afterthought.  Not much happens and with lack luster art to boot, it can be skipped with little consequence to the reader.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman: Lois Lane #1 is an odd book.  I love how Marguerite Bennett portrays Lois, but the story she's in is generic and forgettable.  The art is shared between four artists and when they change, you know it.  I'm not sure the purpose of this book in the long run, but I wish it was better.  Lois and her fans deserve it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you like the typical spy comic, there's a good chance that you will enjoy this book. It has that classic feel to some of its parts and the art is really nice to look at. Unfortunately, the dialogue in this book really hinders everything else. When you're reading a book and you get to the point where you want to skip dialogue, then there's a problem.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue came out of nowhere and in a book that still hasn't gotten it's footing, felt strange.  Instead of giving us Batman, Superman and Wonder Woman, we get a sort of Dark Trinity story that had no real beginning or end.  This book was struggling to keep my attention and this may have been the last straw.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue felt very forced and rushed to get to the next story that will end this book.  Besides the art, there is nothing to recommend here and plenty I would urge you to avoid.  There are other books on the comic store shelf way more deserving of your money.  Buy one of those instead.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another swing and a miss in a series full of them.  This issue and entire last two arcs felt uninspired which is a sin considering it's a book with DC's best and brightest characters.  Oh well, the Trinity is over and I don't think too many people will be upset with that.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may be it for me. The story was boring and convoluted and in no way has me interested in going forward anymore. It looks really good, but I think its time for me to tap out and wait until this summer to try my luck at being an X-Men fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman '77 is one of my favorite digital titles, but I'd suggest skipping this one shot story.  It's a shame because writer Trina Roberts is a big deal in the history of Wonder Woman, but this story just wasn't very good at all.  I wish I could recommend it, but I can't.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is an uninspired collection of characters and moments (but not many character moments mind you) that keep going nowhere...slow.  G Willow Wilson never seemed to get comfortable on this book and since she announced she would be leaving it soon, we are in lame-duck territory.  I need a Wonder Woman book that I can love and sadly, this isn't it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I guess this issue ends the Batman/Superman Truth arc, but you could have fooled me.  It didn't feel like an ending and I still am looking for the Truth.  We do get a convoluted story with multiple artists that equal some jarring transitions and an awesome cliffhanger reveal.  I haven't been impressed with the Truth story in general and this issue didn't change that.  In fact, I may be less impressed after reading this issue...and that's the Truth.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a disappointing first issue of a series I was really looking forward to. It looked great, but the generic spy plot was not engaging in the least. Nothing her screams out Invisible Woman and in fact, she feels a bit out of place throughout. Maybe thats just me, but Mark Waid is on a very short leash going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #10 was not a good issue.  The story was mostly filler and the art was horrible.  I hope next week gets us back on track.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #25 is an unnecessary and ridiculous Zero Year Tie-in.  The art is stellar and Manapul and Buccellato do their best to explain why Barry is in Gotham, but it doesn't ring true.  I'll pretend that issue #24 was the end of their New 52 Flash run because it was too great to end like this.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was hoping for the start of a big arc here, this issue fell flat. If you are new to the book, you may appreciate the recap, but longtime readers can probably skip this and catch up next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps #30 gives the reader the history of the Durlan and nothing more.  The story drags and the art is horrible.  If you are following the overall arc, read it just because.  If you are not, you can save your money this month.
View Issue       View Full Review

This finale to Injustice: Year Four was very much like the entire Year...a disappointment.  In fact, this whole Year felt like a missed opportunity as it ends with a fizzle.  I do like the ideas that it set up for Year Five, but cannot recommend it to anyone wanting to see what this Injustice book is all about.  I really hope that Year Five is better.
View Issue       View Full Review

There is nothing better than reading a book with great characters and action that combine to give you a thrill ride of emotions that doesn't let you come up for air.  I wish I read that book, because Midnighter sucks. Jane, get me off this crazy thing!  Oh my nose!  Hey Man!  Is that Freedom Rock?  Yeah, Man!  Well, turn it up, man!
View Issue       View Full Review

What happened to one of my favorite books?  This issue is a little better than the last two, but it still pales in comparison to the rest of this great series.  It's almost over and I hope we get something better in the last three issues.  This book and it's fans deserve it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Supergirl #35 is a minor detour before we get to the Crucible story.  Tony Bedard ruins what could have been a fun one-shot with poor dialogue, a generic story and an all out effort to make Jason Todd look like an ass.  I really liked Jonboy Meyers' art, but it couldn't save this issue from mediocrity.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you're expecting a trip back to memory lane, skip this series. Out of all the Hanna-Barbera comics, Future Quest holds its ground by sticking to what came before and adding it's on flavor. The Jetson's series would rather make you question your sanity and thoughts you've had nightmares of. This comics needs more adventures, less psych evaluation.
View Issue       View Full Review

Avengers #33 is a significant Moon Knight issue and would have been an excellent start to a new series. However, Jason Aaron continues to neglect his actual roster, making the Avengers themselves minor characters in their own book. If you are a Moon Knight fan, this is a must-buy, but if you are an Avengers fan, it might be time to start trade waiting. I'm sure this run will tie up nicely, but it's just becoming frustrating monthly.
View Issue       View Full Review

It really does pain me to see this promising crossover go down the tubes like it has.  This issue continues the slide downwards with barely a hint of a story, little to no characterization and hokey dialogue.  We do get another Superman into the mix, but even that was confusing and forced.  I really hope Tomasi can rebound next week with Action Comics because right now, this story is on life support.  Now excuse me while I stare some more at the cover and dream of what might have been.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Seeley jumps on Eternal this week and brings along the standard inconsistencies and while the big reveals felt overly forced, they push the overall story forward which I am grateful for. Paul Pelletier's art was good and I'm not sure if this series has just made me punch drunk, but I didn't completely hate this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love the art in this series, but not much else.  The premise may have a uniqueness to it, but the execution feels like we've all been there and while we were there, we certainly have done that.  I hope things turn around, but with two issues left, I can't recommend this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nothing really impressed me about this issue.  It just seems to be going through the motions, looking for the exit the whole time.  Sholly Fisch does a better job than Ann Nocenti, but that's really not saying much.  It did have some nice references to other books, but in the end, I suggest you skip this one and get ready for the new start next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christopher Priest continues his slow burn story and it's starting to get old.  I would love to recommend this series, but it's confusing and not fun to read at all.  I get that hardcore Deathstroke fans are enjoying this, but it's not a book that will convince new readers what the hype is all about.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1058 ends the twelve-week Shadows of the Bat event disappointing and unsatisfying.  Mariko Tamaki ties some things up, leaves a ton behind, and has me questioning if there was anything to this story.  Even if there was, I don't think it needed twelve issues to fall flat at the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

With a limited amount of time left in this series, it is sad that we get a chapter like this. Most of what happened was old hat and felt out of place this late in the story. I guess it was an okay jumping on point for new readers since some very basic concepts were explained for the hundredth time, but a hundred or so issues in, it just felt silly. The chapter ended with a pissed off Hawkman and that is something that interests me going forward. I hope it pays off.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's only taken Bryan Hitch a couple of issues to make this book a complete mess.  The story is paper thin and only seems intriguing because we aren't getting any information.  What we have gotten is confusing and uninteresting and makes me want to drop this book right now.  I just may do that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #6 doesn't do anything to make me like this series anymore.  Worse yet, it is a frustrating read that poses more questions than it answers...as usual.  While I really have enjoyed Howard Porter's art, this book is in danger of being dropped from my reading pile.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue marks the first of the new run by Meredith and David Finch and while I loved the art, the story was not what I expected. Instead of making it's own way, it seems intent on bringing up the past and even ruining it.  Because of that, it's not new reader friendly and long time fans may be turned off.  I did like the cliffhanger and I hope that leads to it's own, interesting story.  Until then, I can't recommend this issue.`
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #23 is a pretty average read.  The story is clich and there was nothing special about the art.  The end reveal may prove interesting in the upcoming Psi War books, but I cannot recommend this book on it's own.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue fell flat for me as a Truth story and a Superman story in general.  While I was hoping the final chapter of the story might give us a satisfying conclusion of sorts, t just gave us setup for the book going forward.  Really?  That's the Truth, huh??
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know why Greg Pak is trying to confuse everyone with so little time left in this story. I went from not enjoying this story to being confused as hell by it. I liked the art here, but the overall narrative felt rushed at times and downright silly at others. We all just have to sit tight, close our eyes and think about the better times coming in a few months. My love of Superman needs a rebirth...stat!
View Issue       View Full Review

While this chapter of the Final Days of Superman finally gets the New 52 and Pre-Flashpoint Supermen together, it is brief and rather anti-climactic.  Almost everything else in this issue goes against what we've already seen, is just more recap or feels a bit off.  The art was great and that's the only thing that kept this issue from getting an even worse score.  The Final Day can't come quick enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #49 is a nice, but forgettable one-shot.  While the basic story was good enough, the drab art brought it down.  If you skip this one, you won't be missing much.
View Issue       View Full Review

In the end, I was left a bit dazed and confused and not sure if I will continue with this going forward. It looks great, but I need a bit more than a book telling me to go read other books and while this start is intriguing, it was also frustrating.
View Issue       View Full Review

Out of all the mini-series that has come from this world; the first one wasnt that bad, the second one was actually pretty good, but they have one thing that this issue doesnt have; a decent story. Literally, nothing happens, just telling us how perfect this world is. After a few pages of Kurts dialogue, I realized one thing that makes Kurt, his dialogue. His German accent was gone. I know that shouldnt be a big deal but its like its who he is.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman Annual #2 is an overdrawn, unnecessary and forced Aquaman and Wonder Woman Team-up.  The Giant Born look cool and there is some nice action, but the story is paper thin and can't sustain the length of the book.  Aquaman fans who want to see the conclusion to the Giant Born story may get some enjoyment, but others should steer clear.
View Issue       View Full Review

This confusing and convoluted start took too long to get to our main characters, and did nothing with them once we got them.  I don't know who the target audience is for this book, I just know it isn't me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brandon Thomas continues not telling much of a story while giving readers a mystery based on the lack of information.  The art is good, but I'm still trying to figure out why I need to read this after two issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman / Green Arrow: Deep Target #3 finally gives the reader some answers, but the story is so convoluted and confusing that it doesn't matter much. I wish I were having some fun with this book, but besides it looking great, there is nothing for me to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman / Green Arrow #5 continues the train wreck this series has been from the start.  So what else is there to say about it?  If you've liked it or hated it so far, this issue won't change your mind.  However, if you haven't read it yet, I advise you to avoid it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman / Green Arrow: Deep Target #6 continues what might be the most convoluted story from DC Comics in years.  Since the body-switching through timeline change (?) has been resolved, Brandon Thomas throws another eye-rolling one at readers to set up the finale.  I don't think many people are reading this book, but if you have been, you know what to expect - great art with a wonky story.
View Issue       View Full Review

I hate to sound like a negative Nancy, but I thought this issue was pretty mediocre.  We should still be in the "can't do no wrong" part of this relationship, but I'm already looking for the door.  I will give Dan Jurgens a little more time to right the ship, but so far I'm not impressed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman and the Others: Futures End #1 wraps up the two part story with lots of action, a bit of cheesy dialogue and some silliness.  In the end, it's going to be another forgotten story that does nothing for the series or Event in general.  Thankfully, this event is over and we can get back to the regular series.
View Issue       View Full Review

After waiting for this wedding to happen, I was so disappointed.  It all falls flat as Stewart and Fletcher would rather give a Grayson recap than a wedding.  When we do get the big event, the writing lacked any spark and the art didn't do it justice.  The issue ends with the promise of a scary villain (something this book sorely needs), but as a whole, I could care less about this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue was fun enough, too many things through me off and it all felt like a forced way to continue the story. This may be the villain I've been waiting for to elevate this book, but we will have to wait and see. While I liked Carlini andMoritat's art, this issue was still just mediocre.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue doesn't do a lot to advance the overall narrative, but Mitch Gerads art almost makes up for that all by itself.  If you are a fan of King/Gerads, then I'm sure you will get more out of this than me and if you just look at it as a one-shot and not worry about the stalled overall story, you may love it.  However, if you have been frustrated with this book and are looking for an issue to get you back into this entire series, you may have to wait a little longer.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Knightmare is an extended chase scene that looks fantastic but has nothing past the pretty pictures on the page.  Is  Ashton Kutcher writing this book, because I feel like I am being Punk'd! 
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King gets his (not a wedding) cake and gets to eat it too as we get another bachelorette party issue to a wedding that never happened.  Fans of the Superfriends fair issue may dig the reprise, but those looking for the story to go forward or even some answers will have to wait another couple of weeks at least.  Frustrating!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book looks good, but there is barely a story going on and what little we do get is boring.  Tynion can't decide who the main villain should be, and almost all the significant plot developments get forced in.  Fear State keeps becoming more and more a mess as it goes on, and that is not a good trend at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #14 was not a good issue.  It continues the Clean Slate story, but I'm already looking for the exit.  The story is boring and the art is awful.  I'm looking forward to next month's finale, but for all the wrong reasons.  Just skip this issue and the arc and come back when it's over.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't like this issue.  It felt rushed, had poor transitions and the overall story wasn't that interesting. Greg Pak had two scenes that could have been classics, but both fell flat.  The art was okay, but overall this issue was a disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak uses this issue to set up a big fight with Vandal Savage, but unfortunately doesn't stop there.  Batman shows up (his name is on the marquee, you know) and this issue goes down the tubes.  By the end, I'd pretty much forgotten about the cool Vandal Savage storyline and just wondered what the hell happened and why a sun didn't melt snow.  I still want to see when Savage returns, but I can certainly wait the month to see it.  The art was also lacking and in the end, I can't recommend it.  Just grab something else this week and remember...Brick not hit back!
View Issue       View Full Review

This was not a good start to a series that is already playing catchup to all the big things going on at DC Comics right now.  The issue ends with a great cliffhanger, but if you have even a tiny bit of an idea who Batman and Superman are and read the Batman Who Laughs, you can just skip to the last page and come back next month.  This was a really big disappointment for me!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Two Face #25 is a bit of a bait and switch.  There is not enough Harvey Dent and too much Erin Mckillen.  The story treads water and doesn't advance the book at all and the art is subpar and confusing.  Two issues into this arc and there is no reason for me to recommend it...yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hill finishes his Ra's al-Ghul story, and while it elevates Black Lightning, the transient and forced nature of it was very disappointing.  We still have the series finale next month, but this one hurt.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #23 may be an important chapter in the long run of the series, but reading it right now, I was not a fan.  Tim Seeley doesn't write a good Catwoman and Dustin Nguyen's art didn't impress me.  To make matters worse, besides Catwoman, every thing else just fell flat.  Hopefully such a setup heavy issue sets up something awesome.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't want to sound like a hater, but I hated this issue.  Everything we were forced to deal with the past couple of issues was swept under the carpet and everything new was uninteresting.  The book looked great, but i can't recommend this issue and just want the series to end.  Four more issues and I'll get my wish.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mark Russell brings some critical social commentary to Gotham, but it doesn't pass the sniff test as a Batman comic book.  The Joker is the real star, but the whole thing feels misplaced.  It's a joke that you know the punchline too immediately, but have to sit through 20 minutes for the comedian to get to it.   That isn't much fun, and even if that's not Russell's goal here, it's a slog to get through.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really don't have much to say about this issue or series in general.  I love Kelley Jones' art, but there just isn't much story to justify this many issues.  Oh well, one more issue and then we can just move on and forget about it.
View Issue       View Full Review

When all is said and done, I cannot recommend this book. The art is good, but the slow pace the title has been criticized for is still there. The few dangling questions about Clayface could prove interesting down the road. Let's just hope it's a shorter road then what we just drove down.
View Issue       View Full Review

That said, this issue is good fun, but not very necessary.  We get a bunch of laughs at Clayface's expense, but in the end this is a average read at best.  Unless you can't get enough Clayface, you can pass on this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Dark Knight #26 ends up being an average comic at best. The art fits the dark story nicely, but the same old problems the book has been plagued with still manage to rear their ugly heads.  The Dark Knight is not good at his job and that always brings this title down in the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Urban Legends #12 was a big miss for me.  Overall, I was not too fond of much of anything in this issue, and as I said earlier, if I weren't reviewing it, I wouldn't be buying it.  It's up to you to decide if it's worth the price of admission, but I don't think it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

Palmiotti and Gray's Batwing is a great book I'd urge everyone to read.  Just not this issue.  It seems like a tacked on story to fill the space until next months cancellation.  Eduardo Pansica's art is really good as usual, but unless you are a huge Batwing fan, you can skip this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

After last Month's issue, I was really looking forward to see how and why Batwoman joined up with such a crazy team.  While this issue is mostly setup and offers little in answers, I liked the bits we get of the "Unknowns".  Unfortunately, I hated everything about Kate in this issue.  I also was not a fan of the art and thus, cannot recommend this issue.  After such a promising start to this arc, I still hold out hope that Andreyko can pull things in and right the ship.  We'll see next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

I wish I could recommend this issue, but I can't.  The pacing is off and the art just isn't that good.  I hope that Marc Andreyko and Georges Jeanty pick up the pace and end the series with the killer issues that the character and her fans deserve.  This issue wasn't one of those.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue felt more like Marc Andreyko correcting the sins of his past than moving this final story forward.  Morgan le Fay and awesome space battles are put on hold while Kate and Alice learn the truth about Nocturna and deal with it.  Sure, it had to be done, but it felt out of place here.  I'm still looking forward to a fun finale in the upcoming Batwoman Annual, but I wanted some more fun in this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #30 seems more like a missed opportunity than an epic battle.  Christy Marx set everything up and then let it end with a whimper.  Robson Rocha's art is good, but the issue ends up being mediocre overall.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, I came into this ready to see some awesome Black Panther story and was hit by bad allegory. I would only recommend someone read this if they like reading bad stories. The art was really good, but there is that old saying about turning stuff like this into shinola.
View Issue       View Full Review

Instead of answers, Ta-Nehisi Coates throws more characters into the mix, but without knowing what is really going on, the wow moments are not earned. I liked the art in this issue, but this book is relying on the reader's patience and trust in Coates and that is something else that just hasnt been earned yet, at least for me. I am struggling to find any reason to keep reading this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

I still have hopes things can turn around the next issue, but this debut was an uninspired, poorly written bore. It looked great, but Lan Medinas art cant do all the heavy lifting by itself.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another anniversary issue that might be better left on the shelf. Invaders fans might want to check it out, but I wont speak for anyone but myself and I was just bored.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Captain Marvel left a lot to be desired. Perhaps if someone was just reading this comic and not paying attention to the crossover, it would have been better. However, considering Captain Marvel is one of the biggest parts of the crossover, I would be surprised if readers of this book weren't keeping tabs on Civil War II. There's just not a lot that happens in the issue and feels more like a set up for a story we already know.
View Issue       View Full Review

Besides the usual great art, there isn't much here to recommend.  Characters that haven't been around much or developed are showcased, but it's more confusing than it should be.  I hope the next issue rebounds from this poor end to this first arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really want to like this book, but there is nothing of note going on with the story and most of the characters are either forgettable or just forgotten.  It feels like this is a placeholder until Catwoman has bigger and better things to do and because of that, I can't recommend to anyone who isn't grabbing it for the Artgerm covers.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joelle Jones is back, but besides some awesome art, there isn't much here to write home about.  Selina gets an offer, listens to some Neil Diamond and has both a wardrobe malfunction (or destruction) and a costume change.  Nothing you couldn't see at a standard Cher concert and sadly, all we got this week in Catwoman.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another issue of Catwoman where not much goes on to push the story forward and while I love seeing Zatanna in this issue, I'd rather have seen a bit of story to go along with her.  The issue looks great thanks to Jones and Fernando Blanco on art, but even with that, there just isn't much to see here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an Annual and second straight issue of Catwoman that readers can skip. I am still excited about this book and its ties into the bigger DCU, but things have to get back on track soon! The art in this issue is excellent, but the story felt like an overlong and convoluted way for Ram V to explain why a religious villain in Gotham goes by the name Valley.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Superman books have been a highlight of this Convergence Event for me, but sadly, this isn't joining them.  The promise of Red Son Superman versus his Pre-Crisis counterpart is dashed as we get a boring setup story with very little Men of Steel.  It all feels like a missed opportunity and is average at best.  If you are on the fence with this one, skip it and grab the handful of other Convergence Superman books.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a strong start, Convergence: Detective Comics ended up being a book that I can only recommend to Red Son fans.  I believe that DC should have made this a Superman book because what we got of Robin and Huntress is both boring and annoying.  The same can be said for the art which fit the Soviet part of the story so much better than the Earth 2 Metropolis bit.  If I didn't have to review it, I'd probably skip next month's finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am mad I was ever excited for this story arc. At least we get Ron Garney back on art in another month.
View Issue       View Full Review

The art is pathetic with little to no backgrounds. Every one's face looks like a used catchers mitt. It certainly isn't worth 3.99$ an issue kind of art. The story though...is better this issue. I feel like the only well thought out moment was Matt's five minute rebuttal though. I really think this story would have been better served as a foot note unfolding slowly through out Soule's entire run on Daredevil. Instead of its own stand alone story arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am predisposed to love any and all forms of Young Justice, but I genuinely disdain what Meghan Fitzmartin is giving us here. It's clear she doesn't really know the characters - or what they've experienced since their time on Young Justice ended two decades ago -  The meta critiques are fine. Still, she is simply not a good enough writer to take those critiques and make them into a compelling story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Nights: Death Metal: Legends of the Dark Knights #1 is an unnecessary collection of recap and uninteresting characters that I don't suggest to anyone but completists and speculators. I'd say it's a missed opportunity, but it feels like an opportunity that should have been left undone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deasthstroke #1 wears it's heart on it's sleeve.  It's a bloody and violent book that's heavy on style, but lite of story.  Nothing in this issue surprised me and in the end I can't say I'm looking forward to seeing more.  It seems like a book trying desperately to fin a time when ultra violence and being extreme was all the rage.  Unfortunately,  that time may have passed it by.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was pure filler and doesn't push the God Killer story forward one bit.  However, I love both Deathstroke and Wonder Woman and having them together is worth something in itself.  The story revolves around their inner fears and while I love me a good Bogus Journey, the revelations were hardly surprising.  I did enjoy Tyler Kirkham's art, but  I can't recommend this issue since nothing much happens.  Just hold tight until the God Killer story continues in the regular Deathstroke book.
View Issue       View Full Review

After such a long setup, this issue was just disappointing.  The story and art were both sub par and instead of getting me excited, just had me wishing I hadn't invested the time I did with the other five issues.  If you have been reading, I'm sure you'll finish the arc, but I may have to reevaluate if I want to continue on from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was just another big Rebirth moment that fell flat (see JLA for the other) and that's a real shame.  Getting Tim Drake back should have been a big thing and while it started off promising, the forced and quick ending just killed it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I liked Detective Comics #1053 more than the last few issues, mainly because Nightwing gets something to do, the pacing and inconsistencies from issue to issue are still a huge problem.  Maybe by the end, I'll be able to recommend this story in trade, but I can't as a weekly release.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1063 is a downer as Ram V throws a lot at the reader but struggles with character voices and overall focus.  It looks great thanks to Rafael Albuquerque's stylized art, but it's a bit of a slog overall.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another frustrating issue of Doomed.  I've been waiting patiently for information and what little new stuff we get here is shrouded in mystery.  It's time for Scott Lobdell to stop playing games and give it to us straight.  I did like the art this issue, but in the end, I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm already getting bored with this series after two issues! While a fight between Doctor Strange and an overpowered Wrecker seems like some fun, Waid sets up things that hardly play out, and it all amounts to nothing anyway. I am giving this one more issue to grab me before I bailjust like the last Doctor Strange book by Mark Waid.
View Issue       View Full Review

I went into this issue looking for AL Ewing and Dan Slott to convince me to buy the 30+ issues of this Empyre Event, but after Empyre #2, they now will have to convince me not to drop this whole thing outright. The story is not exciting, and even the big moments fall flat since the pacing makes it all a slog to get through. It's like watching grass grow, and that isn't thrilling anywhere, not even on the moon!
View Issue       View Full Review

This series has been a disappointment.  Cecil Castellucci seemed more interested in pushing her message through the first 3 issues and now the book continues to suffer from a lack of story and character work.  Things just happen for no reason other than to push the book to next month's final issue and that's a shame.  I hope the finale can right the ship as it steers into port, but I'm doubting that now, more than ever.
View Issue       View Full Review

Van Jensen closes the book on the New 52 Flash and while I've been a fan of his and Robert Venditti's run, this final story is pretty forgettable.  The ingredients are there for something special (The Flash teaming up with the Rogues especially), but it all came to a quick and convenient end that let's Barry Allen run right into his next big adventure, but had me scratching my head as well.  Jesus Merino's art was the best he's done since joining this book, but that couldn't turn the so-so story into anything except what it was...a placeholder to get us to Rebirth.
View Issue       View Full Review

This may only be the second #1 issue for Flash, but I am not getting a fresh and new feeling from this book yet.  This issue continues to deal with some recap and then we get some non-likeable versions of our favorite characters dealing with some heavy handed issues.  It all leads to the birth of another Speedster and while my hopes for this series are taking a bit of a hit, I am still looking forward to next issue.  It has to be better than this.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue starts the Bats Out of Hell story and it's not a great Metal tie-in issue and even less of a Flash issue.  I would avoid this either way as the one or two big moments here are bound to be recapped in the main book or resolved by the end of this crossover and the this book will get back to it's own story in two weeks.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is one of my biggest disappointments of Future State. Joshua Williamson fumbles through a Hyperclan vs. the Justice League story that never felt like it had any stakes at all. It's all based on the Justice League getting to know each other, and the story ends right before they do. I guess that's the order of the day because Ram V gives readers a non-ending as well. The art in both stories is good, but there is not much else to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Giant-Man mini is over and it was not very necessary and to be honest, not very good. There were little tidbits of fun here and there, but this mini lacked character moments and development, had pacing problems throughout and didnt make much out of its very basic story idea.
View Issue       View Full Review

My hopes for this Annual were quickly dashed under poor dialogue, hokey situations and poor characterizations. While the art looked great, this Annual was an unnecessary diversion. I wish I could recommend this book, but I just can't.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy continues his story that started with a ridiculous premise and continued here by giving us no real information, but expecting us to care nonetheless.  I didn't care at all, but I did like Juan Ferreyra's art, but was it enough for me to give it high marks?  Check below for the answer.  Spoiler alert...It wasn't.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is just a generic placeholder until the Bensons take over the book in August.  While the art was good, there was nothing here that felt fresh and even though there is plenty of action, the overall feeling I had reading it was boredom.  Unless you are collecting this entire Rebirth run, you can skip this entirely.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's sad when a mediocre issue is one of the better ones in a while.  I don't know who is enjoying this book because it's not the guy who looks back at me in the mirror every morning.  Nope, that guy says this book stinks and that guy doesn't lie.  He just mimics my every move only in a reverse way. I like that guy.  I don't like this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I always try to be thankful for the little things, so the fact that this issue didn't completely suck is something.  Dan Abnett finally gets around to telling the reader what's going on and Angel Hernandez's art was really good.  Infinite Crisis is not my favorite book, far from it.  However, if Abnett can build off this issue, it might just become readable.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Infinite Crisis may have a few glaring problems, but I actually enjoyed reading it for once.  It all had to do with a fan favorite villain showing up on the last page, but I'll take whatever I can when Infinite Crisis is involved.  Hopefully, Dan Abnett continues the momentum into next week's issue because I'm tired of being burned.
View Issue       View Full Review

I said last week that if I wasn't reviewing this book, I'd be close to dropping it.  I'm no longer close, I'm there.  Year Four has been an utter disappointment and this book has gone from something I couldn't wait to read and review to dreading doing both.  I hate even writing that, but it's true.  I hope I can tell you different soon, but I'm not holding my breathe.
View Issue       View Full Review

Well, we finally get to see the mysterious character behind Ares' plan, but his arrival felt too separated from the setup. It did lead to some pretty kick ass action scenes, but the overall story didn't move forward at all.  We also see that Earth's Leaders have a Plan B, but again, it just felt forced into the narrative.  I did like the art, but overall, this issue was another disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Three #20 was one big fight scene and because of that, I couldn't get behind it or even recommend it.  I hope we eventually get back to Constantine facing Swamp Thing because what we got here is a big tease.  Pete Woods art was pretty good, but in the end, this was a pretty unnecessary issue and my least favorite in a long time.
View Issue       View Full Review

To sum things up, we have a conclusion to an Iron Man story arc that involved very little Iron Man, but plenty of cameos, a Tony Stark who can't be his clever charming self, and a threat that was interesting at first, but who literally just disappears into the background with little resolution by the story's end.  If any of that intrigues you or you're looking for one of the last stories featuring War Machine then I guess this might be for you. I just feel like this series has taken a complete 180 from how it began in the first arc (issues 1 – 5) and that's not something working in its favor.
View Issue       View Full Review

Lobo may call himself the Main Man,but he isn't mine. Marguerite Bennett has piqued my interest slightly, but this issue was just too thin on answers to recommend.  If the story continues in a regular monthly or as a backup I may be more interested.  As it stands here, all but the most die hard fans can pass and not miss much at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a decent start, Bryan Hitch gives us an ill defined story, some forced moments and a whole lot of nothing.  This issue confirms that Hitch does not know how to end a story and because of that, I give this issue a certain score that nobody wants.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another issue of Justice League, another poor setup and eye rolling nonsense.  We do get to see who attacked the Justice League, but it really just comes down to what and Hitch doesn't explain it enough for me to care.  Hey, if he doesn't care, why should I?  The art is good, but not good enough to make this issue make any sense or be any good.  On a positive note, there are some cool villains on display and a cool cliffhanger.  Oh well, it's all par for the course and that is not a good thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

In a series that has more misses than hits, this one-shot goes in the miss category.  The villain is barely set up before being defeated and afterward I was left wondering how and why.  How was he defeated and why do I bother with this book anymore.  Everything about this issue screamed mediocrity and the fact that it's a dollar more than usual is icing on the cake.  Avoid this book and this series until DC makes the change that Justice League fans deserve.  Shout out to the Get Fresh Crew who know what this score truly means!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue slams on the breaks to any good time momentum this book has been building lately.  I liked Francis Manapul's art, but the issue itself was wordy to the extreme yet still didn't give us a lot of new information.  I used to look forward to the Legion of Doom issues earlier on in the series, but this after this one, I may have to skip them going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really want Ray Palmer back in the DCU, but Steve Orlando is giving us a story that seems thrown together.  We get a lot of names, but little explanation and some of the worst pacing in an issue this big.  I was left scratching my head by the end I was praying to Moz-Ga for something better.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I'm still intrigued by this new direction, I can't say I enjoyed this issue.  Jeff Parker seems to be learning on the job and this first team was an unfortunate casualty of that.  Just when the reader starts figuring things out, this issue and team are done.  All is not lost, however, as we get a peek at the first recruit for next month's team and it's a fun choice.  I hope the issue follows suit because this series should be more fun than we got so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch starts of his Justice League run with an issue that feels like it's trying to be epic, but ended up as something else entirely.  The story is paper thin and even ridiculous at times and I was not a fan of Hitch's characterizations.  I have made the claim that these Rebirth #1's are tone setters and this one has me very worried about the series going forward.  Time will tell, but I am not as excited for the Justice League book as I was before reading this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I want to recommend this book, but Cullen Bunn is just not giving us enough, yet.  I hope that this slow burn character driven story pays off and soon.  Lobo being forced to be part of a team and a crazy cliffhanger should get things rolling.  There is nothing bad about this issue, but there is nothing great either.  So far, it's nestled right in the middle.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cullen Bunn used the two month Convergence layoff to...give us more of the same.  Sure, the setting has changed (a bit), but the song remains the same.  If you enjoy watching Lobo fight a rotating bunch of thugs while acting all aloof, then do I have a book for you. The cliffhanger was interesting, but I'm maintaining a wait and see approach and I'd suggest you do the same.  As of now, this book is still pretty "meh".
View Issue       View Full Review

Instead of setting something up to get readers onboard and excited, Nick Spencer plays the Devils Hand of mysterious, clever and confusing. Im sure most of it will make more sense down the line, but with all the choices on the shelves nowadays, you need to come out swinging. I loved the art in this issue, but not much else for now.
View Issue       View Full Review

I continue to be unimpressed with these 2099 books and am confused with who the target audience is. Its certainly not me and while I had hopes for Ghost Rider 2099, that hope went unfulfilled.
View Issue       View Full Review

This mini ends with one long fight for the Throne of Atlantis, but there are no real stakes, no tension and really, no reason to read this issue or series.  The real action will be happening in Aquaman #38 and this entire series can (and probably will) be recapped in a sentence or two there.  The art is okay, but I can't find any real reason to recommend this.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a very intriguing start, Mister Miracle #2 has little answers and more padding than I ever expected from a series still getting started.  Tom King continues his "tell not show" storytelling when it comes to the war going on and because of that, the whole story has no weight to it.  The art, while very stylistic, is more confusing than satisfying and I am already bored with the whole thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

After last issues big reveal (Lump!), it's back to mundane tasks mixed with young milestones mixed with war. Scott is feeling the pull of being Highfather and a father and I'm getting pretty tired of it all. I know that all those reviews above me will go on about how perfect this is and while I would like to sit at the cool table, I feel like I am being led on a road to nowhere. I hope I'm wrong.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another chapter and another bunch of nine-panel pages that hopefully mean something more in a couple of months.  Reviewing Mister Miracle is. Driving. Me. Crazy!
View Issue       View Full Review

A non-ending does seem like it was meant to be for this series, but it doesn't sting any less reading it.  After last issue's big reveal, this felt like a cop-out that I am sure every score above mine will praise as the best thing ever.  Whether anyone will believe me, I was hoping Tom King would nail this ending so that it didn't feel like I wasted over a year on this book.  While others will praise this as an all-time classic, I want my year back.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am not the target audience for this book, but I'm struggling to think of who is. It doesn't matter much as Vita Ayala didn't give much reason to continue past this opener dominated by an overlong fight scene and a cliched cliffhanger. This is a pass for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is in desperate need of an overhaul.  The story has gone nowhere and because of that, the team just feels stale.  Luckily, it was announced that a new Squad is hitting shelves in June, because IU can't take much more of this.  I can't say I'm excited about the last issue with Manta, Harley and the gang next month, because what we've gotten with them so far has felt like a big missed opportunity.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ends the current Squad's run and they deserved better.  How can such a fun team end on such a downer?  There wasn't much of a story to speak of, the action ended before it started and the team just faded away.  I hope Sean Ryan has something up his sleeve for the next Squad because I was not impressed with this at all.  Give Amanda Waller a Double Whopper and Fries and call me in June.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #26 is the start of a new arc, but with the events of Forever Evil looming in the near future, it feels like it's treading water.  Everything feels underwhelming and the villain reveal is more infuriating than interesting.  New readers can easily jump in, but they would be better served starting at the beginning of the series, not this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sam Humphries continues giving readers a poorly paced story that is low on answers in the attempt of being cool and mysterious.  The Judge has been a thorn in Nightwing's side for years so why after a handful of issues do we know so little about him?  The art in this issue is good, but I am already hoping Humphries next arc is good because I've just about given up on this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

This second one-shot in a row's biggest sin is being completely skippable.  Michael Moreci tries to have some fun here, but the story is paper thin and the interactions are cliched and outdated.  It does look good, but I'd suggest waiting until Ben Percy's run starts next month if you are looking to jump on this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it should be easy to write a simple one-shot holiday story with Nightwing and the Bat-Family, Dan Jurgens tries too hard to be topical but forgets to write a good story in the meantime.  The art in the issue is good, but a Nightwing story about Bruce Wayne throwing money at problems doesn't fit the current Batman situation and is just plain wrong.  Happy Holidays everyone!
View Issue       View Full Review

I think I'm done with this book.  It's boring and not well paced and just not that good.  I'm not sure what Kevin Grevioux is going for here, but I don't like it.  It does look good, but is a mess of forced social commentary wrapped up in a story that's darker than it needs to be.
View Issue       View Full Review

This wacky alt-future timeline story took a turn down serious street for this finale and I wasn't feeling it.  The jokes that I thought were hitting, for the most part, are left behind for some family issues and it seemed like Frank Tieri was trying to prove to someone he had something more than a goofy miniseries filled with pop culture and toilet humor.  The problem is, that's what I wanted more of.  Even though I was down on this finale, I still enjoyed the series overall and would recommend it as a whole.
View Issue       View Full Review

I won't say that this issue didn't have promising moments, but none of them seemed to follow through. Power Man and Iron Fist should be good, ass-kicking fun, but this was just a bunch of talk without much movement forward. I'm over the tie-in craze at Marvel and just need them to focus on the stories they're telling.
View Issue       View Full Review

After really digging House of X #1, I expected the same here and was sadly disappointed. As a new reader, I felt left behind and am not having enough fun to try to catch up. This issue feels like a showcase for Hickmans big brain and it was just not for me. I liked the art and will give these weekly books a fair shake, but if things keep going like this, I dont think Ill be sticking around.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Rick and Morty is all about the awful things that could happen, but really, I'm not sure why we want to see it. Yes, the show and this comic are based on the characters we love, but know are awful, but at least we get a bunch of laughs out of it. I didn't get any laughs from this issue and that there should be a crime. The best thing about this book is you can pick and choose which issues to get and I'd suggest not to pick this one up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Any Weird Science regulars know exactly what that score means. For the record, that isn't me giving up on this series. I'm actually excited where both the story and Wanda as a character go from here. I just don't see why we had to completely interrupt the story that was going on for a pointless Civil War II tie-in. I love to see Wanda growing as a character and standing up for herself, but there are other ways to do that without forcing it in one issue. 
View Issue       View Full Review

You can't win them all.  Amy Chu's one-shot is a heavy handed and cliched story that just left me feeling down.  Bernard Chang's art, however, was fantastic and saved it from being a total bomb.  This is one of the first issues of Sensation Comics that I can't recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Continuity #3 was a filler issue and a downer.  Bryan Q. Miller lets us know what's at stake, but after this issue I want to get on with the War.  Ig Guara's art is good, but he doesn't get much to do.  The issue does end with the promise of more action next week, and I'm sure Miller and Guara will deliver.  I just wish they did so this week.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a disappointing finale to a mini-series that I was looking forward to reading. Everything felt rushed here to put the pieces into place for what is coming next for Star, but with that, Kelly Thompson never got to expand on her character fully. Maybe I expected too much.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stillwater #4, available from Image Comics on December 16th, is a well-acted, well-drawn, well-dialogued issue, but the big answer to one of the key questions of the series strains credibility. It's difficult to get excited about what happens next when you can't buy how the characters got here in the first place.
View Issue       View Full Review

After three issues, I am struggling to stay interested in this book.  Tom King gives readers a mystery without clues and an off-panel investigation, which makes it nearly impossible to play along.  It's a whisper down the lane plot that keeps changing focus and thus gets nowhere.  Tom King likes to play the long game, but I need something to keep me interested in each issue, and the great art isn't enough already.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:Very ambitious for one creators undertaking with all the art and story being done by one person, but it comes off as more of a check list inspired imitation rather than a Shonen inspired inspiration. The art is varying and great in places, but the story is very lacking and sometimes better defined in the synopses than the story themselves. With one story being actually interesting and one basically fan fiction it's hard to see much reason to follow-up with this in the future.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm using this review to get all my anger out at this being a reboot and not a rebirth.  It's a cleansing exercise and hopefully I can come out of it with a clear vision of what this book is and continue on into the series with a clear head.  I want to enjoy this book because I love Supergirl, but that will have to wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #25 puts Krypton Returns to a rest, but it is more confusing than satisfying.  The action, art and characterization are good, but the story and dialogue bring everything down.  Hopefully the future of the House of El will be better and H'el free.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I initially thought this final crossover would cleanse my palate of the bad New 52 Superman taste, it's hasn't.  In fact, story wise, it's starting to taste very similar.  I loved the art, but with poor pacing and inconsistent storytelling that brings up more questions than it answers, I can't recommend it.  Rebirth can't come soon enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Snyder and Higgins set up some cool things here, but without the proper time and space to develop any of it, it all falls flat.  I am now officially worried about the rest of these Tales From The Dark Multiverse books since Knightfall seems like the easiest of these stories to tell.  Oh well, the art is pretty good here, but I still left with the feeling that this book had no real reason to hit the shelf besides DC trying to see how far they can go to milk this Dark Multiverse thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Snyder and Higgins set up some cool things here, but without the proper time and space to develop any of it, it all falls flat. I am now officially worried about the rest of theseTales From The Dark Multiverse books since Knightfall seems like the easiest of these stories to tell. Oh well, the art is pretty good here, but I still left with the feeling that this book had no real reason to hit the shelf besides DC trying to see how far they can go to milk this Dark Multiverse thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

This might read better in trade, but reading the story in individual issues or a collective trade won't change the fact that it was a lot of build up with no reward and a rushed ending. I hope this isn't the end for "The Brave and The Bold" title and we can move on to other superhero pairings.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I'm starting to enjoy the story thanks to the villains, I'm really not enjoying the main characters at all.  It's hard to recommend a Flash book when you don't like Barry Allen and I like the side characters less.  Also, there is still a huge disconnect between what's in this book and what I see on my television screen and unfortunately, that seems to go against what this book is about.  Hopefully, things will improve, but until you can leave this series alone.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash: Season Zero #4 is another sub par issue in an already underwhelming series.  The story is fun enough, but the forced references and humor doesn't help with anything but my eye rolling practice.  The art continues to be too generic to make me care and in the end, I can't recommend this book to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the art in this issue is top notch, the story brings everything crashing down.  Unfortunately, the Trinity can't save the day this time.  If you like looking at pretty pictures, you may get some pleasure here, but if you want characters and story in your books, look elsewhere.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is just another forgettable issue of a soon to be canceled series nobody will be talking about in a couple of months from now.  It's a shame that this series wasn't better, but this issue is a good mirror into why it wasn't.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue and series continue to be content to just move along on the ideas of so many stories before it. Everything from the art to the story to the characters come across as bland and cliched and I just want it to end so we can move on to, hopefully, bigger and better things. I know that each of the writers is capable of so much more, but maybe it's a matter of too many cooks"
View Issue       View Full Review

Whether you decide to pick this up should be determined by how you feel about the regular run of Uncanny X-Men going on right now. This is more of a side story to that book than a tie-in to the War of the Realms in my opinion. It looks really good, but I just wonder why we needed an extra tie-in when this could have been dealt with in the main title.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is such a fantastic combination of awful dialogue and continuity issues that I really don't know what to say.  Aco's art would look great framed, but it doesn't help tell the story that may be buried underneath this landslide of nonsense.  I'd love to say it's one of those so awful its good type of things, but sadly, it's just plain awful.  
View Issue       View Full Review

After anticipating G. Willow Wilson's run of this book for what felt like forever, the only thing I feel now is let down. I have struggled with trying to like this book because of my respect and love of G. Willow Wilson, but I can't turn a blind eye to the truth...this just isn't a good Wonder Woman story. I will put a "yet" on the end there and hope that after this first arc is over, things will change for the better. For now, though, I can't recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am so thoroughly disappointed with what G. Willow Wilson has given us over the course of 9 issues that I have run out of excuses. Early on I saw flashes of a truly great story that I was excited to see unfold, but now having seen it unfold into basically a nothing story I don't know what I'm supposed to say. I am a Wonder Woman fan but this book is just not enjoyable. I don't know what magic Greg Rucka took with him when he left at #25, but the 4 writers since then have been struggling to recreate it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book continues to struggle with pacing and overall storytelling.  It looked good, but not much happened and what did felt really forced.  G. Willow Wilson seems to be struggling with her character and what to do with her.  I hope she figures things out soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

The overall story moves inches forward and even that is forced.  I liked Xermanico's art but little else.  Wilson still seems to be struggling with Wonder Woman as a character and the book is suffering while she tries to get her footing.  I hope she finds it soon!
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #80 continues snail's paced world without love story that has about as much pep as the Peter and Gordon song and I am checking out.  Hopefully, Steve Orlando can inject some magic back into this book because this run has been as much of a chore to read as it seems it was for Wilson to write. 
View Issue       View Full Review

We get Wonder Woman winning the day with a touch, a new god and a whole lot of nothing in between.  In the end, most of the consequences were wiped clean and I was left wishing I had something more than the art to praise here.  Sadly, the love returning to the world didn't help me love this issue or this run at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

I like the idea of the Four Horsewomen, but I also like the idea of a story that I can follow and one that seems to have real consequences.  I didn't see much evidence of those two things, and while I did like the art, there wasn't much else that tickled my fancy here. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #762 doesn't push the overall narrative ahead much but instead repeats things we saw and know already.  Liar Liar does introduce herself to Diana and Maxwell by the end of the issue, but that's about it.  The art is good, but I need a bit more story progression to recommend this to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another forgettable issue of Wonder Woman involving Maxwell Lord tech that never materializes or gets explained. That's par for the course here, but the issue looks great, and we end with a cool villain that hasn't been around much lately. I'll take the small victories in what has become a war of attrition for this Wonder Woman fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki continues to inch her story forward as things come to a head between Diana and Maxwell Lord.  Explanations are still minimal, but it all looks good, and maybe things will pick up from here.  I can only hope because so far, this story has been a whole bunch of nothing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #788 slightly advances Cizko's Wonder Woman haters club plan but doesn't do so in a compelling way.  Instead, things that seem essential get discarded almost immediately, only to have the plot bogged down by nonsense.  The issue does look good but is such a dull read that I can't recommend it to anyone, not even Wonder Woman fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Knightmares are over and that is cause for celebration all on its own!  Tom King does give some answers here, but it's wrapped up in a been there done that feeling issue that wasn't as satisfying as it should have been. 
View Issue       View Full Review

After being really interested in most of the series, the finale felt completely forced as Gerry Conway rushed to give us an ending. I haven't read enough of Conway's work to know if this is commonplace, or if this was something editorially. Luckily, Mike Perkins provided another great looking issue. I just hope something fun spins out of this series and answers some questions.
View Issue       View Full Review

We get more Two-Face this issue and besides some good art, we don't get much else.  Batman, Two-Face and Jim Gordon stand around talking most of the issue, but what little info we get is repeated and pretty dull.  I am hoping James Robinson can get something going next issue because right now, I am pretty bored.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy seems to be relying on past plot points and characters to tell his story, but it all feels unearned and uninteresting.  I liked the art in this issue, but this book needs to move on to something more interesting...stat!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has a couple of really interesting developments, but the dialogue, pacing and the lack of any investment in any of these characters just makes me not care.  This book seems to be going through the motions and the only concern that Steve Orlando seems to have is to shove the most amount of classic characters in his pages.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Supergirl and really want to like this book, but it's getting harder and harder.  While this arc potentially sets up some cool things down the pike, this issue was a dud of an ending for the long winded Reign of Cyborg Supermen story.  The art was good, but I need more than simple and repetitive characterizations to make me care about what happens in a story and then when you force an ending, it gets that much worse.  I hope this book improves because I can't recommend what we are getting here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a silly filler issue that is almost fun, but ends up being forgettable and worse yet, skippable.  The art was good, but there is nothing about this issue that makes me want to recommend it to anyone.  As of now, I'd wait until Saturn Girl and Emerald Empress show up to worry about anything going on here.
View Issue       View Full Review

The story was shock value and didn't really work with the out of the blue reveal and the sudden killing of the main protagonist and antagonist, leaving not much in the way of characters as this was thin on the ground for them anyway. The sad reality is this was working as Crow book and some fans could have been sold on that alone, but now the hero (anti-hero?) is no longer involved it may be a breaking part for some.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a great looking issue that doesn't have much beyond that.  The story of an attack on the Watchtower was confusing and poorly setup and executed.  I wish I could recommend this since it's the start of a new arc, but I can't so I won't.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Perfect Storm story ended in a not so perfect way.  After issue and issue of setup, Joshua Williamson rushes the reader to a quick and forced ending that left a bad taste in my mouth.  The art was good (it usually is in this book), but this ending made the whole arc feel like meaningless filler.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was looking forward to seeing the future of the Green Arrow book here, but throwing the Benson's into a No Justice Tie-In handcuffed them and what we got was an issue that just was an unnecessary diversion until their real run starts.  I can't recommend this to anyone, whether they are reading No Justice or not.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch is trying to write a big story here, but it all falls flat because nothing he is attempting has been earned...not by the villains and not by him.  Things just seem to happen because they need to, but at least the art looks great.  Unfortunately, that's not enough for me to recommend anything except to stay far away for this book for now and the near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This isn't just another disappointing issue of the Monster Men crossover, but my least favorite issue so far.  The story and art were both lacking and I'm now officially looking past this nonsense and wanting our regular stories back right now.  Please, give us our regular stories back!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

This was not the worst issue of Batman and Robin Eternal.  Steve Orlando spends most of his time setting up the last two issues of the series and that's the issues strength and it's weakness.  While it all could pay off big in the long run, as a single issue, it was middle of the road.  With how this series has gone, I'll take it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue opens up the Girl of No Tomorrow arc and it's not good.  In fact, it's a convoluted mess.  Robson Rocha's art is really good, but there is nothing else here to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #17 may show the origin story of Deacon Blackfire, but does little else.  That may have been acceptable, but I didn't like the Origin at all.  Dustin Nguyen does a fine job with the art this week, but it's not enough to save this boring book.  It's a shame because I liked the scary side of things that Fawkes was giving us. but for now I'm done.
View Issue       View Full Review

I still think that All-New Wolverine is one of the better books at Marvel, but the Enemy of the State II story is making it harder and harder to recommend.  The story and art in this issue seems stuck in neutral and that's not a great place to be stranded in.  So far, this story arc is a miss that I hope turns into a hit starting with the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was looking forward to this series when DC announced it, and while I thought the first issue was good, things have gone downhill since.  I still enjoy Amy Reder's art, but she is not developing her characters enough, and the story is beginning to get tiresome.  Issue #4 is going to have to win me over big time for me to continue with this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #34 ends the Chimera arc just in time for the big September event.  It's one big fight scene that is mildly entertaining and way too convenient.  There isn't much to the script to push the book ahead and Carlos Rodriguez's art is just not that good.  If you've been following the Chimera story, go ahead and pick it up to get somewhat of a resolution.  If your looking to jump in, check back with us in October.  We'll be here for you.  That's what we do.
View Issue       View Full Review

I get I may not be the required age range to enjoy this, but given that Back to the Future is a 30-year-old property, am not sure how well this comic will rope in a younger audience. Aside from that, you would have to be a diehard fan to pick this up as it never rocks the boat one way or another. 5.5/10
View Issue       View Full Review

On paper, this issue should be a sure fire hit.  Batman and Swamp Thing? Batman and Swamp Thing! Unfortunately, Tom King gives us a Batman who also seems more concerned for his own philosophy on life and death than anything else and is just not good at being Batman.  Mitch Gerads art is good, but this issue felt like an Annual story than a standalone issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fear State continues, and while I want to see how the Scarecrow's plan is working in a big picture sort of way, Tynion narrows the view even more.  This issue looks great, but the story only moves inches on all fronts and needs to pick up asap.  Hopefully, the tie-ins lend a hand because the main book has been a dud so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #124 was a forgettable issue that ends a forgettable run by Joshua Williamson.  Whatever the circumstances surrounding him taking over the book, he barely had a story to tell, and it shows with this weak finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I think Alfred deserves a nice sendoff, this issue left me feeling sad and bitter...and mostly for the wrong reasons.  The timing and tone felt off, and the art didn't wow me either. The idea of the Bat-Family falling apart because of Alfred's death would be cool if we had a strong Bat-Family beforehand. I expected this to be an issue that I'd go back to in years to come, not one I could barely get through the first time.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak continues his story that is off the rails crazy compared with the other Truth issues and while it's different, it's not great.  Pak does a great job showing Superman's thoughts and fears over his depowerment, but this whole Subterrania story feels off.  Then, just when you thought it couldn't get crazier, Pak hits us with another cliffhanger that may be ridiculous, but has me curious for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman: Futures End #1 is an unecessary book held back by the Futures End Event it is supposed to be a part of.  Superman is missing and Batman is trying to carry on without him.  It'd be a bit easier if he wasn't torn apart at the seams himself, but when does Batman care about easy?  The score below is indicative of how I felt about the issue, but doesn't express my feelings for writer Greg Pak.  He literally had the odds stacked against him and made something (almost) good out of a bad situation.  It's still not good enough for me to recommend it to any one but a Futures End completest.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson gives readers an aftermath to the Infected story as it heads off to bigger things and while it all looks great, it is mostly filler.  The cliffhanger looks interesting enough but only makes me suggest skipping this one and coming back next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson forces an ending to his Atomic arc that makes little sense and will probably be forgotten by most the minute they are done reading it.  Clayton Henry's art was good, but it can't save the convoluted ending to a generic story.  Batman and Superman are the World's Finest, I just wish this book would show that.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I liked the awesome addition of the We are Robin crew and Batgirl, this issue fell flat...until the end.  Steve Orlando follows suit of giving readers a mediocre issue with an awesome cliffhanger. Scot Eaton's art was good, but in the end, I can not recommend this issue and am starting to grow angry at where this book is (and isn't) going.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was yet another disappointing issue of Batman and Robin Eternal.  That is all the more upsetting after Genevieve Valentine's strong effort last week.  While Alvaro Martinez's art was good once again, the story is setup...for something.  While I'm sure we will get some more Bruce/Dick flashbacks featuring their pursuit of Mother, the present day story is very up in the air and that doesn't have me excited at all.  I love Valentine, but I cannot recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is far from perfect, I liked it more than what we've been getting lately.  The issue is filled with good action and while the dialogue was pretty bad and certain things felt forced, they still moved the overall story forward and for that I will overlook a lot.  The art was also a mixed bag, but the cliffhanger has me excited for next week which leaves me kind of in the middle with this issue overall.  Hence my score.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and the Outsiders is such a good looking book, but looks can only get you so far and once you delve deeper, there isn't that much else there.  The overall story has progressed at a snail's pace and in the end, it just hasn't been that interesting.  I hope things quickly change for the better, but right now I can't recommend this issue or series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and the Outsiders is ending soon, and it seems that there isn't enough space to finish the story and explain everything that is going on with the characters in it.  I think most readers were way more interested in the characters in this book than Ra's take-over-the-world plot (that seemed to change a couple of times), so it's a shame that Bryan Hill wasn't given a little more time to wrap it all up.  We still have a couple of issues so maybe that will happen, but this issue is only for those who have stuck it out this long, and they may even be upset with how little we get here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and the Outsiders #17 ends Bryan Hill's run, and while he stays true to his character moments that defined the series, they fall flat here. There were too many unanswered questions going into this issue, and unfortunatley, they remain so. I liked more than I didn't in this run, but this ended in a thud.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still all in for the series.  While I still enjoyed this issue overall, I will need it to begin to pick up the pace.  I also need more content in this title that warrants the “Black Label” title outside of the occasional F-Bomb. With that being, said it needs to make sense for the story and not just be randomly placed there for the sake of it.  Speaking of story, I am very interested to know more about Bruce's backstory. What is his secret? Where is the Joker?  Who is paying to listen to Jason Blood? The art continues to impress consistently. I look forward to seeing more of it.   I really want the next issue to blow my mind and I hope it will.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #5 is already showing some cracks in the armor.  The plot was muddled coming into this issue and at the end is even more so.  Characters seem to be thrown in just for the sake of it and the interesting parts of the earlier issues have been abandoned for now.  I hope the handful of writers and revolving artists can get this book together and give us more of what we got in the first couple of  issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #29 was not a good issue.  The focus below Gotham usually has me psyched, but this issue just bored me.  Ray Fawkes does set up the beginnings of Arkham Manor which is nice if not ill timed, but the art and everything with Joker's Daughter let me down.  I did like the cliffhanger ending and the promise it entails, but this is an issue that you could actually skip and not miss a whole lot.  I almost wish I had.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #38 was a mediocre bunch of filler that wasn't as fun as it should have been.  In the end, it was pretty forgetable though it finally looks like were going to get to some major developments in the near future.  Let's hope we get there very soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ray Fawkes is back, but unfortunately he brought a whole lot of setup.  Actually, he brought some other things I really didn't like as well.  Maybe this issue and it's interesting cliffhanger will lead to good things in the near future, but this issue was a bit of a disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has some of the best dialogue this series has seen so far, but there isn't much else.  We get no closer to finding out who is behind it all and with a handful of issue left, things better pick up quick. The art is a mixed bag and with three artists on board also has some awful transitions.  The cliffhanger points to some fun next week, but I want more answers and less fun although both would be nice.
View Issue       View Full Review

Is Batman: Eternal messing with me?  There are only a few issues left and it feels like we are going nowhere...slow.  Hush has returned big time, but the cliffhanger feels tired.  I loved Juan Ferreyra's art, but in the end, this issue did nothing to get me excited going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Gargoyle of Gotham #1 is a convoluted start to a story with some cool concepts, but it needs tightening up going forward.  Whether you like this book or not is going to hinge mainly on if you like Rafael Grampa's art, and personally, nothing in this first issue wowed me.  Hopefully, things improve in the next three issues, but this #1 was a big disappointment for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Joker's Daughter #1 is Marguerite Bennett's attempt at a better Joker's Daughter story and in that way, it's a success.  Unfortunately, the Joker's Daughter may not be worth the effort.  Bennett and Meghan Hetrick do their best, but in the end I can't recommend this book.  It's still much better than a book that doesn't exist, though.
View Issue       View Full Review

There is not much to this months issue except some very good and moody art and a cool cliffhanger.  After a good start, we kind of stall here and I am left on the fence on whether I can recommend this book any more.  Right now, my gut feeling is no.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a hard issue for me to rate.  I liked everything about Kate and the Unknowns, but hated everything else.  Marc Andreyko is giving readers an action filled action movie and also destroying everything that made this book great.  Talk about multitasking! Juan Jose Ryp's great art shoots this issue out of mediocrity, but just barely.  If the last two issues just concentrate on the Unknowns, I'll be a happy man.
View Issue       View Full Review

Black Manta #1 is a quick read that sets up a mystery, but a lot of that has to do with a lack of information from Chuck Brown.  I am a dummy, but I usually have a bit of a grasp of what I just read after putting it down.  However, this one had me stumped.  Time will tell whether that is good or bad, but this story might be one to wait on a bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chris Samnee and Mark Waid clearly know how to write a spy story, but I feel like I probably need to read the rest of the series to know exactly what's going on. I am interested to see where this leads with the character that pops up at the end. If you've been reading and enjoying this series, definitely pick this up. If not, maybe wait until next month and jump on then.
View Issue       View Full Review

Selina continues to slog trough Villa Hermosa and while I really like the way Joelle Jones writes the character, there is just nothing interesting going on.  This book has been hit or miss with me the entire run and this one was a miss.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book needs some injection of character and story stat!  For me personally, it is on life support and I am very close to pulling the plug.  There are some really interesting things going on in this series, it just seems like every month, the focus ends up on something else.
View Issue       View Full Review

While there is a huge moment in this issue and even some good, smaller ones between Carlos and Selina, this book continues to be stuck in neutral.  I really hope that we get something past the Raina Creel story and it's not just being padded out until the book ends.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Joelle Jones finishes her run on Catwoman, and those readers who stuck with it will get some big moments that, while forced, still were satisfying enough.  Despite having her hands tied a bit with the circumstances leading into this run, I liked some of the things we got, it just took way to long to get them before time ran out.  Oh well, the reset button is hit and let's just hope things get better from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This one and done story from Selina's recent past looks great but doesn't have enough substance to make it a must buy.  If you need a Catwoman book and the 80th Anniversary isn't quite enough, go for it.  I suggest waiting until next month to jump back into this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #44 continues the Harley Quinn - Catwoman team-up, and that's a shame.  I can't remember when a book took this much of a 180 this quickly in its run, but I want what we were getting at the start of Tini Howard's run.  Hopefully, we will.
View Issue       View Full Review

As far as Annuals go, the concept was par for the course, but the execution left a lot to be desired.  The larger than usual art team did a good job, but overall this issue was boring from cover to cover.  There is a double date nod that might work for some, but I can only recommend this to completionists.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justin Gray gives readers a detailed glimpse of life under the dome and how Catwoman fits into it.  It's a nice little story, but the scope feels off and in the end, it just feels unnecessary.  I'll be back next month, but my expectations for this story have gone way down.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was one of the few Convergence tie-ins that had a definite ending and while I wasn't a fan of what happened, I give Tieri credit for doing it.  The reader finds out everything they wanted to, but the issue itself felt rushed and forced.  Unfortunately, the art doesn't save it and we are left with an issue that was okay, but disappointing coming off such a good first issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

With Crush & Lobo #2, Mariko Tamaki gives minimal character work through flashbacks while telling a snails paced story filled with non-funny cringe.  Crush is an endearing and complex character, but unfortunatley, you wouldn't know it from reading this book, which seems to want her to be Deadpool with Daddy Issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Death Metal tie-in is an odd one. It begins a side-story with a lot of recap, some okay art, and lots of talking. I didn't find it as engaging as I'd hoped, but those looking for a refresher course on what lead to Death Metal may feel differently.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another wonky Death Metal tie-in that doesn't feel necessary to anyone but completionists. Seeing what heroes are are up to on their last night before fighting the Batman Who Laughs might sound good on paper (it doesn't), but besides the art and a couple of stories, this is a bust. I want to get to the main Death Metal issues instead of taking these unnecessary detours.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC vs. Vampires: Killers #1 can be skipped entirely, which is a shame since we haven't gotten a new issue of the main series in months.  I am still looking forward to continuing the series, but I will admit that my enthusiasm is waning, partly from the delays and partly from these lackluster tie-ins.
View Issue       View Full Review

Whether it's a timing issue or not, DC vs. Vampires feels unnecessary. I will continue waiting for the next regular series issue and pretend that this one never happened. Unfortunately, That won't be too hard.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I have enjoyed the God Killer arc, this may have been it's weakest link.  That is usually bad news, but because this was the finale, it's even worse.  While I loved Tyler Kirkham's art, the story just ends with a little explanation, but no real emotion.  It's a shame since my feelings on the entire arc hung in the balance and after reading this issue, I can't really recommend the arc as a whole.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book wants to come across as mysterious and intriguing, but I am actually just getting bored with it.  The story is moving at a snails pace and while Christopher Priest tries to make it feel bigger, it feels very small.  Everything here is middle of the road and if it doesn't improve soon I may have to check out.  The cliffhanger does hold some promise...I just hope it happens soon!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of those cases where I appreciate the message, but don't like the package it came in.  Christopher Priest rails against violence and while that may seem funny in a Deathstroke book, it almost works.  The heavy handedness and the lack of any characterization left it all a bit flat and in the end, I didn't this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke Inc. #10 is the start of a by-the-numbers Year One story that most can skip.  Why?  Well, for now, there is nothing new or interesting going on in this paint-by-numbers issue.  It looks good, but the cliche-filled narrative makes it feel like it's only here to extend the life of this book while Dark Crisis is going on.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chris Sabella jumps on the book for a Spoiler/Anarchy story that didn't impress.  Not enough happened to get excited about and the art, while decent, wasn't enough to pick up the slack.  I love Spoiler...just not in this book anymore.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion breaks up the Gotham Knights here, but the same old issues seem to be hanging around.  Mainly, this book is boring and I need something to get me excited again.  Unfortunately, the cliffhanger doesn't point in that direction and I keep wondering how much more of this I can take.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Detective Comics takes a considerable nosedive as Mariko Tamaki adds a bunch of swerves in what was already becoming a convoluted story.  Misdirections and forced reveals have taken the place of detective work, and while this book continues to look great, it needs more focus as we advance.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1050 continues the downward spiral of this weekly "event" book.  There isn't enough story going on here to warrant it coming out every week and what we do get isn't that good.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1051 continues the Shadows of the Bat /  The Tower story by forcing the narrative forward, using Psycho-Pirate to solve the problems having him around has caused.  This issue adds some information, but there isn't much overall progression overall.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was looking forward to this book, but after reading the first issue I am a bit down on it. Gail Simone seems to focus on the wrong things to get her story going and by the end, I was left more confused than excited and I felt like I was already being left behind a bit. The art is great and the dialogue is snappy, but I need more setup for what's going on. Hopefully, that's what we'll get from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Going off the above it won't be a shock that this gets a low score, there are some brilliant art panels, just the story doesn't quite match, this issue felt too much like a video game, beat the big bad who holds a grudge and move onto the next level. Having said that for $1.50 you can't expect too much and I have read worse books form the bigger companies who have significant backing, that being said the story just wasn't engaging enough for this reviewer and the sixty-day wait might prove to be too long for some, hopefully, the quest gets more interesting in the next three issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Slott gives readers a goofy Fantastic Four issue that did nothing to get me excited for the Empyre Event. Fans of the Fantastic Four may have fun with it, but I can't see anyone talking about this after a week or two. If this is what Empyre is going to be like, count me out before it even starts!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Empyre Event kicks off with an issue that had me more confused at points then excited. The art was good (though too close-up at times), and there is a twist at the end that might have some excited, but I needed more to convince me this is a must-read. I would never bail after one issue, but this one is now on a very short leash.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is not a good start to the Blood Work arc.  The villain comes off as boring with little explanation of how he got his powers and no real motivation for becoming a bad guy.That and underwhelming art lead to an issue I can't recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Bloodwork story is over and I'm happy to move on because we might get a better Barry out of it, but also because it just wasn't that good.  This series continues it's bumpy ride and I can't recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Justice League is about team interaction as much as the Bang! Slam! action, but without proper introductions to all of the roster, the JL story by Joshua Williamson falls flat. While that's not the case for Ram V's Justice League Dark story, that one is just boring until the last few pages. Overall, this was a boring read that did nothing to expand on the overall Future State universe or tell it's own interesting story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Reigning in my bias I believe that this is Riley Rossmo's best art to date due to the aid of Francesco Plascencia's gorgeous colors. Also, while I am not a fan of the story itself, I admit that it moves quickly, establishes the stakes, and establishes some interesting character moments and inter-personal Legionnaire relationships that I did not foresee. Finally, we got a hint of the Legion of Substitute Heroes which always puts a smile on my face.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have a craving for more Future State Gotham, I guess this book is for you.  I enjoyed the manga-like presentation, but mostly I was bored.  Nothing here made me glad to revisit an event that I already left behind, no matter how hard DC tries to make me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a giant disappointment for me. I didnt care much for the characters by the end and the story itself was forced and silly and not in a good way. There is obviously still time to turn things around, but this was not the start I was hoping for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Zoe Quinn's, “Goddess Mode”, shows some promise, but only had a so-so first outing. Not all is lost here, as the art and most of the dialogue feels good. Hopefully, the story structure will tighten up moving forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was one of the few issues of Grayson that I wasn't a fan of.  After last month, Tim Seeley jumped on and came off like a guy trying to capture someone else's magic.  The book was a mismatch of tones that just didn't work and the whole thing came off like a joke you've already heard. Hopefully Jackson Lanzing and Colin Kelly can spice things up in the coming months or else a great book will limp across the finish line.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Trial of Two Cities arc is underway and it's a lackluster start.  The story jumps around too much and nothing seems to stick.  The art is okay, but by the end, that can't save this mediocre issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a mind bender, but the over-the-top silver age craziness comes off more as a parody than an homage at points and doesn't really help the story much.  I liked Liam Sharpe's Adams-inspired art, but this book is treading water even if the water is laced with tons of acid!
View Issue       View Full Review

This comic is a quick read that seems to be in a hurry to reveal nothing. There's not much in terms of furthering the plot and this issue could easily be skipped. The art is consistent which will be good for the trade but that isn't enough to save the comic for those buying the monthly issues. Unless things improve the reader might be inclined to agree with Dakens closing statement to the issue. This road trip may indeed turn out to @#$%&# suck.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue isn't awful.  As far as this series goes, that's a compliment.  I'm not sure who is reading it, but I can' recommend it to anyone.  That being said, Dan Abnett is slowly building up the foundation of what may become an interesting story and Eduardo Fransisco's art is very good.  I'll let you know if it gets better.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:This chapter sucks like a bucket of ticks. Again, another damn chapter full of nothing but fighting. I get that this is a comic based off of a FIGHTING video game but I don't want to read fights. I want to read a story. If I wanted a fight, I would just go play the damn game. The art is really good, though, as always. Nothing to complain about from Derenick's art.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I liked the Gods getting more involved at the beginning and the cliffhanger ending, I was not a fan of much else.  It was supposed to be an emotional issue, but nothing really hit home.  Characters got what they deserved and a major twist was kaboshed immediately.  I was not a fan of the art and this issue ended up being my least favorite since Buccellato took over the book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was pure setup and after the awesome cliffhanger of last week, I wanted action.  Instead the reader has to sit through more awkward dialogue and scenes that only push the story ahead by inches.  This was Mike S. Miller's best looking issue EVER, but in the end, it's another Year Four story I can't recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't really recommend this book for anyone.  If you just have to get every issue of this DC event, you will already be buying it and who am I to stop you?  If you are looking to me to see if you should pick it up, the answer is no!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Bats Out of Hell story continues and nothing here can convince me that this story is important.  While the first issue of the story was mostly recap, this entry is just a bunch of fights strung together to make an issue.  I loved the art, but that's about it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While last issue's cliffhanger and the beginning of this one makes it seem like we are going to get something important, this issue is a combination of flashback and recap and verges on being unnecessary.  It's a shame because this should be bigger than it comes off.
View Issue       View Full Review

The “Great Darkness” that underscores the narrative in this opening issue is the same threat currently being confronted by the Justice League: Incarnate. It will presumably lead into DC's rumored summer event this year. Here's hoping that this battle between mainstream Justice League and the Legion of Super-heroes adds to the excitement of that coming event or, at least provide some new information on a Legion that has thus far failed to successfully build an audience as passionate as it was 40 years ago when, in 1982, Paul Levitz crafted a Darkseid centered story that would become the metric upon which almost every Legion of Super-hero story told since is measured.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Last Ride continues to be a challenging read for me.  I can't figure out the purpose of this book besides boring me with its slow pace and forced character moments. I am a Chip Zdarsky fan, just not a  fan of this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

While we get some big reveals in this issue, they didn't elevate a book that I have struggled to enjoy.  The overall narrative of past and present is a bit scattered still, and overall, I find the book boring.  There is still time to turn it around, but I am worried that this is an Elseworlds story that didn't need to be told.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King gives readers a one-shot story in the middle of a continued and connected series and pretty much knocks it off the rails.  This issue has totally killed what little enthusiasm I had for the series and comes off as a Tom King showcase rather than a Jack Kirby tribute.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm not sure why there continue to be so many delays on this title, but the plot points hinted at in this plodding 31st Century tale suggest that modern-day editorial chaos at DC comics is the true villain that must be defeated. A minor gripe that bothers me more than I care to admit is the reference to Jon Kent as the “One True Superman”. The elevation of Superboy's importance given his established history of stunted emotional development (i.e. trapped in a volcano for 7 years on Earth 3) does not fit into the mold of “One True Superman” that Bendis is forcing him into.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you asked me before this issue what I thought of Midnighter, I would have sung it's praises.  I'm not singing any more.  I know it's only three issues old, but my enthusiasm has gone down with each one and I am on the edge of the cliff after this one.  While I liked Aco's art, the confusing and uninteresting story of this issue has me really worried about this book going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I still find the dialogue in this book to be unnatural and forced, I enjoyed this issue for what it was...a cool and exciting team up with Grayson and Midnighter fighting crazy monsters and finding out that their quest for the stolen God Garden tech has only just begun.  I'm still interested in seeing where this book is going, but my patience is wearing thin.
View Issue       View Full Review

I know that I will be in the minority here, but I do not like this book. I swear to god that it's laughing at me every time I read it and it just points out how dumb I must be to not like it as much as everyone else.  Blue Pill, Red Pill?  Whichever one will help, give me three!  I said in earlier reviews that I do think that it will all make sense by the end.  I am losing hope.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book looks fantastic thanks to Jamal Campbell's art, but the snail's pace storytelling is a bit offputting already.  All I keep hearing is how important this book is and after two issues it feels like Bendis and Walker are teasing the reader with how little we find out.  This may indeed be THE place to be, but I need proof and I need it quick!
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins uses Zero Year to tell the story of a young Dick Grayson learning to a man and a hero.  It is nice to see him pre Robin in the New 52.  However, it's a shame the story had to be so heavy handed.  Higgins has given us so many great Nightwing moments in the past couple of years, but unfortunately this one seems like a missed opportunity.  This issue is by now means necessary as a Zero Year tie-in, but Nightwing fans will probably like the early look at their favorite crimefighter.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #30 was an odd book that only exists as a prelude to Grayson. If you are looking to close Nightwing's New 52 run, don't bother reading this issue and stick with Higgins' #29. It's an okay read that doesn't change my mind about the upcoming title at all. I am a Dick Grayson fan and will follow him to his new book no matter what...at least for a few issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Nightwing dealt with Dick's early days as Robin when he first encountered the Judge.  While that would have been good if Sam Humphries uses it to give us more information about his still pretty unknown villain, Humphries wastes time with stuff we know and to introduce a new ally who ends up being painfully underdeveloped.  The art is hit or miss and this one can be skipped, even by those reading this current story arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

I just can't wrap my head around the Judge as a villain and the story suffers because of it.  Sam Humphries seems to be stuck between telling a horror story and a fun one and in the end, it's not a good mix.  I loved the art here, but there isn't anything else I can recommend.  If you've enjoyed it up until now, god bless you, but everyone else should just hold out until the book changes hands in May.
View Issue       View Full Review

Besides the cool anime story of Jorge Corona, there is not much to recommend here.  Lanzing and Kelly up the action quotient in a one-shot that is just here to fill space before Ben Percy's run starts.  I know not every issue has to be of utmost importance, but this one can and probably should be skipped.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was not a good start to Ben Percy's new run on Nightwing.  He makes Dick Grayson the spokesman for every parent who yells at their kids to stop looking at their damn phones, but it is so forced that it's laughable.  The art is really good and I hope that Percy turns things around quick, but right now, this doesn't even feel like the Nightwing we've gotten for all of these issues leading up to this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

I want to move on to something else.  This story of tech gone wrong is boring and without anyone to cheer for, I am just left yawning.  I did like the art here, but not much else.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may be better than what we've gotten from this book since Ben Percy took over, but not by a whole lot.  The premise is exciting (though forced) and Amancay Nahuelpan's art is really good, but Percy makes it feel rushed and boring somehow.  Also, if you grab this for the guest star on the cover, you may be upset by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

Well, we still have Ric, and while that's enough to make a lot of people avoid this book, I was more upset at the flood of recap that dominated the narrative.  Seriously, most people know what's going on in this book and have been avoiding it.  Please, bring back Dick so we can get something good before 5G hits.
View Issue       View Full Review

If, for some reason, you've waited for 70 issues to jump onto this book, Dan Jurgens will catch you up here with an issue full of recap.  If you are one of the few readers who remain loyal to Nightwing no matter what, Jurgens will remind you of everything you already know before getting a cool cliffhanger.  I know sales aren't great, so I will offer some crazy advice...give us Dick Grayson back!
View Issue       View Full Review

Ric Grayson can't remember his past, and I'm starting to forget when I liked this book.  Dan Jurgens is in a stalling pattern as we head to the Joker War, and while that may end with every Nightwing fan's dream, it's been a two-year slog getting here.  The Joker's appearance didn't wow me, and nothing much happens in this issue until the cliffhanger.  I liked Ronan Cliquet's art, but can't find many reasons not to skip this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are of the mind that Annuals are a waste of time and money, I don't think this issue will change your point of view.  Maybe this will become more important later, after Ric goes back to Dick, but I hope not.  When Nightwing fans cry to get Nightwing back, this isn't what they are talking about.
View Issue       View Full Review

All and all this issue is forgettable. You get too much teenage problems and set up and not enough character information.
View Issue       View Full Review

After the last issue ended the first story arc in a bit of a dud, I was hoping this book would rebound here. It didnt. I did like Kim Jacintos art, though some may find the change from Mike Deodato a bit jarring, but there was just no real story to latch onto here. Im willing to give this book a chance going forward, but the leash is starting to get real short.
View Issue       View Full Review

Savage Avengers still feels like a book looking for both a purpose and an identity and unfortunately, this Annual provides neither. Its a forgettable story that gets us going towards the next phase of the story, but besides that, there isnt much to write home about. To make matters worse, that little bit could have been thrown into the next regular issue as one or two splash pages to save us all some money. I am shifting from liking this book to wanting to like it and I just hope I dont go further down that ladder.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the rest of the series has been a slow burn, this conclusion felt rushed and left me without much idea of where the series is going next. After two great issues, this one fell a little flat for me, despite how much we got to see Wanda using her powers.
View Issue       View Full Review

I thought this story was a little unnecessary to get to the conclusion, but I've really enjoyed the series as a whole. James Robinson gave Scarlet Witch a new purpose and a new outlook on her place within the Marvel Universe. I didn't always love the changing artists, but I can look past that and appreciate the fact that Wanda Maximoff has been changed for the better.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Sensation Comics is a big improvement from the last.  Alex De Campi gives readers a story that is fun and confusing all rolled up into one.  Neil Googe's art was good and fit the setting well, but in the end, this story arc ended up being a diversion at best.  Still, these crazy stories are the reason a book like Sensation Comics exists and I'm glad for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I always like to give new #1s a go, but Andy Diggle and Stephen Segovia didn't give me enough here to make me want to continue with this series. It does seem set up for Shadowman fans with some callbacks and continuations, but newcomers might find themselves lost and confused. I was both of those, but unfortunately, I was also bored with a large portion of the issue as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #11 is a rarity...a bad Smallville issue. That's bad in itself, but with one issue left in the Chaos arc it's downright upsetting. The story and art are both confusing and don't hit the notes this book usually does. I hope everything is back to normal for next week's finale because I can't recommend this issue at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Spider-Man 2099 will always hold a special place in my heart based solely on nostalgia. However the newest volume and latest issue to this series has failed to truly capture my attention and tying it to Civil War II did nothing to help with that.  I just have no idea what the overarching story is for this title. It feels like every time I pick up an issue the overall goal and purpose for Miguel is fleeting which leads to me feeling like I'm reading a random story of the month that won't get much resolution.  The art has been good and I enjoy seeing the cameos from the long forgotten 2099 cast but it's not enough to hold my attention going forward and the Civil War tie-in is wholly unnecessary. 
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm starting to grow tired of nothing happening in this book.  The charm of the leads can only go so far and by issue #9, I need something a lot more.  That more is not here this month.
View Issue       View Full Review

There really is nothing here to get readers excited.  Cyborg Superman's dialogue seems stuck on an endless loop and Kara just flies around trying to save our main characters.  The art seems like a bad match for where the story is going and with nothing new happening, I can't recommend this to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Those showing up to learn more about Rebirth will leave disappointed, but those who have been reading will already know the drill.  This issue is nice and that's the best I can say about it, but after 8 issues, nice just isn't cutting it.  I want more and I am growing impatient waiting for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Supergirl is mostly setup we've seen already and villains that are too alike.  I liked the art, but the progress made with last issue comes to a screeching halt and I can only hope it picks up again next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando continues his "Emerald Eradication" story and while we get to see a bit of the big picture, it's presented in a convoluted mess of a story.  The art is okay, but there is nothing here that I can recommend to anyone but the most loyal Supergirl fans.  I am one of those and I'm still looking for the exit.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ends the mystery of Wonderstar (a bit premature for my liking) and while I'm excited by the cliffhanger, what comes before it is disappointing.  Peter J. Tomasi is still struggling to get the voices of his main characters and the book is slipping away from the thing that made it so great.  Doug Mahnke's art is not up to his usual standard and all that combined has me scratching my head.  I hope this book gets back on track again soon because I want to recommend it to everyone again.  I can't do that this month.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is far from great, but at least it shows some promise going forward.  This Wonder Woman heavy issue introduces a stronger villain and a decent cliffhanger.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I loved seeing Tomasi continue making Wonder Woman the rock of this book, there wasn't much else going on.  The mystery of Smallville was too much been there, done that and the cliffhanger just felt silly.  I hate to say it, but overall this issue was just mediocre.
View Issue       View Full Review

Task Force Z #9 takes a step backward after the last issue, and with only a few left in the series, that is worrisome.  Hopefully, this is just a blip in this stretch run, but Rosenberg has a lot to tie up here and not much time to do it in.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an odd story. One issue down and there's no real reason to care about the protagonist or his issues. The pacing is slow and it doesn't really set anything up. Art is muddy which I don't care for. Hopefully, this picks up soon and gets the creepy mystery vibe it is trying for.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash Season Zero #1 is an okay book that unfortunately will feel redundant by those who've seen the source material.  Since it's targeted at the television audience, I'm surprised with the story they picked to tell.  It's pretty much the pilot episode of the flash until the introduction of the villain.  I would tell fans of the show and/or the comic are probably best to have a wait-and-see attitude with this one because as it stands, I can't recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash: Season Zero #2 still doesn't know what it wants to be.  As a Flash comic, it's not much fun.  As a TV tie-in, it struggles to find an accurate look and feel.  As it is now, I don't think it will appeal to either of the target audiences.
View Issue       View Full Review

There may be some merit in this series as it continues but for me, as things stand, this issue just isn't doing it for me. 
View Issue       View Full Review

I really want to get excited about this Iron Man run, but right now I am kind of bored. This issue is more setup inside the eSCAPE and that's kind of what I want to do right now. Dan Slott and Jeremy Whitley set up some interesting things, but that was never the issue in this series overall. I need some payoff and I need it soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Trinity is winding down and James Robinson is showing us the door with the Search for Steve Trevor.  Sounds good, except this issue is hardly a search for him, but more of just a forced setup to get to Deimos and a bunch of fighting.  The art is great here, but I can't recommend anything else about it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue will make all the Glob fans (?) out there smile, it doesnt do much else. An odd time jump coupled with the lack of information makes it hard to understand and care whats going on. I liked the art in this issue, but the story that hasnt done much to hook me up to this point just stalls out.
View Issue       View Full Review

I like Bucky and am intrigued by the characters in this issue, but the overall story just doesnt grab me much and I am not a fan of the art at all. Hopefully, things will pick up in the next three issues, but for now, I cant recommend this.
View Issue       View Full Review

I've loved the series so far, but I'll be interested to see where this story now goes. This issue only left me with several questions moving forward on the future of this title. My hype train has taken a slight halt until further notice. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While there is some fun here, it is taken over by the usual Russell social commentary that I find shallow and thus pretty annoying.  After a clever first issue, I felt this one fell flat and left me wondering what the overall focus of this mini will be.  I loved the art but can do without the agenda.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book continues to struggle with its story and its characters.  It's stuck in a place between good and bad that makes me not care that much about it.  I read and review it every two weeks, but never think about it until the next issue pops up.  Believe me, I love G. Willow Wilson and I love Wonder Woman...I just don't love G. Willow Wilson's Wonder Woman.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman continues being a book with no heart and soul and while I'm sure T'Pau could do the trick, it doesn't seem like G. Willow Wilson can.  I'll keep reading and keep hoping that happier days are around the corner because Wonder Woman and her fans really deserve better.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is just another disappointing issue in an overall disappointing run of Wonder Woman.  Love is dead in the book, but it's also affecting my love of one of my favorite characters and that is really starting to upset me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Diana getting to Olympus should have elevated this book, but instead, it felt stale and uninspired.  Whether it's wow moments we've seen for years or new things that appear out of nowhere, nothing in this issue felt as big as it should.  Wonder Woman fighting through the afterlife sounded cool at first, but I think I am ready for her to get back to the living.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have defended this series month after month, but this penultimate issue has me pretty down. It's bad enough that my two favorite characters book is ending, but splitting them up is heartbreaking. I hope it's just a twist that will be revealed in the finale, but even if it does, there is not much going on here besides the really good art.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another Acts of Evil miss thats mostly harmless, but can be skipped by everyone but the few Ghost-Spider completionists. The setup promises some fun, but there is little to be had and the art wasnt good enough to recommend on its own. Id give this one a pass and just stick to the new solo series if you need a Ghost-Spider fix.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ed Brisson jumps on Batman and Robin Eternal, but it's pretty much the same old story.  We get a Cassandra Cain origin that is nothing shocking and when we are about to get the bottom of one of this series biggest mysteries, we are snatched away and get nothing.  Nothing!  The art and story just happen and when I was finished reading the issue, I didn't feel any closer to the destination.  In fact, I didn't feel much at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book seems to be going through the motions as our team recycles their inner conflicts each issue waiting for something big and exciting to do.  I love Dexter Soy's art, but there is a serious lack of focus and forward momentum going on that kills my enthusiasm for the overall package.  For me, Batman and the Outsiders is not bad enough to hate, but not good enough to care about either.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I like the idea of getting some focus on Katana, I wish Bryan Hill had more to do and say with the extra space he is given.  The issue looked good, but it can totally be skipped and while Annuals always have that danger looming over them, I would expect that there would be more of a purpose behind giving a series with only 6 issues under its belt an Annual than what we got here.  Sure, we get some more Katana, but did we need an Annual to do it?
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Eternal #16 was a bit of a disappointment.  Last week, Ray Fawkes gave the reader some creepy goodness, but this week we get mostly filler.  Dustin Nguyen's art is to blame as well and the issue has Joker's Daughter which is always a minus for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another disappointing issue of Batman: Eternal.  Ray Fawkes doesn't do much to push the story forward until the "shocking" cliffhanger that felt like a too little, too late situation in this issue and the series in general.  Javi Fernandez's confusing art was just the cherry on the mediocre sundae. I hope things get better rally quickly or a year's work may just go down the drain.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was one of the least exciting we've gotten thus far and we still didn't really get any answers. I still really like the art, but this story needs to get where it's going soon because I'm starting to not care.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was hoping to get some answers, this issue was confusing and felt wedged into the Event at large.  While I thought this was added in to ease the burden of Metal #6, the finale has a lot to answer and I can only hope it can do just that.  I have had a lot of fun with this Event, but this issue wasn't as fun as it obviously wanted to be.  It pains me to say it, but overall, this was a big letdown.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all pretty average stuff.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mark Waid has done nothing to get me excited about this book since the start of his Fresh Start run and slamming on the breaks for a nice little issue about Stephen from the block isnt changing that. Hopefully, it changes for the better with next months legacy #400.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:So if you're not getting enough of war's destruction of the Middle East in real life, or you just get nostalgic for the simple truth that it's a comic book, written about an action figure. Well, this issue has plenty of action, but just like the dolls, the characters have no soul. The script felt like a Hasbro Toyline commercial, only with no hands. It wasn't GI Joe's fully automatic grenade pistol that saved the day, it was Netho Diaz's art.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson: Futures End #1 is an odd book.  It's a flashback story in an event happening five years in the future and is more a Dick Grayson story than anything else.  Grayson readers won't get much here and Futures End fans can skip it entirely.
View Issue       View Full Review

This series is off to a slower start than I hoped and it really needs some focus. Eve Ewing has Riri jumping from scene to scene and a lot of times, it feels as if there was something missing in the process. I love Luciano Vecchios art, but I need more here to keep going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm guessing that most people reading this mini are also reading Aquaman and will be well aware of the pacing issues that plague both books by now.  Knowing may be half the battle, but that doesn't make things any better when we have one issue left and it's obvious the scope of this series is smaller than I would have guessed.  Yep, it looks like this is all just setup for the main Aquaman title and while that is understandable, why couldn't Dan Abnett shine the spotlight a bit more on Mera?  Her name may be on the cover, but as a fan of the character, I feel a bit ripped off.
View Issue       View Full Review

The art on this arc of Occupy is a big step down from the previous arc.  I feel like David Walker knew it also. Which lead to him over-writing this issue. Everything is just over the top with so much explanation.  The 'Tech Genius' Wheels' conversation with the van felt so forced. How is he not understanding what the van is telling him?  The use of gratuitous violence in an attempt to elicit any sort of a emotional response was more off putting and tasteless due to the fact I have no attachment to these characters.  The coloring is just muddy and uninspiring. I believe the letterer even gives up at the end changing Clint's dialogue box from purple to poop green, and I'm left wondering what happened to the witty humor, the captivating colors, and the action packed art.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book has turned into the villain of the month club and the cliffhanger, while cool enough, doesn't make me think things will change anytime soon.  Steve Orlando and Jody Houser are giving us a book where Kara is finding it harder and harder to find time to be both herself and Supergirl, but I need a better overall story to make me care.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Robinson sets up what could be a fun side story here, but the overall narrative is a bit of a bore as our heroes are forced from one scene to another without much to engage the reader.  Patch Zircher's art is fantastically good, but in the end, this story is skippable even for fans of the Trinity.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King continues his run with an issue that is full of fan service moments that can be fun but don't lend themselves to telling any type of overall story.  I'm sure that I will be told that it's all part of the 100+ issue plan, but I need more meat and cheese to keep me going now.  It does end in a huge moment, but depending on where you lie on what you are looking for from DC since Rebirth started, you will either love or hate it.  My gut reaction is that I hate it, but I am willing to wait and see if it can lead to more interesting stories down the line.  Besides that, this issue had great art, some fun moments, but an equal amount of frustration and missed opportunities.
View Issue       View Full Review

I wasn't expecting much going into this issue so I wasn't too disappointed. There isn't much going on to get fans of either property excited and it all ends up being a pretty forgettable Annual. However, I did enjoy the Snagglepuss backup and am suddenly looking forward to his upcoming book.
View Issue       View Full Review

DCeased: Dead Planet #3 is a setup issue and a bit of a letdown overall.  If you like Trevor Haisine's art, you can go up a couple of points, but this was a disappointment for me.  I hope the next issue gets me back on board because this has been one of the few bright spots in my current DC pull.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson's time on the book is winding down, and while a Reverse-Flash Family story sounds cool, there is not much to this start. It's a by-the-numbers gathering of Eobard's team while Barry mopes around Central City. Christian Duce's art is excellent, but I will wait to see how this story develops before recommending it to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an odd issue for me to rate.  While it didn't infuriate me like some of the other Truth issues, the characterizations felt off and the story was surprising, but in a "I don't understand what's going on" sort of way.  It did end with a scene that readers of the entire Truth arc will surely enjoy, but Superman acts too much like a jerk before that for me to recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman solves the Asgard problem, but does she?  Diana gets her memories back, but I wish it weren't such a forgettable story by the end.  It's now off to Olympus to hopefully get something a little more inspired.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #23.3 was a bit of a dissapointment.  It leads directly into Forever Evil #1 and shows this Lex is a cold hearted killer with no soul.  Hopefully it is just a setup for Lex's redemption later on in the Forever Evil storyline, but as a single issue I can't really recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't like this issue.  While I still like the idea of seeing Clark depowered and exposed, the police brutality story in this issue felt forced.  Maybe it will be explained better in the next issue (The American Way?), but as of now, I can't recommend it.  I liked Aaron Kuder's art, but having three colorists caused some noticeable transitions.  It's still early, but I'm losing patience with the Truth.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm confused by this issue.  It's a nice little Superman story, but an unnecessary Futures End one.  Sholly Fisch shows why Superman is an inspiring hero, but at the same time DC shows how to force an issue into an event.
View Issue       View Full Review

As long as DC keeps publishing a book with Jon and Damian I'll keep buying it, but I need more from this series. I'm still on board, and I still have faith in Tomasi, but my score reflects my building frustration.
View Issue       View Full Review

While next issue's “showdown at the Injustice Gateway” sounds like fun, we've been running in place for so long now I can't get myself excited for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western #29 was a unusual slip in an otherwise stellar title.  Palmiotti and Gray give us filler as they try to regain the momentum of the book now that it's back in the Old West.  I didn't like Cliff Richards' art and the ending seemed rushed and ill advised.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a down issue of Amazing Spider-Man full of J. Jonah Jameson recap and an extended fight. Nick Spencer seems to know these characters well, but sometimes it feels like he doesnt know what to do with them. This is one of those issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book has an identity problem and the back and forth nature of Nick Spencers narrative is starting to get to me. I do like that it is rarely boring, but its also rarely must-read material either. The art might take regular readers a bit to get used to as well and in the end, this is just another okay issue in an overall okay run.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I enjoyed the first half of this issue, the second half felt unfocused and forced.  Kelly Sue Deconnick ties a bunch of things into her story, but not everything fits perfectly.  Overall, this was a decent issue with great art, and I can deal with that, though I was hoping for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been looking forward to this issue for months, and maybe I expected too much because I was disappointed.  Most of the wedding setup and the Seven Kingdoms disappeared to get to an Aquaman vs. Ocean Master fight like so many other stories.  While there is still time to turn it around, this issue felt uninspired.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman and the Others ends the Legacy of Gold arc and while it isn't great, I didn't hate it.  That's actually a compliment seeing that I haven't liked this series at all.  Jurgens does enough to get me a little more interested in the team and while Medina's art is inconsistent, when it's good it's really good.  I still can't recommend this book, but I hope it's heading in that direction.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I am all in on this Vampire Civil War, I need more…well, Vampire Civil War! This issue sets up some big things, but a lot of the characters have nothing to do and besides a great bit with Tony Stark and Dracula, I was actually a little bit bored by the end. The art is great throughout, but I am hoping the next issue gives me more of what I want.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still interested in the Vampire Civil War, but I need more Avengers in their own book. They are side players here and even when they are on the page, they are just there to make some noise and not much else. I loved the art, but overall, this issue is middle of the road fare.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Vampire Civil War ends with a cool twist I didn't see coming, but overall, it was a bit of a letdown. Things felt rushed here and after the buildup, I expected more.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are invested in finding out who the new Starbrand is, this is the issue for youor the start of a series of themmaybe. Jason Aaron pads out the affair with fight scenes galore and while it all looked fantastic, it could be skipped since the big explanations are yet to come. It's a shame something this big didn't feel like it was.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batgirl #47 is not a necessary Joker War issue, but it's not a bad read for Batgirl fans.  Cecil Castellucci gives Babs a chance to kick the Joker's ass, and while it doesn't erase their past, it doesn't need to.  Overall, this is the best issue in Castellucci's run so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 meets Green Hornet #1 is a great concept with two great writers and a great artist. Unfortunatley, it just isn't much fun.  Maybe it needs more time to get going, but right now I have to say I'm pretty disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Since Rebirth started, Batman has been a good, but not great book.  This issue doesn't change things in that department and may take a tiny step backwards.  Maybe I'm expecting too much right out of the gates, but I am struggling to find reasons to love Batman right now.  The cliffhanger may hold that promise, but right now I very underwhelmed.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a shame that the finale to the "I am Suicide" story is my least favorite issue of Batman since Rebirth started.  After such a well paced and intriguing setup, it all just fizzles out leaving me feeling a bit ripped off.  I expect more from Tom King and maybe that's not fair, but a writer with his talent is going to have to deal with that.  Mikel Janin's art was great, but this ending just left a bad taste in my mouth.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a very personal story that builds as it goes, but still left me wanting more.  As an epilogue, it doesn't answer the questions I wanted answered, but fans of Batman and Catwoman may enjoy it.  The art is good and really, there is nothing wrong with it, but nothing great either.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good story that shows how human Batman really is underneath the Cowl, but unfortunately, it fails miserably as an epilogue to any of the stories that desperately need one.  With all the questions left hanging, it's ridiculous how little we find out.  The art is good, but this issue continues the trend of having to wait for answers that never come.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a slower start to the War of Jokes and Riddles than I expected and a big letdown.  It's obvious that Tom King is going to take his time here (it is a very long story), but I need something to grab me in each issue and this one doesn't have much to hold onto.  I did love Mikel Janin's art, but even that wasn't enough to recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was expecting more emotions from this issue, we get our standard over the top anger moment, but not much else.  Half the issue is devoted to KGBeast working out some daddy issues, but without properly setting up the character, it fell flat.  While that was going on, we get a couple of Batman scenes that felt a bit incomplete to lead him the Beast and even if this isn't the worst issue of Batman we've had, the overall storytelling is starting to feel lazy.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Price continues and while some big things happen, they somehow don't seem so big.  After not seeing Gotham and Gotham Girl for so long, bits of the issue fell flat, felt forced and didn't feel earned.  The art was really good, but it all comes down to next week's finale to make it all seem worthwhile because right now, it just doesn't.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an action-packed issue that will give Future State readers a bit of deja vu.  Tynion gets the Magistrate up and running in time for Fear State and not much more.  It looked good but was not that interesting overall.
View Issue       View Full Review

After feeling let down by the Fear State Alpha issue, I was hoping Batman #112 would get me pumped up for this crossover event.  It did not.  The issue looked great, but Tynion gives readers more recap (and recap of recap) and meanders around a bit instead of much forward progression.  I know it just started, but I have not enjoyed this start at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman 2022 Annual #1 (I'm not too fond of how these are titled) is a backdoor pilot for the upcoming Batman Inc. series, so whether you are excited about that may sway your opinion. I was lukewarm going in and left feeling much the same. The art in this book is fantastic, but Ed Brisson struggles a bit with characterization... when he tries to give the reader any. Most of the book gets tied up in a boring mission that seems to miss the mark of what this book should be doing.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Batman: Fear State: Alpha #1 seems intent to catch everyone up to get them into Fear State, I was bored reading it. I didn't care for the art and hope that this is just a minor detour before getting to the fireworks factory.
View Issue       View Full Review

There are some things to get excited about in this issue and while I was enjoying myself, Joshua Williamson didn't stick the ending.  It wasn't his fault, though, because instead of an ending, the Infected story packed it's things and went over to more Hell Arisen pastures.  The cliffhanger promises some Trinity action which I always love, but right now, I am a bit bummed out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Superman save the day once again, but the fun promised from the previous issues felt wasted.  Joshua Williamson seemed more concerned about getting things wrapped than taking advantage of his setup, and we got a forgettable story because of it.  I liked the art, but it couldn't save this from being a middle of the road affair.
View Issue       View Full Review

I want to like this story, but it all gets more and more convoluted with each issue.  It looks great, and I had fun with some of the moments, but overall, it was hard for me to enjoy.  Your mileage may vary, but I am already looking forward to the next arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

Gene Luen Yang gives readers some explanation and even tries to make his villain sympathetic, but the weight of the story and all of its silliness and convolutions smother most of it.  It looks great and can be a bit of goofy fun at times, but overall, it feels like the gimmick is wearing off, and the story is losing steam.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Gene Luen Yang and Ivan Reis deserve all the praise, they get for creativity and art, this final issue, and the whole story arc was a bit of a downer to me.  It felt like the story played second fiddle to the aspects I mentioned above, and it just didn't gel at the end for me.  I am not upset that I read it, but I doubt it will be more than a remembered curiosity in the future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an average issue lifted up by some really good moments.  Azrael becomes a hero and Jason Todd faces his greatest fear by reliving it all over again.  While I wanted some answers on the Batman front, the issue still ended with the story moving forward for the stretch run.  I can't say I'm more excited after reading this issue, but I'm looking forward to seeing the gang all together and getting this whole thing resolved.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another issue of Batman and the Outsiders standing around while Sofia (you know, the girl they need to save) suffers.  I love Dexter Soy's art, but this book needs some forward momentum real soon. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and the Outsiders #10 felt rushed in both story and art.  I liked where we ended up, though, and look forward to an action-packed next issue, but something was just not right here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and the Outsiders #13 lacks the forward momentum and fun I need from this series.  We do get some big moments, but they are presented in ways that make them less exciting than they should be.  The book looks good, and readers of the series know what to expect by now.  I didn't hate it, but I didn't love it either.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was fun, but mostly setup and filler.  The crazy ending almost made up for it, but if you skip this issue, you won't be missing much.  The art doesn't save it either and in the end, it's the first issue of the Arkham Knight that I can't recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Lee Bermejo's art is great here, but there isn't much of a story (yet?) and what there is can be confusing and even boring.  After the first fifty pages, we have a paper thin overall premise hiding behind some cool guest stars and again...that awesome art!  This is an interesting start to the Black Label line, but not the slam dunk success I was hoping for.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all, the story was alright.  Before reviewing the third issue I read through the entire series to refresh my memory.  The tone remained consistent for the most part, even if it started to fall off for me midway through the second issue.  I felt like the initial controversy from the first issue caused the writer to really tone down the graphic “Black Label vibes” that I had been looking forward to with this imprint.  I felt like certain aspects of the story needed more explanation but had a decent time nonetheless.  I did not like the lettering with Constantine's narration, it grew old fast.  Lastly, to reiterate, the art is almost perfect.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Eternal #6 is more of the same.  Of course, that means a bunch of new characters and plot threads thrown onto the pile we already have.  To top that off, nothing gets resolved at all.  In fact, if you really look at this issue, not much really happens.  However, Trevor McCarthy makes it all look great so at least we get that.  I really want to like this book, but I'm losing patience.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues with the same problems I've had with Baternal for months now.  Nothing ever gets resolved.  Instead, more plot points are thrown in to dangle on the plot point dangling tree.  I did like why the Riddler continues to mess with Batman and what Batman's Rogues have gotten their hands on, but I'd give a hundred Bat-Mechs to get some answers soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Gotham Nights #4 is an issue with a lack of focus that sabotages what Mark Russell seems to want to do.  Throwing the Joker in the middle of a Batman issue is going to trump everything else going on, especially when what else is going on is pretty cliched and generic.  The art is good, and it is only 99 cents, so there is some value here, it's just fleeting and forgettable.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Gotham Nights #5 is is a decent one-shot Batman story that is big on set-up, but light on the story.  Mark Russell has Batman go through the motions, and besides a couple of guest stars, there is nothing here you haven't seen a million times.  Ryan Benjamin's art is good, but in the end, it's easy to see why this is a repurposed 99 cent issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Seeley gives us a prelude to the wedding that felt more like a Damian Wayne primer. I guess it's needed since Tom King has done absolutely nothing in his run with Damian and call me crazy, but with the wedding approaching, it seems kind of necessary to know a little bit about Bruce's son. Seeley does provide some nice moments with Damian and Selina, but even with good art from Brad Walker, I can only recommend this to anyone who knows nothing at all about Damian.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Knight #4 continues Bruce Wayne's quest to become Batman in an issue that, unfortunately, was kind of boring.  It does end with a cool cliffhanger, but you need more than that when the most important question going into this book is whether or not it is necessary.  I am a Chip Zdarsky fan, but I am slowly losing interest in this book.  Hopefully, the next issue will get me as excited as I was after the first two issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Urban Legends #6 was a down issue for me.  The Chip Zdarsky Batman/Red Hood story didn't end with the bang I was hoping for, and the other three stories didn't win me over either.  The issue looked good overall, but this was my least favorite since it began.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Urban Legends #11 continues to hit and miss with stories and art.  There is usually something to like, though, and I'm looking forward to continuing with the Batman / Zatanna story as well as the Eternity one.  The kicker is whether it's worth the hefty price of admission, and while that's totally a personal thing, this one didn't quite do it for me.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my least favorite issue since Marc Andreyko and Jeremy Haun took over Batwoman.  Andreyko seems to be forcing drama into the book where it's not needed and I'm just not a big fan of Nocturna.  I do like Haun's art (along with Scott Kolins) and am sad to see him leaving.  It pains me, but I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Not much happens in this issue overall, and at the midway point of the mini-series, that's a problem.  Dan Jurgens tries to get the Justice League International vibes going, but it feels forced and a bit desperate by the end.  It plays out like an over-the-hill comedy duo forced to go on a late-night talk show to do their "who's on first" joke one more time because they have nothing else going on.  The book looks great, but there isn't enough substance for me to recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Blue Beetle: Graduation Day #1 starts out with some fun energy, but for some reason, Josh Trujillo dials that back while also handcuffing his young hero.  I thought it was a very odd misstep that hopefully get fixed next issue, but for now, this issue was a bit of a disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall though, this was an issue that was enjoyable enough to read but didn't really tell me that much. Although very stylishly presented, for me the style was prioritized at the expense of content and any proper narrative development. It's a rumination on the nature of a superhero, rather than a structured plot. While this is okay, it was a disappointing trailing off of what has been a good series. Hopefully it will pick up as normal on the other side of Secret Empire.
View Issue       View Full Review

Unlike the first issue, I didn't like this issue much.  The art continues to impress, but there just isn't much of a story yet and where I was so impressed with the lack of Batman references in the last issue, here they come hot and heavy.  I still have faith in Joelle Jones, but I'm entering the "show me" stage with this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this book continues to look great, it's one of the quickest reads on the shelf and sadly it's because not much is going on.  I can't keep giving it a pass because of my love of Selina and Joe;;e Jones so, unfortunately, I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ram V and John Timms give Catwoman fans a little Oceans 11 action this month and this one-shot looked great, but overall, the story is pretty forgettable.  Forgettable but fun enough for regular readers to get their Catwoman does this month and get back to things next issue with little fuss and hardly any muss.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I think Lex Luthor's offer was done extremely well here, not much else happens.  That is bad for any book, but it is downright ridiculous for one with so little forward momentum.  We do get a really cool cliffhanger that has me interested in what happens next...I just wish more happened now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This first issue of Crush & Lobo looked great but seemed intent on turning Crush into the next Harley Quinn... or the next Lobo.  That's a shame because she is so much more than that.  I hope Mariko Tamaki can turn things around starting the next issue because I can't recommend this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

This story isn't over,I guess, but it felt like it deflated in my hands. Kinda like my first girlfriend. I had real high of hopes going into this I guess. I kinda thought we were going to be treated to a little bit of Law & Order Marvel style. Instead we got a little razzle dazzle follow the card for a dollar street magic show. Where the real magic happens behind you as the street performer's partner steals your last $3.99 out of your wallet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Crisis: World Without a Justice League Superman #1 isn't a necessary read for the Event, and I am interested to see what fans of Jon Kent feel about it. I think Tom King fans will enjoy it, but if you aren't a fan, I don't think this will change your mind.
View Issue       View Full Review

I came into this book really wanting to like it, and yet a few pages in, I was upset. These characters have all grown a fair amount since the 90s, but this book wants readers to think of them as they were back then. Fitzmartin also tries to do some kind of meta-commentary on how Young Justice is the generation of legacy heroes most often forgotten about, which is a notion I agree with, but she doesn't deliver on it in any way whatsoever this issue. She's got 5 more to make some sense out of the pieces she's playing with, and I'll keep an open mind whenever my favorite team is in play, but my optimism has been significantly tempered.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Knights of Steel #4 slows things down to fill us in on the past and what happened after the Els crash-landed on Earth.  Unfortunately, some explanations were a little too easy, while others were a bit over the top.  It all ended up feeling forced.  Hopefully, Taylor rights the ship next issue because this one was disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Nights: Death Metal #6 sets up the big finale, but not much else.  The art is okay, and while I am still looking forward to seeing how this all ends, this issue did nothing to increase my hype.
View Issue       View Full Review

This collection of stories did not feel essential to the Death Metal story, and besides that, most were not much fun to read.  The art was excellent throughout the book, and I love seeing all the different art styles.  However, with so many unanswered questions in Death Metal, I need more than hints, setups, and side stories to recommend this to anyone besides completists. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While these cartoon team-up books are not known for their gripping stories, occasionally one will be fun to read. Unfortunately, this one wasn't it. The majority of this story is an origin story for Speed Buggy, which would have been ok if the story didn't try to be a complex, speed force, timeline changing story. For me, the epilogue really saves this book. Unfortunately, it's only three pages.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's such a shame when a finale just happens to be the worst issue of a series.  Unfortunately, that's the case here.  DC Universe vs The Masters of the Universe #6 seemed like a sprint to the finish line with a hurried conclusion and sub par art.  I really liked this mini overall, but was really disappointed with this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC vs. Vampires #1 didn't do it for me.  I was bored throughout, from the slow pacing to the drab art. Of course, this is only the start so things can change for the better,  but my first impression was not good.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a slow start to the Unkillables story, and while I liked the characters Tom Taylor is playing with, inconsistent art and too much setup dragged it down for me.  I hope the book rebounds, but with only two issues left, I now have some doubts.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had high hopes that this God-Killer arc would bring the average story telling in line with the awesome art this book has had during this run.  Sadly, I'll be waiting another month at least.  While the art still kicks ass, the story doesn't go anywhere.  It does end with a promising cliffhanger that hopefully gets this book going in a better direction.  As of now, however, I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still looking forward to the God Killer story, I just want it to get started.  This issue looks great, but the story stalls until the very last page.  However, it was a kick ass page!  I hope that next issue finally lets the story catch up to the awesome art in this book because when and if that happens, we will have something special on our hands.  This issue isn't that kind of special.
View Issue       View Full Review

The ending to this (overly) long story seems content to be clever for clever sake and it ends with a fizzle instead of a bang.  We get some answers, but not all of them and I am glad this story is over.  I hope Priest gets his footing back and decides to tell a good story from here on out because he seems content to just prove he is the smartest guy in the room with this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Just having Jim Gordon join the Justice League is enough to get me excited, but too many things feel off before that happens for me to recommend this issue.  We get a long awaited meeting of Bruce Wayne and his old League buddies, but it doesn't feel completely right and Jim Gordon suddenly is an aerial acrobat.  While Marcio Takara's art got better as the issue progressed, the story felt too forced for my liking.  With all that being said, it ended on a pretty cool cliffhanger and I'm still looking forward to reading this story going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was an okay Robin War tie-in, but fans not reading that can pass on by.  Unfortunately, that includes regular Detective Comics fans and readers.  Nothing really wowed me on either the art or story side of things and while I'm still pretty invested in the Robin War, it has nothing to do with reading this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue just cruises along, giving us more of the same until the crazy cliffhanger.  The way it ended, though, made this whole arc feel like nothing but a disguised setup.  I hope I'm wrong because I thought the Victim Syndicate made for an interesting villain.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is all about Cassandra Cain and while that sounds great, some spotty art and an odd narrative device made it fall a bit flat.  The big battle never happens and is left for the finale next issue and while I am looking forward to that, this whole arc is starting to drag.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chris Sabella continues his work on Detective Comics and it all feels like it's treading water at best and going in reverse at it's worst.  The art was okay, but overall this is just another dip in the roller coaster that is Detective Comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Drake is back in town and while we've all been waiting for him to become reunited with his family and friends, it fell a bit flat.  The art was good, but in the end, this issue felt like filler and that's a real shame.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has a moment that everyone's been waiting for, but it fell flat and I think this book needs a change.  The return of a very uninteresting set of villains doesn't help matters and overall, this issue was just boring.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the beginning of the end of James Tynion's run on Detective Comics and while it was setup heavy, some of what we got was interesting enough.  Unfortunately, the art was awful and in a run that has had some of Rebirth's best art, that was very disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

We learn what Karma is all about this issue and while that seems like a good thing, I don't quite know what to make about it.  Add in some rough art and a story that is mostly set up and you get the first issue of Bryan Hill's Detective that I can't fully recommend.  I am still all in with this arc, just not this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

We get a little more Two-Face in this issue, but unfortunately, we also get some forced dialogue and situations that still don't push the overall narrative forward by much.  The issue looks great, but I need some more story going forward.  Hopefully, that starts next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book has become silly and convoluted and needs some focus.  So many things in this book are ill-explained or pushed aside, affecting any tension or mystery Tamaki tries setting up.  It all looks fantastic, but I find myself less interested in each issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Without sounding too generic if you liked the Ducktales shorts you would probably like this, I would probably recommend it for kids as a lot of publishers take no advantage of their properties and younger readers so there is a void to fill.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Brian Buccellato's Flash.  However, I was expecting a better sendoff than this issue gave fans.  The story and art are average and that just isn't what this series has been.  This was my least favorite issue so far and it's a real shame it came at the end of such a wonderful run.  A blackeye on an otherwise picture perfect face.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a mixed bag of the drawn out and boring Mash-up Killer story and the awesome Future Flash.  We also get a better Wally West story, but in the end, this issue stalls a bit.  Brett Booth's art makes everything look great, but overall this issue was just "Meh"
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still enjoying this final arc of the Flash, even if this issue was a little off and mainly setup for the finale.  The cliffhanger does make things interesting and while I find the Riddler's plan to be a bit lackluster and far from epic, he does have the Flash in the palm of his hand.  The art is more cartoony than fans are used to, but by the end, I was actually enjoying it.  I will be back next issue with the hope that everything is tied up in a nice, neat ball.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was hoping that the Godspeed reveal last issue would send this book up to another level, Joshua Williamson spends a good amount of time catching everyone up and then forces most of what pushes it forward.  I liked the art in this issue, but the story just didn't do it for me.  Godspeed has made it personal, but at the end of the day, I'm not sure I care.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue doesn't give us any answers as to Barry's new powers, the biggest problem is we get little to no Flash.  We do get a lot of subpar dialogue and the continuation of a very uninteresting CSI case.  The art is good, but this issue is just a bore.
View Issue       View Full Review

I understand the need to get new readers up to speed (pun alert!), but Williamson doesn't do much more. He does give us the start of some huge things that will probably fuel at least one future event, but it's obvious this isn't the time for them and leaves them hanging. I liked Carmine Di Giandomenico's art style, but in the end, there just wasn't anything here that made it feel like a Rebirth for the character. It really felt like Williamson's hands were tied a bit here so I am still looking forward to the start of his run in two weeks, but this issue was my first Rebirth disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are actively reading this, it would make sense to continue the issue is not bad at all, just not as high standard as the others, and my own personal expectations were that we would be heading down to a path of closing this out, whether that is because I am used to 6 issue minis or the last issue felt like it was dragging this out, am not sure. If you were looking to jump on, however, I would wait for the trade, I wouldn't bother going back for the singles. Again, I liked it just felt drawn out.
View Issue       View Full Review

It feels like this story got away from Ben Percy a bit.  This issue has some setup, some forced situations and a green message that just didn't feel right.  In the end, this issue and the whole Island of Scars arc can be avoided by everyone that hasn't made a stupid commitment to review every damn issue, every damn week!
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy starts another two part story and I already wish it was longer.  Not because I like it, but because it needed more setup and explanation.  I like the concept of murder mystery on a train full of dignitaries, but without any background, it falls flat.  I did love Juan Ferreyra's art, but in the end, I can't really recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been growing tired of this book lately and this story felt like deja vu all over again.  While I'm happy Oliver is back in Seattle, I hope that Ben Percy finds something new to do with him and fast.  Otto Schmidt's art may be worth the price of admission, but I want a good story as well.  Is that too much to ask for?
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ends the Return of Roy Harper story in a very forced and rushed way.  I really liked the issues leading up to this one which made this ending hurt even more.  I liked the art from both Eleonora Carlini and Mirka Andolfo, but that couldn't save the issue.  I am still enjoying this book, just not this conclusion.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue had outstanding art, but not much of a story, unfortunately.  Ben Percy seems more concerned of getting Oliver to meet the Justice League than actually telling any kind of story, especially one with Ollie clearing his name.  I hope things pick up next issue, because I haven't been enjoying this arc much at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a shame to say it, but this Hard Traveling Hero arc is falling into a go from point A to point B type of story with little substance to make it work.  Ben Percy seems more concerned with his guest stars than the real story, but damn does this issue look fantastic.  Juan Ferreyra continues to amaze, I just wish the rest of the book would follow suit.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Hard Traveling Hero arc continues chugging along and while I like seeing Oliver and Hal together again, the story making it possible is weak and by this point, inconsequential. The art is good, but I just want this arc to end and hopefully get on with something better.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow continues to be a pretty run of the mill read under Mairghread Scott.  It looks good and there is enough of the do-gooder vibe that people like to keep some fans satisfied until the Bensons begin their run.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern #24 kicks off the Lights Out story with a bang.  The art of Billy Tan really nails the scope of the Green Lantern Universe. So why didn't I like the issue as much as I should have?  Hal Jordan is a jerk, that's why.  I really hate the way Venditti portrays him and it is killing my enjoyment of the title.  Hopefully the other writers will fix that as the story continues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps #25 is a good John Stewart book, but an unnecessary Zero Year tie-in.  Readers get to see what shaped John into the good man he is today, but beyond that the story is dull and uneventful.  This book is not a must read for anyone but true John Stewart fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I like some of what Sam Humphries is doing with Harley, this murder mystery still lacks the setup and details to make me care to see it through to the end.  I doubt many readers gasped when the suspect in Alicia's murder switched from one guy we know little about to another we know even less, and why is that?  I understand that Harley is the type of character you can roll through an issue and enjoy the zany moments, but Sam Humphries wants to do more, but without a solid story, he fails here.
View Issue       View Full Review

The nostalgia and the fact that we have an all-female cast are the main selling points for this series going forward. That may not be enough though for customers already jaded by this series or those expecting more Wolverine.
View Issue       View Full Review

Much like the other titles in this series this comic seems to be stalling at the midpoint.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ended up being a split one for me. I really liked the stuff we got with the Hulk, Jackie, Creel and more, but hated the faux-philosophical ramblings that filled the other half. I still want answers to the lingering questions in this series, but it seems like Al Ewing was more concerned with showing us how deep he is than addressing those. The art continues to be great, but I am starting to get impatient with this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are wondering where most of the Marvel books are heading in 2020, then this may be worth a look. However, if you are looking to dive into the murder mystery that C.B. Cebulski and Marvel have been hyping, you may be very disappointed. I was here for the later and while I loved the art througout, I left this issue very underwhelmed overall.
View Issue       View Full Review

If it wasn't for the Thing showing up and being such a jerk, I probably would've enjoyed this issue a lot more. Doom as Iron Man looks really cool and Bendis is setting up what could turn into a pretty fun story. As a single issue though, this was only okay.
View Issue       View Full Review

Well, I was hoping for better than that. Nothing really happens this entire issue as it falls victim to being the 4th issue in the arc, so entirely setup. It's still fun to see Doom as a “good guy,” but I would like to move the story forward a little bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #1 sets up the book and not much else.  The story and art are okay, they just didn't have the wow factor I was hoping for.  I realize this is a weekly book with plenty of time to up the excitement, but I hope those readers who were on the fence will give it a chance past this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #8 starts off strong, but ends with a whimper.  It doesn't totally kill the momentum the last couple issues gained, but it's not from lack of effort.  Dan Abnett seems to be struggling writing Batman and it's real obvious this week.  Javier Garron's art is good, but overall I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

After seeing the heroes (and villains) of the other Universe get teleported last week, it was odd to go back in time to see how it happened.  Actually, that would have been okay, but this just seemed like it was released out of sequence and knowing what already happened takes away the tension.  I hope Buccellato and Company have something big planned for the last issue because this was really sub par.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the second week in a row that I've been disapointed by Injustice.  I have loved this book since the first issue so it upsets me when I can't recommend it.  I really hope that Brian Bucellato can shake things up and get things back on track.  It's not too late, but time is running out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was another disappointment in a string of disappointments.  I know Brian Buccellato is capable of so much more, but this book is going downhill fast.  Injustice has always had over-the-top action, but it was the great characters that made you care about it.  That character work has left the building and we are left with a shell of what this book once was.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue more than last week, but that's not saying too much.  This issue is pure setup, but it does setup some pretty awesome Year of the Gods events that I can't wait to see.  I really liked Tom Derenick's art, but in the end, I can't recommend this issue.  I hope that changes soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

I wish this book wasn't ending, but I also wish it got a little more time to end. A lot of this finale felt crammed in and forced to a rushed ending and that is a shame. When given the space and time, Chip Zdarsky had a special thing going, but unfortunatley, not enough people jumped on. I jumped on and am so glad I did, but that makes the way it ended that much harder.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall I thought the issue was I don't know.  Fine?  Look if you have not read this series yet but are interested, wait until the trade.  It is an interesting story but I feel like issue to issue we are doing the same things over and over again and nothing progresses the story.  You cannot be doing that with such a long and inconsistent release schedule.  I was extremely interested in this book, now I don't really care.  This book started in 2019.  I hope the ending blows me away.  Art was fantastic though.     
View Issue       View Full Review

Things pick up a very little bit in this issue, but after facing a similar threat in the Rebirth #1, it just  didn't feel as fresh or even epic here.  Tony Daniel makes everything look great, but he can't save things all on his own.  I will give Bryan Hitch one more issue to get used to his surroundings, but after that, the gloves come off.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Justice League vs Suicide Squad tie-in isn't necessary and suffers from that.  Not a whole lot goes on here and the couple big moments kind of fall flat.  If you just have to have everything from this first Rebirth Event, go for it.  Others can stick with the Event book and be just fine.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Legacy story is still Hitch's best Justice League arc, but this ending was a bit lack luster.  Mindless action and a cliched and forced ending make it an issue I can't recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Priest continues his run on Justice League with an issue that made me laugh in the wrong way, but also made me like my favorite characters less and less.  It's a shame because Pete Wood's art is good, but so far, this new approach to the Justice League is not killing it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I know that Priest plays the slow burn game in his books, I am struggling to get into this series after the first three issues.  This issue is full of transition problems which throw the overall pace off and in the end, I am less interested in the villain now that we know more about him.  The art was good, but I need something to spark my interest in this story and I need it quick.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue puts the breaks on the story by dumping information at the reader and while some of it was needed, some of it just gummed up the works.  The art and cliffhanger were great, but the story leading up to it was not.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Legion of Doom issue gives an expanded look at a lot of stuff we already know and while it gets the bad guys on the same page, it didn't need a whole issue to do it.  I really liked the art, but this one just didn't feel necessary in the overall scheme of things.
View Issue       View Full Review

Snyder and Tynion move the story into the next phase this week, but it didn't feel like it was totally ready for it.  Maybe it was me who wasn't ready, but I felt like a needed a bit more information from all the time periods and would have liked to hang just an issue or two more to get it.  The art was great throughout and the ending was certainly big, and even if I wasn't fully on board here, I will be back in two weeks expecting it all to get right back to form...not that that will help our heroes!  Seriously, they are in big trouble!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an okay start to a really big story that I've been waiting a year to read.  The dialogue is not good at all, but the art and overall story has me excited for next issue only because I want Ray Palmer back and the cliffhanger was really cool.  I can't say I'd recommend it to non JLA readers, but stay tuned.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the bad guys are dealt with too easily after the prolonged setup, I liked this issue more than what we've been getting.  Sure, there are some more forced moments, but I liked the character moments this week and even didn't hate The Ray!  Now that is something to get excited over!
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League: Last Ride ends with a thud, but at least it was a bombastic one.  While the story began with the League struggling with personal issues, it ended in a flurry of punches, explosions, and chest pumping action.  While there is nothing inherently wrong with a bit of popcorn movie action, too much went unexplained to stick the landing.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's not a bad issue but it's a big step back, and I actually liked it better during the second reading than the first. It's really just to get them from Starfire's worshipers to another member's worshipers so I'll give it a pass. The art is good except there's something off about Starfire. In the story, it blew an opportunity to really have Starfire do some cool stuff in the beginning, which was a huge letdown. Really all the great moments in this series so far belong to Jessica and she has two in this one issue. And moving forward I'm interested in seeing what's going on with this Rapture guy. Until next month, safe travels in the Cosmos!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of the Kamandi Challenge presents a crazy cliffhanger for next issue's creative team, but does little else.  The art was good, but the whole thing left me overly confused and had me wondering if I really needed to read anything but the final page.
View Issue       View Full Review

I feel like I'm one of the few people who like the new Lobo and I'm waiting patiently for the issue to shove down the naysayers throats, but unfortunately, this month's isn't it.  Cullen Bunn continues his shallow assassin of the month arc and even with really good art, I can't recommend this issue.  Maybe I'll do some shoving next month.  One can only hope.
View Issue       View Full Review

Lobo continues being a book in desperate need of something new and fresh.  Five issues in and it is already so predictable it's ridiculous.  However, with what Cullen Bunn gives the reader in terms of Lobo's past, there may be a light at the end of the tunnel. This issue may be a long fight and setup, but it had me looking forward to next month more than any other issue before it.  This Lobo may not be the Main Man yet, but there is hope yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

I couldn't help shake the feeling that this was some leftover stories bits from when the Aquaman book went monthly.  Besides a big return of a fan favorite character, there is nothing new here for Aquaman fans and the narration makes it all feel very distant to the reader.  I did like the art and hope for something more exciting down the line, but this first issue was not what I was hoping for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Like the Aquaman, this issue and series has a pacing problem and while that's never good, the slow plot progression is magnified when there are only six issues of real estate.  There are some big things going down, but they are more an interest to those reading Aquaman as well.  If you are just here for Mera and nothing else, sadly I think you will be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Yes, I liked this issue more than most of what we've gotten from Midnighter, but it's far from perfect.  The dialogue continues to be unnatural and stiff and the one-shot story we get is mostly filler, but we get the reintroduction of a classic character and a whole lot of grotesque fun.  I appreciated David Messina's easier to follow art style and while the cliffhanger would normally have me excited, it feels like a same shit, different day kind of deal.  I can't recommend this issue to anyone, but fans who have stuck with the book this long should enjoy it.  I didn't hate it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an okay issue of Midnighter filled with the usual...good action, bad dialogue and doesn't need to be this confusing art. The actual story behind it all fell kind of flat with little participation from the actual Suicide Squad, but there is a dangling thread that will have old school Midnighter and Stormwatch fans excited. While I was glad this issue didn't infuriate me, it didn't do much to thrill me either.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Miles and want to love this book but after a recap heavy first issue, Saladin Ahmed hits readers with a setup heavy #2. This book looks really good thanks to Javier Garrons art but it just isnt funyet? I hope that changes real soon because if not, I will drop it and thats a shame.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King shows that he can write the hell out of a couple having a baby, Mitch Gerads continues to show he is one of the best artists in comics and I was bored the whole time.  I am beyond just wanting answers to what is going on, I need something to keep my interest through an entire issue and sadly, I didn't find that here.
View Issue       View Full Review

An odd issue to treat arson so lightly, but still, it is Ponyville! Senile, paranoid old ponies grumble and now I want a sum'yum. Just leave off the prickly pear.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really quick read that looks great but is getting more and more frustrating the longer Bendis and Walker bury the lead.  I like Naomi and want to know everything about her, but after four issues it feels like we are being strung along.  I like this series enough, but I really think I'd love it if it were paced better.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a three to four level setup issue and really doesn't move forward much at all. This may be the most crowded book I've ever read and while Paco Medina makes sure the art side of things is awesome, the story just can't get any traction before moving to the next character.  I hope things can come together a bit more because the characters and the story really do interest me.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm not sure how many people are still sticking with this series, but while the last two issues have been a bit of a letdown, I'm in until the end.  I hope it picks back up because when David F. Walker is good...he's great.  Sadly, this issue is not good or great, but pretty average.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sam Humphries starts his run on Nightwing with a paint by numbers issue that keeps Dick in Bludhaven, but not much else.  Maybe I was expecting a better first issue, but this wasn't it.  Hopefully it gets better from here because I want a Nightwing book I can get excited for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sam Humphries continues his run on Nightwing with a confusing and uninteresting villain and a story that wants to be tense and important but sabotages itself every step of the way.  I still have hopes for this run, but this has been a shaky start.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing jumps full into the Joker War, and while I will stick it out hoping to get Dick Grayson back at the end, I do not love it.  The focus and pacing felt off, and while we see what Dicky-Boy (you thought "Ric" sucked?!?) thinks his past is all about, we don't get much else.  The cliffhanger was cool, though, and I will be back next issue, but only because I have suffered through over two years of nonsense in this book and want to be there when things get back to normal.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor throws some changes to Dick Grayson and his history, and while I usually love everything he does, he lost me on this one.  Maybe we're not getting the whole truth here, but first impressions and all just left me shaking my head reading this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor tries to squeeze something out of the little bit of Fear State story he's been given, but in the end, this is a pretty unnecessary issue of Nightwing.  If, for some reason, Fear State introduced you to this book, come back next issue to see what the real hype is all about.  Fans of this book will back me up on that, I'm sure!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I am far from a fan of this series, this issue is the best of the series.  The story is straight forward, the art is good and it begins the setup for a grand finale that may just be the end of the world.
View Issue       View Full Review

With some poor characterization and little given to hook the reader I'm really left underwhelmed with what felt like a really solid premise. The coloring is great and I feel works really well with the minimalist art style. Overall though, I I thought it was just an OK issue that gave little reason to come back for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love the Omega Men, just not this issue.  It is recap and filler and what little we learned could have been a page or two in a normal issue of this book.  I still think that everyone should give this book a try, just don't use this issue as a jumping on point.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had a really hard time trying to understand the decision to make Red Hood and the Outlaws more about Arsenal and Kori, and barely have any Red Hood at all, but this issue gives me a little insight. Arsenal I find has the super power of badassery. Kori, and Jason are pretty useless in this issue, but this is more in line with the DC Presents: Arsenal, which gave me more respect for the character. Not really a fan of the continuing arc this book is doing, but I'm a loyal reader, and I'll keep reading, and waiting for Jason Todd to become the central badass again.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a huge Rick and Morty fan, this issue was a disappointment.  While the characters and art were spot on, we get setup and not much more.  This issue boiled down to  two good laughs a good cliffhanger and see ya next month.  If that's enough for you, so be it, but for $3.99, I expect more.
View Issue       View Full Review

A promising start for this crossover miniseries hits a speed bump in this underwhelming third issue. We get very little plot development, lackluster dialogue and the addition of two more characters in what is becoming a crowded cast. While I do still enjoy the novelty of seeing beloved DC characters interacting with the members of team RWBY, it's not something that can sustain an entire series on its own. The series keeps hinting at a bigger narrative deserving of this team-up, but it will need to deliver on it before things get too stale.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scarlet isn't a likable person and this first issue doesn't show why she is a hero or a savior. She comes off uninspiring and apathetic. She lectures more than she does anything. An apartment building gets destroyed by a drone and she shows little compassion. Portland and the people are the most compelling and interesting things from this first issue and I am more interested in them. The watercolor artwork is very nice and it has a clean look that works well for the story. We also don't get much of a timeline of events or much backstory. I hope this book intends to cover why she is the hero of this movement because so far she comes off as a boring protagonist. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Not a great issue, not a bad issue. Nothing here is going to suddenly make you a Scarlet Witch fan, but if you've been reading up to this point, there's no reason you won't be alright with this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

With one issue left, we see the pieces come together to end the series. Unfortunately, the art is not helping the issue. Some of the panels look good while the rest look like it was rushed and could have improved the story. The artwork can help make the reader, feel what the writer wants them to feel. The dialogue in this issue is actually pretty good! The scene with Daisy confronting Cliffy had great dialogue but would have probably moved me if the art was a bit better!
View Issue       View Full Review

The plot as ever moves forward in inches but the art team continues to entertain and delight.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all, I would say that this was a rather weak annual as I expected it would be, but I need to have it since I collect all the Spider-Women issues.  At the $4.99 cover price, I would advise casual readers and non Spider-Gwen fans to skip it all together. Thankfully we will be back to the regular issues next month! So, until next time... DatBeardedBastard is out!
View Issue       View Full Review

While Sean Ryan gives readers a good Spider-Man here and the art is bright and fun, I cant recommend it as an important part of the War of the Realms story. There are still a couple of issues left and maybe it will be more important as the main event continues, but right now, this one is a pass for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Spirit World #2 is not as good as the first issue, but I hope that what Alyssa Wong sets up this month will pay off. I still recommend everyone checks this out; I hope I don't look like a fool for doing so when all is said and done.
View Issue       View Full Review

Star is a series that I have enjoyed enough, but this penultimate issue is a fight scene from beginning to end. It does get Captain Marvel and Star on the same side against the Black Order, and the cliffhanger has me intrigued for the finale. This issue isn't a must-read, but if you have enjoyed Star so far, you know what to expect.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all this is a mixed bag. What it gained in variety it lacked in cohesion, and for me I think it would be hard to recommend this book as essential reading. That said, two out of the three tales entertained me, and one made me laugh so if you do get your hands on a copy it is still worth a read. The tales are very much take it or leave it, light storytelling with some solid – if not stellar – artwork.
View Issue       View Full Review

On balance this is an average first issue without a terribly interesting primary or secondary story. The new characters do look appealing however, and hopefully in the remainder of the series we see much more of them in order to fully flesh out the content of future issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is definitely a setup issue for what should be an awesome finish. I still want to see what happens to Han in this race and find out who the traitor is, but it would've been nice to get a little bit more progression with this one. Luckily, the art is still great.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is hard to rate as it's own isolated thing, I found it a mixed bag between good and boring.  I love both Gerads and Shaner's art, and I hope that this will be a book I can recommend by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this may be a Suicide Squad tie-in by name only (or at least the Katana part is), there is barely enough here to warrant a look see.  While I liked the Deadshot story, the Katana one was weak and overall, there isn't anything here that screams "must buy".  I'm not bailing yet, but if next month's issue isn't an improvement overall, I will.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this may be a Suicide Squad tie-in by name only (or at least the Katana part is), there is barely enough here to warrant a look see. While I liked the Deadshot story, the Katana one was weak and overall, there isn't anything here that screams "must buy". I'm not bailing yet, but if next month's issue isn't an improvement overall, I will.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you want almost a whole issue of Damian and Jon fighting in the Batcave then your dreams have come true.  It's nothing we haven't seen before and getting this sort of thing this early in the series makes it all the worse.  Allison Borges' art is outstanding, but that's the only reason to get this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I appreciate the light nature of this Annual and adore the Super Pets, I can't get fully behined this.  The story could be condensed to less than ten pages and not miss out on anything and the Villain is not developed enough to make me care and besides, he seems like a good guy!  If you need some Super Pets in your life, you can check this out, I just don't know if it's worth the $4.99 price tag.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a bit of a downer and while that sort of thing happens, it's a shame it happened so early in the series.  Steve Orlando seems to still be searching for this book's focus and while Brian Ching's art was good, it wasn't as good as the last issue.  I still am hoping to fall in love with this book, I just haven't been able to yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Supergirl didn't knock my socks off.  The main interaction between Kara and Cyborg Superman was decent, but repeated a bit and while the cliffhanger has me excited, nothing else in this issue did much for me.  I liked Brian Ching's art, but cannot recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is not filler, but not a lot happens to push the story forward and what we get is kind of boring.  Actually, it's also cliched and forced and that is not a good recipe for fun.  While I like the art enough, I just can't make myself care about what's going on here.  I love Supergirl and hope it improves, but I can't recommend what we are getting now.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a Supergirl book with a more indie feel to it, your search may be over.  Mariko Tamaki gives readers a very grounded look at Supergirl with some fully fleshed out characters.  However, the story as it is presented here is paper thin and nothing really makes me want or need to come back for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #35 continues the trend of being just good enough not to be mediocre.  Geoff Johns' story is moving so slow and what we get is not that exciting.  John Romita Jr's art is inconsistant and at the end of the day I can't really recommend this book to anyone but the most hardcore Superman fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Men of Tomorrow story continues to be underwhelming.  Geoff Johns gives us some answers this issue, but they are predictable at best.  I did enjoy John Romita Jr's art, but in the end, this issue was simply mediocre.  This is not the book that Johns and Romita are capable of.  What a shame.
View Issue       View Full Review

It was bound to happen eventually, I didn't enjoy Superman/Wonder Woman #7.  It is an average comic that sets up Doomed, but the rest gives fans nothing but a been-there-done-that feeling and bad art.  I in no way expect this trend to continue because Charles Soule is just too good, but this month was a bummer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman is an okay issue in the Doomed story.  It's got some fun bits, but in the end actually hurts the overall story. I really liked Thony Silas' art, but overall I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman and the Authority eventually get to where it needs to be, heading off to Action Comics, but takes some odd detours along the way.  Mikel Janin's art continues to look spectacular, but this mini was all about diminishing returns. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Talon #16 is fun, but unnecessary.  Tim Seeley is given the task to end a tale that already ended and against all odds, does a fairly good job.  Fans of the book will probably read this and next months finale, but new readers should just go back and read the excellent first arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is far from perfect, but I enjoyed it more than I thought I would or should.  Watching the Teen Titans fight their way through the M.A.W. to get to Despero was pretty cool and the cliffhanger promises even more action next month.  This story arc has been a disappointment and this issue doesn't work miracles, but it was fun enough to be a guilty pleasure.  That's as much of an endorsement that you are going to get from me right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, issue two is still a solid read and it progresses the story forward, but I just get this weird feeling of "I've read this all before." . . . Side note...why isn't Wonder Woman asking The Flash for help? He's a forensic officer for God's sake.  I guess Batman's name is in the title but best man my butt!
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall this issue was a mixed bag because while the art does a suitable job of representing event quality comics the story suddenly feels all over the place by introducing new concepts and ideas that feel very out of place from what we were previously reading. A possibly classic personal tale about Spidey has turned into a dimension hopping affair that I feel suits Dr. Who fans more than traditional Spider-Man fans like myself.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jason Aaron fills in some blanks I didnt know were empty and as a Loki fan, I didnt mind reading this issue. Your mileage may vary depending on why you pick this up, but as a War of the Realms tie-in, it didnt feel essential.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm still in on the series as a whole. I just wish this arc would end because this creative team has so much potential.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am quickly losing interest in this book which is a shame because after the first issue, I thought I was all in.  However, Francis Manapul is in no hurry to give the reader rules and answers and while Clay Mann's art is spectacular, I can't recommend this issue.  Hopefully, Manapul will turn it around quick because there is a lot of potential here and I'd hate to see it go to waste.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Better Together arc comes to a close with a forced ending that felt rushed at best.  The art in this book is amazing, but it can't save it from being an average read overall.  I really want to like this book, but I can't recommend it just yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ended the Dark Destiny story and while the art remained solid throughout, the story just couldn't keep up.  With all the characters involved, this should have been a fun, kick ass story, but instead, it all fell flat by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a nice little New Years issue that involved a neat team-up, great art and little else.  While it didn't feel important, it didn't make me angry either.  There is something to say about that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Pandora #3 comes off a little flat. All that goes on is a little flash back, and the continuing fight from Justice League Dark #23. The only thing that really saved the issue for me was the last few pages that turned the book back to bad ass. Mostly this issue was hum drum but it did leave me wanting issue #4 so I guess it did it's job.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue didn't follow through on the action that was promised at the end of the last issue. It all felt rushed to get to the reveal of the next villains. The art was awesome and made up for the story a little bit, but I'm ready to get back to the original team.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Civil War II tie-in surprised me by actually not being too bad. It was pretty fun, but I really didn't like the characterization of Captain America. I want to get  moving on the real story of this title, but I guess I'll have to wait at least another month for that.
View Issue       View Full Review

I wanted to love this first issue of Winter Soldier as I am a big fan of Kyle Higgins, but it fell flat for me. I hope things pick up next month, because the art and story just didnt do it for me here. This book is beginning on a short leash for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a nice issue with a positive message and while I liked the art a lot here, there isn't much of a story going on.  This series lacks any sort of focus and while I do like the Wonder Twins, I wish we got more character work and forward progression to make me want to come back each issue.  This series is starting to feel like an Afterschool Special when I want a Saturday Morning Cartoon.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Finch's Wonder Woman is still struggling to find it's own voice.  David's art is really good, but Meredith is stuck between honoring the past and paving her own way.  What we get is a book that is the mediocre bits of both worlds.  The cliffhanger was a game changer, however, and hopefully it's the start of a great story.  I hope so because I want to fall in love again.
View Issue       View Full Review

G. Willow Wilson continues her run and while I really want to love it, I just don't.  This issue doesn't have a whole lot of Wonder Woman in it and what we do get is just not that interesting.  That is the problem with this entire issue...nothing from the story to the art really has me excited about the run yet.  I do think we will get there soon, but sadly, it's just not happening now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was ok, I liked it more the first time I read it and less so in subsequent read-throughs. As with last issue there are some positive takeaways, but still, this just isn't quite sticking for me yet. It's crazy, but we're already 8 issues into G. Willow's run and as much as I want her to succeed and remind readers why Diana is one of the best characters in all of comics, we aren't getting that yet. I still have hope, but even with the mild improvements here the meandering plot is becoming tiresome.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an okay issue of Wonder Woman. I wish Steve Orlando would get going with the story since it does seem like he has something interesting here, but is taking his good old time getting to it.  We do get Donna Troy, which is awesome, and while the book looks good, it's just missing something to make it read as big as I think it's supposed to. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #756 was an issue heavy in recap-exposition that ended in a predictable way to set up a final couple of issues of Steve Orlando's run on this book.  The problem is, that's kind of what we've been getting for months now.  Jesus Merino's art in the issue is fantastic, and there are some sweet moments, I just want to get to the damn fireworks factory!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was excited for Wonder Woman's new direction after the first issue, I am already looking for the exit after this one.  While the issue looked great, the pacing was way off, and I was bored by the end.  I hope Cloonan and Conrad can get back to the magic of their first issue because I am losing faith in this story. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman: Agent of Peace #5 gives you two okay stories with great art.  It's worth the 99 cent cost of admission, but don't expect to come back to this one once you are done reading it.
View Issue       View Full Review

We are two issues in and I'm already pretty bored.  I love Ty Templeton's art, but Kevin Smith and Ralph Garman's story hasn't impressed me.  It's just not fun.  I hope it turns around quick or I will just get my Batman '66 fix in the consistently good regular run of the book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Those people wanting to see Bane fight the Court will be disappointed.  What they will get instead is a so-so story made even worse by the craziest art transition I can remember.  I have loved Talon since the first issue, but this issue is hard to recommend.  I can only hope that Tynion gets the story back on track and that Sepulveda can finish a whole book himself.
View Issue       View Full Review

This story arc needs to end. Readers may find themselves getting bored and its moving too slow. Lets get to Kravens son fighting Spidey, as well as Kraven. Lets get to the final battle with Lizard ripping out his chip and going HAM with Spidey as they take on Kraven, Arcade, and the other costume villains led by Vulture. No more tie ins, please. As a certain someone I know says all the time, when are we going to get to the fireworks factory? I dont know Millhouse I just dont know.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #30 has some pretty major happenings in an issue that doesn't push this book forward much.  The Spectre is overpowered goodness and Batman is set up for an explosive issue next week, but all-in-all, this issue was barely above average.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall,  this book is worth a look, but I expected with a five dollar an issue price tag and the Civil War moniker a little more than the death and debate show that this has turned into at this point. I think some of the problem might be none of this has come off as a huge surprise, like it's supposed to be, mostly because of future solicitations and rampant spoilers but I'm hoping things turn around.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Is Vampirella an alien?  Is she from another realm?  Is she wearing anything beneath that modest costume of hers?  We'll just have to wait and see. Whether this new series is a wash or success, this fanboy is just happy to see his childhood goddess back on the new issue table.
View Issue       View Full Review

Art remains an improvement over what Cary Nord gave us in the first two issues – I'd really like him to be replaced full time, sadly solicits imply otherwise – but that doesn't do much to cover up the fact that this first story arc in Wilson's run didn't do much for me. It pains me to say that because as I noted earlier, I am a huge fan of hers and wanted her on this book. I can see what she was trying to do with the political side of this story and posing the question “what is a just war,” but she didn't spend enough time setting it up in the earlier issues, which led to this ending feeling abrupt and hollow. I still have faith, and my score reflects that despite what my review may have indicated – butt G Willow needs to really bring it in the next arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

Juann Cabal's art truly carries this issue, and honestly has carried the series so far. Don't get me wrong I love our Super Sisters together, I am rooting for this book and I want it to do well. I'd love nothing more than to get a monthly dose of Laura and Gabby, but they need a compelling story for their iconic banter to be built around – it can't be the only thing going on. Our lead duo being separated in this issue highlights how little this series has going for it apart from the sisterly dynamic. I didn't hate this issue, but I didn't have any fun either. My score reflects that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #33 may have some good dialog and continues making Steel and Lana into badasses, but it really doesn't push the Doomed story forward at all.  Aaron Kuder's art is good, but you could skip this issue and not miss much.  If your reading Doomed, get it.  If you're an Action Comics fan not reading Doomed, skip it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #1044 continues the slow burn Warworld Saga, and while Johnson's attention to detail is admirable, the story has stalled a bit.  That is worrisome with only a few issues left, but hopefully, things will wrap up nicely and neat.  Only time will tell.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had high hopes for this book at the start with our boys battling the Gang across the galaxy, but after a promising start, it has failed to live up to that hype lately. We seem to be treading water despite never having much momentum in the first place. I love our boys, but I'm tired of going nowhere slowly.
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter Tomasi is one of my favorite writers in comics, but this finale fell flat as did this entire series for the most part. Some very funny moments and fun stuff happened, but not enough to keep me invested all the way through, and that's a shame and a waste considering he had 12 issues to basically just have fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may be a bit mixed but there is a whole lot to like about it. The art is, for the most part, great and the characters are very familiar. It was an enjoyable read. That said, the storytelling needs to be a lot tighter and the dialogue could use a little work. Overall, not a bad tie-in to this crossover, just an okay one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mark Waid sets up the All New Wasp for her own book, but not much more.  Sure, we get a couple of Civil War II pages and an attempt to end the conflict, but it all goes back to Nadia.  The story and art were pretty middle of the road and while I wasn't upset I read it, nothing here grabbed me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor and Ig Guara do their best to make this Civil War II tie-in issue important, but in the end, it's as unnecessary as most of the other tie-ins have been.  We get some good interaction between Laura and Old Man Logan, but by the end, everybody presses the big, old reset button and we move on from there.  I won't lie...there aren't many reason not to skip this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have loved everything that Tom Taylor has given us in All-New Wolverine, but this issue is the exception to the rule.  It's all setup to get Laura to Madripoor and while that seems exciting and very personal, that is a story for another issue.  Unfortunately, I can't give this issue high marks.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have enjoyed this book since it's debut and having Wonder Woman show up should have been a slam dunk.  Unfortunately, it wasn't.  There are some hilarious scenes, but overall it felt like deja vue at best and a missed opportunity at worst.  While I love John McRea's art, I hope Garth Ennis gets things back on track for the last two issues because when this book is on, it is a hell of a good time.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm glad to have Stockman back on pencils for this title and I think he's a great fit for the story given here. Houser has the character voices down, especially the internal dialogues for Peter and Annie, but the plot is too thin. I'll still be picking this title up, as I love the family dynamic, but I hope we get more plot than your typical television family dramedies.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #37 ends up feeling more like a detour than a destination.  It's always cool to see Gorilla City, especially it's greatest resident, Gorilla Grodd, but the Maelstrom story barely goes forward.  Paul Pelletier's art was okay and in the end, the whole issue felt like filler with a tiny bit of setup.  I hope next month gets us back on track because I'm more interested in Aquaman's quest to find his Mother than a who's who trip through the DCU.
View Issue       View Full Review

I like what we got at the end of this issue, but it's up to you to decide if one page a good comic makes.  That might be a little harsh, but everything else leads up to the cliffhanger and doesn't spend too much time getting there.  I am excited to see what comes next, though I wish all of the concerned parties were along for the swim.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquamen #2 was a bit down for me, and while I am still intrigued with the overall mystery, the characterizations have me worried.  The art is outstanding, and there is some cool fan service going on, but I am already struggling with the book's dark tone.  I understand that is all on me, so your mileage may vary, but I wish that finally having Arthur and a larger Aqua-Family in a book together would make me smile more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Avengers #30 gives readers a new Starbrand and not much else. Sure, there is some punching and arguing, but we've been getting that for issues now. I wish this all felt bigger than it does, but I will wait until Jason Aaron expands on it until I get more excited. Let's hope that it is sometime soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Avengers of the Wastelands #4 is an issue that doesn't feel as big as it should. Ed Brisson gives us some formidable villains to fight the Avengers and reveals there is indeed a traitor on the team, but seems to be in a race to the cliffhanger page instead of letting it all sink in. I still am interested to see where this book goes, but ended up less interested in the journey this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #14 is a fun comic that is held back by an ill advised art style.  Jeff Parker plays up to the Sandman's d-list status and motivations.  I just wish the art style was more Batmobile and less Mystery Machine.
View Issue       View Full Review

After the first chapter of this miniseries, I was fully prepared to tell everyone to jump on the trolley, but this issue is a bit of a step backwards.  It's not necessarily bad, but not enough happens to get me excited...except maybe Peel flirting with Robin.  That had me VERY excited.  The issue ends with some Cybernaut action that has me excited for the next chapter, but until then, I can only recommend this chapter to those Avengers/Batman '66 fanatics out there.  I won't joke about there only be six of us out there.  Instead, here is my score...
View Issue       View Full Review

This book seems like it's arrived a day early for the Joker War, and we are hanging with it until the real party starts.  Big things happen, but I still found myself looking at my watch, knowing it's all just set up for later.  The art was inconsistent (a two artist problem), and I'll file this in the okay bin.  I wasn't upset that I read it, but it's the first prelude to the Joker War that didn't have me more excited for it all by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #111 is an okay issue that gets everything in place for Fear State. Because of that, the excitement is what's coming, not what's happening, and while the art was good,  there wasn't anything that stood out. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While Fear State ended a couple of weeks ago, this Omega issue puts a nail in the coffin. James Tynion's time on Batman is over, and while this issue isn't a grand goodbye, it ties up things and sets up the Bat-books going forward. It may not be great or necessary, but it looks good and does what it sets out to do.
View Issue       View Full Review

A by-the-numbers fight that went on too long for what little we got out of it.  I am still somewhat intrigued to see what's up with this Infected story but after these first two issues and DC's ridiculous decision to announce the Infected Six before issue one even came out, my excitement level is dangerously low.  I hope things pick up soon because right now, I can't recommend this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #8 was an okay ending to an okay arc.  It could have been bigger, but we got Kandor back in a way that could lead to an interesting story down the line, and everything else necessary reset to where it should be.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I was hoping for more from Batman and  Two-Face #24.  We get a forced new origin to one of Gotham's best Villains and an introduction to one I don't care about...yet.  I hope that the introductory nature of this issue pays off with better ones to follow.  As it stands, though, I can't give this a glowing recommendation.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still a fan of this series, but it  mostly comes from the stellar first issue.  While this issue pushes the story forward, the characterizations were not strong as Tim Seeley seemed more intent on cracking wise than giving the reader meaningful interactions.  While the art wasn't strong either, I did like the way the book ended and where the story is going.  I still recommend the series, but unfortunately, can't give this issue top marks.
View Issue       View Full Review

This should have been one of the better issues in this series, but it was just limp, mate. The mystery of whether it was really Bruce holding the smoking gun in issue #1 was solved...in a really lackluster way. This whole issue was a letdown and suffered pacing issues and while the art was good, this issue really wasn't.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I have enjoyed this series so far, this issue falls flat.  While watching Ra's Al Ghul work his evil magic on Sofia was really good, the parts with Batman and the Outsiders felt unnecessary and really slammed the brakes on the building tension.  I loved Dexter Soy's art as usual and while I think that Bryan Hill will get back on track quickly, I can't give this issue the high marks this series has been getting from me up to this point.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue starts off with guns a blazin' but ends up being nothing but setup.  It's not bad, it just is one of those digital chapters that suffers because of it's position and short length.  I'm sure it won't be a problem in the collected issue, but I'm not reviewing the collected issue, am I?  Because of that, I can't give it top marks.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues the up and down nature that this book has suffered from since it started.  Ray Fawkes gives us a fun issue that just felt like setup at best.  With twelve issues left, this book better buckle down and finish strong.  I really liked the art team of Davide Furno and Paolo Armitano as long as they promise never to draw Scarecrow again.  Overall, this was yet another forgettable issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has me torn a bit.  On one hand, it's a fun action packed issue.  On the other hand, it's moving so slow with so little time left.  I don't care what Hush said, it doesn't feel like we're closing in on the finish line at all.  With three issues left, I'm far past the point of losing patience.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't think this Director's Cut of Batman: Europa is going to change many opinions that readers had of the original, but if you enjoyed the original and are a completist, here it is.  The big difference is on the art side of things and having just Jim Lee's pencils gives it more of a gritty feel that I liked, but in the end, this is still the same story, plagued by the same pacing issues that we got before.
View Issue       View Full Review

This prelude is all about getting everyone up to speed on who Hush is...until he's gone.  Maybe we will see him at the wedding, but this ended up feeling like an unnecessary diversion...though I still had some fun with it.  It looked good and ended in a nice way, but once again, I was left wondering why this couldn't have been told in the regular Batman book if it really needed to be told at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of those issues that may not be essential reading but has some things to like. Tom Taylor's Detective Chimp story steals the show and made it all worthwhile. If you are looking for something to buy on this Annuals week, you might want to check this out...just don't go in expecting too much.
View Issue       View Full Review

I think this is the weakest of the Secret Files issues so far. There are a couple of good stories and a Joker War prelude, but most of them were forgettable. The art was good for the most part, but for $4.99, there are better ways to get your Batman than this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Adventures Continue #1 is an okay distraction, especially since nothing much else is coming out these days, but to me, it was a disappointment.  It didn't feel essential like I'd hoped it would, but this is just the first chapter, and things can change.  Still, I was a bit bummed out after reading it, and while I will be checking the next chapter in a couple of weeks, it's now with hopes of it getting better than just with pure excitement.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Knight #5 was a decent issue that continued showing Bruce's training towards becoming Batman.  If you have enjoyed the book so far, there is no reason you won't like this issue.  I am still enjoying it enough, but I think I need something a bit more in-depth to recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

After looking forward to the start of the Dark Knights one-shots, this issue has me down a bit.  The Red Death looked cool and the dialogue throughout the issue was good, but the motivations and the confusing nature of the Dark Multiverse worked against what should have been a better start.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a down issue of Batman: Urban Legends for me.  The Red Hood story, usually my favorite, stalled a bit, and while I finally enjoyed the one-shot (a Lady Shiva one this time), the Outsiders story ended with a thud, and the Grifter one left me wanting more. But, if you are already buying this, it's hard not to continue.  I wish I could recommend it to everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Urban Legends #8 is another mixed bag of sound art and okay stories.  Whether you like it or not will depend on your character and creative team tastes, but that's how anthologies go. However, the Outsiders story could have a huge impact on the DCU, so it's something to check out.
View Issue       View Full Review

It may seem that I didn't like Batwing #27, but that's not true.  However, as a Batwing fan I was disappointed.  The fun the book has been dishing out each month is nowhere to be found and that's a shame as is the weak art.  Gothtopia is an interesting premise and a mystery I will continue reading, I just want my Batwing back.
View Issue       View Full Review

Birds of Prey #28 is not a good book, but I haven't really enjoyed Gothtopia in general.  Christy Marx does some cool things that will reap benefits in the regular run, but most of the Gothtopia bits fall flat.  
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all this issue was very uneven. The T'challa part was awesome. The Dajia partwas neat. The whole revolutionary part was weird and like last arc came off preachy.The weird part is, is I don't exactly know what he was trying to preach about. It is likeseeing a man on a soapbox on the corner yelling something but he is talking in adifferent language, a language I do not understand. As always the art is really good thisissue so hopefully this whole revolution part can get done and over with because it isterrible.
View Issue       View Full Review

Blue Beetle: Graduation Day #5 is jam-packed with characters, but with one issue left, I wish more of the focus was on Jaimie Reyes himself.  That's been a problem with the series in general, but there is still some fun here, and I am looking to see how Josh Trujillo will wrap all this up next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Frank Tieri sets up a pretty good False Face Society story here, but unfortunately it nearly makes Catwoman unnecessary.  Sure, Selina's past actions and present situation help to frame the action, but this is more about the quest for the False Face leadership than anything else.  Hopefully, the spotlight shines more on Selina next month, but in the here and now,  I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have really enjoyed this series so far and have been able to overlook the overall lack of progression in the story.  I can't do that this month as Joelle Jones doesn't give us much we don't already know in an issue that looks great, but is over way too quickly.  I am still on the Catwoman trolley, but I'm going to need a bit more from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue wants to be topical, the two stories here do not add to anything worthwhile.  The Catwoman story felt forced and rushed and the Prez story was nowhere near the conclusion to the series that it should have been.  The art in both stories was solid, but this is a book that I can't recommend, especially with it's inflated price tag.
View Issue       View Full Review

Being a follow up to the great issue #5, it seems unfair. What could top Constantine, and Shazam in a issue together, and what could be better than Constantine being Shazam? But either way it's Constantine and you can't help but have fun, watching him be the asshole we love. Not a bad issue, but I hope for better next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tony Beadard did a good job with what he was given.  Convergence: Aquaman was a fun ride featuring lots of trash talking and blood...just what a 90's extreme comic should have.  I may not have liked the art, but I have joined the ranks of Deathblow fans.  If only I could find the others...
View Issue       View Full Review

Crush & Lobo #3 might have a twist that everyone saw coming from a mile away, but at least we got it.  Even with that, this book has a lot of filler, but I hope that the next issue starts to get things rolling.  This book continues to look great, and for what it's worth, this was my favorite issue so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

There's not a lot of action this go round. This issue seems to primarily focus on trying to strengthen the plot. While there is so much that you could do with this story, I feel like I'm a little underwhelmed with what is presented here. The art is not bad but I am starting to think that the Daredevil costume itself is starting to bother me a little. There just doesn't seem to be anything that stands out to me about it like in previous costumes. It's just kind of there. I would like to see the story and action pick up some next issue. While I am trying to remain patient and optimistic, I feel like the flames need to get turned up on this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC's Very Merry Multiverse, available from DC Comics on December 8th, takes readers on a wild ride around the multiverse. Some stories are stronger than others. Some art is stronger than others. It's a safe bet readers will like at least one or two stories in the bunch.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke #2 combines some great art with a story that is getting better, but is still a bit generic for my tastes.  Tony S. Daniel is fashioning a tale of mystery book ended by blodshed and mayhem.  I like what this issue sets up, but as a whole, I'm still not sold on this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke #4 gives the reader a ton of cool stuff when it comes to Slade's personal and professional life, but the promise of some Gotham fun fell a little flat...until the end.  The art remains superb, but the story needs to pick up the pace.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know if it's series fatigue or just a bump in the road, but I didn't enjoy this issue that much.  Not a whole lot happens story wise and what we did get just felt odd.  The art was great, but I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Priest's Deathstroke and crave a good in-continuity Batman story, but so far, I am not fully sold on Deathstroke vs Batman.  The story feels scattered so far and Priest's Batman/Bruce Wayne rubs me the wrong way.  Still, we get some good detective work, action-packed art and a crazy cliffhanger that makes me look forward to next issue.  Maybe I expect more from Priest but so far, he is letting me down a bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke Inc. #4 has an over-the-top, crazy action movie feel, which makes for a fun read, but I expected more after four issues and the last issue's cliffhanger. After hinting that this book ties into the big things going on in Infinite Frontier, Joshua Williamson takes a step back, which is a shame. It still looks good thanks to Howard Porter's art, but I end up needing more from each issue of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

This finale felt rushed and forced which is a shame because I have really enjoyed Buccellato's (and Manapul's) run on Detective Comics.  Everything is wrapped up and ready for Peter J. Tomasi to take over next month, but after the slow burn that lead to this issue, everything ends too quickly.  What made me more upset is that we are left with just as many questions as we get answers and I doubt we will ever get the proper closure this story deserves.  Overall, I really enjoyed this run, just not it's final issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman Begins here, but I want more Batwoman and less Monster Men!  I know that the key to this story is Colony and Kate's ties to her father, but overall, this story felt like it needed a sharper focus.  Ben Oliver's art is good and there is nothing wrong with this as a setup issue to the next arc of Detective, it just felt lacking as the Batwoman story it was advertised as.
View Issue       View Full Review

The League of Shadows story continues and the addition of Ra's al Ghul ups the ante, but the art really squashes most of the enjoyment I got from this issue.  The pieces are set up for a really cool final two issues, I just hope they feature art that helps, not hinders the story going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Stephanie Brown and was excited to see her in this issue, but overall it was pretty boring.  I did love the art and the cliffhanger was interesting, but I can't recommend this issue to anyone except those desperate to some Spoiler action.
View Issue       View Full Review

In a series that has been spinning it's wheels, this issue sets up things, by spinning it's wheels.  Yea, there is nothing really that new here for readers who have been reading since the beginning and nothing that exciting to get new readers involved.  Hopefully, the setup pays off down the line.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics continues and this issue gets to a cliffhanger that I've dreaded for a while now and that was easily the highlight.  This book feels like it's running in place and while James Tynion continues to push the Victim Syndicate, he's not making them interesting enough for me to care.  Miguel Mendonca's art was really good, but pretty art doesn't always make a good issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC Comics and many creators get together to celebrate 1000 issues of Batman in Detective Comics, yet it didn't feel like much of a celebration.  The issue had an odd focus at times, and most of the stories went on a bit too long, and were not very memorable.  Most fans will find something to like here, but they may have to search a bit more than expected, and because of that, and the price tag, I can't outright recommend this as a must-read.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another Doomed issue that was fun yet frustrating. I really wanted this book to succeed, but Scott Lobdell's insistence on developing every character but his lead just killed any chances of that.  Sure, there were other problems, but you can't expect a brand new character to thrive all on it's own.  This book has one more issue to go before it fades out of everyone's memory.  Even mine which is a shame.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash 23.1 is an decent issue that seems like a detour to another title, not a great issue itself.  Grod is a great villain, but the issue doesn't add anything new to the mythos.  Grod fans should enjoy this issue, but others can pass without missing anything essential.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson continues his slow burn Godspeed story, but the forced nature of relationships in this book is starting to bring me down.  The issue ends with a pretty emotional and heart wrenching cliffhanger, but after so many issues, I want to knwo what's going on and move forward with it.  Is that too much to ask?  I think not!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Godspeed arc closed with a whimper and after all the setup, I felt a little cheated and a little disappointed.  Everything is left open to return to later, but right now I am just glad to move on.  If you've been waiting for Wally to step up his game (like me) than you will get enough here to justify the purchase.  Other than that, this whole series has been to much "meh" for my tastes.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson pulls a buzzer beater this week and turns a loss into a win with one final page.  I can't ignore how bad parts of this issue were, but it ends with something that has me so excited going forward.  Despite my score, I am back onboard with this book and I hope Williamson uses this opportunity to give fans the book I hoped he would from the very start.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may not have wasted all the momentum going into it, but it didn't use it to it's advantage either.  Unfortunately, we were left with what I thought was the weakest issue of this arc and while the cliffhanger promises a good time to come, it kind of made what came before it meaningless.  I liked the art enough, but overall, but it couldn't save this issue from being just slightly above mediocre.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson starts a new arc and while some of this series' old problems stick around, I want to see what happens from this point on.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a very fast read that is a bit thin on overall story, but it has a very big moment that might lead to some interesting things coming up.  I liked the art a lot and if you are a fan of Wally West (either of them actually), you might want to pay attention to this book even before the Flash War begins.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issues seemed more intent on retroactive explanations and setup than pushing the story forward and that's a shame.  I can't wait until the Flash War hits, but I also like Grodd who barely appears here.  The art was great, but as a single issue, this was disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Next up is the Flash War and I can't wait.  I can't say this prelude pumped me up more, but it didn't ruin my enthusiasm.  Plus, we get some intriguing things going on with Wally that I can't wait for Williamson to develop more.  The art was up and down, but in the end, this is a decent issue of The Flash.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson is still my favorite book out right now, but this month's issue tried my patience a bit.  The usual great dialogue and exciting storytelling were MIA and even though the issue sends the book off in some cool directions, I found myself very close to bored.  I did love Mikel Janin's art, but this is the first issue of Grayson (besides the Annual)  that I would not recommend to anyone and everyone. That would make me sad if I wasn't dead inside.
View Issue       View Full Review

While we get some answers in this issue, it is mostly setup and is unfortunately filled with forced, over the top cheesy dialogue.  The art is great, but that can't save what is easily the worst issue of Green Arrow since Rebirth started.  I still love the book and look forward to the next issue, but I am hoping that Ben Percy rights the course before everything goes way off course.
View Issue       View Full Review

The first arc of the Rebirth Green Arrow comes to an end and instead of going out with a BANG! it just kind of ends.  It's not that I didn't like what Percy gave us, it just didn't seem big enough after the buildup.  Juan Ferreyra's art was outstanding, however, and the issue ends in very familiar territory...familiar, but very interesting.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Hard Traveling Hero story begins with a Flash/Green Arrow team-up that felt off and not much story to write home about.  The pieces are in place to hopefully give us something more going forward, but this start was a disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

With The Green Lantern: Season Two #5, Grant Morrison finally gets the overall plot moving forward, but there is still some work needed to decipher it.  Liam Sharp's art is excellent, but the changing art styles and the loose narrative make everything feel like a wacky experiment instead of an important book.  This is the only Green Lantern book on the shelf nowadays, and sometimes I'm starting to think Morrison and Sharp are taking advantage of that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps Annual #2 is disappointing.  The ingredients are there for a satisfying meal, it's just they are thrown together in a confusing way.  I want my pizza.
View Issue       View Full Review

Although the art is amazing, I am just not really a big fan of the story. That does not mean that I hated it either. The overly romantic elements that control the narrative are just not for me. A few times the dialogue just felt repetitive and drawn out. This series may have been served better if it was shorter. The art is a slam dunk all the way through. Overall, I would say this series is okay. I will still be checking out the next story since there are elements here that intrigue me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Harley id big on jokes and small on substance.  I hate to use the term "filler", but this issue seems to be treading water until June when the story can kick off uninterrupted.  It still has great art and some real laughs, but if you skip it, you won't be confused when the book comes back in two months.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue might not get to Arkham Asylum to the very end, but it is a fun, action packed issue that is pretty much all filler.  It felt more like a commercial for the next issue instead of a necessary read, but Chad Hardin's art and some good one-liners made it less painful.  If you are a fan of Harley, you shouldn't be that upset, but if you are looking for Harley in Arkham, come back next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall this comic fits in with the rest in this series. If your really interested in all the mysteries surrounding Logan's return or if you are a fan of any of these villains then this comic is worth a read. If not then you could easily give it a miss. For myself, there are enough questions raised in this issue and the art is strong enough to raise the comic above being a money grab for Marvel. I'll be looking forward to issue #2 to read if Daken manages to escape the Zombies of Maybelle.
View Issue       View Full Review

This mini has been a pretty consistent book. The art is decent and Sina Grace obviously has a love for Booby, I just wish this series was a more self-contained story and not just feel like its a setup for the next series. Overall though, I wasnt upset that I decided to read this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

This week's issue of Infinite Crisis is one big, action packed fight scene between the World's Finest and Alexander Luthor.  It's all filler, but I liked it.  The Art was good and besides Batman's awful actions, I liked what Abnett gives us.  If this keeps up, I just may have to start recommending this book.  Fiddle-Faddle!
View Issue       View Full Review

I think this issue left me more frustrated than anything for this event. I was excited when the last issue ended. It was funny and interesting and left me thinking we would be getting answers. I leave this issue feeling the total opposite way.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:I was just so iffy with this chapter. The writing is really good. The art gets better only halfway through the chapter and then it's really good. However, it was a meaty chapter. I just did not like how fast Harley fell for this other Joker so fast, after we established how she's trying to restart her life in a Harley direction, not in Joker's. Her future self telling this story tells us how much she regrets it, but I think we needed more time to gradually get to her mistake.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter was a bit of a snooze fest. Selba's story seems to be getting a little side-tracked now and I really don't know where is is going now. The art from Sampere does continue to be good and very pretty to look at. Still keeps that #SexyHarleyTime trend in full force. I'd like to see more of Harley interacting with the actual Injustice story in this run. I get that it takes place during the first game's story and doesn't want to retell it, but I'd kind of like a little more of that.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was a little torn this week.  While I loved the art in this issue and there is some good old shocking deaths, the actual story doesn't really go anywhere.  Add into it a cliffhanger that seemed redundant and we get an issue I can't fully recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato ends the Injustice prequel comic with a bit of a whimper.  While I think he did a fine job getting us to the end (or beginning?!?), the whole thing seemed to hang around a little too long.  As a whole, I loved this series, really liked Year Five and was slightly disappointed by the ending.
View Issue       View Full Review

The beginning and end of this book were strong.  We get to see why Lex is going to war and how smart Batman is.  However, the middle part of the book is not only bad, but goes against what we saw last week.  The end result is the same, but it still bothered me.  Mike S. Miller's art was the best he's done on this book, but in the end, I can't recommend this issue.  I haven't lost faith in Buccellato's story, but I'm starting to worry.
View Issue       View Full Review

It pains me to say it, but this is yet another underwhelming issue of Injustice.  Year Three started out strong, but it's starting to hint that the overall story is running a bit thin.  I have faith in Tom Taylor to turn it around, but he better do it fast.  I hope the story and art improves quickly so I can get back to loving this book and singing it's praises.
View Issue       View Full Review

Not as entertaining as I had hoped for the first meeting of these two intellectually intriguing characters. Hopefully we have gotten the first date fight jitters out of our system in this issue and next, we can get some more inspirational collaboration directed towards the big bad.
View Issue       View Full Review

Shea Fontana jumps onto the Justice League book, but with generic characterizations, cartoony dialogue and a forgettable story, I can't really recommend it.  Still, the art was great and I still liked it more than what we've gotten from most of this series since Rebirth.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom DeFalco and Tom Derenick jump on Justice League and give us a story of terrorists vs freedom fighters, but it's all about Jessica Cruz and that's fine with me.  Sure, this feels like an inventory issue or even something from an Annual, but it's better than what we usually get in this book.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Snyder and Tynion have some crazy big ideas going on in this issue, but most are left to be explained later...with a lot of what we've already got in this series.  The art felt rushed in this issue and while I am still interested in the big picture, I need some answers soon to keep recommending this.  I'm still on board but I'm starting to wonder if it's for the creative team more than for the story they are telling in the here and now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder ends his Justice League story, and while it makes me very hopeful for the future, it has me disappointed in the here and now.  Everything ends so quickly and then doesn't end at all.  It makes this entire run feel like a setup for the next more significant thing, and while I understand how this sort of thing works, that doesn't mean I have to like it.  I still will recommend reading this issue, just not for a satisfying conclusion to this Justice League story. 
View Issue       View Full Review

In Justice League 300 #1, Giffen and DeMatteis do a good job at throwing us into a future world where we get to discover what is going on as it happens.  I really like the setting, but the jury is still out on the Justice League itself.  The art is a bit inconsistent and the relationships between League members is already getting on my nerves.  Despite these complaints, I am still looking forward to next issue to see the mystery of this new/old Justice League unfold.
View Issue       View Full Review

This new direction of JLU feels exciting and fresh even while I can't  explain everything that's happening.  I enjoyed seeing the diverse characters join together, the ending had me a bit confused.  It was enough to have me curious for next month, but I hope we learn a lot more then.  The art of Travel Foreman is top notch and I am cautiously optimistic for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

It seems that I am one of the few people who have enjoyed this book since it's DC You switch, but this issue may be a case of too much of a good thing.  Jeff Parker goes out of his way to throw a ton of characters at the reader and while they are some of the coolest in DC history, the story suffers.  In fact, we really don't get much of a story as we fly from scene to scene and explosion to explosion.  I enjoyed Paul Pelletier's art, but even he seemed to struggle to keep up with the chaos.  All in all, this was an okay issue that might be crumbling under it's own weight.  Still, I will be sticking it out until the end and am interested to see how Parker wraps it all up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League vs. The Legion of Super-Heroes #2 continues to set things up but in a good way.  At the same time, I wonder what Bendis will be allowed to reveal by the end.  While some of the dialogue throws off the characterizations in the book, it looks great and has enough going on to keep me curious.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Incarnate #3 is about meta-spectacle, and while I like having fun as much as the next guy, I need Williamson and Culver to tighten the screws on this book quickly because it feels like it's about to fly off the rails.  Maybe I'm just looking for something that isn't there, but this should be the big book at DC Comics right now, but it sometimes doesn't feel like it knows that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League: Last Ride seems to be limping to the finish line, losing more and more momentum as it goes on.  This should be a big and exciting story, but the pacing is way off, and nothing ever gets a chance to shine.  The art is good, but it hasn't been as good as I was hoping it would be with two issues remaining.
View Issue       View Full Review

I still give Bryan Hill and Juan Ferreyra full credit for getting me interested in Killmonger, but I wasnt as fired up at the end of this issue as I was after #2. Hill slows things down a bit to set us up for the last two issues so I understand why, but I just hope he comes out of the gate hard next issue and gets me fired up again! Yea, I am selfish and it is all about me!
View Issue       View Full Review

There is a great story here but my fear is that its potential will escape Bendis, much like Aquaman's trident abruptly escapes the possession of the Legion at the end of this issue - (interrupting both Superboy's orientation and the reader's welcomed enlightenment on the backstory of this beloved team).  Given how much time was focused on the first three issues on acquiring the trident, having it stolen back by unknown forces off-panel is frustrating, to say the least. Nonetheless, “Long Live the Legion”.  My Frichtman tag says “Comic Boom” and I award this issue a: 
View Issue       View Full Review

The climax of this issue is one that is somewhat predictable but welcoming as the good guys get a much-needed win, and New Earth receives what it needs to begin a new millennium; hope and renewal. Given the current state of the world right now, I allowed myself multiple reads, stare lovingly at Sook's rendering of Saturn Girl, drink a cold glass of water… and smile. Long live the Legion!  
View Issue       View Full Review

In this series, the art and inks continue to be gorgeously rendered by Ryan Sook and Wade Von Grawbadger, respectively. The multi-plotted complexity of what hints at a Darkseid presence, coupled with long-delayed revelations concerning Rogol Zaar and Mon-el's background, suggests that there might be something worth waiting for in the future. Just don't hold your breath.  Bendis has proven he has no qualms disappointing readers, whether by aging up a fan-beloved Jon Kent, screwing up Young Justice, or squandering a yearlong Superman storyline that began with Man of Steel. 'Hope' no longer springs eternal in the present DCU. Here's hoping that the future holds more promise. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Abnett gives us an action-packed fight-filled issue that is over way to quickly because not much happens.   Lan Medina and the art team make it all look great, but this kind of padding in a six-issue mini should never happen.  You can probably skip this one and jump back in with no problem next month or just trade wait on this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Midnighter was one of my favorite new books of the DC You and while that's still the case, my enthusiasm has gone down a bit.  This issue is pointing towards the type of ongoing story that we've seen too many times before (most recently in Grayson and Lobo) and in a book that promised something very different, that's a bit disappointing.  I give Steve Orlando kudos for not giving this issue a forced happy ending, but in the end, the story and the art were just okay.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is far from perfect, but the cliffhanger promising a villain should give this book the focus and direction it needs. While I still find Steve Orlando's dialogue close to laughable and Midnighter a tough sell as a character, I enjoyed this issue. Aco's art was really good and by the end, I was kind of looking forward to next issue. I realize that's not a huge compliment, but baby steps people...baby steps.
View Issue       View Full Review

After the really good #0 issue, this one was a bit of a disappointment.  Kyle Higgins slows things down, but that really isn't what the Power Rangers are about.  Hopefully, the character work he lays down here will pay off eventually, but it left me feeling let down in the here and now.  Everything else suffers from the halt in momentum and while I'm still onboard with the series, I hope things pick up next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King and Mitch Gerads give us a penultimate issue that has big moments that are sure to have fans of the series drooling.  I have been vocal about not loving every single page since issue one, but I even got swept up in the mayhem this month.  It's not shocking to say that if you have loved this series so far, that probably won't change...except for what we find out by the end of this issue.  The jury is still out and I will continue to wait for the entire series to end next issue before declaring this anything but one of the better issues so far. 
View Issue       View Full Review

New Suicide Squad is more of the same, a fun, action filled romp that lacks a solid story.  Sean Ryan has done a fine job making this new team enjoyable, but after four issues I want more.  Hopefully, the ending tease and a new setting will do the trick.  I hope so because I really am enjoying this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I really liked how Sean Ryan is fleshing out Boomerang, this issue was mainly setup.  There are some interesting things presented this month, but the reader will have to come back to see how all of it plays out.  The art was workmanlike, but I think it was due to the nature of the issue, not the skill of the team.  I am still up for this arc, but this issue was only a little better than middle of the road.
View Issue       View Full Review

I know it seems as if I hated this issue, but I didn't.  I was just disappointed.  I love Nightwing, especially this Chicago arc.  This issue just ended too quick and easy.  Great looking and action filled, but still too quick and easy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #92 has some things to like, but unfortunately, they are the same surface-level fan service stuff we keep getting.  It looks fantastic, but we should be well past trying to convince everyone how great Dick Grayson is.  Hopefully, the cliffhanger hints that we will get some story progression soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Whether you like this Annual will probably come down to whether you enjoy Tom Taylor's Nightwing run. You get an origin for Heartless and a lot of Fan-service moments. Plus, we again find out that Dick Grayson is a great guy overall. If that's enough for you, you will probably love this. I liked it enough but was left wanting more.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it's a shame that this ending felt so rushed, I can still recommend this series to fans of Nightwing and elseworlds stories.  The art in this issue was really good, I just wish Kyle Higgins was given a couple more issues to tell this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a new Punisher reader, I expected a little more over-the-top action, but instead, Becky Cloonan continues her slow burn, character driven story.  That's not a bad thing, but after three issues, it's starting to feel like the story is moving way too slowly.  Steve Dillon's art is good, but it feels like he is being handcuffed a bit by the slow paced story.  I am going to continue with the book, but I can't say that I'm holding my breath waiting for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While we get a bit more of Artemis' background and some information on the Bow of Ra, this issue felt a bit to much like filler to me.  This is easily my least favorite issue of this series so far and while I'm sure Lobdell will rebound quickly, I'm here to grade this issue and it is just above average to me.
View Issue       View Full Review

As the miniseries nears its conclusion, this penultimate issue offers up the big action spectacle we've been building up to. Sadly, some questionable fight tactics and an oversimplified ending left me wanting a bit more out of this final battle. Thankfully, the great art and a fun Team RWBY/Team JNPR face-off kept me engaged during this relatively quick read. Nevertheless, there are still some unanswered questions, and hopefully, the final issue will satisfyingly deliver them.
View Issue       View Full Review

After some really cool setup, this arc comes to a close way too fast. The big threats are either taken down or get away with little effort, leaving our heroes with nothing much to do by the end except leave themselvesto fight another day. I am still a fan of this book, but thats another reason this was so disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

On my first read, I wasn't a fan of this book, but I like it more the more I read it. It's not a perfect issue by any means, but it humanizes a super powerful character and sets up what seems like more action and story progression moving forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still interested in this series, but after the last issue, I was ready to love it. This issue spins it's wheels a bit and while I would love to see more Shuri/Groot and Rocket together, I wish the overall story here was stronger. Shout out to Aretha Franklin lovers everywhere, but if this book is going to garner any respect, Nnedi Okorafor needs to get things moving forward quickly.
View Issue       View Full Review

We're given a setup issue introducing our two main characters and building the foundation of the plot. Things turn harsh very quickly and the plot turns into a revenge story. The content in the series may not sit well with some readers. But if you are a die hard Slayer fan, you might want to pick up this mini-series to put with your Slayer vinyl collection. Nonetheless, go pick up this comic and judge for yourself.
View Issue       View Full Review

A by the numbers affair that until the final page does little to move the story forwards. The final twist, however, could mean big things for the future of this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Unless you're really a die-hard fan of Spidey/Deadpool or of unique comic book art, you can consider passing on this. Nothing in this issue adds to our current ongoing narrative between Deadpool and Spider-Man if you're here for canon or the story. This simply serves as a fun intermission in the series while the regular creators get back on pace with the main story.  
View Issue       View Full Review

In short; Star Lord #8 lies somewhere between decent and good enough entertainment to justify a look if you're a fan of any of the characters represented here.  I don't personally have those connections, therefore, the emotional impact playing out on the pages just didn't hit me at my empty core. The premise just didn't pull me into the book like I initially thought it would. However, there is still a lot to like here and longtime Guardians fans will enjoy the progression their characters get. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a decent issue in a series that is trying desperately to gain it's footing. Palmiotti and Gray push the story forward and give us some good character development, but I'm still not impressed. I think there is room for a mature book in the New 52, but things better heat up quickly if this is going to be the one that lasts.
View Issue       View Full Review

Stormwatch #27 is the best of Jim Starlin's run so far.  Plot points are coming together and for the first time I'm looking forward to next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

After such an intriguing start to this arc, this issue is a rush to the finish line and just feels rushed and forced.  I love the idea of Jon joining the Teen Titans, but this really isn't the book to give us that.  I loved Jorge Jimenez's art, but this issue fell flat for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Maybe it's because this book is ending soon, but I expected a lot more from this issue.  It looked great, but the story was mostly action with a bit of setup sprinkled in for good measure.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #10 suffers from being too user firendly. It's not bad, but suffers from too much recap and catchup exposition. Even so, Charles Soule still manages to push the story ahead and I can't wait to see the fireworks when SuperDoom gets back to Earth.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue was all setup, I did like hearing Superman explain why he had a secret identity.  Why he doesn't just call a press conference and explain it to the world is beyond me, but I'm glad we got it and I really enjoyed his reasons.  While the art was consistent throughout, the story was a bit confusing and forced at times. I'm not sure who is really on Clark's side at the end, but I am actually interested to find out.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the concept of this issue sounds cool enough, the reality was a filler issue with pacing problems that didn't let any of the moments have the impact they could have.  On top of that, I was a bit confused with the cliffhanger and what it actually means going forward.  I'm sure someone will school me on it, but I don't know if I'll like it even then.
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter Tomasi pushes Superman's story forward and while it felt hurried and forced, at least we are seeing the light at the end of the tunnel.  I liked Doug Mahnke's art, but this issue just blends (fuses?) into all the others and that's not a good thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was my least favorite issue of whatever DC wants to call it so far.  At the end of the day, this issue was just setup and really didn't need to exist to keep the story moving forward.  We get a forced reunion between Clark and Diana, a power and a character I hoped we were done with and the newest Superman back on the streets.  I am still enjoying this crossover, but my enthusiasm is fading a bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been looking forward to the Doomed event, but I came away from this issue disappointed.  Doomsday is a characterless brute and Superman is just going through the motions.  Ken Lashley's art is unnecesarily confusing, but at least the book ends in an interesting cliffhanger.  I can't recommend this to anyone not already ready all the books involved.  If you aren't, just pass on these issues and wait until Geoff Johns and John Romita Jr. start on the book next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #31 ends the Gift of the Sureen arc, but just feels like a letdown.  While the book expands on the Swamp Thing mythos and looks great, nothing gets resolved.  Maybe it's unfair to say, but i expect more from Charles Soule.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was alright, nothing over the top fantastic. I'm just tired that all Solstice has to do, is be Kid Flash's girlfriend. Now we have to new members of the team, so she'll have even less to do. Super Boy hasn't done much in awhile, and Wonder Girl with the exception of taking charge while Red Robin was kidnapped by the Joker, hasn't had much to do since her origin story around issue #11. We're just having a lot of characters that are being under utilized. Now I don't know what I would do with that many characters and make them all interesting, but luckily that's not my job. I've liked almost everything that Scotty Lobdell has done with this series, hopefully he can bring back the freshness and keep people reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoyed reading this issue, but in the end, nothing much happens.  It does set up a pretty cool battle in the next issue and I loved how Will Pfiefer sets up the two teams against each other.  It reminds me of an 80's teen movie and that is meant as a huge compliment.  If that promise is fulfilled in the coming issues, my score for this book will go up for sure, but unfortunately, I can't give this one a high recommendation just yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Liam Sharp is truly talented. The issue was solid and to be honest there is nothing wrong with it, but this far into the series you'd expect the heroes to start finding answers and not more questions.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all, I thought this was ok, pretty much standard fare for a first issue, I don't want to be clichd about this, but if you liked the crow you will probably like this. For the rest, it is hard, to sum up, if you didn't go through a nihilistic phase in the 90s where you wore black nail polish and black lipstick there is a good chance you were never that enthralled with gothic scene anyway, and because this book captures the essence of the crow quite well it might not be for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

Denys Cowan, Bill Sienkiewicz, and Chris Sotomayor really steer this issue. They set the tone for what should be a great series. If you can't enjoy the story, at least we have a great artbook. And also, out of all the names Vic Sage could have made for himself “living in the past” he chooses Victor Szasz? Clearly, the man has never seen Back to the Future.
View Issue       View Full Review

As this issue sees a slight change in dynamic between the characters, there is a slight dip in quality as that adjustment takes place. It remains a solid issue though and moves the story along pretty well. If you've been enjoying the series up to now then I think it will continue to hold its attraction for you, and will carry you through confidently enough to the next issue. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a middle of the road issue that didn't upset me, but didn't really impress me either.  The Thunderbolts vs the Squadron Supreme brought the action, but little else.  In the end. it seemed to be a place holder until next month's big Civil War tie-in issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's no surprise that Francis Manapul takes Diana and the Trinity to Themyscira, but everything was so rushed, that it barely made an impact.  The cliffhanger was interesting and the art was awesome, but I can't recommend this book as of now.  I just need more and I hope it comes soon because I am loosing interest in this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue looks fantastic, but any accolades will stop there.  The story is weak and confusing and somehow the end of the world just ends up being small.  Not recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a ton of action the past few months, Gerry Duggan delivers a more low-key issue where not a lot happens, but it's still fun enough. It's a very quick read and Pepe Larraz's art looks great as usual, but it did leave me wanting a little bit more of an idea of where this story is headed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #24 was an average issue.  It seemed like a filler issue preparing for greater things down the line.  Wonder Woman spends most of the issue on the sidelines which is a pity.  If you like gods bickering with each other and decent art, you may enjoy this issue.  I will wait and hope for better next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Readers get two stories in this annual and while the art was great in both, the first story felt rushed while the second felt unnecessary.  I don't know which is worse.  I do know that I can't recommend this Annual except as a way for readers to wrap up the War-Torn story arc and look at the pretty pictures.
View Issue       View Full Review

G Willow Wilson kicks off her run on Wonder Woman by fixing some things that needed fixing and setting up a cool cliffhanger.  I was really hoping this issue would knock my socks off, but they remain on my feet for now.  This is an okay issue where I was expecting a great one.  I think we will get to the latter point, just not yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm still on board, doubly so if Lupacchino stays on for art, but I need to see more plot progression next time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman is one of the biggest characters in comics and her book deserves to be an important part of DC's lineup. We aren't there yet – and part of me feels like I'm talking myself up here – but I am legitimately curious as to if this story can get us there.
View Issue       View Full Review

Everyone who has been reading this book since Rebirth started will probably have a smile on their face reading this issue.  Well, maybe not the entire issue as things slog along to get to the big parts.  This book is missing something and I hope G Willow Wilson figures out what it is before it's too late.
View Issue       View Full Review

I realize we are only two issues into Mariko Tamaki's run, but things are already starting to drag a bit.  The art is excellent throughout, but Tamaki brushes aside important scenes too quickly, and the book feels smaller because of that.  I also didn't get a good feel for Diana this issue as she felt tossed from scene to scene and was never the focal point of any of them.  I hope things rebound because I liked the first issue way more than this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cabal and Woodard are proving to be one of the best art teams in the business right now, but their work is being let down by a meandering story that moves an inch per issue. I'm still on board till the end of this arc (cough: issue #6) but if Mariko Tamaki doesn't give me a more substantive story I'll probably drop the book. That would be such a shame because I was very hyped on this series going into Marvel's Fresh Start. I love our main characters and I wanted a book to just have fun with them in, yet four issues in and I'm not really having fun. This issue was better than #3 but not that much better.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I love Laura and Gabby and will pretty much follow them anywhere, this book is starting to let me down. Mariko Tamaki needs to step out of the All-New Wolverine shadow and give this Fresh Start its own identity. I hope it happens soon because this story while looking great, feels a bit stale.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't hate this issue. Just because Blindspot is back in the states with Daredevil. I didn't like this issue though, because this three issue arc just turned out to be a forced way to give Blindspot his eyesight back and to give him legal status in the U.S. Sam should have showed some care for his sister but he only cares about his villainous mother...Sad.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #3 does so much to get me on board with the series.  In fact, this is a better start to the series than either of the past two issues.  Dan Abnett and Szymon Kudranski finally show the promise of the crazy fun this book can give. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While it's nice to see new faces and mix up the Annuals Week format a bit, this New Talent Showcase falls a little short of the mark.  In general, the art is great, but the compressed nature of the stories doesn't let the writers (or readers) get comfortable with what's going on before they are spirited away to the next one.  It's not a missed opportunity, but it certainly could have been a whole lot better.
View Issue       View Full Review

A lot of exposition in this story, but for the most part it was all pretty fun. The story was dragged down by Starfire and Essence, which sadly was the majority of the book. Really I just want this story line to end because I'm tired of reading The Outlaws. I want Red Hood back. Until that happens I think this title is going to suffer.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had fun with the first issue of Amethyst, but not so much this one.  I still love Amy Reeder's art, but the story felt like we jumped issues ahead and then forced our way forward again.  The main narrative is simple enough, but the scenes telling it don't get enough time to breathe and end up not hitting as much as they should.  I hope the next issue (whenever that will be?!?) gets back to the good stuff we got from the opening issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #29 is one of the better issues in a long time.  Take that with a grain of salt, however, because the book has been pretty bad.  Sholly Fisch does write a good Catwoman, I just wish the plot was better.  With that said, fans of the book will probably be happy after reading it.  We are an abused fandom and even a little better is welcome.
View Issue       View Full Review

I guess this is one of those typical middling issues, enough teased out to keep you interested but never overplays its hand in what it will reveal. For the most part, I am still enjoying this but would probably have to give it slightly lower score than the previous issue as there wasn't much plot/action involved in the issue. It Doesn't rock the boat, but with four issues left, I am expecting some waves.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another okay issue that continues the Hard-Traveling Hero arc along in workman-like fashion.  It's not going to knock your socks off, but if you yearn to see Green Arrow team up with members of the Justice League, you may enjoy what is going on here.  I need more, but hey, I'm a bit of a jerk.
View Issue       View Full Review

Upon my first read through, the break out scene was enough to really invest me in the issue. However, when I read it again I noticed that it was not enough to keep my in the air. There were a lot of plot holes and many things never fully explored.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I understand why this issue felt so rushed and forced, it still was both.  However, Cullen Bunn continued getting this book closer to the Lobo book that most fans wanted which makes it more of a shame that this was the series penultimate issue.  In the end, the issue had great art and enough of a story to get me excited for next month when it all ends with Lobo going up against the Renegade, Hal Jordan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Not much bad to say about this issue good or bad, it was all set up for this arc. The artist did an amazing job showing emotions. My biggest issue is with the ending not drawing you further into the book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue though is a bit of high camp horror, and with Peter Cushing's horror background maybe that's just about right. Special mention goes to the beautiful cover art for this issue from the Dodsons.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:All that being said, it's still the Turtles, and a not great issue is still tons of fun, so if you usually enjoy this book, then, by all means, pick it up, just lower your expectations accordingly. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak struggles this month to get his book going after the events of Doomed.  While Clark struggled to figure out where Superman fits, I struggled to get through the issue.  While I didn't like the art at all, there were a couple things I liked out of the story to get me excited for where the book might head down the line.  However, if the cliffhanger is any indication, I'm worried about the near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue starts as a full out Truth recap and ends being a nice setup for the continuing story.  I liked the art for the most part and Pak and Kuder give us some great Clark Kent action.  I'm still dealing with a Truth headache and can't recommend this story...yet.  I like where things are headed and hopefully I'll be a fan soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

We have waited over eight months for a couple of things to happen in this massive crossover story arc and yes, the big one happens here.  While I am so happy it did, I hated the way it actually went down. Actually, I'm not even sure how it happened and that is not a good thing.  It's a shame because the rest of the issue was good and even with a ton of artists, looked good as well.  I wish I could say I loved this issue, but I'll have to settle for liking it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this was one of my favorite Batman issues in a while, I am pretty fed up with the lack of details in the storytelling.  This book has a very forced feeling to it and even though I really appreciated the callbacks to some loose threads, I was pretty bored will reading it. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Wonder Woman #30 is a forgettable issue that gets us no further in the Hunt for Robin story, but also seems like a missed opportunity.  I was hoping to learn more of Batman's relationship with Wonder Woman, but alas, we don't get much of that either.  Patrick Gleason provides strong art, but in the end, I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

After such a great #1, I couldn't wait for this issue.  Maybe I expected too much, but this setup issue had me disappointed and looking forward to next week for the rwrong reasons.  Nothing in this issue outright offended me, but nothing really grabbed me either.  I'm still fully into this series, but that's still the result of last week's issue, not this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

This prequel chapter is a great value that gets the job done, but in a quick and forced way. We don't learn anything new, but the art and dialogue make it well worth the price of a soda to read. If you are like me and want to get your hands on everything Batman v Superman, pick this up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Urban Legends #9 has two good stories, but unless you are an Azrael fan or can make something out of the Outsiders, there is an equal amount of hit and miss.  I liked the art throughout and enjoyed the sisterly interactions in the Batwoman story by Alyssa Wong and the brotherly love in the Sam Johns' Tweedle Dee one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #30 continues the Wolf Spider/Paintings Mystery story, but only pushes it forward a bit. That's not a huge problem since the villain and story are rather generic in the first place. I'd rather see more of Kate and Maggie's relationship and we do get a bombshell this month that will setup a story line that will be controversial and awesome.  Give me that and finish up with the Wolf Spider and I'll be just fine.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue did more for me than the last one, but it still left me wanting more out of the story. Natasha is always an intriguing character to explore, I just wish the story intrigued me as much as the character herself. It's not bad. It's just not fantastic either.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #35 is a strange title for me to review.  I can see how it could appeal to some people, but it just isn't my cup of tea.  I want a fun Catwoman and while this book is well written, it's not much fun at all.  I'm glad that Catwoman fans are finally getting a better book, I just wonder if this is the one they wanted.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tony Beadard really does the most with what he was given here.  The darker 90's Aquaman coupled with the Wildstrom villain, Deathblow, had no right to be this good.  I'm not saying it's a great issue, but I like how Beadard sets things up and makes everything fit.  I did not like Cliff Richards art, however, and that knocked the score down a bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Nights: Death Metal: Infinite Hour Exxxtreme! #1 wasn't as Exxxtreme or fun as I was hoping. It might be just the thing for Lobo fans clamoring for some Main Man action, but if you are not a fan, you may want to sit this one out.
View Issue       View Full Review

With a couple issues and an Annual left in this storyline, Priest puts some more pieces on the playing board and gets things set up for a big finale.  The art is great here, but the issue kind of stalls doing the legwork needed to go forward.  Not a bad issue, just not as great as what I've come to expect and figure we will get from here on out. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke Inc. #8 continues the Shadow War event but only pushes the story forward slightly.  Joshua Williamson seems to be stalling, and I'm getting frustrated.  However, I am still on board because the big picture story is intriguing, I just need more from each issue than we've gotten in the past two installments.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is hardly a throwaway issue to keep pace until Rebirth hits, it was just a setup issue for next month's finale.  I love the idea of having an actual mystery in Detective Comics and it's a pretty good one, but the timing of it is off and the character of Jim Gordon suffers a bit because of it. Fernando Pasarin and the art team do a kick ass job and even with my complaints, I'm interested in how it all turns out.  
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion starts off his Intelligence story and while it features Azrael, the issue is all about the cliffhanger.  Before that, it was a boring issue with really good art.  I am looking forward to what comes next, I just hope it gets a bit more exciting.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tynion started off Rebirth with a unique book that was one of the standout titles, but as I read this finale, it felt like he had grown tired of it all and so have I. I can't wait to see what he will do over on his Justice League Dark book, but I also can't wait to get excited about reading Detective again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hill does so much right in this issue and arc, but the lack of meatier story hurts it overall.  I still am into this run and want Bryan Hill on some sort of Batman book for a real long time, but I can't give this one top marks.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a little more than a placeholder until the big Button story and I mean a little more.  We get a forced story with Iris West investigating Black Hole, but it's all to set up the cliffhanger.  It's an awesome cliffhanger, but even that and Neil Googe's art can't save this from being just a minor bump in the road before the story everyone is waiting for.
View Issue       View Full Review

I thought this issue was interesting enough as it was pretty much a set-up for events to come. We got some nice action with some decent dialogue that kept the reader in the loop. the pacing was good and the art fine. I would read the next issue to find out what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

I will put my neck on the line and say I still liked this issue, it is definitely the weakest of the 3 so far, but this one was what can be described as necessary nonsense, the battle was there for the sake of action while we learned the rules of the game. I am still invested in this and would like to say where this is heading but I am dubious about the changes or the lack there of after this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Like I said, every Dick Grayson fan of any kind should read this book. Just don't start with this issue. That advice is not only because you won't know what the heck is going on, but this is the series weakest issue so far. The story and art both felt off, but the issue still showed the reader how great Dick is as a hero and a man. Grayson is still my favorite book, just not this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is full of fan service and social commentary and while I liked the former more than the later, neither made this a must read for me.  It's a shame because I loved the first issue of this arc, but this one made me feel like the story was already starting to drag after only two issues.  The art was good, but even that didn't wow me enough to recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Broken Arrow is underway and while this issue had some pacing and transition issues, I want Ollie to clear his name asap.  It looks like it will be a while more and the 9th Circle is making it even more personal.  I wanted more after the setup heavy Rise of Star City, but I think fans of this series will like what we get this week.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Bensons start their run on Green Arrow and while it is not the most original beginnings, they check most of the Green Arrow boxes and the Ollie/Dinah dynamic is solid.  The art is serviceable but doesn't do anything to make it stick out.  I am cautiously optimistic for the Benson's run, but that's more than I can say about a lot of books these days.
View Issue       View Full Review

Alright, let's wrap this up.  I loved the art but the story was okay.  The overly romantic tones are what really brought me down overall.  I think that this story has promise but I think the set up took way too long.  Some parts were pretty repetitive and drawn out.  I loved all the character guest appearances.  I enjoyed all of the light psychological concepts presented in this book.  Also, on a side note, I didn't really like Batman's joke.  In conclusion, am I going to read the next chapter?  Sure, I guess.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ended the first Gang of Harleys arc and while it wasn't perfect, I got a few laughs and Jimmy Palmiotti and Amanda Conner set up the book to be even better going forward.  Horatio Strong is getting the help he needs and the Gang has been thinned down to a manageable number as they head off to Tinseltown.  As long as Palmiotti and Conner take Chad Hardin and Alex Sinclair along for the ride, I'll be there too.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an odd start to a series, but it may be just what it needs.  A Groot book is a hard sell so there has to be more than just "I am Groot" going on and while there is that here, I am still wondering what that actually is.  I liked the art and while this is far from perfect, it was intriguing enough to make me come back next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a step in the right direction.  I love the team of The Flash, Cyborg and Zatanna and while Dan Abnett teased some great action, all we get this week is setup.  Tom Denerick's art is really good and he gives us the highlight page of the series so far.  I will keep reading this book, but I can't recommend it just yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #11 is one of the stronger issues in the series.  Dan Abnett gives us some really cool Mecha Superman moments and great dialogue from the Flash.  However, the story is still moving too slow to make the book a must read.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Frontier #1 feels big, but a lot of that isn't because of the actual story, but the shock and awe of the moments.  That said, those moments grabbed my curiosity, but I will need some more explanation and story for Joshua Williamson to get my attention going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has it's usual flashes of brilliance, but is weighed down by inconsistency.  We get a couple of shrouded hints and mysteries of what's to come, but the main reason to buy this issue is to see Aquaman and Mera fight Posiedon...I just wish the pacing was better.  I still came away with a better than average feeling and hope for the future of this book.  I can't help it, I'm a dreamer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Three #8 is a rare misstep in the series.  The elements I usually love are all there, but the execution was off.  The story and art were off this week, but I'm still looking forward for next week's issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Abnett jumps onto Justice League to show that Mera is a badass.  I'm guessing this issue was a leftover when the Aquaman book went monthly and was used to mask a delay in this book, but I've been wrong before.  Whatever the case may be, it didn't quite feel necessary, but the art and the Mera-centric story will please enough people out there, but if you are on the fence, i would suggest you skip it.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #5 has Firestorm and he is great, brutal fun. However,  the story barely moves an inch, but I am still a fan.  Raymund Bermudez and Wayne Faucher fill in on art and do a really good job.  I just hope this book picks up the pace because I want to see what happens sooner not later.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a guilty pleasure that looked great, but unfortunately ends this last full JLU arc with a whimper.  After so much setup, the ending was too quick and just lackluster.  However, I can still recommend it to anyone who likes a fun romp and can overlook things like story and plot.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I don't think this is going to win any new Kamandi fans, it was a fun enough issue that has a cool carryover concept.  The art was great between the two stories and it did make me happy seeing both creative teams working on something they seem to really care about.  It's hard to recommend this book to people, but if you like books that are a little left from normal, give it a shot.
View Issue       View Full Review

Despite my growing cynicism and indifference that underscored my forgetting to review the last issue, I am compelled to acknowledge that issue 10 has me thinking that maybe Bendis has a direction in mind for this series, after all. It might even qualify as a jumping-on point for new readers with a limited amount of necessary “googling.”
View Issue       View Full Review

Not a lot happens in this issue. We see how Richard gets involved with Wendell in the first place, but other than that we get a lot of filler here. Still, I'm on board to see how it all goes down. This series will read much better in trade is my prediction, but still, I'm scoring on what we are actually given in this issue, which is very little.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a slow little meandering dip on the roller coaster ride of emotions. Walker's characterization didn't do a sufficient job of convincing me that Tanner is crazy. He came off more slow in the head if anything. I was pretty much bored this issue. Even the cliffhanger was lack luster. I still have hope for next issue since it should start with a fight scene.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a crazy jaunt with Doom that may or may not be real, then I can recommend this to you. If you are as confused as I am about why we are getting these 2099 books, this isnt going to give you an answer. Still, it looks good and is worth a glance just for its depiction of Doom himself.
View Issue       View Full Review

I continue liking what Alisa Kwitney is giving us here even though this issue felt a bit more pieced together and rushed than the first.  If you like good character work and art with a magical twist, this book is something you should check out.
View Issue       View Full Review

In spite of the history and nature of this story, this was a decent mini-series that may have felt rushed and forced at times but still made me smile at points.  With the proper time to grow and develop, this may have been really good, but as it is, it was a quirky book that tapped into the dark side of the DCU while also feeling like a comic book equivalent to Harry Potter.  If those two things are your bag, check it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

How you feel about the conclusion will ultimately come down to how revelatory you expected the answers to the series' biggest mysteries be. We do get answers and we do get nice resolution with our main characters, but I found a lot of the answers to be of little value compared to the lengths of convolution that were wrapped up in the overall series. In the end I was happy with what we got but a little let down by the ultimate mystery, but as the story points out itself the mystery wasn't very big to begin with.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a step up from last issue, but still feels padded out.  I'd say it's setup heavy, but it doesn't really set up much.  My biggest complaint is the almost complete lack of anything interesting for Frank Castle to do, let alone the Punisher.  Hopefully that changes soon because I am getting very impatient waiting for something to happen.
View Issue       View Full Review

Secret origins #4 is another unnecessary walk down memory lane.  If you don't know the origins of any of these characters, go for it. All the writers and artists are good enough to make it worth your while.  If you know the stories already, there is not enough new bits for me to recommend this book to you.  It's all pretty much what you remember.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #11 was a fun one-shot with great guest stars, but bad art.  If you can look past the later I'm sure you'll have a smile on your face by the time you finish this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

I will not lie and tell you that this story is necessary for any fan save a total completist.  If you HAVE to find out about C3PO's red arm, then you should be satisfied by the end and get a couple of cool moments as a bonus.  If you are just in the mood for a good Star Wars story, there are plenty of others stories out there which will serve you better, but if you have $4.99 to spare and like C3PO or the droids in the Star Wars Universe, you may get some enjoyment here.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you've been enjoying Super Sons so far, you will probably like this issue though it's a step down from the first two.  I am not that invested in the Kid Amazo story and the fighting between Jon and Damian, which carried the first two issue, is getting a bit stale.  However, the art is fantastic and while I am still fully onboard with this book, I hope next issue gets back to where it was after the first two issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

In a book with not a lot going on, a full out setup issue was an odd choice, but I do like what looks to be coming in the near (and farther) future.  This issue had good art, but it also had pacing issues and not much forward momentum...yet.  I am all for what's coming, but still a little disappointed in the here and now.
View Issue       View Full Review

While still not perfect, this was a nice issue of Supergirl with some good character moments and really good art.  Sure, it was mostly about getting new readers up to speed (hopefully Jody Houser co-writing gets some) so those who have stuck with it may not be into such a recap heavy issue, but I am looking forward to the possibility of good things on the horizon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman and the Authority #3 was a down issue for me.  I am now worried that there won't be enough space for Grant Morrison to tell his story properly with just one issue left.  It's a shame because the art is terrific and there is something here. But, boy, I hope I am wrong.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman Unchained #6 is a letdown.  Scott Snyder is doing his best to tie things up before it's untimely end, so it's no surprise this issue feels a bit rushed.  That's weird to say because it took an extra couple of months to come out.  Jim Lee's art is the culprit for the delay, but the extra time doesn't seem to show. That my freinds is just disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sweet Tooth: The Return #2, available from DC Comics on December 9th, weaves an intricate tale of memories, revelations, and discovery. Lemire uses subtle storytelling to build an entire world at record speed without making the story feel rushed. The art is passable at best but it carries the story where it counts.
View Issue       View Full Review

Talon #17 is an OK ending to a really good book.  Though I thought Talon lost it's focus a while back, I still think it was a highlight of the New 52.  This issue ties up some loose ends and ties it in with the greater DCU. I just wish the story and art were as strong as Calvin and company deserved.
View Issue       View Full Review

While there is fun to be had here, this is hardly an essential read.  I still have faith that Yang will get things going and this issue looks great, but as of now, I still can't give it much of a recommendation except to people already reading it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue gets points for concept, but loses some of those in execution.  James Robinson has a wonderful idea going in, but the Trinity's voices feel a bit off and the story is forced to hit the ground running.  I am looking forward to the next issue since the cliffhanger promises some old-school fun, but can only cautiously recommend this for those on the fence with this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #39 continues to be a book that just doesn't get everything right.  I love David Finch's art, but the story is far from engaging.  It has the pieces to get there, they just aren't falling into place.  I hope they do because Wonder Woman fans deserve it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #22 started out fun, but after seeing the first meeting of Wonder Woman and Veronica Cale, it falls a bit flat.  The art was just okay and while I didn't hate what we got here, I expected more coming so close to the end of Greg Rucka's run on this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Year of the Villain: Hell Arisen #3 talks a good game, but you'll have to come back next month to find out if it's all worth it.  Tynion is doing his best to convince the reader that this is a big story, with guest stars crazier than the last and crazy twists and turns, but it just hasn't reached that level with me yet.  The art was good enough, but unfortunately, so was the story and something that's supposed to tie up so much a send us to bigger and better things needs to be better than "good enough".   Here's hoping it all ends on a high note in next month's conclusion.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #1050 feels more like a zero issue than a celebration. It does right some big wrongs, but overall, it doesn't have me more or less excited about the upcoming Superman Family of books than I already was. Plus, The artists involved did not fit the story well, and they clashed with each other.
View Issue       View Full Review

The First Ally story continues with some twists and turns, but before a crazy cliffhanger there is a whole lot of exposition.  Scott Snyder wants to make sure the reader gets the pirate connections in his story and while it plays out pretty well, it also ruins the pace of the story a bit.  I'm still intrigued and excited to see how this story plays out, but this issue was a bit of a downer compared to the ones that came before it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is mainly setup for a bunch of new storylines, but it's really all about Barbara's failed attempts to lead a full life on both sides of the cowl.  While the pacing was off and the story kind of makes itself inconsequential at the end. I liked the art and am looking forward to seeing where everything goes.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual is not a necessary read for anyone, Batgirl readers or not.  It was fun, however, and great to see Batgirl interact with some of my favorite Gotham characters.  There were a truckload of artists on this issue and while it was a mixed bag, I enjoyed it for the most part.  If you can't get enough of this new Batgirl, go out and grab a copy of this Annual.  If you are looking to jump into Batgirl, go back and pick up the last two issues of the regular run.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Night of the Monster Men is upon us, but all I can muster up is a lukewarm response.  Steve Orlando sets up his story here and while there isn't anything "wrong" with it, I find myself not really caring either way.  I did like Riley Rossmo's art. but if things don't heat up quick, I will likely check out until the regular run is back underway.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't quite call this issue disappointing, but if you are looking for answers, you may disagree with me.  Joshua Williamson gives us some huge Batman (Batmen?) moments and there are a lot of intriguing things going on, but with one issue left, it feels like the Button story hasn't really begun. Jason Fabok's art is stellar, but that can't stop me from wishing this issue and story in general was giving us more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Things are picking up a bit, but if you already know the Secret Six roster, you are probably getting as impatient as me waiting to get to the Fireworks factory.  The cliffhanger does point this book in an even bigger direction, but we have a bit of time until that goes down and I want to enjoy the journey as well as the destination.  David Marquez's art looks great, now if Joshua Williamson could pick up the pace a bit, we could have something special here.  Let's hope we get there soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am all for Williamson fixing the crap that Bendis did to Kandor, but I wish he allowed the moments to feel big before moving on to the next one.  It felt like everyone was in a race to get to the finish line first, and there's no winner when that happens.  I am looking forward to seeing where it all leads, but I hope we can catch our breath a little while we do.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue didn't do enough to change my overall opinion of this series, I enjoyed it enough not to get angry while reading it.  Ed Brisson doesn't give fans the answers we crave, but he twists things enough to make us look at the book in a different, more exciting way.  The art is standard fare with nothing to wow the reader, but nothing to offend him either.  I have enjoyed Brisson's two issues and while it's going to take a bit more for me to recommend this book again, it's heading in the right direction.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #27 is an okay issue with great art.  The overall story kind of stalled this week, but the seeds of some really important events were planted.  We also get even more characters thrown into the mix which is crazy in a book already packed to the gills with heroes and villains.  If you haven't been reading, I can't suggest jumping on this week, but if you have, there is enough here to enjoy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #31 is a non-stop action fest that looks great, but falls a little short for me.  I have enjoyed watching Luke Fox struggle between becoming a killer and a Bat Hero in the face of tragedy.  This issue throws that out for a big brawl.  Mind you, it is a pretty epic brawl, but one with little to no consequences (or real ending).  I really want more people to read this book because as a whole, it is great.  However, this is not the best issue Palmiotti and Gray have given us.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman in Space is a fun premise and that coupled with a pretty awesome team make for an issue that's high on mystery, but low on actual story.  I am excited to see the bigger picture in the near future, but I hope the art improves a bit because what we got so far was a little rough around the edges.  In the end, Marc Andreyko has me intrigues enough to come back next month to see how all this craziness came to be.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christy Marx has given us her best issue of Birds of Prey yet.  The story sets the team up for future conflict that is sure to be interesting and personal.  Unfortunately, the art is not very good, but the way things are going for this title I won't ask for too much.  Hopefully, being sandwiched between Villain's Month and next issue's Zero Year tie-in doesn't make readers just give up on the story and the book for good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #28 is an odd issue that feels forced to finish the current arc and make way for Future State while setting up a possible new story coming after that in March.  It wasn't a satisfying ending to Ram V's first arc, but it wasn't horrible either.  I hope Ram V continues in March because I like his Catwoman and want to see what he can do given the proper time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #33 gets the book ready for Fear State, but everything feels a bit rushed.  I still like what is going on in this book, but it all felt too cluttered in this issue.  I'm sure Ram V will straighten things out, but I can't give it high marks for now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a bit of a down issue that stalls the overall story as it sets up things to come. I am still hyped on this series, but this was my least favorite issue so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

After enjoying Unkillables and the Digital-First Hope at World's End more than the original DCeased mini, I was not that excited by the end of this issue.  The premise felt forced, and Tom Taylor goes back to the "shocking deaths" to push the narrative instead of the excellent character work he has been doing.  This first issue was a disappointment for me, but I will hold out hope the next issue can turn it around.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deadpool has been dealing with his own version of a Civil War, and while it's a pleasant distraction from the slog the main event has become, I look forward to the book more now that the team infighting has come to an end to see where we go from here. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue forced the plot along to get everyone on the same page before we get to the final battle coming up. I liked the art, but I hope we get some more story progression next issue because while crazy stuff is going down in Gotham, it's already getting kind of boring
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a bit of a let down for me after enjoying the last issue so much, but there are still things to like here.  Batman continues to do actual detective work and interact with some close allies and it all looks great.  However, the story felt a bit padded out to keep the big reveal for the cliffhanger.  I'm still into James Robinson's story, just not as much as I was going in.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a whole lot of setup getting us to the big #50 issue coming up next.  The story and art are both good, but the overall feeling I got from this issue was "wait until you see what comes next".  While that will definitely  get a return visit from me, it didn't leave me with the best taste in my mouth for this particular issue.  If you are a sucker for the Flash (like me), you will surely enjoy this issue.  If you have been waiting for something different, you might as well wait a little bit longer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson starts his sins of the Father arc by getting everyone up to speed and then slowly going forward.  Not a whole lot happens in the form of answers, but we do get Boomerang and the closest we will probably ever get to Crocodile Dundee in a Flash book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy puts the story on hold a bit to give readers and rescue and a fight.  It's a quick read that is full of excitement and isn't half bad because of it.  I wouldn't want every issue to be like this, but once in a while is fine.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I still have hopes for something special, this book seems content to coast to the finish line.  Jody Houser throws obstacles at our heroes, but they just seem to be there to take up time and space and so, never feel like a real threat.  The art by Adriana Melo is great and the cliffhanger promises so craziness next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an okay issue of Injustice and while I like a quieter issue now and again, I don't want it from this book.  It's still worth the $0.99 entrance fee, if only for Bruno Redondo's art.  It's tough to recommend this book to newcomers as it has a very long history behind it, but I can recommend it to people who bailed on the book recently.  Just come on back and enjoy the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

We finally get the moment we've been waiting for and even though the path to it was convoluted and silly, I liked this issue.  It can still get a lot better, but I'll just be glad I didn't hate it for now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #93 continues to give readers great interactions between its main characters and even a little development of the villain, The Heartless.  However, the overall plot progression still needs to pick up, and until that happens, I continue to like, not love, this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I still love the Omega Men and am so glad that it survived the chopping block.  However, I really need to get some real information of where this story is going soon because I don't want to give up on it and I fear that decision is drawing near.  I have been faithful through all of the whispers and mysteries  and I think I deserve something for my effort.  While Barnaby Bagenda's art is great, Tom King needs to step up the story and do it soon or I'm afraid that the fan outcry will turn into something less positive.
View Issue       View Full Review

Star Spangled War Stories featuring G.I. Zombie #2 is a decent second issue, but I'm worried it's not enough. A book with such a unique story (and deceiving cover art and name) really needs to get off to a fast start and it just hasn't. Fans of Palmiotti and Gray know to stick with it, but casual fans looking for a new book may just pass it by. I hope not, but I also hope this book picks up the pace and finds it's direction fast.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Final Days of Superman is over and while this finale didn't correct all of the problems I had with the entire arc, it ended in such an emotional way that I can almost overlook it all...almost.  While I still think pieces of the puzzle were taken out of the equation, Tomasi did his best to tie it all together and stick the landing.  I still have a ton of questions that I don't think will ever be answered (what happened to Jon's pets???), but I also have the feels and if anything, this issue and arc reminded me of how much I love Superman.  You hear that DC?!?!?  I love Superman!!!  Don't mess things up again! 
View Issue       View Full Review

Superwoman #10 dealt with the major thing missing from this book after Superman Reborn and while that was very necessary, it wasn't as fun as last issue.  I loved the art and am still on the trolley, I just hope this was a little bump in the road for Lana Lang and Team Superwoman.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a good jumping on point...maybe.  It really feels like a soft reboot, so if you get this issue, you just may be getting in on the ground floor of the new direction of the Teen Titans...or maybe not.  I'm really not sure just yet.  While this issue will undoubtedly piss people off who followed Will Pfeifer's run (as well as those who didn't like Lobdell's earlier one), I liked it for the art and the promise of something kind of new.  Maybe not better, but kind of new.  Considering how much I haven't liked this book, I'll take it.
View Issue       View Full Review

It would take a lot of convincing for me to stop thinking that this was a regular issue of Teen Titans with a few Robin War scenes forced in.  The problem with that is, the tie-in ruined what was one of the better issues of Teen Titans in a long time.  Ruined might be too strong a word, but after suffering through this series for so long, it just upset me.  Just be warned, if you are reading this only for the Robin War event, you'll be wasting your money.
View Issue       View Full Review

Rob Williams grabs the Dark Trinity baton and finishes the race...just a different race then the one we started months ago.  The focus changed and a fan favorite character joined in and it all ended with the promise of more to come.  I liked what we got here enough, but I'm not sure I need more.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a really quick read, and unlike anything, I have read recently. With the big 2 essentially stagnating this is a great chance to read something new. It's violent, graphic and there wasn't much substance to this issue. To be fair though, it seemed like the culmination of a fight teased much earlier I wasn't privy to. The art is very pencil heavy, but not to the point of whiskers. The earlier scenes in the snow before the violence happens is scary and vaguely unsettling which really works with the story.  Not the ideal issue to jump in on, but a quick and straightforward (I think)read. 
View Issue       View Full Review

After a rough start, I ended up enjoying this issue.  It felt big and important and even mixed in some feel-good moments to boot.  I am still not a fan of John Romita Jr's recent art, this included, but this is one of the better Bendis issues I have read in quite some time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #1024 is good when Brian Michael Bendis stops joking around and gets emotional with Superman.  The issue gets bogged down with the usual deluge of word balloons, but Bendis is setting up a Superman that is mad as hell, and I want to be around when he can't take it anymore.  John Romita Jr's art is better than it has been on this book, and that all adds up to a decent Superman issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a mixed bag of jokes, pop culture references and a piece of crap guy doing one of the most heinous things a piece of crap can do. It was a well-told story, just one that upset me more than entertained me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #40 gives us the Joker and the Man of Steel so what could go wrong?  Well, Max Landis' Joker seems a little to eager to prove his insanity, but Jock's art is stellar.  I hope the writing catches up next issue because if it does we'll have something really special.  For now, buy this issue and just stare at it...it's worth it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a fine issue, continuing the rebound from the last issue. I still want more out of it, but I think I've restructured my expectations now. This is a good book for what it is. I just wanted - and still want - more from it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you go into this book expecting the usual team book, you will be very disappointed. Instead, Mark Waid uses this Civil War II tie-in to explore the philosophical questions of "predictive justice" all wrapped up in a Vision story.  It looks great and feels important enough, but at the end of the day, it is a big setup issue and I have to rate it accordingly.  Vision fans will probably enjoy it the most, but even a hater like me didn't mind my time with it.
View Issue       View Full Review

All-Star Western stalls a bit this month.  Palmiotti and Gray give us Superman, but he seems forced into the book and is not very necessary.  The ending is a great setup for the next issue and I can't wait to see how Jonah gets out of his current situation.  I love All-Star Western and even a mediocre issue is better than most, I just hope and now expect more each issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this isn't exactly easy to jump into without havingread the previous Wildstorm run, it does give you just enough backgroundinformation to make the characters interesting. It's not a lighthearted storyby any means, and it's not trying to be. I personally like a little more fun inmy comics, but that doesn't make this a bad story by any means. It balancessuperhero powers and gritty realism really well, and is sets up a potentiallygreat story moving forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #30 has some interesting things going on, it's just a shame Jeff Parker concentrated on filler. Granted, it's a fun and action packed fight between Aquaman and Hercules, but the meatier parts lie with Triton Base and Mera.  I hope to see more of them next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are reading Aquaman, then you will enjoy this issue for what it promises down the road.  If you are a new reader, you will see this issue for what it is...pure setup.  Aquaman and Swamp Thing are supposed to be the draw, but I'm more interested in Mera and Triton Base.  I can't wait until Jeff Parker brings it all together, I just wish it was with a different artist.
View Issue       View Full Review

Atlantis Attacks doesn't feel big just yet as Greg Pak spends most of the real estate on recap and introductions for new readers to jump in. It does enough to get the story going, but not much else and while I am going to continue reading, it didn't jump up my pull list. Recommended mainly to fans of the Agents of Atlas book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I feel this story was only written to promote the Infamous Iron Man and Unstoppable Wasp titles. It had some good character moments. Waid can write the hell out of any character. I also like the voice Whitley gives to the Wasp. It was a little bit of a bait and switch if you ask me, but I had fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

A good, but a bit uninspiring first issue that introduces the large cast of characters and gets them up against the big bad by the end of the issue. This book looks fantastic and Ewing, Waid, and Zub do enough to keep me readingfor now.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Barbara not knowing or caring about the death of Batman was a major negative to me, I liked the rest of this issue.  It was fun and exciting and the Batman chasing down vigilantes (especially Batgirl) angle is so good.  We also get Livewire and it looks like she will be wreaking havoc in this book for a bit.  However, it all goes back to Batman versus Batgirl and the cliffhanger has me excited for next month's issue already.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brenden Fletcher turns off the lights on Batgirl's time in Burnside and while I can't say that this is a "must read" it was a nice ending that fans of Team Batgirl's run should enjoy.  Barbara is heading off to her Rebirth journey and Fletcher and Carlini throw her a going away party and all her fans are invited.  If you are looking for me at the party, I am definitely not the one with the lampshade on my head!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batgirl sends Oracle packing and even makes things right with Jason Bard in the process.  Cecil Castellucci ends the Year of the Villain story she was thrown into and sets up some stuff for her own stories coming up, but I wish it was a little more engaging.  I do look forward to seeing what she has in store for Babs and am so glad to leave Oracle behind.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jeff Parker returns for Batman '66 and while it is all good fun as usual, it feels too much like a filler issue to get too excited about.  The story, while not very fulfilling, is funny and all in good fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

If this issue was here just to show us all thatIan Edginton knows his characters then mission accomplished! I wish that was the case, but the story is pretty thin (Riggs?) and left me wanting a lot more meat to go with the cheese. I am chalking this up as just a down issue in a promising start to this crossover.
View Issue       View Full Review

Zero Year has become the coming out party for the Riddler.  Scott Snyder has made him so badass and dangerous.  This issue continues Nygman's rise as he outwits Batman over and over again.  Unfortunately, even with Scott Snyder's great writing and Greg Capullo's awesome art, I'm no longer enjoying myself.  I can't wait for next month, but mainly just to wrap up this story and get on to something new and exciting.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Nightmares continue and depending on what you are looking for, this may be a dream you don't ever want to wake from or just a reminder of what you didn't get.  Tom King uses this opportunity to show that maybe a failed wedding is a better one, but in the end, I liked finding out what Batman is up against...maybe.  Mikel Janin's art was great in this issue (maybe the best it's been in quite some time) and this one is sure to get people talking on the intranets.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #120 expands the mystery of both Abyss and Batman Inc.  Joshua Williamson is taking his time, and while I am still intrigued, I was hoping to get more from this issue.  It looks great, but I hope we get some answers to what is happening before readers lose focus or interest in this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #123 is an okay continuation of the Shadow War story.  I love that we get some Batman & Robin action, but most of the plot feels like it's being stretched to fill up the multiple books involved.  It does look like things are finally heating up by the end of this issue, and that has me looking forward to the next installment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman 2021 Annual #1 gives Ghostmaker fans one last bit of information before Tynion leaves DC Comics, and while I'm not sure we needed an Annual to do this, time had run out. The issue looks good and has some good action and interaction, but I'm just not sure it was necessary. I guess that depends on whether you needed more Ghostmaker in your life.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love the idea of a Batman Holiday Special and for the most part, I liked what we got here.  We get Ace the Bat Hound, a Scott Snyder Story and Harley Quinn's creator giving us...Harley.  We also get two other stories, but don't worry about them and decide if three out of five is worth $4.99.  I do.
View Issue       View Full Review

After the nonsense of the Truth story, I liked the fun approach of this issue.  Clark fighting Vandal Savage with the help of Bat-tech and some cool Bat Family members is my idea of a good time and as long as it continues, I will be reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #10 is the definition of an ok issue.  Not a ton happens, and the pacing is off at times as we slowly get to the all-important cliffhanger.  I love seeing the Ultra-Humanite since he doesn't make a ton of appearances, and I will be back next issue even though I'm not very excited right now.  Clayton Henry's art was good enough, and Joshua Williamson didn't piss me off.  I guess that's something, right?
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #12 is a wonky but fun setup to Williamson's Planet Brainiac arc.  I need a little more solid footing next issue, because while I love the Silver Age feel here, the overall story doesn't have much meat to it yet.  I liked Max Raynor's art, and love getting a Batwoman/Steel team-up.   I hope this is finally the arc that gets me fully interested in this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson continues to make Silver Age fun his top priority in a goofy issue that doesn't take itself too seriously. It's not a mind-bender, but it's not trying to be. If you are sick of the usual dark and dismal fare, you might want to check it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this event was great, it's a shame that the finale was the worst issue of the bunch.  After everything that Tynion set up, this issue felt rushed and forced.  I still liked it enough, I just didn't love it like the rest of the series.  However, Freddie Williams' art was as great as usual and it all combined to finish a crossover event that I didn't think I needed, but found out I so desperately wanted.  I hope this isn't the last time we see this awesome teamup.
View Issue       View Full Review

If this is the start of us getting Damian back, I'm all for it.  However, Aquaman seemed forced into the issue for no better reason than to have Aquaman in the book.  Just give us a new (or old) Robin so this book can get it's identity back.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Frankenstein does nothing to change my mind about the need for this book.  It feels too convenient at it's best and straight up forced at it's worst.  However, Batman and Frankenstein's interaction is so good that I want more of the two together.  Luckily, it looks like it will continue next month.  I hope Doug Mahnke is back as well because he made this book look so great.
View Issue       View Full Review

This wasn't the series best issue, but it was one of the better ones.  James Tynion gives us a heart felt Cassandra Cain history lesson and I really liked it.  While it may not have pushed the overall story ahead as much as I was hoping, it ended with a crazy cliffhanger that I'm hoping gets resolved soon.  If this weekly could maintain the quality of story and art found here, I'd gladly stick around for the second half of the story.  We can only hope.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I had some problems with this issue, I am still on the Eternal Express.  Lanzing and Kelly redeem themselves a bit in my eyes by giving us an issue that was fun and chock full of Azrael goodness.  If this continues, I'll forgive them for the shark repellent...maybe.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando gives fans a penultimate issue that may continue the problems that have plagued this series from the beginning (and even adds some new ones), but still left me more satisfied than I have been in quite some time with this book.  The art was great and the story gave readers some things they've been waiting for, but it did leave me wondering what we will get for a big finish next issue. Oh well, I'm just glad I enjoyed what we got here and will wait next week for all that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Well, it's all over and thankfully, Tynion let at least this reviewer walk away from it with a good taste in my mouth.  It may not have solved all the problems I've had with the series overall and didn't even end satisfactorily, but this issue was full of real emotion and most of the characters ended up in a better place because of the journey. Fans of the series will already be reading this, but if you stopped reading it, you may want to check it out to see how it all ends.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love having the books back and am glad that the limited release schedule is giving Batman and the Outsiders a little more attention than usual.  I wish, though, that this issue had a little more action to go along with the (mostly) good character moments.  Still, this issue sets up Ra's as a huge threat, and I am looking forward to seeing how Batman and the Outsiders can save the world from his clutches.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this chapter is not full of set pieces or explosions, it does what it sets out to do...set the tone for the Batman v Superman movie. The world has mixed feeling towards Superman and we see it inside this meeting room as some higher ups decide if they need to take a closer look as to who this Superman really is. This was the issue I was least looking forward to reading, but it may be the one that has the most information of what we have in store when the actual movie begins.
View Issue       View Full Review

With a new arc starting it's not surprising that this issue is a bit more setup than we've been used to, but after an exciting start, the issue gets a bit boring.  I hope that what we get pays off in the weeks to come, but for now, I somewhat enjoyed the story and loved the art.  I am still fully invested in this series and recommend it to anyone looking for a quality Batman tale.  Just start at the very beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it may sound like a cop out, a downer issue of Arkham Knight is still better than a really good issue of some other books out there.  That being said, not a whole lot happens in this issue including setting up next week's finale.  I'm sure Tomasi has something up his sleeve, but this issue doesn't really have me pumped for next week.  Granted, I'll be here reading, reviewing and probably loving it, but that's a story for another issue and review.  This week was a bit of a letdown.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue started a new arc, but Tomasi used it to finish up the last arc's loose ends.  I liked it, but it may be the first issue that didn't feel important.  It did end with a cool cliffhanger and Viktor Bogdanovic's art was top notch, but I still can't recommend this issue except to fans already fully invested in this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Black and White #2 is a very good book plus one horrible story. It's a great showcase for the various authors and artists to tell Batman tales without worrying about continuity and a good read for anyone interested in the Dark Knight. Please though, do yourself a favor and rip out Dan Didio's story and pretend it never happened. I wish I could, but like walking in on your Grandparentsgetting it onwhen all you wanted to do was pick up that apple pie you were promised (long story), some things can't be unseen.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is still a good book, the delays and a downturn in the story have cooled me off a bit on the series.  The art is still stellar, but this issue (and the fact that #4 is nowhere in sight) has got me a bit down.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Batman: Eternal pushes the story forward on a bunch of fronts, but I didn't enjoy it as much as last week.  It's not as fun and the art rubbed me the wrong way.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Urban Legends #10 is a mixed bag of good and bad, but that's pretty much par for the course when it comes to this title.  Meghan Fitzmartin continues her Tim Drake story and Tini Howard debuts with a Nightwing holiday tale.  Thow in the surprising good Tweedledum story and some good art, and I can recommend this, even if it is to avoid looking like a Scrooge during the holiday season.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #31 ends Andreyko and Haun's Wolf Spider arc, but everything takes a backseat to Kate and Maggie's relationship.  The Wolf Spider was a nice diversion and I hope to see him somewhere down the line, but I'm more looking forward to the custody battle looming on the horizon.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been dreading this moment since it became obvious it would happen.  Kate and Maggie's relationship was my favorite part of this book and now it's over.  It makes sense, but that doesn't make it any easier.  However, I'm more upset by the way this issue ended and the direction the book appears to be headed.  I guess we have to wait until October to see for sure, but I'm certainly worried about one of my favorite books.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman Annual #1 finishes up the loose ends of J.H. Williams' run on the book.  Marc Andreyko does his best, but it still comes across as someone finishing someone else's work.  Trevor McCarthy's art is really good and is by far the highlight of the book.  I recommend it for those wanting resolution of the Batman-Batwoman throwdown, but recent readers can stay clear and wait for Andreyko and Haun to get back to business next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am a huge Bill and Ted fan and while Brian Lynch and Ryan North show they know the characters and Universe, the story barely gets started before it ends.  The art was reminiscent of the cartoon which made me fall in love with it right away, but this issue didn't live up to my hopes for what this book could be.  I liked it, but I really wanted to love it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have enjoyed Bizarro up to this point, you will enjoy this issue.  I don't know that newcomers will find a great jumping on point this month, but if you are looking for a fun title that shows the lighter side of the DCU, look no further.
View Issue       View Full Review

Captain Marvel continues with a setup issue that ended with a bang. I hope Kelly Thompson keeps the excitement from the cliffhanger going next issue because while this issue looks great, it has some pacing issues throughout. I am still on-board but I am starting to need more from this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an okay issue, but after how much I liked the last one, I couldnt help but feel disappointed. I am still a big fan of this book and while I have been singing Kelly Thompsons praises, I will have to wait until next month to sing that song again.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a couple of down months, Gerry Conway finally has me interested in this book again thanks to some fun story progression. The end of this arc could either turn out to be really fun or really terrible. I guess I'll find out next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue had some things that fans of the last arc may not like, Frank Tieri is giving those who want Catwoman being Catwoman a lot to grab onto.  Tieri continues showing that he has Selina's voice down and Inaki Miranda's art makes everything look great.  The story has been fun so far and if we keep getting more great guest stars like we did this month, it should only get better.  Just have Selina pay Eiko a visit and make everything right and I will have nothing to complain about at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue fills in a bunch of things, I think it will read way better in trade.  As just a single issue, it kind of stalls the overall story, even as it sets up some things that I am looking forward to in the future.  The art is good and besides the pacing, this is one of the better issues of this series as of late.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #24 continued the last issue's fun but felt a bit rushed to get to the end.  Sean Murphy and Blake Northcott gave fans a good Catwoman/Selina, and Cian Tormey's art was excellent.  I only wish they had another issue to flesh things out more.  Still, this was an exciting little two-issue diversion before Catwoman's next run kicks off next month.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #40 is a good issue hampered by confusing moments and odd pacing.  I like what Tini Howard is doing with Selina and expect it to improve as she settles into the book and character more.       
View Issue       View Full Review

My boys want to read comics with action and adventure but they don't want to be scared or look at blood and guts. They want to love Champions, as well as I, I think you just need to hit a true target audience.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a letdown, but not because of anything Marc Andreyko did.  The restraints of the Convergence Event was to blame for what Andreyko didn't and couldn't do.  It's a testament to his storytelling that I wanted so much more and hope that someday we will get it.  Carlos D'Ando's art was great again, but in the end, this issue felt like another Convergence missed opportunity.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another odd somewhat tie-in for Booster Gold.  The crew was not involved in any scheduled fight, but the book feels more important in other ways.  In the end, the book just seemed like an excuse to get a major player involved and heading off to the Convergence finale.  A good looking and somewhat fun excuse, but also one with more than a few unacceptable errors.  In the end, I recommend it to those who have been following Booster and enjoyed last month's issue.  Everyone else should get involved at their own risk.
View Issue       View Full Review

While all the pieces seemed to be in place for another great issue, something didn't quite jive.  I'll chalk it up to yet another tie-in that felt rushed and forced to get to the Convergence finish line.  I still enjoyed the issue, but after loving the first one, this was a bit of a disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Abnett mixes up the usual Convergence formula to give us an exposition heavy issue that ends in a smart and emotional way.  It's a matter of the needs of the many outweighing the few and while that can fall into cliche, Abnett thankfully avoids that.  Like most other tie-ins, I can't recommend this to everyone, but if you read the first or are a Barry Allen fan, check it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

With the cliffhanger at the end of this issue, I am interested in seeing where this story is going. Charles Soule does a nice job of setting the table here and I am intrigued with the possibilities of how this story will evolve. Overall, there's some potential here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Charles Soule seems to be firmly in the driver's seat here and though there have been some peaks and valleys throughout his run on this title, I am greatly intrigued on how these events will shake out. There are several plot threads that have been laid here so this comes across as one of those setup issues. That's not saying that it's a bad thing at all. If you are a Daredevil fan, business is about to pick up in Hell's Kitchen.
View Issue       View Full Review

At first read I really like this story. Probably about a 7.5 out of 10. BUT... As I did my do diligent research since this is a #18, I went back and read as many issues of Soule's run as I could get my hands on and found out that this run is moving extremely slow. This is a part 2 of the Purple Man story and I didn't even notice that it was, till my second read through. Most of the time that is a good thing. It means the writer is keeping you well abridged of all the pertinent information. In this case though there has been no real pertinent information given out in months regarding the mind wipe of the worlds memory of Matt and Daredevil being one and the same.
View Issue       View Full Review

In my opinion though I think Soule and the colorist, Milla, could use a little help in the art department to sell issues. With a consistent artist or someone more dynamic this could be a fondly remembered run of Daredevil everyone would suggest picking up for years to come. Soule's writing and Milla's colors make this arc cohesive.
View Issue       View Full Review

I hope this next issue is back to the great Soule-man I've grown to love reading. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman and Batman join up to make things right, but I wish we got a couple more answers.  Still, this issue had some fun moments, and Greg Capullo's art is good.  I don't think this one will change anyone's minds either way, but if you liked issue #1, you should like this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder continues to give readers some big moments, but I am still waiting for them all to click in my mind.  While this issue felt a bit forced to make things even worse for our heroes, we have the ultimate reset button on the good guys' side, which has me a bit excited. 
View Issue       View Full Review

After so much setup and time spent getting to this finale, I was torn with how to rate this ending. It was rushed, but well paced. It was fun as hell, but frustrating in its lack of answers. It felt huge, but also like it was just a setup for more books to come. In the end, however, it finally gave me what I thought was missing since the first issue and it looked great and can be enjoyed by anyone who wants an issue where their heroes come together to save the day against crazy odds.
View Issue       View Full Review

Why the heck is Huckleberry Hound even in this??? If this was an annual with his part being replaced by some random washed-up star that they made up for just one issue then I'd probably give it an 8. Instead, they made this a crossover with a headlining Hanna Barbera co-star... who basically did nothing. There was no point in having this specifically feature Huckleberry Hound. For that, I'm taking a point off.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC Vs. Vampires #5 is a down issue in a great series.  You'll have those now and again, but at least this sets up what should be a banger next issue.  Fight scenes dominate the issue, and unfortunately, the art makes a lot of what's going on hard to decipher.  This is still one of my favorite books coming out right now, but this issue was a bit disappointing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dead Planet's ending was more emotionally satisfying than anything else.  Some of the setup was a tad unnecessary, but it's nice to get a win for the heroes (and anti-heroes) now and again.  The art was good, and I can recommend this series to anyone who has liked DCeased up to this point.
View Issue       View Full Review

DCeased: Hope At World's End #2 continues to set up the Anti-Life War, and things are about to get ugly!  Tom Taylor's use of Black Adam here is excellent and dips into real-life territory as he tries to decide what is best for his country during the outbreak.  I am still waiting for this Digital-First book to hit "must buy" territory, but this chapter's cliffhanger is a step in that direction.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the use of Deadpool not paying the mercenaries he's hired is clever and drives the narrative, I really want this team to stay intact. I have been having a whole lot of fun with the team and to break them apart so soon would be a real shame.  Here's to hoping the Civil War II event doesn't change things up too much.
View Issue       View Full Review

This comic isn't perfect but there's enough here to show that Skottie Young and the art team can create a great series when they find their footing. Nic Klein's quality artwork is already something to look forward to. Where this comic succeeds most is in its role as a jumping on point for new fans. Whether fans of Gerry Duggan's previous run with this character will be satisfied remains to be seen but I'm optimistic they will given enough time. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke #6 was another blood soaked issue that left me with more questions than answers.  Tony S. Daniel's art was great, but his story felt a bit off.  It felt like Daniel was hitting the reset button to give the book a fresh start in June which is odd for a book on it's sixth issue.  Odd, but maybe welcome and necessary.  I guess we'll find out in two months.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke has been a guilty pleasure of mine for quite some time and thankfully, this issue is a great jumping on point for new fans to join me.  Some good action, the Suicide Squad and kick ass art had me enjoying the ride.  Daniel and Bonny have made me Deathstroke fan and things just keep getting better with each issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ties up the Lawman/Rose arc and while it felt a little bit rushed, it should be satisfying enough for fans.  Tyler Kirkham's art is anything but rushed, however and I could recommend this issue on that alone.  In the end, if you have enjoyed this run of Deathstroke, you will enjoy this issue. If you haven't been a fan, nothing here will change your mind.  Just remember...Love is a battlefield.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Christopher Priest seems to have signed up for this book only to confuse people, he finally lets his guard down a bit and gives the reader some pretty cool story with a promising cliffhanger.  Joe Bennett's art makes it all look great and while I still can't recommend this to everyone, it's getting there.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke Inc. opens with a bang, and those looking for crazy action and villains may have more fun with this than I did. However, I expected something more significant from this first issue, and while I was a bit disappointed overall, I will be back next month to see if it's more my cup of tea.
View Issue       View Full Review

For me, the jury is still out on whether I am looking forward to Christopher Priest's Deathstroke, but I am intrigued.  It's a weird combination of kind of liking what we get here and wanting to know what the hell I just read.  I do know that I really like the art and will be back to hopefully get more of a gage of what's going on and whether I like it or not.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really want to tell you how much I loved this issue, but I can't.  While I enjoyed the horror tone and the buildup from the mystery and the slow, deliberate pacing, the ending just wasn't there.  Again, I hope we get a little something next month, but I'm not so sure.  As an issue, this was good, but as an over sized milestone, it was bit lacking.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a down issue of Detective Comics.  It is full out setup and while it sets up some pretty good stuff, we are forced to wait until at least next issue for any sort of payoff.  Throw in some of the worst art this series has seen so far and this is the first issue of Rebirth Detective Comics that I can't outright recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando ups the stakes in this Night of the Monster Men crossover issue, but the thing I liked the most was his concentration on our heroes.  A couple of the characters step it up big time here, but the book ends by showing us that things are going to get a lot worse before they get any better.  I can't say that I am excited for this story as a whole just yet, but this issue might be the start of me getting there.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion continues his Victim Syndicate story by showing the Detective Team instead of the new villains.  Why that seems an odd choice, Tynion does a good job showing us that those weird costumed freaks (sorry if that's insensitive) aren't the only ones caught in the crossfire.  This is a more personal issue and while the art wasn't great, it does set up the story going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Victim Syndicate arc is over and while it all felt like a setup for the book going forward, we do get a crazy cliffhanger that will have everyone talking down at the Five and Dime.  The Detective Team is getting smaller right before it expands and while I don't think it's an even trade, it will be interesting at least.  I am still a fan of Tynion's run, but I am starting to wane a bit.  I hope the next arc pulls me right back in.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a very quick read that doesn't really end, but gives a launching point for Batwoman's upcoming solo book.  If you are going to read that book (like me!), this is a good way to see the direction it's going.  However, if you are just a Detective fan, there isn't a whole lot here for you and you can subtract a point from my score.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good, though rushed,  ending to the Intelligence story arc.  Almost everything is tied up and one big dangling thread is set back into motion.  I loved Alvaro Martinez's art and am still on the Detective Comics trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

For those hoping for Clayface to continue being a good guy, this issue will have you twisting and turning in your seat.  While the overall story does stall here, James Tynion gives loyal readers a well earned and very emotional moment that almost is worth getting this issue for by itself.  While the Clayface situation is still up in the air, I am still holding out hope for Dr. October's cure to make everything work out in the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion ups the action level to eleven for this issue, but I expected more answers in this finale.  The art was really good and I recommend to anybody already reading it...I just wish we could put a pin in this First Victim stuff and move on to something more interesting.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion's run is almost over and he uses this issue to set up the end.  It's a lot of setup and a good portion of it is forced.  Still, it looked good and gets us in position for a big finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion gives us a Clayface origin that starts out really strong but ends with an unnecessary change of focus.  Eddy Barrows does some really good work here and fans of Clayface will get some insight into what created the monster, I just wanted more of him. 
View Issue       View Full Review

The monologues may weigh the issue down, but the idea and concepts from Waid are very interesting. I havent read a ton on Galactus but I dont recall him going against magical and demonic beings before. So, as a reader who searches for new and creative stories, this lands in my wheelhouse. Pick it up for something new and interesting, however, be prepared to finish that lemonade first.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked what Scott Lobdell lays out here, I just wish we got a bit more.  The story starts off slow and deliberate and while I'm sure that will pay off in the next couple of issues, it didn't get me pumped for the book right now. The art didn't help or hinder that feeling and in the end, I am hoping the promise of this issue pays off down the line.
View Issue       View Full Review

Both Stories were good even and you get what you pay for in all honesty, Ducktales will never be war and peace, but the creators do everything right, there is enough thought and plot to keep the story going as long as it needs (something which some of the writers at the big 2 struggle to do, I may add) and there were a few moments where I had a bit of laugh too so even though the all ages deal is in full force it is not as bad as you might think.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been reading Empyre, you know what to expect. A bunch of characters standing around talking and a couple of twists that most people saw coming. Valerio Schiti's art is superb, but Dan Slott and Al Ewing's story has not hit must-read levels yet, and with two issues left, I doubt it will. Still, there are worse books out there, but I was hoping for something better overall.
View Issue       View Full Review

Let's get the best part out of the way right at the start: the art is amazing. Travis Moore is really good. Why can't they steal him for Batgirl? It has to pay more. The art is really so good. It almost makes the book worth reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good, not great issue of Fantastic Four that really left me feeling like I needed more by the end. Doom and the Fantastic Four vs Galactus should have felt bigger, but by the end, it all felt a bit rushed to get to the finish line. While I didn't care for what the cliffhanger promises, I am still on board with this book…let's just hope it starts coming out in a timely fashion!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #26 was a nice little one-shot story that unfortunately may be overlooked as an unnecessary diversion from the main title.  Christos Gage gives the reader a fun villain and situation for The Flash to deal with, however the inconsistent art brought some of the fun crashing to the ground.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love this story of the Zoom Crew versus the Flash and while we get some really cool story progression, this book was a bit down.  It was the combination of an odd start and some jarring art transitions that made this issue feel a bit off, but a not-as-good (I'm not saying bad) Flash issue is better than some other books good issues.  I still love this book and can't wait for next month, but I just can't give this book high marks.
View Issue       View Full Review

The ending of the Button had some big moments as far as Rebirth goes, but I still felt a tinge of disappointment after reading it.  If you are looking for answers, you are going to have to wait until November.  We do see the big bad and the return of a great character, but in the end, we haven't gone that far since the beginning of this crossover.  I hate to say this was all a setup for the Doomsday Clock, but it feels that way right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a promising issue of the Flash and I'll take it!  While I still want some explanation of what the Negative Speed Force is, at least it's now a problem Barry can fight.  I love Pop Mhan's art and this looks like it could be a springboard to some better stories coming up.  
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash continues being a book that is good enough for me to continue with, but not great enough to recommend.  Joshua Williamson keeps giving readers a darker tone that may excite some, but not this guy.  I want Flash to be fun!
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson puts the fun on hold a bit to push his story forward and while I understand the reasons, I like the fun.  We do get a bit of the Rogues, but this issue is mainly about the plan to capture the Flash.  The plotting, art, and dialogue were all fine, it just didn't have the spark that the last issue had and so I have to score it a bit lower. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson continues showing that an obsessed Barry is not a good Barry and in the end, it looks like everything is going according to Grodd's plan.  The Flash War may not be beginning yet, but after seeing the cliffhanger, you could have fooled me.  I eventually warmed up to Dan Panosian's art and in the end, this was a good issue of the Flash inching towards the Flash War.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the overall narrative of the War seemed to fall apart a bit by the end, the story ended up being a game changer for fans of the Flash and we even get a fan favorite return by the end.  The Flash War may not have hit on all cylinders, but it sets up a lot of interesting things going forward for the book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue set ups the return of the Defenders of the Earth teaming up to explore the cause of the earthquakes that are occurring around the world. For new readers, you may feel lost with the subtle references regarding the previous storyline. But there is enough in this first issue that may intrigue you to continue this new series.
View Issue       View Full Review

I feel like I can't say much negative about this issue, but at the same time I felt like we didn't really get much from it. Even though it's touted as a new arc it never really felt like there was an end to what we previously had. It does end up having a few positive moments I really enjoyed though. I was just let down that we have to wait until the next issue for what I was hoping to get to in this issue, but instead of getting something meaningful out of it, it's mostly just rehash and rundown of the events so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Grayson is more big action movie than spy thriller, but with the series ending, it might just be what the doctor ordered.  Jackson Lanzing and Collin Kelly set up the end of this series with explosions, fistacuffs and a bunch or crazy surprises.  This may not be the best Grayson issue yet, but Lanzing and Kelly show they are quite capable of ending the series on a high note.
View Issue       View Full Review

There really is no reason at all for this Annual except a very ill timed fifth week in the first month of Rebirth.  However, Collin Kelly,Jackson Lanzing and a handful of artists put their best feet forward and we get a ridiculous yet enjoyable clip show of a romp.  Necessary?  No.  Fun?  Yes.  Sometimes, that's enough. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While I still think the Hard Traveling Hero story lost it;s way under the weight of all the guest stars, this issue is the best of the bunch.  I still have a lot of unanswered questions, but this issue made me smile and that's something this book hasn't done in a while.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the basic concept for these Gotham Resistance tie-ins kind of falls apart here, Percy and Williamson give us some good explanation about the Dark Multiverse villains which I liked. Juan Ferreyra's art was great and this felt important in the grand scheme of things.
View Issue       View Full Review

Part of me wants to yell that this was a rushed ending that didn't pay off enough for all the setup we've gotten since Rebirth started, but I'll muzzle that part a bit.  Yes, this finale felt rushed, but Ben Percy also used it as a way to show how much he loves Green Arrow and it rubbed off on me a bit as well.  Because of that, and the awesome art by Juan Ferreyra, this is an odd finale that can be read by anyone with even a little liking for the character.  Sure, those who've been here from the start will get more out of it, but maybe picking it up will make you want to go back a dive in from the beginning.  I'll never say that's a bad thing!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was not a huge fan of Lanzing and Kelly's first issue, this one had a bit more fun. The art was also a tad better this time around and while the message was forced, it was still one I can get behind.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is action-packed and while the overall story stalls a bit, I had fun with what we got.  There is a shocking reveal, an interesting cliffhanger and some good art throughout.  I am beginning to like Green Arrow again.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was fun, but that's never been a problem for Harley.  I really want a better story to hilarity ratio in this book and this issue isn't quite there yet.  There was no problem with the art, however, especially Jed Dougherty's awesome Gotham as an old pirate movie scene.  If you are a fan of Harley and have been enjoying the Gang of Harleys story so far, you will not change your mind.  However, I don't see this issue winning any new fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

This first issue of Hawkeye gives the reader a good idea who Kate Bishop is, but that's about it.  I loved the character work, but was hoping for more in the action department.  The art didn't do anything to change my overall enthusiasm, but still, I found myself enjoying the book more than the sum of it's parts.  It's all about Kate and for now, that's almost enough for me!
View Issue       View Full Review

For some, the slow pace of this issue and the fact it's all set up will be a downer. It's true that you don't get much more than what was said in the solicit. But for newcomers or Wolverine fans who don't have much knowledge of Daredevil the information given is essential. By the end of the comic, we know all the characters back stories and powers. Charles Soule has said that in classic noir style this tale will have a slow burn leading to an explosive ending and a major revelation. So readers patience should be rewarded.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't like to look at solicits but if this is the character's last issue in a solo, it kind of seemed like a bad way to go out. My hope is that someone is taking it over during “Fresh Start” but we shall see. 
View Issue       View Full Review

It's hard for me to give a great score to an issue that was purely setup for the rest of the series, but I liked it enough. I'm definitely intrigued to see what Doom's endgame is with all of this.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #21 was actually a good issue.  Dan Abnett gives us some character moments and finally pushes the story forward a bit.  I like Christian Duce's art especially the last page reveal.  Hopefully this continues because I really don't want to hate any book, not even this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #24 was a good ending to a not so good series.  The concept for this book was good and it had some great characters, but in the end, the effort didn't seem to be there.  I can't say I'm glad I read it, but I still am a little sad it's over.  Now the potential will never be realized and that is always sad.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was a little let down with this chapter. I was pretty bored with it. It wasn't bad but not as good as I was expecting. As I turned the pages, I was expecting more. Most of it was fighting with Harley monologuing to herself. The writing for it though is really good and the art from Daniel Sampere continues to deliver. Maybe I just wasn't into it. But, with an awesome cliffhanger, I'm still very interested in continuing the story and can't wait for chapter 5.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter is mostly action which really bothered me. I would have liked more story to keep the series going but it's taken an abrupt halt to have this random Croc and Bane fight. The art is still really good, Harley being the shining part of it. It's clear, so far, that this series is only to be a Harley and Joker outlet that they just slapped the Injustice name onto it. I yet to see the point of the Injustice name yet but we shall see as we continue the story.
View Issue       View Full Review

After last week's fists of fury issue, we get a character study of Damian Wayne and while I am still hoping for some story development one of these weeks, I liked this issue enough. Damian hasn't gotten much attention in the series and this makes him less two dimensional and a lot more human. The art was off this week and while I can't recommend this issue for newcomers, regular readers should enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a really quick issue that was here to get more of the pieces in place before the end...which may be here.  The story and art were good, not great and I hope that Buccellato is not actually done because this would serve as a bit of a lackluster ending to one of my favorite series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice Year Four is off to a really slow start.  Part of it is because some major players, including Batman, are nowhere to be found, but early issue setup is also to blame.  I'm all for setup when it pays off (and I'm sure it will), but this book needs a spark right now.  Hopefully, the action packed cliffhanger is just what the doctor ordered.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love the result of this issue, but the journey was a bit rough.  While I loved the idea of the Greek gods fully becoming involved in Injustice, the reality of it has been a bit off.  That continues this week as we get some odd scenes that feel forced and/or unnecessary.  Like I said, however, I love how the issue ended and can't wait for next week and how it changes things going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Three #9 is a slower paced issue that puts the shocks on hold for a few good character moments.  The issue ends with a surprise that is intriguing enough to have me excited for next week, but everything before it is only a little above okay.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Three continues to be a good book, but this is the first Buccellato penned issue that has me a little worried.  He has all the pieces for a great Injustice issue, but when they are all on the page, something just feels off.  I'll give him a little time to work on getting the voices of the cast heavy book and I hope he can capture the humor that Tom Taylor threw in among the crazy deaths and action.  For the most part, it's missing from this issue and while Xermanico and Bruno Redondo make everything look just right, the story and dialogue need a little spark to get up to par.
View Issue       View Full Review

This week's issue of Injustice was full of knock down, beat 'em up action and while the scenes were good enough, the issue as a whole was a tad disappointing after last week's character driven story.  We do get a guest star that again changes the power structure, but this issue was more setup than I expected.  It does set up something very interesting and for that, I can't wait until next week.  I just wish we got more in this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #14 is a good  issue in a series of excellent ones.  Tom Taylor setups the future, but some of it didn't ring true. Fans should still get this issue, but it will probably read better in the collected issue..
View Issue       View Full Review

There's a reason I've been hearing so much good stuff about Bendis and Maleev working together and I'm glad I decided to check it out. Anyone looking for not only a good Iron Man story, but a good Tony Stark story, should definitely check out this series as we start to move forward with Tony's mother.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a slight letdown in a series that I have loved so much. It just wasn't as shocking as advertised and was more setup than anything else. The flashback heavy issue even sets the art back a bit, but even though this is my least favorite issue of the series, I am still on the Invaders trolley big time.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still digging Invaders and while this issue is a whole lot of set up, we get some big reveals and a cliffhanger that seems like fun before wrapping it up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, I really enjoyed this issue. It got me excited for the next issue and brought me into the story going on. While it was a little hamfisted with Tony's emotional state at the moment, I can understand that it's all to get everyone up to speed. The only real glaring issue with this issue (teehee) is the art. The art threw me off... the faces come off weird and it seems under detailed.  The art doesn't bring the issue down that much though and I still enjoyed the issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was pretty good. We got some backstory on Riri, we got to see her fight. Riri seems like she could be a interesting character but there are some problems in the writing that makes me upset and could tank her. There have been new characters before and they are either embraced or derided based on the writing. Right now there are problems but not enough that I can see that would warrant derision. I hope that the few problems I do have with this get better so this character is better for it. There is a old saying show don't tell, so show us that she is an intuitive smart engineer and can be a hero. 
View Issue       View Full Review

There is nothing here really to sink your teeth into to bring you coming back for more. I am slightly interested in the Mortal Kombat Kung Fu matches. If they were a little less one sided. Iron Fist should have some defense he shouldn't have to rely on a miracle finish at the last second. This still has potential.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a one-shot Dick Grayson meets the Justice League issue that is not really necessary, but was fun nonetheless.  If you are a Titans (Hunt and Rebirth) completest, you may get a little more mileage out of this story, but I would recommend it for readers looking for some old school fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch slows things down and concentrates on his characters and I liked the results.  It's more personal than the global threat the League just faced and that makes it all the better.  In fact, this is my favorite Bryan Hitch Justice League issue so far  and I hope that's something I can keep on saying in weeks to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch's continues his Legacy arc with some more answers and a crazy cliffhanger.  While I want more of the kids, Hitch focuses on the League and it's game on between them and Sovereign.  This isn't my favorite issue of the arc, but it's still a good read.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was the best of the Bats out of Hell issues because it changed things up and felt like it mattered.  It still had some problems, but the art itself almost made up for them. I wasn't upset even if it wasn't the Hail Mary I was hoping for.
View Issue       View Full Review

A nice character issue that seems to be waiting for the Drowned event coming up.  I liked the character interactions and the art was fantastic, but I couldn't help feeling a little disappointed after the big Legion of Doom issue we just got.  Disappointed, but not overly let down and still onboard going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

We get some big questions, but also so big answers in this issue.  After a middle section that was weighed down by some over exposition, the pace picks up by the end and has me excited for the next issue.  I can't ignore the pacing issue here, but I still went away feeling positive about this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a combination of great (Jarro!) and frustrating.  There are some huge moments, but they are lessened a bit by a lack of information.  Still, it all looks great and Jarro is just so much fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #4 is full of answers, but it's also full of talking and more talking.  Though there is not much action to speak of, this issue opens up the readers eyes and adds another fan favorite character to the team.  I suggest you check it out if you like something familiarly different.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #8 is sabotaged by heavy exposition and a cover that spoils the cliffhanger.  It also has great Howard Porter art and a charm that I can't put my finger on.  Maybe it's the unique setting and characters, but I still enjoy it even when it isn't great.  I can't recommend this issue to anyone not reading the series already, but if you are, you know what to expect.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #5 (man that's a long title) is a pretty good read.  The action is nonstop and everything has fallen into place for Jax-Ur's ultimate plan.  The issue ends with a cliff hanger that should make next issue another intense ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Incarnate #2 continues the fun of the first issue, but Joshua Williamson is not explaining things enough, and some things feel forced because of that. Williamson seems to be having fun playing in his Multiversal sandbox, but an eye-rolling addition to the story makes me wish he would slow things down a bit. The story is big enough without him being such a try-hard.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still waiting for that moment where something clicks here that makes this a must-read for me.  It looks great, and there are some cool action scenes, but the overall story and mystery don't have me as intrigued as I think it's supposed to.  Overall, it's good so far when I expected great. But, I guess that's the price of expectation that Zdarsky's paying for being one of my favorite writers.
View Issue       View Full Review

Now that I am used to the "challenge" part of this series, I can kick off my shoes and just enjoy each issue for what it is...a fun little romp to throw a wrench at the next writer.  Jimmy Palmiotti gives readers a little commentary and ends with a crazy cliffhanger and Amanda Conner makes it all look like a fun cartoon.  This series isn't for everyone, but if you dug the first two issues, there is no reason you won't like this.
View Issue       View Full Review

I found myself enjoying this second issue.  The dialogue was less painful and despite the lack of an orientation presentation on the 31st Century, I nonetheless did learn more about the future. The only demonstrably frustrating occurrence happened on the last page.  What this comic does not need is a bat-sidekick-distraction premised more on fear of lack of sales than on actual story progression.   My ‘Frichtman tag' says Comic Boom and while I may never eat an alien meal in ‘Heaven', I know the joy of interpreting ‘Bendis' while sipping Corona.     
View Issue       View Full Review

There are hallmarks of a compelling story here for those readers who embrace the challenge of piecing this future puzzle together. If you are a reader who lacks such patience, you might consider picking up the next issue whereby Superboy finally (it is presumed) attends the Orientation his teammates (and us Legion fans) have been begging him to attend since this series began.
View Issue       View Full Review

The momentum defiantly amped up this issue Things are falling into place neatly but pretty predictably. The fight scene was good but suffered slightly, in my opinion, to the over writing. There was this Luke Cage inner monologue going through the whole fight that was totally unnecessary.
View Issue       View Full Review

This particular issue was light and breezy, and maybe the action will pick up the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This a good issue that gave readers a look at Kamala's crazy glitched out Kree costume as it punched, kicked, threatened and threw our hero around for 20+ pages. I would like to get to some of the really big loose ends with Kamala and her family, but the art by Minkyu Jung was great and I am a fan of just about anything Kamala does. Take that into consideration if you are on the fence.
View Issue       View Full Review

This 1000th issue looked amazing and the more you know and love about Marvel, the more you will enjoy it. I am a newcomer so I felt like I was crashing the party a bit, but I still enjoyed a lot of what we got here. I wasnt overwhelmed or underwhelmed reading thisI guess you can consider me whelmed.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue wasn't perfect, it was a huge step forward and has me back on board the Midnighter trolley.  Steve Orlando gives us a peek at the bigger picture and it promises some bloody good times going forward.  While I still had problems with some of the dialogue and the art didn't do it any favors, I would still recommend this issue to anyone wondering what the buzz is surrounding this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't hate this issue of Midnighter.  I'm sure that others will go ga-ga over Apollo being back in Midnighter's life, but I was more of a fan of the dialogue, the character development and where the story is headed, even as it heads towards cancellation.  I was not a fan of the art at all, but having a couple big bads for Midnighter to play off is just the ticket for this reviewer to finally get back on the Midnighter trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando gives Midnighter and Apollo fans a good ending to their story, but i couldn't shake the feeling that it could've been better.  There are some great moments, but they are mixed among mediocre ones and because of that, we got a good, not great ending.  I still recommend this series as a whole to anyone looking for a mature cape and cowl book, but as a single issue, this fell a little flat.
View Issue       View Full Review

Saladin Ahmed continues to write a really good Miles I just wish there was more for him to do. These first bunch of issues seems to be setting up a much bigger story, but I just want to get to it quicker. That said, the cliffhanger has me so excited to see more!
View Issue       View Full Review

The series is interesting and unique.  But, maybe the problem is our expectations? What if this series was never meant to be an M. Night Shyamalan movie? What if it was just meant to be King's take on humanity, depression, every man, and the struggles of life all through the vantage point of a DC comic character? If that's the case, I think this series is spot on! If you're reading this for some DC mind-shattering event, I just don't think we're going to get it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brandon Easton kicks off his Mister Miracle series with an issue that didn't give me much of a connection to his lead character but made me want to see more of his plight and fight.  Those unfamiliar with Shilo Norman may wonder what's going on, but the issue looks great and has a very intriguing cliffhanger.  I am not sold on this book just yet, but Easton at least has me interested.
View Issue       View Full Review

This series is gradually making me a fan and while I am waiting for the huge reveal, this issue gives us a couple big ones that have me very excited.  The art is fantastic and while I am still a bit frustrated with the overall pacing of this story, I am looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While we do get some much-needed information in this issue, we are still left waiting for more.  The first half of the book is pretty much recap of the last issue, but by the end, I was excited for the next issue.  Jamal Campbell's art is great and if you have the patience to go through six issues for an origin story, you may like this a bit more than me.  I am a fan of Naomi, I just need to get more each issue to be able to recommend to everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

New Suicide Squad: Futures End #1 is mindless fun that will make you smile for a bit before you let it slip from your memory.  This is by no means a vital story and fans of the regular run may get a kick out of it, but won't miss anything if they skip it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even though this was a down issue of Nighthawk, I still am on the trolley going forward.  Part of it is because of the awesome cliffhanger, but also because David F. Walker is giving fans a book based on the brutal reality that is our world.  This issue wasn't the best, but it still was important.
View Issue       View Full Review

How you feel about this issue will depend on why you are reading it. Those reading it for the Joker War tie-in might be disappointed by the quick resolution to the cool Dickyboy vs. Jason, Tim, and Batgirl setup, but Nightwing fans probably won't mind one bit! I sometimes go to the "Reviewer 101" book and say, "I can't wait to see what happens next," but I may never have meant it this much!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a nice issue for Nightwing fans, and while it isn't essential to the overall Fear State story, the cliffhanger promises that might change in the next issue.  It's a shame this book had to get sidetracked by the Fear State crossover, but Tom Taylor keeps readers in familiar territory throughout.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #97 is an odd issue.  After the last issue's shocking cliffhanger, I expected something more significant than what we got here.  Still, the cliffhanger will undoubtedly have fans talking, and I can't wait to see how Tom Taylor explains what is going on.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #100 will certainly be lauded by fans of the series but remains frustrating to those looking for more plot progression and overall story.  Even with a ton of artists involved, the book looks pretty damn good, and I can easily recommend it.  Just don't go in thinking that a lot of things will be resolved and you'll be fine.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a down moment in an otherwise great series.  Kyle Higgins may not want to overplay his hand halfway through the series, but that leads to a padded out issue.  I am still fully onboard, just not this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

We continue the Old Lady Harley story and while I have been a fan of the series so far, this issue was a bit off.  By the end, the detour to Bludhaven was fun but unnecessary and I hope that finally getting to Vegas will pick up the pace next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still onboard with this alt-timeline Harley story filled with inappropriate gross-out humor, but I hope next month's finale is more like the first two issues rather than the last two we have gotten.  There have been less chuckles lately as Frank Tieri rushes to the finish line, but there still is Inaki Miranda's art to hold things together and the cliffhanger promises a crazy ending.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is for fans of Power Pack and going into it blind like I did, I was pretty confused for at least half the issue. However, by the time I finished the awesomely cute backup, I wanted to go read the Simonson/Brigman run. I would call that a mission accomplished moment if ever there was one.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I wonder about the viability of this series beyond potential tie-in status, or if there are even plans for it to continue after this, right now it's providing some good insight into the inner workings of New U, the company responsible for providing Spider-Man so many problems lately.  
View Issue       View Full Review

It was bound to happen eventually and this month we get a down issue of Red Hood and the Outlaws.  Scott Lobdell gives the reader some big Black mask developments, but that doesn't completely shake the feeling that this first arc is starting to drag a bit.  I want the Dark Trinity together and I want it now! 
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a big step up from last month. The art and story go together perfectly and it's pretty entertaining. I still want more progression with the actual story that's going on, but this was fun. I'm hoping this is a good sign for the series moving forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue was a bit of a let down after the first two, it ended the story with a bang.  Wonder Woman found out the danger of blind trust and I found out I really like Corinna Bechko's writing and Gabriel Hardman's art.  I guess we're all winners.
View Issue       View Full Review

I wish I could say that this issue was as good as the first.  It's not, but only because Adam Beechen sets up so much but gives us little resolution.  It does continue with the "real world" feel of the story, but just left me wanting more...like we missed part of the story.  While I was disappointed, the art by Jose Luis Garcia-Lopez was great and I'm still glad to have read this two-part story.  It just ended up being good when it had the chance to be something really special.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Continuity #10 was a good, but weird issue.  It felt like a finale yet setup some interesting things for the last two issues. I'm not sure what Bryan Q. Miller's plans are, but he has my interest.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is pure setup for what I hope will turn into a great arc. While there is little action to speak of it is book-ended by solid pages of humor and intrigue. I have to admit, any Spider book that brings venom into the conversation immediately grabs my interest. It will also be interesting to see how Wolverine plays a role in this down the line as well. Overall while there isn't much in this issue to speak of, it did make me eager to see what's in store for issue 20. Hopefully Marvel can avoid another crossover event before then.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King, Mitch Gerads, and Doc Shaner kick off their new book, and while I will not proclaim it an instant classic yet like most reviewers probably will, I think it's worth checking out.  Shaner's art is the wildcard here and gives everything a breath of fresh air even as things go to hell around our hero.  Tom King does not have an excellent track record when it comes to murder mysteries, but this was a good start.
View Issue       View Full Review

I found this issue to be paced well and visually enjoyable. However, in my opinion, there seems to be too many characters for one book. For instance, I dont understand Winter Soldiers role as he didnt do much for the story. The writing was enthralling and weaved a tapestry of intrigue that left me wanting to know more of the subplot that was developing between Angela and Brigit. I am looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor continues showing off his new characters with a story that suddenly became more personal.  Bruno Redondo's art is excellent, and there is a mystery brewing about what this Suicide Squad is.  I liked it, I am just waiting to love it, but unfortunately, I'll have to wait a little bit longer.
View Issue       View Full Review

I haven't been a huge fan of the Kid Amazo story, but the interactions of Jon and Damian have kept me entertained.  This ending was a little rushed, but again, I liked the interactions and the art.  Fans of this book will no doubt like this, but I am going to need more going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue wasn't the best from Perkins and Johnson, but it does set up a bunch of cool things I can't wait to see more of.  The Crucible isn't what Kara (or the reader) first thought it was and I can't wait to find out what else they are up too. The best part of this month is the reintroduction of Superboy which is worth the price of  admission alone.
View Issue       View Full Review

When this issue isn't force feeding us the idea that Supergirl is an inspiration (we know it already, btw), it is pretty good.  I was worried what a mostly Kara Danvers issue would be like, but if this is an example, sign me up for more!  The art is really good as well and it all equals one of my favorite issues of the series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando's run on Supergirl is coming to a close and this issue seems to be a very personal one he wanted to tell before leaving.  Supergirl puts aside heroics to be a friend and an ear to talk to and in the end, that's a really good start.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #29 ties up some loose ends in preparation to Scott Lobdell's final Superman event and I liked it and hated it all at the same time.  I liked the story, but hated the characterizations. I liked Ed Benes' art style, even if some pages were embarrassing.  I am looking forward to "Doomed" and hope that Lobdell can go out on a high note.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a nice little issue that shows everyone that even without powers, Superman is still a hero. Sure, it's not earth shattering or even that original, but it was a nice diversion.  Unfortunately, that kind of spells out what Geoff Johns' run on this book was as well.  Instead of epic, we got nice.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue began as a cool story that fit well into the Futures End event and even filled in some pretty big gaps.  Unfortunately, it devolved into a melodramatic and cliched story of being true to yourself.  Lee Weeks' art is good throughout, but the dialogue is just not up to par.  I love Shazam and seeing his story was good enough for me to recommend it even with it's flaws.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am a fan of this book and love both Peter J. Tomasi and Doug Mahnke so this should be an easy slam dunk.  Unfortunately, it got rejected by the rim.  Tomasi's story attempts to show how different our heroes are, but really manages to make them look horrible.  Mahnke's art isn't horrible, but it's not very good when compared to his previous work.  This issue is not the strong start I hoped for from this new creative team, however, the ending and cliffhanger have me looking forward to next month.  I hope Tomasi and Manke come through.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman: Man of Tomorrow #1 is a real bargain for $0.99, and as long as you don't expect too much from it, it is a pleasant surprise to read during these odd times.  Robert Venditti plays it safe, and while the story isn't memorable, the art is excellent, and it has a sweet, timely message to boot.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been a fan of this mini series from the beginning, but after a strong start, the story seems to be stuck in neutral.  Alec looks for help this issue, and after having the door slammed in his face a bunch of times, ends up in Gotham where there might just be a solution to his problem.  The story is old school cheesy goodness, but unfortunately, the art doesn't quite keep the pace.  If you've been reading up until now, there is enough here to enjoy and get you excited for the finale.  I just wanted a little more meat with my salad.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sword of Azrael #2 may not have been as good as the opening issue, but I am still surprised by how much I enjoy it.  I am not an Azrael fan, and maybe the fact that neither is Jean-Paul has me hooked.  The story felt stretched out this month, which is a concern for only the second issue.  However, the art was good, and I can easily recommend this to everyone who enjoyed the last issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Talon #13 is actually not a bad issue for long time readers.  James Tynion is leaving the book after next issue and he is doing his best to wrap up the numerous dangling threads left.  I actually am looking forward to next issue which is something I haven't said in months.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion does his best to end the tale of Calvin Rose in Talon #14.  Most of the loose threads are tied up satisfactorily.  The Court of the Owls will survive and so will our favorite Talon, for a couple of issues at least.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue suffers a bit in the pacing department as Scott Snyder pauses a bit to make things fit a little bit better.  I am still on board and the cliffhanger has me pumped for the next issue.  Jock's art was great, but overall this issue was just good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall this is a good start. It gets a little hard to read with all the weird names and some of the dialects from the Narrator and Cernunnos, but it's still a good read.  Plus, the art is fantastic all by itself.  I think there's enough between the art and the story to warrant people to pick up the issue and stick around for the second one.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is well worth the price for just the splash pages alone. I'm a little torn because half of me really liked the issue and was left wanting more, but the other half was annoyed because this issue single handily undermined everything that came before it. Just give me a cool fight in the last issue and let's call it a wrap.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Another quick read with large splash pages, usually I have no problem with this but, although I don't hate the art by any stretch, it may just fall short to carry some of the story for my taste along with the religious overtones this comic could be venturing into the niche gothic horror genre which I hope it doesn't, as at the moment it is still quite accessible with enough in the locker to go on to be a worthy read.
View Issue       View Full Review

The last third of this title was mainly a rehash of the start of Secret Empire, and this was a set-up episode for the next wave in this series to move forward. It did however shunt things on considerably from the "abduction of Kree children story" so I for one welcome the shift, and am once again hopeful for the future of this title. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While this book continues to look fantastic, the story is still a bit convoluted and confusing.  Sure, we do get some answers we've been waiting for, but the big picture is still kind of hazy.  If it all clears up next issue, I'll be happy because somewhere in their is a very interesting story that is begging to come out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even though this issue was packed with action, it still felt like a slow start to the Dark Prophecy arc.  Adding Zatanna, Constantine and Deadman was cool, but it stole a bit of the Trinity's thunder.  V. Ken Marion's art is good enough to carry the issue and while I was a bit disappointed with the start to this arc, I'll be back next month for the art and hopefully more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Rob Williams continues the Dark Destiny story and while we learn more about Circe's plan, it's V Ken Marion's art that shines.  This issue isn't going to change anyone's mind either way, but I liked it enough to look forward to next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm one hundred percent sure the Ultimates #8 was a victim of circumstance. It's an obvious tie-in to an ongoing event, but I don't see this as a possible pattern of future things to come. I'll be back next month to see when (not if) Ewing and company get things get back on track. 
View Issue       View Full Review

While I've never been a big Inhumans fan, this was a pretty enjoyable issue centering around Grid and his time in his homeland. The art looked great and this book could have big implications moving forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak kicks off the New Agents of Atlas with a bang and while it was action packed, I wish there was a little more time to introduce the characters in a more impactful way. Im still not sure how necessary this story will be to the overall War of the Realms Event, but the main draw here is the cool team members"I just want need more about them. Overall, I am intrigued enough to pick up the next issue and hope thats what I get.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #38 is the best issue of the new Finch run and that's not meant as a backdoor compliment.  Meredith Finch finally gives the book a solid direction and while the jury is still out on it, at least it's got one.  David Finch's art is astounding and this issue is one of the best looking books I've seen in a long time.  If the story continues to improve, we may have a great book on our hands after all.  I hope so because Wonder Woman and her fans deserve it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue of Wonder Woman.  Sure, I have a bunch of questions about Donna Troy and what the hell is going on on Themyscira, but I still liked it.  Meredith Finch gives us a strong, determined Diana who is an Amazon, the God of War and a member of the Justice League.  David Finch's art continues to be great and is almost worth the price of admission alone.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue seems stuck between the big reveals of the Truth finale in issue #23 and the big over sized finale up next.  Greg Rucka does give us some nice character moments, but also rushes some characters out of the book.  I loved Bilquis Evely's art, but if you are on the fence, just wait for Greg Rucka's last issue in two weeks.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando starts another run on Wonder Woman and while not a ton happens in this issue overall, there are a bunch of cool characters, and some really nice nods to the beginning of this book's Rebirth story.  Add some really good art and we have a good start that hopefully gets even better from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good issue that may not jive well with the regular run of Wonder Woman, but was a nice spotlight for Steve Trevor nonetheless. Christian Duce's art is great and while I don't care if we see Saturna or the Oddfellows again, I enjoyed my little visit with them this week.
View Issue       View Full Review

On my beard scale, I would give this 3.5 out of 5 beards. The writing is good, but what took me out of a few panels were the way some faces lacked detail. The coloring was well done but doesn't stand out for a book that has a grimy tone to it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and PiecesI am a stickler for plot development or lack thereof in this case, and so I can't give this issue a high grade. I'm still on board with this run, but I'm a firm believer that readers need to get a fair amount of bang for our buck per issue. Reading comics is a slow burn, we all know that, but not enough happened for me in this issue. Realistically we only got 3-4 scenes in total, and yet none of those scenes felt fleshed out at all, more padding than anything of substance. It's still early in the run so I won't be too harsh, but Tamaki needs to pick up the pace next time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jason Latour and Bryan Hitch show us what Lex is doing when he isn't busy offering everyone special powers for evil intent.  It's not a must-read, but it looks great and should be a bonus for all the Lex Luthor fans in the house. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of those issues that is going to be looked at differently depending on what you want out of it.  If you are looking for an offer or anything Year of the Villain related besides a Lex Luthor mention, you will be disappointed.  If you are looking to get more Black Adam in your life (and who isn't?) and some infected Shazam to boot, you should check this out.  I have to take points off since "Year of the Villain" is in the title, but I still had a good time with this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion sets up the big Year of the Villain finale and while I like where it is going, it is odd that so many pieces have to be forced in to get there.  Some really big things just happen with little or no explanation and while that may come down the line, it's nowhere to be found here.  Once you get past that, however, the interactions between Lex and the Batman Who Laughs are good enough to keep me coming back for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Seeley does a good job of pushing the Eternal story forward, but It still was my least favorite issue of his.  I just didn't have as much fun reading it and the art pulled me out of the issue.  The ending was a long time coming cliffhanger that should prove very interesting and will make a bunch of fanboys happy, but overall I can't recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Lost felt more like a lesson on what Batman is going through than an integral part of the overall story.  The art was great and I give the writers props for the ambition of it all, but it left me feeling like it (or I) was missing something.  This is strictly for those who want to full Metal experience.
View Issue       View Full Review

This felt more like the rest of the Deathstroke run than a Titans/Teen Titans crossover and while that's not a bad thing for longtime readers, those jumping on here might be a bit confused.  I was hoping for some answers and a bit more forward movement in the Lazarus Contract side of things, but it all leads to a cool cliffhanger that will be resolved in the Teen Titans Special coming up.  I am still onboard, but more as a fan of Deathstroke than anything else.
View Issue       View Full Review

Once again I enjoyed this issue and I am still intrigued as to where this will go. The general plot/concept is fine, adding all those alternate Ghostbusters, while it excites me, I only hope the cast doesn't get too bloated. My only real problem is the subplot of Janine and the job offer, I guess this one is my ignorance I could go back and fine more about Jenny Moran and how the relationship with Ray began, but maybe a one line somewhere would resolve this for me. Bits and Pieces:It's not a huge problem just a minor one, the fact that the issue ends with another profile of alternate Ghostbusters could be grounds to delve into the lore a bit more and maybe a sign of who will feature in the coming issues. Another solid outing in this series, looking forward to the 3rd instalment.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoy Spider-Man 2099 the most when he's handling the issues and villains of the future and doesn't linger in the present day Marvel U. I understand the long term goal of the character and series is to ultimately reverse the events that lead to Nueva York being so horrible in the future which all has to be done in the present to have an effect. However, this also removes what's most interesting about him as a character to me as a reader. That's mostly why this issue works here because it sticks to the formula that made the 2099 books effective in the first place. I hope we continue to see more of this type of story down the line from David and his team.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I would like Peter Tomasi to give us more of his New 52 Damian magic in this book, I love Jon and this issue had some really good moments that made me smile.  It's a real shame if the cancelation talk is true, because I am still waiting for this book to really get started and this issue seemed like I was finally going to get my wish.
View Issue       View Full Review

The issue ends more a less where it started, and this is one of the few times where I don't really mind, he is putting himself together with sticky tape while plotting his revenge with the symbol of the crow across his face. I felt this was a more robust outing than the first issue, it feels like there is a deeper meaning in this, whether that is produced throughout the series we will have to see, but from the terror element to the religious fanaticism and the mysticism of our character the, the angel of revenge, this book looks to be in good shape.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Nights: Death Metal #5 continues to frustrate with a sometimes overly complicated story that does promise better days ahead for DC fans.  I like seeing my heroes win, and while that hasn't happened much yet, it looks like we may finally get there.  Greg Capullo's art is good as usual, and overall, this was one of the better Death metal issues even if it's all about the light at the end of the tunnel.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has two stories in one, the first story was a bit too long and could have tightened up a bit to make it stronger. The second story was short and fun and really, the perfect length for crossovers like this. Both stories had great artwork and were good enough to make me decide to pick up other stories from both writers.
View Issue       View Full Review

The God Killer story is coming to an end next month and unfortunately, this month;s issue is some major setup.  Sure, it's bloody good fun and we learn Lapetus' plan and see more of the God Killer sword's many capabilities.  Superman joins in on the fun and it looks like the final battle is going to be epic.  This issue may not be the best in the series, but I had fun reading it nonetheless.
View Issue       View Full Review

Leave it to Priest to give readers new and old a crazy beginning to his Deathstroke vs. Batman story that holds no hands and sets up the rest of the story in a messed up way.  Priest fans will know the drill by now, but new readers have to just relax, go with the flow and wait until he is ready to show you the big picture.  Don't worry, Carlo Pagulayan and his art team make it easy on the eyes.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Drake is back and I am on the trolley already.  James Tynion is taking his time here and those looking for immediate returns may be disappointed, but this is just setting up what I hope is going to be a really good story.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Inhumans Prime #1 tied up some loose threads while showing the new direction for the Inhumans going forward.  I'm not sure what long time Inhumans fans will think, but this new one got enough out of this to want more.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue does accelerate the story along and the art is still stupendous. I especially like the moving action panels. But the story is still kind of middle of the road. I am very interested in the possibilities the character, KevLar, brings to this book though. Hopefully in a month I won't find myself trying to remember what happened in the previous issue, and instead I will find myself super excited to read the latest issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Charles Soule put together a pretty solid tie-in with this issue. The mix of fighting and rational thinking was a nice change of pace from the rest of Civil War II, and it looks like an awesome Iron Man vs. Inhumans fight is on the horizon.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Rise of Star City is underway and even if this issue is heavy in the setup department, it's still a good start.  We get some familiar villains new and old and Oliver Queen looking to his past as his (and his city's) future looks bleak indeed.  Juan Ferreyra makes everything look outstanding and I am interested to see what Ben Percy has in store going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Personally, I enjoyed the issue and think there's enough impetus here to take the story forward into some interesting places. Bagenda's art is dramatic when it needs to be and Jordan's script is easy to follow and, on occasion, witty. The task of bringing two very different fictional universes together is not a straightforward one, and I think, on the whole, the story manages pretty well. Above all, it's a fun, if not especially challenging, read. It's worth checking out, particularly if cross-overs are your thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman: Futures End #1 is an odd title.  It's more for fans of the regular run instead of a Futures End story.  As such, it's pretty good.  However, it's only the first part of a two part story which continues in this week's Superman/Wonder Woman and is not close to being a complete story on it's own.  Boy, this event is confusing.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this book may not have been written for a guy interested in seeing what all this Bloodshot hype is all about, I'll definitely be back to check up on the title going forward.  Jeff Lemire can't write a dud and Doug Braithwaite and Brian Reber make it all so nice to look at.  I fully realize that this is and event book for Valiant and Bloodshot fans in the know, but I liked it enough to tell anyone interested to give it a shot.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Villain Month has been more miss than hit to me.  Sholly Fisch and Steve Pugh give us the continuing origin of Metallo and I liked it.  We get an understanding of his motivations and see how deep his hate for those who wronged him is.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoyed this issue enough, but it did come across as a bunch of scenes forced together to get things moving along.  We learn some new Shadow powers, kind of find out Wrath's ultimate plan and watch Superman start an awesome fight that doesn't make much sense, but I can't wait to see more of.   The art in this issue is top notch, but even though I enjoyed it, I still can't recommend it to everyone.  If you've stuck with this DC You Superman, I think you'll be okay, but if you're waiting for things to return to normal, I'm afraid you'll have to keep waiting.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #51 continues the Super League story and while I love seeing Supergirl back in action (kind of), she is a bit forced in here.  I got over that quick enough, but couldn't escape the feeling that this issue was more setup than the first two and stalling a bit until we get to the second round of the crossover.  I hope that's not the case since we still have next week's Superman/Wonder Woman , but I'll leave that until then.  Right now, I can tell you that I am still fully on board with Tomasi's story, even if this is my least favorite issue so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

I always have fun reading this book, even if when I'm done reading I get kinda let down by how little transpires in an issue. But your mileage may vary on that. Regardless, Tomasi is giving readers something that DC/Brian Michael Bendis has foolishly taken away from us: Jonathan Kent. His earnestness and genuine good-heartedness are dearly missed in the DCU these days, and I'll take it wherever and however I can. Plus that cliffhanger has me excited for #5 already.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue does have the feel of a wild goose chase, with Robin going from one wannabe villain to the next delivering beatdowns throughout, it is fun. And fun is all that I've wanted from this series since it was relaunched in August. Carlo Barberi made his return on art duties for the book and picked up right where he left off. While Tomasi doesn't answer all the questions I have, this issue does provide us with a nice launching point for the second half of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

This felt like a battle episode in Game of Thrones. Stuff happens but it won't get resolved until next time. That said, I am still excited to see how Tomasi wraps up his 2 ½ years run writing the Super Sons in the final issue next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

For the first half of the book, I wasn't a big fan of the story or the art, but after the story found its stride and I came around to the art style, I thoroughly enjoyed the book. The pacing is more like a novel than a typical comic, even a collection, but it works. Leila Del Luca put together a story that could continue on if she wants, but works just as well on its own. This is a pretty good read if you've got some extra cash and want to read a complete, well-written story.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Avengers in the Negative Zone fighting Annihilus sounds like fun, right? Well, it is. Mark Waid brings the team closer together and uses it to show that the younger team members belong. It may not be the most mind bending issues I've ever read, but I had a smile on my face while reading it and will be back next month for more fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Avengers in the Negative Zone fighting Annihilus sounds like fun, right?  Well, it is.  Mark Waid brings the team closer together and uses it to show that the younger team members belong.  It may not be the most mind bending issues I've ever read, but I had a smile on my face while reading it and will be back next month for more fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Clone Conspiracy rolls as the villains take the spotlight here. While overall this was an entertaining flashback issue, filling in the blanks of how Otto got from point A to point B, it wasn't necessarily a required buy unless you're a “collect em all” kind of person.
View Issue       View Full Review

The first 2 issues of this arc were great and this issue wasn't terrible by any means BUT it seemed a bit rushed to wrap it up by issue 800 and possibly Slott's last issue ( not sure on that one).  AND Peter only stops being Spider-man for one issue and comes back to fight him in 800 also seems silly. It makes this issue seems less important and thrown together.  Personally, I see Anti-Spider happening next issue, which is technically NOT Spider-man if we go by semantics, and he takes down Red Goblin leaving a trace of it in his Grandson for a future story to come. But, we shall see.
View Issue       View Full Review

Spider-Man and Mary Jane living the married life is something a lot of Spidey fans have been clamoring for and Conway, Stegman, and the rest of the team involved don't disappoint. Despite an odd choice for the villain the group will combat in coming issues I look forward to continuing to follow this story because of what my favorite character now has in common with myself … a normal life.
View Issue       View Full Review

Taken as a whole, then, this issue (just about) manages to do its job in introducing our main character and giving us a tantalising look at the wider world in which the story takes place. On that basis, I think it's worth a look.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #66 continues the Endless Winter story, and while it wasn't great, it was better than the last two solo character issues in the event.  Better yet, if you aren't even reading Endless Winter, you can check this out as a nice Aquaman and Mera... and Andy (!) issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Jurgens does a good job reintroducing the Others while maintaining a sense of mystery around them. Lan Medina's art is really good showing off the cool characters in the book.  I was a little down on the Others as a team, but Jurgens and Medina have me back on board.
View Issue       View Full Review

That said the last two issues involved lots of talking or periods of time at the end of time where there was nothing happening in the background. Which draws your eye to the character, and in his style the characters are wonky and misshapen making the comic give you the impression it was rushed or wasn't properly cared for. I am still one very interesting and happy fan though.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you've been reading this weekly saga until now, then the completionist in me says buy it! If you're interested in a beautifully clever stand-alone issue, pick this up. If you're looking for smooth cohesive answers to the story, you won't get them here. However, you will get a well-written take on the human spirit, creativity, and the hope of human character as told by an android.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ends the short reign of the Velvet Tiger, but I enjoyed the character development of the main characters more than the fistacuffs.  Barbara's personal life is getting even more complicated going forward, but with Luke Fox involved and Frankie stepping up her game, it's all good to me.  Bengal steps in this month on art and this book looks so good.  While I want Barbara to deal with more than the villain of the month, I can't wait to see what happens next...including the wedding fans have been waiting for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Despite having a B-list Villain or because of it, I really liked Batman '66 #24.  Jeff Parker dials back the camp just a bit to give us a good story that has the Dynamic Duo on the short end of the stick.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fans of both the Avengers and Batman '66 should get a kick out of this series and while this chapter is mostly setup, there are some important stuff here that readers will want to see for themselves. The forced nature of it was a little off putting, but we do end with a crazy cliffhanger that has me excited for the next chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King shows the reader how far Batman has fallen as he begins to reveal how committed Bane is to breaking the Bat.  I like that King is connecting some dots, but I really wish he would ease up on the choose your own adventure storytelling.  This is far from a perfect issue that others will no doubt proclaim, but it is one of the better Batman issues in quite some time and I am very happy about that!  Let's hope it continues and maybe someday I can give a perfect score and get invited to all the parties that I no doubt have been missing out on.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Readers looking to be wowed right out of the gate with Joshua Williamson's Batman run start may have to wait a bit.  This was a solid but safe issue that spends time transitioning out of James Tynion's run before getting interesting by the end.  The entire issue looks fantastic, and the cliffhanger alone makes it worth reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #119 continues the solid but slow start to Williamson's Batman run.  This issue is more about the setup of a multi-pronged mystery than wowing the reader with explosions, punches, and kicks.  I may not be as excited as I hoped to be, but I am still interested in what's going on here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #122 sets up some surprising team-ups, but not much else.  After the explosive Alpa issue, I expected Williamson would keep the momentum going, but that is not the case.  I am not saying this was a bad issue because it is not.  It's just not as good as I hoped.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor gives fans of Batman and Superman a nice little treat and hopefully it's the gift that keeps on giving.  The story involves a crazy mystery that may just be a setup for a huge showdown, but I want to be there when it happens.  Tom Taylor may just be giving fans a fun little diversion to get us to the return of the DC status quo, but that's exactly what I liked about it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Secret Six have Batman and Superman on the ropes as we see the crazy plan the Batman Who Laughs is putting into play.  Joshua Williamson is cutting some corners here to get the ball really rolling and while they don't bring down the story, they could in the near future.  For now, though, the great art and over the top story has me more interested with each issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I am afraid that its unique presentation will throw some off, I liked the classic feel of this issue and am looking forward to seeing more of what's going on.  Ivan Reis's art is fantastic, and I recommend it, but I also recommend reading it a couple of times before judging it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Two-Face #26 is a good issue.  Peter J. Tomasi gives the reader some much needed background on Erin McKillen that makes her a better character, if not a great villain.  The artwork by Patrick Gleason is inconsistent and not up to the series' standards, but it is not a deal breaker.  Overall, I am still a fan of the arc, but I'm still waiting to be blown away.  Maybe next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter J. Tomasi finished the Batman and Two-Face story with a bang and while I liked the overall story, this issue was far from perfect.  After pushing Erin McKillen on the reader like a mother trying to get her daughter married, she exits with a whimper.  I really enjoyed Gleason's art in this issue especially the long fight scene.  The ending seemed set up for shock value and I don't think it will stick in the future.  Still I'll recommend this issue for readers of the arc and the arc in general for those interested in a new Two-Face story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #20 may be long winded in the fight scene department, but it's dialogue and character moments are top notch. We do get to see Lord Batman Beyond in action which is awesome and the cliffhanger sets up an epic battle to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman vs. Bigby doesn't show you how fast it can go right out of the gate. Instead, it seems Willingham has the confidence to lay a good foundation and will let the narrative build on that. I look forward to seeing if he can provide us with a solid story instead of the usual flash over substance fare that crossovers tend to be. Brian Level's art was an unexpected treat.
View Issue       View Full Review

Though I expected more resolution of the Suicide Blues arc this week, I enjoyed what we got and loved the cliffhanger.  Tomasi continues to tease the identity and intentions of the Arkham Knight, but the villain appears ready to pounce.  Viktor Bogdanovic's art is solid as usual and I am excited to see where this book is headed starting next week.  I just wish we got more this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

This final issue of Batman: Eternal was good, just not as satisfying as I hoped.  Most of the loose ends were tied up, but how they were tied were frustrating.  Still, the ending tied into some of my favorite books and I got to see the return of some old friends.  After reading this finale, I am not upset that I stuck with the entire run of Eternal, just not as glad as I hoped.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Knight #3 was an okay ending to the first story arc of the series.  Chip Zdarsky shows Bruce as the angry young man who is not ready to return to Gotham just yet but is willing to put in the work to get there eventually.  Unfortunately, the background story was not as compelling as the character interactions, and that needs to change if this series wants to be memorable and feel necessary by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is by no means a necessary story in the Futures End Event.  In fact, you can skip it and really miss nothing.  However, you would be missing out on an issue that is sure to put a smile on Batwing and Batman Inc. fans' faces.  Palmiotti, Gray and Pansica end Luke Fox's story the way they started it, with some good fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

This finale isn't perfect, but Marc Andreyko hits almost all the right notes to give Kate Kane the sendoff she deserves.  Maybe turning this book into an action packed team based book wasn't what a lot of people wanted, but I enjoyed it for the thrill ride it was.  In the end, I'm glad I went along for the ride and thank Andreyko for doing his thing.
View Issue       View Full Review

Gail Simone and Inaki Miranda start their Birds of Prey book with a simple story that is more about getting the team together than anything else.  I like the team, and the way Simone has them interact and Miranda's art is outstanding.  I do expect more from a Gail Simone Birds of Prey book, and expect it to only get better from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Although necessary and full of important information this issue comes off a little emotionally disjointed. That and some confusion due to art choices involved in a particularly important moment led me to be a little disappointed in this issue. Enjoyed enough, but without the emotional resonation it's hard to say I liked it near as much other issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a quick story with great art and best of all, shows the reader the hero that seemed to be missing a bit from this series. I am still waiting for bigger answers to the overall story before I can be convinced to suggest to others, but this is a good first step.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I still want a more significant overall story to get going, Dan Jurgens does some considerable character work with Ted Kord while keeping the fun going with Booster Gold.  It's all likely to come to a head real soon, and I will be there to see what happens.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are only reading this book because of Secret Empire I would recommend that you read the four books in order to get the full effect and I would highly recommenced reading them all. While I have only heard bad things about this book I find myself enjoying every minute of it and the art is a perfect compliment to this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book has never been easy to decipher. But while more and more questions keep getting raised with very few answers, it's finally getting me interested again. I hope this quality keeps up around the level of the first arc, instead of down where we've been since then.
View Issue       View Full Review

V Ram has shown up again and he's brought some cool guest stars with him.  The art is great and by the end, you realize that it's all about hunting the most dangerous animal...(Catwo)man!  This is the type of issue this book needs more of.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #38 is Ram V's finale on Catwoman, and while a lot of what comes up here reminds me of missed opportunities, he stays true to his run.  If you've been reading the book up until now, there is no reason to stop now.  Sure, there is an eye-rolling twist, but the art and Selina's smarts save the day.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an odd finale to the Convergence: Justice League International story.  Ron Marz continues using this event to give readers a great character study of Ted Kord and we even get his Kingdom Come counterpart along for the ride.  However, the issue pretty much throws the whole Convergence part of the story aside and while I enjoyed the Beetle heavy issue, it felt incomplete.  It was fun, but when it ended with a defeated Ted Kord getting a happy surprise, it went from fun to goofy.  In the end, the great art and personal story won me over enough to ignore most of the flaws and smile while reading it.  This Event hasn't given me enough smiles, so I'll take them when I can get them.
View Issue       View Full Review

Still all in all, a great book and I look forward to the next issue as this is a title that has me intrigued.
View Issue       View Full Review

Could you skip this issue and still be right in the thick of the overall story? In my opinion, yes. And that's the only reason why my score is a bit lower than normal. But that said, it's still in my pull. No doubt! But, it has slid down my stack a bit. I'd say right above half way. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Knights of Steel #3 might take a bit of a step back overall, but I still like this series and can't wait to see what happens next.  Yasmine Putri's art is fantastic, and the vibe of the medieval world Tom Taylor is creating has me pumped.  Unfortunately, things moved a bit too quickly in this issue, and I hope Taylor gets away from the violence he's known to do for the character work that I love.
View Issue       View Full Review

Death Metal is the big book going at DC Comics right now, and this issue feels like it.  I still am waiting for some big answers, but I can deal with a ton of guest stars in the meantime.  Hopefully, after the planned month off, Snyder and Capullo will really kick things into high gear.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Abnett's sea-based crossover goes beyond the basic comparisons between these two characters to explore some deeper themes that reside in both franchises. A healthy amount of laughs and solid artwork are let down by some pacing issues and an entirely unnecessary backup.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor starts putting the pieces together to give readers more of an ongoing narrative, and while I liked the inclusion of Wink and Aerie from his Suicide Squad book, Damian Wayne is the main focus.  Taylor dishes out his usual feels, but the moment felt more like an extended cut from the original DCeased mini then anything else.  I had mixed feelings over the art, but overall, this was a good chapter, just not the best we've seen so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you're a fan of the zany and wackier comic stories of today or even yesteryear, this is a title you'd be thrilled to sit down and read while have a cold drink on a hot day. However, if you're looking for something light on Deadpool that focuses on the side characters in this story, you might want to look elsewhere for now. This is however a Deadpool book that avoids the Civil War hubbub going on so it does have that working for it.  Basically, come for the action, stay for the art, and enjoy a little bit of the Mercs and a whole lot Deadpool.
View Issue       View Full Review

I imagine it's not an easy task for a writer to make one of Marvel's goofiest characters someone you can truly feel for. However that's exactly what Gerry Duggan is able to do here, with surprisingly great effect, while keeping you anticipating the stories return in Marvel Now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is exactly what you'd expect from Deathstroke.  James Bonny and Tyler Kirkham give the reader over-the-top popcorn action movie fun.  If that's what you are looking for, you'll enjoy this issue and series.  If you want more than that, go look elsewhere, but you'll be missing out on all the fun.  Don't you like fun?
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good issue of Deathstroke up until the forced cliffhanger.  I don't mind guest stars showing up in books, but Raptor is far from a star and just felt tacked on.  Other than that, however, the story fleshed out the Wilson family and the art was really good.  This is the type of issue I can get behind.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good issue of Deathstroke, just not up to par with what we were getting before the Lazarus Contract.  This isn't quite "Deathstroke No More", but more like Deathstroke 2.0 and I am still looking forward to it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke Inc. #5 finally shows what this book is all about, and I'm excited for what comes next.  Unfortunately, the first half of the issue felt like total filler to fill pages before the explosive ending, but it's big enough to almost make up for that.  Overall, this book feels more and more critical to Joshua Williamson's Infinite Frontier story, and I suggest picking it up.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue sets up the League of Shadows as the vicious thing it is.  They may work from the shadows, but blood is already getting spilled and Batman is being blamed.  The art was good and the issue ends with a pretty clever and messed up cliffhanger.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this isn't the best issue of this arc, it's still pretty damn good.  We get to see some more Bruce/Zatanna: The Early Years and then get some butt kicking good times for the rest of the issue.  Fans of Azrael will be excited by the end and as one of them...I can't wait for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tynion's run of Detective is coming to an end and this issue continues putting the pieces together for a big finale.  Eye (!) am excited to see what comes next, especially after the crazy cliffhanger that ended this issue.  I was not a fan of the art and a couple characters go complete wacko, but overall, I liked it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall this issue has a good pace to it. I like the idea of Doctor Doom on the run. Cantwell's writing keeps the story moving forward without too many words overtaking the art. Larroca's art is by far the stand out in this issue doing a great job with both the character design and action sequences. It is fun, with a good amount of action and definitely a must read for Doom fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

A solid closing chapter to this run of Dodge City, While the dodgeball itself may be lacking, Josh Trujillo has created a world of endearing characters whose personal drama is deeply engaging. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Empyre #3 is the best issue of the Event so far and sets up the second half to kick into high gear. Political intrigue meets family matters (sorry, no Urkel) with great art to boot. I still wonder if this story needed so may tie-ins, but at least I'm starting to enjoy the main title. Fingers crossed that continues!
View Issue       View Full Review

I'll be honest here - I can't give this more than a 7.5 rating simply because it all just seems like crazy time.  However it was entertaining, and I love the frog.  And the art was simply gorgeous.
View Issue       View Full Review

With one issue left, it was an odd time to jump on this series, but I have done way crazier things before. This book has a strong team, good art and this issue was action-packed. The best thing I can say about it is that I am intrigued to check out more of this runIm just sorry it took me so long to figure that out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Extermination continues and I love every time young Cable is on the page and hope he shows up soon when Ahab arrives.  Yea, I like one part of the story a whole lot more than the other, but like this book overall.  This doesn't move things forward by leaps and bounds, but if you liked last issue (which I did), you surely will still be onboard...which I am.
View Issue       View Full Review

Our Faiths learn to work together to take down the villain still at large at a comic convention. We continue to see Faith grow as a character as she protects her city, new friends and fellow con-goers. You get plenty of easter eggs and a classic superhero story to keep a smile on your face.
View Issue       View Full Review

FCBD 2023: Dawn of DC - Knight Terrors #1 might not change anyone's mind on whether they will fully participate in this summer's event, but it shouldn't discourage anyone either.  It looks great and sets up the seeds of the story, and that's what I expect from an FCBD preview.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #48 was a fun start to a premise that makes me smile...the Rogues helping the police bring down The Flash.  This issue sets the stage and gets everyone up to speed, but also has some good moments to boot.  While Jesus Merino's art will take me some more time to get used to, it fits the story here and helps give fans a nice, quick read that most should enjoy.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an okay issue of the Flash that was elevated by a couple huge reveals and a sense of Rebirth importance.  I wish we could get more of the three Flashes and also of Jorge Corona's art because it feels like the book is beginning to get better.  It's not there quite yet, but let's keep out fingers crossed.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Button continues and Joshua Williamson gets the job of giving the reader background information and setting up the next issue.  Because of that, this wasn't as exciting as the first chapter, though the end is sure to get people talking.  I love Howard Porter's art, but that couldn't save this issue from feeling a bit down.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson gives readers an issue that hints at some major stuff going down, but also one with a pacing problem.  I wanted more Reverse Flash and less Barry Allen, but at least he wasn't as much of a sad sack as he's been recently.  I loved the combined art of Carmine Di Giandomenico and Pop Mhan and I am really looking forward to seeing this story from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson gives readers a crash course in Reverse Flash and while it did feel like filler at points, the overall issue was an action packed and enjoyable read.  It all ended in a cliffhanger that was a long time coming and while that didn't fire me up much, I am looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a bit of a down turn for me. I don't know what exactly made it this way. The story has slowed down a bit and the veneer of this world has begun to wear off. However, it is still a good story and the action fest in the middle was good even if it had been done already by Mad Max: The Road Warrior and Mad Max: Fury Road. I still enjoy it and I don't know what we will get next issue, maybe it will become more survival horror? Anyway I give this issue a…
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, I enjoyed Future State: The Next Batman #1. The main story by John Ridley has me intrigued, though I wish there were more pages of this instead of having two backups. However, the Katana backup was cool, especially for Batman and the Outsiders fans, I just didn't need an Astrid Arkham story to end everything on such a dull note. Even with that, I can recommend this to Batman fans, but I don't know why there wasn't more "Next Batman."
View Issue       View Full Review

Although I did enjoy the issue overall there was a couple of pages and a couple of characters that didn't make sense to me, being new to the franchise, I am unsure if these will get explained along the way, but it certainly wasn't a deal breaker, especially to those who are used to jumping into comics blind, which to be fair, is most of us. I think Erik Burnham did an excellent job of making this as new reader friendly as it could be while appealing to the hardcore Ghostbuster reader. Bits and Pieces:I look forward to reading the next 7 issues, especially as they capture the humor and the feel of the Ghostbuster so precisely.
View Issue       View Full Review

It may not sound sexy, but Lansing and Kelly came in to do a job and did it. Dick Grayson and Helena Bertinelli are ready for their Rebirth closeups and even though we all knew how it would happen, they still threw in some cool surprises. This whole series was a celebration of Dick Grayson and it ends as just that.  I already miss this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson Annual #1 is a good continuation of the regular series run.  Tom King and Tim Seeley give us a story of deception and betrayal that puts Spyral one step closer to their objective.  While the story is a bit thin for an Annual, it's still worth reading and enjoyable for fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking to jump on the Green Arrow train, this is a great issue to do so.  There is enough recap to get everyone up to speed and while that may turn of some steady readers, there are some pretty big things for them to sink their teeth into as well.  I know it's cliche to say, but Juan Ferreyra's art is worth the price of admission which only makes the awesome cliffhanger a nice bonus.  My guess is things are about to get crazy!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues in a same old same old fashion until Ben Percy throws everything on it's ear with a huge twist.  It was big enough to get me excited for next issue, but not as excited as who looks to be coming to town.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have enjoyed the Rise of Star City, but we are still waiting for answers.  Granted, it's been brutally fun waiting for them, but still...I want more answers.  This issue adds a couple more questions to the mix, but the crazy cliffhanger and Juan Ferreyra's art still has me excited for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Green Arrow is action-packed, has great art and has me pumped for Ollie's upcoming trial.  Ben Percy puts some of his usual agendas on the back burner this month and the result is a fun issue I can recommend.  Keep them coming like this and Green Arrow will certainly shoot up my pile.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good but safe collection of Green Arrow stories that might not wow you but is worth checking out.  I wish there were a little more focus on Ollie's villains, but we did get to see the extended Arrow family, which was cool.  Overall, it is a good, not great anthology issue that gives Green Arrow fans an Anniversary to celebrate.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern #23.4 is a refresher course in Sinestro.  For those in the know already, this book is not really  necessary.  However, it looks like we are going to see more of Sinestro in the near future, so this is a good jumping on point for the uninitiated.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grant Morrison puts his imagination on full display and while the story is way out there and a little hard to grasp at times, the fun of it all wins out in the end.  Plus, Grant Morrison dealing with the Multiverse is always a good thing, right?
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue isn't going to win an Eisner, but Sam Humphries making fun of Mickey D's and fast-food in general was good for some fun. Sure, there wasn't a lot of Harley in it, but the art was really good and it is worth a look for a few laughs.
View Issue       View Full Review

Either way, I'm digging Cho Hulk and see an outlet for him with the Champions and feel he should stick around for younger readers. No one can be Banner Hulk but maybe he just needs a different niche? 
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Frontier ends by setting up some humongous stuff as we advance.  However, it didn't finish the story at hand as well as I was hoping it would.  The issue looked fantastic, but this ending made me like Infinite Frontier overall when I loved it most of the way.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinity Man and the Forever People #2 is running totally on charm and personality.  There isn't much of a story, but I enjoyed it anyway.  I guess it's the excitement of learning the new team, but that only takes you so far.  Giffen and Didio better introduce some sort of plot and soon.  Until then, sit back and watch as the New Gods visit a farm.  Really, a farm.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Injustice is pure fun and I had a ball reading it, but it doesn't push the overall story ahead one bit. I loved seeing Hawkman, but loved seeing him get his ass kicked even more. The art and action are worth the price of admission, I just wish there was more story to back them up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato begins moving forward again with a heavy dose of Bizarro and questioned friendships.  I love Bizarro and would love to see him last this whole Year Five, but I fear the worst and after seeing this week's cliffhanger, the worst may be coming up quickly.  I feel bad saying I can't wait to see it, but I also don't want to lie.  If the next few issue grab this week's baton and run with it, we may just get back to Year Five kicking ass and taking names.  One can hope, right?
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't think I've ever said this about a chapter of Injustice, but I wish that Brian Buccellato would have slowed things down a bit to let everything that has happened sink in a bit.  Maybe we will get to the grieving later, but this issue is about retribution and revenge.  While Superman tries to find out who is responsible (Maybe he's also writing "If I Did It: Confessions of the Super Killer" as we speak), Batman is back and may just go that extra step for justice.  However, that would kind of make Superman right in the grand scheme of things, so don't bet your bottom dollar on it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman finally catches Superman red handed and the issue ends with the public about to learn the truth.  In the meantime, Lex Luthor continues being awesome and while the issue was pretty much all setup, it looked really good and pushed the story forward.  Not the best issue, but far from the worst.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue didn't blow me away, what it sets up is a step in the right direction.  Brian Buccellato is setting up a battle on a massive scale and Bruno Redondo makes everything look amazing.  There is still room for improvement, but I'm glad to be excited about Injustice again.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a step in the right direction with it's all out action extravaganza.  It was fun to finally get an action packed issue and the cliffhanger promises even more craziness.  The story may still be moving a bit slow for my liking, but the art was great and the cliffhanger made me smile and look forward to next week's issue.  I haven't been able to say that in quite some time.  Hopefully, this issue is the start of me falling in love with Injustice all over again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall I thought the issue was okay. It was not bad in any sense but it wasn't great either. You can read through it extremely fast but it moves the story forward slowly. Everything looks great. There were a couple of bombshells revealed kind of, great cameo, and nice nods. I think that this issue will flow well in trade but it was not anything spectacular by itself. I still think you should check it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a mix of a huge scene that felt rushed and a couple other scenes that lasted a bit too long.  It kind of works itself out in the wash and overall, I liked this issue enough.  It's not my favorite issue of the series, but good art and the crazy cliffhanger have me looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Dark #23 has great action.  Everyone in the DCU seems to be fighting each other and it looks great.  What it does lack is story and plot beyond the action.  Next weeks Trinity War finale has a lot left to resolve.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is the weakest of the three Wonder Woman issues, it is still a nice way to wrap up her story before moving on to the main Justice League title.  Bekka is full of hope and love and after the dark stories of Batman and Superman, it is a really nice contrast.  While the story wraps up a bit too tidy, I am really looking forward to seeing Bekka in the Justice League books.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chip Zdarsky kicks off his Justice League story, and while it's a slower start than I expected, I am intrigued.  I hope to see how this story ties into current and future storylines soon, but for now, I am enjoying the character work, the art, and the mystery of it all.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Bendis is literally and figuratively building a new world in this series and I found myself smiling along with the Legionnaires by the time I finished reading this premier issue.  My Frichtman tag says “Comic Boom!” and I approve this comic with a solid...
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is one of my favorite issues of Lobo since the reboot, that isn't saying much.  The issue started off with a bang and while it lost steam towards the middle part, the twist ending has me looking forward to the crossover between this and Sinestro coming up soon.  Robson Rocha's art was really good and if you've been looking for this new Lobo to step up his game, you could do worse than buying this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This series has a few things against it, but one huge thing for it...Ocean Master!  I love Orm and every panel with him in it makes me smile.  I also love Mera and the two together are solid gold.  If only this book could ditch the over narration and slow pacing, it could turn into something special and unique in its own right.  As it is now, it is just good.  Believe me, though, I'll take "just good" any day.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando does a good job with the start of this mini.  Sure, the beginning falls into the same trap that the last series did with the dialogue, but it quickly calms down and gives us some really good moments.  The art was good and helped tell the story and it all ends with a cliffhanger that really couldn't have gotten any more personal.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is far from a perfect issue, but it's good enough for me to recommend it.  Sure, the dialogue isn't great and the transition from last issue to this one was confusing, but I found myself enjoying it more than I thought I would.  I think it's the combination of Fernando Blanco's art and Steve Orlando's undying faith in his main character (and his faith in Apollo) that is starting to win me over.  I can't say it's my favorite book yet, but it's easily a guilty pleasure so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was wary about this mini series going in, I am enjoying Midnighter's quest to get his love out of the pits of Hell.  When Steve Orlando isn't trying to get too fancy, he's giving us a hell of a story (sorry!) and Fernando Blanco's art is top notch.  I am glad to admit that this story has been a pleasant surprise.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good first issue of Miles Morales that shows Ahmed knows the character and gets everyone up to speed. Javier Garrons art is fantastic throughout and while the issue didnt blow me away like I was hoping, it has me confident that the book is in good hands going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I'm still waiting for that moment where everything clicks, this issue at least gave hints at something good coming our way.  I still won't go overboard and claim this is a perfect comic, but King and Gerads are slowly getting me more and more into their story.  While that probably means nothing to them, it means a whole lot to me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Things get dire in this issue and our cast of would-be heroes are in over their heads. The Inventor is taking his evil plans further by expanding it to Jersey City and the Ms. Marvel team desperately calls for back up. This issue ends with an interesting guest appearance and I'm looking forward to seeing this conclude next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Solid jumping on point for new readers, but a little boring for fans who've been reading for a while. Not a whole lot happens, though it does set some things up to be dealt with in subsequent issues. I'm a big fan of G. Willow Wilson (super excited about her taking over Wonder Woman later this year!) and I expect her to kick it up a notch once this story gets going, but as a single issue, this just wasn't my favorite. As a quasi, “fresh start,” it works, but if that's what the goal was they should've just given the book a “fresh start” with a new #1.
View Issue       View Full Review

This volume had a slow start that I found slightly underwhelming, but it quickly regained it's footing with a fun undercover romp with exciting characters. It was great to see some favorites like Midnight and Fat Gum in the spotlight again too. Furuhashi has a neat knack for showcasing familiar characters in his story and capturing their character accurately without allowing them to overshadow his own creations, as seen by Kaniko stealing the show here (Koichi only dreams he was a comic relief character this badass!) The trip to Naniwa was a short but sweet arc that provided something fresh and promised more to come with the debut of a new threat. Looks like season 2 of Vigilantes is off to a solid start!
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a clever homage to the Big Lebowski for the older readers, (SABOTAGE! These pins really tie alley together! Nihilists!) plus the visual mashups of Ponies & Lebowski characters. There are more stakes to this issues caper, but the reverse Deus Ex Machina of a character we haven't met being the culprit comes off a bit forced. Still, the cartoony, colorful art make it an easy read for adults and kids alike.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even with some pretty cool revelations, this issue felt like a bunch of setup.  Al Ewing does a good job of getting the reader excited for next issue and Paco Medina's art is really good, but that can't disguise the fact that not a lot happens.  I will be back next month and it looks like the shit is really going to hit the fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

New Suicide Squad #3 may not advance the story much, but it was a fun and action filled ride.  The team is a mess and it's only getting messier.  Maybe it's because I didn't expect too much, but I've enjoyed Sean Ryan and Jeremy Robert's run so far and am looking forward to seeing more.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue sets up all the pieces for the finale coming up in the Annual and while that usually means not a lot happens, that's not the case here.  Sean Ryan gives us some action, but a heaping helping of character work that is bound to pay off in spades.  Every character has something to do and a reason to do it and that is certainly going to lead to an explosive finale.  I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing Annual #1 is a good issue for most and a really good one for Dick and Babs fans.  The introduction of Firefly was lackluster, but the book does a good job of establishing the two hero's complicated past in the New 52.  Though it's a stretch to think they will ever have a fairy tale ending, seeing them together for an issue brought a smile to my face.  I agree with Batgirl, this one is a...
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing is back, and I can't wait to see him back in action! This issue, however, is all about what Dick wants and what is coming for him. I didn't like everything from the "Ric Era," but it did happen, and Dan Jurgens gives some resolution to some of the better things from it. We also get a cliffhanger that might ruin the best thing, and that will have me back next month for sure.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #79 didn't impress me as much as Tom Taylor's first issue of Nightwing did, but I am still excited for this book.  I need things to get moving forward a bit more.  It may be just me, but I love Dick Grayson because he's a great guy, so I don't need to be reminded of it every page at the expense of story progression.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #80 is a slow burn issue more about fan service than story.  Not a ton happens until the end, and even then, the lack of setup made the cliffhanger hit less than it should have.  This is still a better Nightwing book than fans have gotten in years, but I am still waiting for that moment that makes it a must-read for everyone.  I hope that moment hits next month because I want to love this book, but I only like it right now.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing continues to jog in place a bit, but the cliffhanger could be very explosive!  Tom Taylor still seems a little too concerned with fan service instead of developing his antagonists and story, but the art is excellent, and he writes Dick Grayson well.  I've said it for three months now, but I still like this book when I want to love it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Fear State story doesn't give Tom Taylor a whole lot of Nightwing things to do, so he teams him up with Batgirl and lets the fan service roll.  I don't blame him since people love it so far, and there are a couple of big moments in this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins and Trevor McCarthy give fans a penultimate issue that didn't wow me until midway through, but then it wowed me big time.  It was still a bit more setup than I expected, but the setup and the cliffhanger have me excited for the finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has incredible art and provides us with a story that, while not giving us a whole lot, sets up a lot going forward. The dialogue is very sharp and believable and the issue is very welcoming to readers who are jumping on for the Civil War II tie-in. That said, there seems to be a few wasted scenes and ultimately the issue spends more time setting up a future story than providing us with a good launch point. Despite this though, I found myself enjoying this issue and relating to Sam quite a bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been really getting into this Hawkeye Avengers run since it's hilarious. I have enjoyed every issue. The art in this issue, though efficient and effective in its story telling, was a real let down from previous ones. Walta has a comic strip like style to his art that just didn't draw me in to the story as much as I would have liked.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues the fun that is Red Hood and the Outlaws.  The story and art come together so nicely and it ends with the Dark Trinity ready to hit the road.  Sure, the Black Mask bit ends abruptly, but who cares when you're having this much fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

Donny Cates gives us a story that isn't necessarily original, but it has some intrigue moving forward from here. The art is good once you get used to the style, but takes a few pages to adjust to. If this book can take the concept it has established so far and build on it in a new way, I think this book will be really good. We just have to see where it goes next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this book. Although it was still putting the pieces of the puzzle in place for the series, who doesn't like a heist story? Plus when the crew attempting it is as fun as this one there's some laughter guaranteed. A nice solid start to the series, some crackling dialogue from Al Ewing and the art by Adam Gorham was great. Good to flarking go! Also, I noticed that it was filed under the genre, "Anthropomorphic Superhero" by my supplier so that gave me a bonus laugh.
View Issue       View Full Review

Rocket Racoon is a great character and Matthew Rosenberg seems to be having fun with him and the rest of the Marvel Universe here.  The story is pretty straight forward (Rocket wants off Earth), but the ending throws an interesting wrench into it all.  The art is very good and if you are a Rocket fan, I'm sure you'll dig this beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

Halfway through this miniseries, and while the character roster still feels a little too big to allow everyone their moment to shine, an emphasis on action and the introduction of our final two Justice League members give this issue enough momentum to remain fun and engaging. With some good art, cute character interactions, and the promise of answers to our questions in the next issue, this is a solid read for those still invested in this charming crossover.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book was a blast even if I didn't quite know what was happening with very storyline.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are reading Grayson, miss Animal Man or somehow want more Katana, this issue is for you. The Grayson story is a prelude to the current series, Animal Man is a recap of Jeff Lemire's entire New 52 run and Katana is an Ann Nocenti story through and through. For what it's worth, this is one of my favorite Secret Origins issues yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #1 was a fun issue with an odd focus.  Setting the story in Gotham took too much of the spotlight off of Wonder Woman and onto Gotham Rogues.  It was still fun and Ethan Van Sciver's art was great.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can always get behind a Wonder Woman/Cheetah battle and this one had a nice little twist.  While the entire issue was mainly setup for next week's finale, I enjoyed it and am excited to see how it turns out.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #6 is a middle issue, through and through.  I like everything Bryan Q. Miller gives us, but we are left hanging just as it gets good.  The plot lines each have their own artist, but this causes jarring transitions that ruin the flow.  Fans of the series will enjoy everything here, but new readers should start at the beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

So finally, on to the score. This was not the best Spider-Gwen book that I've read so far. It did have some slow parts and a lot of inner dialog.  That aside, it is still one of the better Marvel titles you can grab right now. It was a good start to a new arc, but I expect better from this team and this book, and I am sure I will get that with the next issue.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Spider-Man 2099 doesn't have to be such a serious book and when the character stops brooding and gets to play in his own timeline, the title really shines. I hope the book stays on this crazy train for a few more issues because my head is out the window, the wind is blowing in my face, and I'm finally having a blast again!
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an okay start for Spider-Woman. Karla Pacheco starts things light, but things get more violent for Jessica as the issue progressesand it's all her fault. That's not entirely true, as we get a mysterious cliffhanger that shows that, and while I am interested in seeing more of that, I was hoping for a little more out of this issue. Still, Pere Perez's art was great, and I think fans of Spider-Woman will enjoy this beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all, it looks as if the story is moving towards a crescendo. A showdown between the Sarge and Luke Skywalker seems to be inevitable. 
View Issue       View Full Review

I was wary going into this adaptation after the subpar Force Awakens book, but Jody Houser won me over quickly.  This issue speeds through the known to shed light on the new material and the bits we get here really flesh out the story.  The art was okay, but this is all about the story and there is enough new material here to interest fans of the movie and those who thought something was missing from the film.
View Issue       View Full Review

Suicide Squad #8 is a set-up, cool down issue that gives readers a more in-depth look at Aerie and Wink's relationship while setting up this series's stretch run.  Big things are about to go down, and Tom Taylor is putting the pieces together to make it a memorable finale.  This is not a great jumping-on point (really, the series is almost over), but fans who have been reading it from the start should enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #1 is a real good start to the series. Charles Soule does a great job fleshing out the two titans without getting too cliche and/or boring. It's a character study with comics true power couple. I just wonder how long a book like this will last. Hopefully, the twist end will get even more people reading because it is real good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman continues being one of the better Truth books and that was not meant as a backhanded compliment in any way.  The issue may have wrapped itself up a little too quickly after the long setup, but the action scenes were exciting and I really liked the interaction between the two leads.  I am still waiting for all this Truth nonsense to end, but after we come out on the other side, I may think back fondly at the last couple of issues of this book.  Maybe.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grant Morrison kicks off his four-issue mini with some historical feels, intrigue, and great art by Mikel Janin.  Morrison fans will eat this up, but others might want to wait for another issue or two to see what's going on.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoyed reading this issue and look forward to the continuing story, but I just wish this first issue was a bit more explosive.  Even with the slower paced opener, I am looking forward to seeing this book and it's crazy mysteries explored further.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #30 works more as a setup for next months finale than a great standalone issue.  It is a slow exposition heavy issue that I'm sure will pay off next month.  However, it's this month and I can't help feel a little disappointed.  However, this shows that even when Soule and Saiz slip a bit, they are still far ahead of what others give us week in and week out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #33 is a transition issue between the last arc and something even bigger and darker.  Because of this, it's heavy on dialogue and exposition and Javier Pina's art is good, but not great.  If you want to jump into the awesomeness of Swamp Thing, this is as good a time as any, just know this isn't the best issue Soule has given us.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Bionic Man #1 is a good origin story for everyone who wants to get back into the Six Million Dollar Man.  It may lie in a grey area between reboot and homage, but I liked it as both and will continue reading the series, hopefully past the fourth issue this time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak gives readers a prelude to the Weapons of Mutant Destruction story and it got me excited enough to care.  I like the team, I like the threat and the art was good enough to help out with the heavy lifting.  It may be mostly setup, but it is a prelude and gets everyone caught up going into the crossover.
View Issue       View Full Review

I like this series so far, it's been enjoyable, light-hearted so far and offers something a little different for Marvel readers.
View Issue       View Full Review

When I was reading the parts with the battle, it seemed like this was going to be a typical, traditional issue of the Thunderbolts that we've all read before. But in quieter scenes with the scene, there was some good storytelling and character development. This was a strong issue, but fell short of the previous two issues overall. I will continue to read it, and I'm looking forward to see where the story goes from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

 If you happen to be fans of Bebop and his old pal Rocksteady, any problems in the issue will be easily overlooked. Just sit back, look at it, read it, look at it some more and enjoy the destruction these two leave in their wake.  As a final note, I'm not usually a guy who goes nuts for cover art, but if you can track down Kevin Eastman's variant for this issue, buy it and take it home and make it a nice hot meal and keep taking care of it until you are both old and gray, sitting on your porch swing, drinking a big old glass of lemonade.  It deserves to be cherished and loved...and don't we all?
View Issue       View Full Review

Even though some of this story is obviously being forced to get us to our ending, there is enough here to enjoy and a couple of things that I can't wait to see.  This was an action-packed issue complimented by some really good EJ Su art.
View Issue       View Full Review

 All in all, this issue was a mixed bag. The creators definitely did what they could in the space provided to move our main story forward. but the issue suffers from catching the aforementioned tie-in fever which therefore shoehorns it into a few different aspects that weren't really necessary.  The art also shifts dramatically at various points where flashback sequences are used. While everything is rendered fantastically, the two different styles don't mesh well together.  Despite all that, if you're a fan of if this title, this is still something you're most likely going to enjoy. Just be aware that it suffers from taking the middle ground and trying to please tie-in and existing fans alike.
View Issue       View Full Review

The writing and art team had too much of a good thing going for the pace to slow to a crawl for the sole reason of pleasing Marvel editorial. While I'm still on board to follow the Ultimates, I really want our main story to keep moving forward and have this book escape Event tie-in status. Ultimately, there is fun to be had in small doses here when the book isn't forced to retread familiar territory.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Ultimates is trying. How it's forced to tie into the very early beginnings of Civil War II is criminal at this point, but Al Ewing is still able to make it work.  This is a good book, crafted with care, with ties to the Marvel Universe past and present. I just can't shake this feeling the Ultimates could be enjoyed at a much higher level minus its tie-in status outside this current Marvel timeline.  
View Issue       View Full Review

If you've been a fan of Gwenpool from the beginning, this is more of the same to keep you interested in the premise of a new arc going forward. If you're still one of those people on the fence regarding this character and her namesake title, I think this issue and book overall would go a long way towards charming that cold, cold heart of yours. Basically, Gwenpool is worth the open spot on anybody's pull list that's looking for a top of the line comedy adventure.
View Issue       View Full Review

All books go through peaks and valleys and I feel that's all that happened here. A two issue team-up between Miles and Gwen, while interesting at first, fell a little flat for me towards the end. Hastings' jokes, however, remain a saving grace. I find him able to hit my funny bone throughout the book and I love how the writer can always be counted on for a few good belly laughs each issue regardless of the subject matter presented. Despite various story elements coming up a little flat this issue, the title overall remains one of Marvel's highlight comedies. Give Gwenpool a shot.
View Issue       View Full Review

While not much happened in this issue, I enjoyed the Deadpool parts and seeing how Red Skull used his newfound powers on the team. The art continues to be some of the best that Marvel is putting out and the story is interesting enough to keep me wanting more each month.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a reprint from Italian Almanacco Topolino 233, 1976. Its a fun, silly story in a world that features zero continuity from issue to issue. The art and colors are great, and the artist is able to get a surprising amount of expression in the face of several ducks. Fun!
View Issue       View Full Review

While not an essential read just yet, this was a fun setup of a team that I am already loving. The art is good and even if you arent reading every War of the Realm book, I suggest at least checking out this first issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good ending to a good mini series that felt like it was supposed to be something more. I was not a fan of the art, but if you are a Winter Soldier fan, this is worth checking out.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this first issue of the series even if Ben Percy is taking his time at the start. Maybe thats why I like it as we get to meet the characters and explore the setting. This issue is not action-packed, but anyone looking for a murder mystery with some crazy potential down the road should check this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman '77 is not a bad issue, it's just not as good as the first two of the arc.  The story wraps itself up nicely, but Marc Andreyko tries too hard to force the laughs and Matt Haley and Richard Ortiz's art is pretty average.  After two strong issues, it's a shame the arc ends with a bit of a downer.  Don't get me wrong, I still liked it, I just didn't love it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the second straight filler issue with not enough Wonder Woman.  However, I really liked what we got here.  The character development and promise of future conflict are enough to give this issue high marks.  Things are building up to a head and I'm going to be so glad to be there when it all hits the fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Rucka starts his Godwatch story with a powerful origin story of a character and a hate that will plague Wonder Woman from here on out.  It's very quick moving, but with great art by new series artist, Bilquis Evely, and a story full of action and mystery, I can easily recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #761 isn't a bad issue.  We get some solid motivation from Maxwell Lord and big answers to what has been going on.  The problem is, those big answers make the story feel smaller, and while I am still enjoying this first arc by Mariko Tamaki, I need a bit more to recommend it thoroughly.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #771 is a fantastic-looking book that still has me interested in what's going on.  Sure, the thrill of seeing Thor and Asgard has faded a bit, but the mystery of what is happening to Asgard and how Diana figures into it is intriguing.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still enjoying this book even if this issue didnt wow me as the first one did. I can still easily recommend it to everyone who enjoyed what Ed Brisson and Dylan Burnett gave us in the #1, but I hope the next issue has more for each character to do and gets a bit of the humor back in the mix.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor is a great writer due in no small part to him being sure to give readers something to enjoy in every issue. This time lots of detailed action sequences that fit the moment of the story, but here that leaves a lot of the heavy lifting to the art team. They absolutely delivered, but it doesn't excuse a somewhat meandering plot. Maybe it's just me getting antsy but I wanted to see a more direct conflict with Nova, instead, we got more mind-controlled British ambassadors hating mutants. I trust Taylor to get things going again, but I'm not going to be a huge fan of another 6 issues of this pace. It needs to pick up. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the first issue, and I absolutely believe that Greg and Co.have a great story to tell here, and I'll be reviewing it every month giving them the benefit of the doubt. But this feels like something that will read a lot better when the whole series has been released and I don't particularly love that. The art will carry the score on issue #1, and I'm hoping the story catches up by issue #2
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Two-Face #27 is a decent issue that gives some more details on Two-Face's origin.  Unfortunately, Erin McKillen is not an interesting character and we get alot of her here.  The story is slowly getting better and I am looking forward to next issue to see if the trend continues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Although there are one or two slight niggles (why do the ‘angels' not follow Vampirella to the city, for example?), this remains a very enjoyable issue. There's enough here to keep me interested in the series, and there are (just) enough hints dropped to prompt some theorising about the nature of the situation in which Vampirella finds herself. Broxton's art is very good; Cornell's script is witty and fun. All in all, this is worth checking out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue can best be summed up in the words of the only remaining Merc for Money, Massacre... “Adios” to the first iteration of the Merc$ for Money, we hardly knew ye.
View Issue       View Full Review

You don't need to be a brony or know any pony lore to jump right in. The cartoony art works great for the all-ages story and the vibrant colors really stand out. It's enough of a twist for young readers and because they specify “no medicine was stolen” the older readers know we can rule out the methadone clinic ponies and the ice addict ponies.
View Issue       View Full Review

Credit goes to Rosenberg who makes it feel like The Goonies meets Oceans 11 mishmash. This is two vastly different properties that should not flow together the way they do but execution is just stellar.   Tyler Boss on art/color duties gives the adventure an 80's type feel with subdued colors and a throwback look which I'm a huge fan of when done correctly like this.  I thoroughly enjoyed all the jokes present throughout the title and look forward to coming back to this group of foul mouth kids with a no quit attitude as soon as Black Mask Studios gives me more. 
View Issue       View Full Review

The story remains engrossing through the entire issue and the ending has me excited for the next entry in the series. This issue is a solid chapter in the story of Claudio and The Writer and fans of the Amory Wars story will likely be engrossed as the saga moves towards another epic showdown.
View Issue       View Full Review

These Waid stories have definitely made my Marvel app work over time. It was some work going back and reading every issue in this new volume of avengers, but I'm really glad I did. I will be happy to keep up to date on the Avengers. Though I hope Waid doesn't end everyone of these back stories in such a cheesecake way that would get old fast.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this comic wasn't perfect, it did capture a bit of that old Back to the Future magic that I love so much.  The second story dealing with a young Doc Brown and the Manhattan Project was my favorite here, but the first one showing Doc and Marty's first meeting was good and easily would have fit into the animated universe.  This mini is a celebration of everything Back to the Future and it's off to a good start.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brenden Fletcher has been given the task of transitioning Batgirl into Rebirth and he does a good job here.  While a couple of things felt forced, he still gives fans a callback villain and a story that has me looking forward to next issue.  The art team does a good job maintaining the regular feel of the book and it all combines into an issue that I can recommend to Burnside fans, even if new readers should wait until June and beyond.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was hoping that Tom King and Mikel Janin would knock my socks off, they just gave us a solid start to the I AM SUICIDE arc. Underneath it all was a sly sense of humor that I loved, but this issue just made me look forward to the next and hopefully a little more to sink my teeth into. This issue was good, just not great.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #130 has a full appearance of the Batgod and if that's not your thing, get ready to roll your eyes a lot.  I think a lot of what we're seeing in Chip Zdarsky having fun in a Grant Morrison way, but he may have taken it all a bit too far.  The issue looks fantastic thanks to Jimnez's art and this is the book to get some good Tim Drake.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #13 is a good issue hampered by bad art.  I'm intrigued with where the story of Superman and Batman dealing with memory loss goes, it's just a shame we have to wait two months to continue it.
View Issue       View Full Review

For the price of one delicious soda, you can see a sexy Lex Luthor almost show how much he hates Superman. We do get to see the start of the cracks in his public facade leading to the evidence that he is indeed working on an answer to this alien problem. This is my favorite prequel chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Eternal #2 seems to be sprinting to a finish line a year away.  So much is thrown at the reader that it can be a bit overwhelming.  Granted, it's still good, but suffers from a frantic pacing with little transitions.  The art of Jason Fabok is gritty, dark and good.  I still like this book, just not as much as the first issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #15 continues the trend I have with this book.  The series as a whole annoys me, even while I enjoy individual issues. It may not make complete sense, but I liked most of what we get this week.  The main story is a scary horror comic and Dustin Nguyen's art is fittingly creepy.  Ray Fawkes is my favorite writer on this book so far and I can't wait to see where he goes with Batwing and Jim Corrigan in the (hopefully) near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Baternal is setup,  but it's setting up the Bat Family for a triumphant return to glory.  Batman is already getting frustrated by Hush so it's good the Family is ready to help again.  The story, dialogue and character moments are great fun for fans, but the art was a little off.  If stories like this continue to be featured, I may start getting serious with this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue sets up so much up, but not all of it is good.  Hush is busy doing something that rarely happens...besting Batman.  He also has Bruce Wayne on the ropes and is about to hit him where it hurts.  Julia comes out of the Cave and shows she can hold her own, but sometimes holding your own isn't enough.  One of those times may be the last page of this issue.  Higgins and Fabok move the book forward enough to have me interested in next week's issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #34 sets the next big story in motion, but it's a bit more than just setup.  Batman and Hush battle it out and another young person finds out how dangerous it is to hang with the Bat.  Everything pushes the story forward which is good, but also doesn't allow it to breathe on it's own.  Most reader's will already be invested in the story as a whole and should find a couple of things they like here and be excited to see where it goes.
View Issue       View Full Review

Don't let anything I said in my review make you think this is a bad book.  It is so far from bad and is still my favorite book in quite some time, but I was still a bit disappointed with this finale.  Sean Murphy had set my expectations so high for this finale that maybe it's more my fault than his, but like I said, this was a good issue instead of a great one.  Overall, however, this was an awesome series and if you haven't read it yet, go and do so now!
View Issue       View Full Review

I was glad to have Garney back on art duties. He has the noire feeling Daredevil needs. Soule's writing is stellar. He has weaved so many of his storylines into this one issue without crowding it with over explanation. It is a simple but yet epic reason for nobody to know Daredevil's secret identity.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christopher Priest continues from his Rebirth issue by showing us more of Deathstroke's world and it's a world of crosses, double crosses, triple...you get the idea.  Nobody can be trusted, everyone has an angle and we are right there in the middle of it with our favorite anti-hero.  It looks like things are going to get worse before they get better and if the cliffhanger can be believed, clothes not only can make the man, but they might just kill him as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is yet another good issue of Deathstroke with some humor, action and a guest star that is not only surprising, but surprisingly great.  The story and art come together so well and even if it's not new user friendly, those who are invested should continue to enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

While there isn't really a trial going on here, we get the Bat Family, some great art and a microscope on what Batman has really been up to since Rebirth started.  It all leads to clear sides being drawn, but not in the way you might have expected and I'm okay with it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics #1062 kicks off Ram V's and Rafael Albuquerque's run with a story full of mystery and intrigue, which is cool but also challenging to rate.  I am an Albuquerque fan, and he doesn't disappoint.  Ram V's story doesn't either, but unfortunately,  I can't tell if it's because it's really good, or because we only get a tiny bit of it.  I am hoping it's the former!
View Issue       View Full Review

Venditti and Jensen have set up this issue to fit perfectly into the Futures end Event, but because of that, the shock and awe are not there.  It is still a good issue that pushes the regular run forward more than any other book this month, but felt too much like a regular issue of the Flash than a book in the big September Event.  I can easily recommend this issue to Flash readers, but those grabbing it as a Futures End issue will be lost and confused.  Figure out where you are on that scale and buy or don't buy accordingly.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a fun issue and that turned out to be both good and bad.  I love seeing Barry in a happy place and could read a whole arc with him training these new Speedsters.  However, Black Hole and it's leader turned out to be less of a threat than I ever imagined and in the end, we are back at square one on the Goodspeed front.  The art was hit and miss this issue, but the story was good enough to keep me fully on board and excited for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #1 is a good start to the Rogues arc.  It's a fun story that is bound to get more interesting as it plays out.  The change in artists and art style mid-book really throws the reader out of the issue, but it's still good fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good, just not amazing (or spectacular) start to a new Spider-Man book. Tom Taylor gets everyone up to speed on Peter/Spider-Mans life and sets up a mystery that has me intrigued. I recommend this to old and new Spidey fans, I just think the best is yet to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue had some problems that prevent it from higher marks, Ben Percy keeps the legacy fun train rolling and I have my ticket punched for the ride.  This issue looks really good and fans of Green Arrow will have plenty to look forward to.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy shows us that Oliver must save himself so he can save the corruption that is Star City.   Juan Ferreyra's art is outstanding and while the story still doesn't move forward much, it's a good setup for what's to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps #24 made me more interested in Lights Out.  The Corps is showing it's character by making each one an interesting and unique cog.  This is the Corps I've been waiting for and Jensen and Chang are delivering the goods.  Hopefully this upward trend continues with New Guardians #24.
View Issue       View Full Review

A new story by Ben Blacker, that is equal parts fantasy action and social commentary, delivers pretty strongly in issue 1. The twist, with the Stepford Wives's like prison reveal, at the end of the book keeps this feeling original enough, that continued reading feels warranted.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's weird to say that issue #12 is a good start, but I'll take it.  I've been waiting to like this series and this team may just do the trick.  I can't promise that the series will get better, but at least this is an issue I can recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Bizarro, so getting a whole issue of him and Trickster eating some burgers and figuring out his past is okay with me.  Does it push the overall story forward much?  No, but like Buccellato's stories with Catwoman and Damian, it makes us care more about the characters as we head toward this book's very violent future.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor continues the slow burn with a trip down memory lane with our favorite fear monger, Sinestro. While it makes sense in the story, I am waiting with baited breath for the "Explodey, Splodey Splode".  It will come and it will be great, just not this week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even though not a lot happened in this issue, I found it enjoyable to read. It was a real quick read that provided a lot of information going forward with the story. This is one title I didn't really expect to like, but I seem to come away from every issue feeling satisfied with what I read.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed where Bendis took this book, changing Tony Stark's history while keeping Iron Man's origin the same. Combine that with Maleev's great art, and you've got a great book. I can't wait to see how they continue this story after Civil War II.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I loved Justice League 3000, I kind of fell off it when it added that extra year.  Well, after this issue, I'm back on the trolley and can't wait to see what happens next.  This issue addresses and takes care of a slew of problems I had with the series and did so in pretty shocking ways.  Colleen Doran fills in on art and I really liked it and remember, I am a card carrying Howard Porter fanboy.  I don't know if it will win any new fans, but this issue will make some tired old ones happy again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Last Ride #6 sets up a bombastic finale with twists and turns I didn't see coming.  It may have taken me a bit longer to get invested in this story, but it is better late than never.
View Issue       View Full Review

Putting the League on the back foot here, as well as giving us a little insight into their internal thoughts, really does help you sympathize with their current hurdles, and Horikoshi does a great job establishing the group as a bunch of ragtag underdogs against a formidable and organized opponents The Heroes might be nowhere in sight, but for now, I am very excited to see what happens to Shigiraki and his bunch of heartwarming hooligans next!
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked Sean Ryan's soft reboot of this book.  He got rid of everything that didn't work and replaced it with something awesome.  Next he should get rid of Rob Hunter's art and we may have something really special here.  If you want a team book with an edge, look past the art this month and you'll find a winner.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics featuring Wonder Woman #5 was a good start to this two part story.  Ivan Cohen's story may have been a bit heavy handed, but I liked the concept and the underlying message of tolerance.  Marcus To's art gets stronger as the issue progresses and I am curious to see the what and why of what's happening to Diana.  I've said it before, but stories like this are why this book is around in the first place.
View Issue       View Full Review

Charles Soule continues his Star Wars Story, and while I love his take on the characters, this issue was a bit down compared to the first. However, it's still a worthwhile buy and read for every Star Wars fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have enjoyed this series up until now, this issue isn't going to change your mind as we near next months finale.  If you haven't added this to your pull list, go back to the beginning and get them all.  It's worth it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue for showing how desperate Superman has become to get his powers back, but also for catching the book up to the June DC You preview.  Yep, if you've been looking to ask Wonder Woman out on a date, now is your chance because after this issue, she's a single lady.  The ending sets the book up for more crazy issues to come and I'm beginning to get excited for the Superman books again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman: Futures End #1 may not fit well as a Futures End story, but as a look at war it was good.  Wonder Woman does what it takes to win while past Superman shows there is still a chance for our favorite power couple.  I wish there was a way for the ending to show up in the regular run of Wonder Woman and this book, but I know it won't and/or can't.  It's still real to me. Dammit.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a testament to the quality of this series that this is my least favorite issue and I still like it more than 80% of what's on the shelves these days.  Max Landis uses Pete Ross to show Clark that he has more than himself to worry about and after a couple of cool cameos, we might be ready for a little Superfriends action.  I can't wait for the finale!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is non-stop action and that's good enough for me. I didn't know exactly what was going on, but this issue makes me want to catch up on the rest of the series. The cliffhanger promises even more action next issue and I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Once again I am shocked at the quality of this book. Even though not a lot happens outside of setting up the next issue, it was still a ton of fun and a really quick read.
View Issue       View Full Review

Warren Ellis continues giving readers a smartly written book that is short on hand holding and high on intrigue.  While I worry that he isn't giving up enough of the basics (especially when it comes to characters), I am enjoying the ride and am willing to put some extra work in to get the most out of it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I like almost all the stories we get in this issue and besides those, there are a bunch of pinups throughout that look awesome.   This is an easy buy for Wonder Woman fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

This first issue is more about the feel than anything else. It looks great and it gives readers who enjoy manga and anime something you dont usually get at the Big Two. I think this is one of those books that youll know if you like it or not right away so at least check it out and see where youre at. I know I liked it enough to keep reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this entire series is an acquired taste, I have enjoyed it from page one. I liked this issue, but I am starting to want a little more substance with my curse words and fart jokes. While I wish that Garth Ennis would have portrayed Martian Manhunter a bit better, this issue made me laugh and the art by John McCrea was...Excellente, he, he, he. If you have enjoyed the first two issue, you will continue doing so this month. If this book disgusts and upsets you, nothing here will change your mind.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jordan Clark takes over Aquaman for a few issues to give us an Aqualad and his AI Grandfather story.  That may sound ridiculous, but it isn't, and I wanted more of the two together.  Clark does a good job, and Marco Santucci's art is great,  making this a side-story worth checking out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #19 is setup.  What it sets up is awesome, but not much happens until the end.  As a fan of the series, I still ate it up and the art is great.  Fans will enjoy it, but I think this issue will fit in better when the event is collected.  This is the first time I had to say that about a Batman Beyond 2.0 issue yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

I haven't been a huge fan of The Dark Knight and I hate the Man-Bat.  Guess what?  This is one of my favorite issues of this series.  Gregg Hurwitz gives the reader an interesting take on the Man-Bat, it's just a shame it felt a bit rushed.  Ethan Van Sciver's art is as good as expected and makes the book feel more vibrant than usual.  I am actually looking forward to next issue for the first time in a long time. Too little too late is appropriate here, but it's better than too nothing never happened (?!?!?)
View Issue       View Full Review

Phil Hester uses Deathstroke to tell a story of war, revenge and bloodshed.  The fact that this is a Deathstroke book seemed inconsequential, but that's not really a bad thing.  If you are looking for an issue filled with fantastic art and a moral that goes deeper than throwing aliens into the sun, you will probably really like what Hester is cooking. I tend to like the action movie vibe of the regular Deathstroke book, but even I can't deny the quality here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christopher Priest continues his slow burn story and while that is getting a bit tedious, Power Girl is here to save the day!  I love Tanya Spears in this book and because of that, my score went up.  Either keep her in the book or give us some answers, Priest.  I'd actually love to see both.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual pretty much rips apart the Defiance team and has at least two moments that will shock the hell out of the readers and one that may have made a certain reviewer shed a couple of tears.  Yea, the feels are there, but unfortunately, the art wasn't, but that's the only thing I can really fault this Annual for.  If you are reading Priest's Deathstroke, you have to read this.  All you others, start reading Priest's Deathstroke starting at the beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson starts his post Button story by giving us a very distracted Barry and a very Big Bad that should be dead.  It all sets up a mystery in the future as Barry's present is falling apart.  The story and art were good and I can recommend this to anyone whether they liked the Button story or not.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall I really liked the pace of this issue. The start with the twisted nursery rhyme shed light to some pretty creepy things going on but it didn't feel wasted as it gave space for the needed action to take place. I did think the art was a little off at some times and just made for some light confusion where there shouldn't be, but that would probably be my only complaint. The issue really got off the ground running and I feel like we got a lot of answers and small details while also getting some more questions to move forward with.
View Issue       View Full Review

The dialogue in this issue was over-the-top and laughable, but Tim Seeley gives us so much to push the narrative forward that I'm going to have to bite my tongue and accept it.  Seriously, longtime readers will eat this issue up as we learn about the formation and plan of Spyral and see what they will do to protect that secret.  The art does the job and the book ends pointing into the only direction that makes sense in the long run.  I can't wait for January to see Grayson versus Spyral!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is not an introduction to Mister Miracle, but Tom King gives readers an intriguing story that is just getting started, but already feels pretty big already.  I do think the pacing is off, but the art and mystery of it all have me intrigued going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Last issue is a hard act to follow, but Bryan Q. Miller turns up the grim factor to give us something a bit different for this series.  This issue sets up some interesting events in the near future and everything looks good from the front cover to everything inside.  I hate to say it, but I think this issue will read better in the collected work, but get it digitally as well.  Why?  Because I said so.
View Issue       View Full Review

Strange Adventures #4 is the issue that has finally made me take an interest in this series.  I have liked the art of Gerads and Shaner from the beginning, and Tom King has caught up with them with a large amount of political intrigue.  We still have a long way before it's over, but I am finally enjoying the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

Planet of the Capes continues with a change of pace, a new dimension, but the same great interactions that make this book so much fun.  Throw in two grat new characters and awesome art and Super Sons continues being a fun ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have grown tired of the Wolf and Lady Weeds so it was nice to see Soule wrap things up this month.  It's an added bonus that he did it in a satisfying way.  In the end, the bad guys get their just deserts and Swamp Thing is back in the spotlight.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #28 continues to be the place to go for Superman goodness.  Greg Pak is showing us what makes Superman what he is and why that may be his downfall.  Throw in Lana Lang and you have two strong characters trying to save the World.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #32 continues the Doomed story and while it has a few pacing issues, is a pretty good chapter.  Greg Pak does a great job showing a Superman that can't save himself, let alone everyone on Earth.  Have no fear, though, because Steel is here.  He is the hero of the issue and just great.  Scott Kolins art is also great and the ending cliffhanger looks stellar.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #37 is a pretty good continuation of the "Mist" story.  While it is a bit predictable, I am enjoying the horror elements and the last panel was just amazing.  Greg Pak is getting his book back on track and Aaron Kuder's art is as awesome as always.  It may not be a classic story, but it's still good fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoyed this issue for the most part.  Greg Pak gives us some great Superman inner monologue and puts him up against a situation that was terrifying and heartbreaking.  However, it was mostly setup for next month's issue and ends pretty much in the same position as it started.  I'll let you know that I'm a little worried about where the story appears to be headed, but as long as Aaron Kuder is drawing it, it's bound to look fantastic.  Let's hope that like most of this issue, it's all one big lie and a dream.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good issue that may not have the fun of the last couple of Action Comics issues, but does a lot to push the story forward giving us a Wrath origin story and a real solid glimpse at Vandal Savage's plan.  The art was okay, but i can still recommend this issue to anyone still sticking with Superman through the Truth and beyond.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #1053 has one great story, one good one, and a third that is... well, it's something.  While I wish all three were great, this book is still well worth the cover price, and fans hoping to see some congruence with the Superman book will be very pleased.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sterling Gates continues giving Supergirl fans a great book to check out and while this issue was more setup than the others, we get to see Facet and what she has to say has me very intrigued going forward.  The art and story were both good and if you are already reading the series, you'll want to keep checking it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #46 is a really good start to a new arc by Joe Keatinge, Ming Doyle and Bent Shoonover.  The story is unique and I'm looking forward to see how it develops.  The art pays homage to the source material and compliments the story so well.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #47 continues Joe Keatinge's story of the parable of Superman.  Where the story is going is still a mystery, but the writing and art are worth the ride even if we don't yet know the destination. Whether the arc as a whole is a success depends largely on next weeks final issue, but I enjoyed this piece of the puzzle enough to recommend it on it's own.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's Valentine's Day in April.  Kelly Sue DeConnick gives readers a funny little tale that is belated, but good. I wish Valentine De Landro's art fit the story better, but I'll give DC credit for having Valentine on a Valentine story.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a solid, fun issue. However, though the banter between the characters is always great and continues here, the plot doesn't move all that much. I love our characters, and I love Peter Tomasi, but all we get is a lot of banter and fighting and a ship crashing. I trust Tomasi, so I'm not gonna be too harsh, but I want to see some forward progress next time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sometimes it's tough to grade this book because I always find ways to enjoy each issue. This was fun and included lots of homages for longtime followers of Jon and Damian's exploits (including in Tomasi's respective runs on Superman and Batman and Robin), but we are on issue #5 and I am a little unsure of where this story is going. We didn't see much of the gang and for as much fun as I had, there was basically no plot development. I'm always gonna give Tomasi the benefit of the doubt, but I hope things pick up soon. I enjoyed this issue more than last so I feel like my score must reflect that, but plot-wise we're basically where we were when Joker Jr. abandoned our boys' last issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

On the surface, this issue is all about the fussin' and a fightin', but Mark Waid is also showing us a team coming together and fighting individually, but still for the good of the whole.  The whole thing looks great and while it can be looked at as more of a diversion than an important story, I had fun reading it and sometimes that is more than enough for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Enemy of the State II story is hitting it's stride and while I expected a lot more slicing and dicing, I am still enjoying it.  The art was good and Tom Taylor is gearing up for a big finale.  BTW, Gabby steals the show (once again) because she is awesome!  That's just how it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, All-Star Western #23 is a very good issue.  Jonah Hex shows he's an honorable man that will do what's right no matter the consequences.  While the art isn't as strong as it has been, the story more than makes up for it. 
View Issue       View Full Review

All-Star Western #26 continues Jonah Hex's fun tour through the modern DC Universe.  The story kind of stalls a bit, but Palmiotti and Gray make it so much fun anyway.  I question the final reveal, but the book hasn't let me down yet.  If you want a fun read, here it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western #28 wasn't as fun as usual, but what happened in it was much needed.  Palmiotii and Gray put the book back where it belongs it's just unfortunate the art didn't seem to be ready for the ride.  It is a must read for long time fans and the changes to Jonah are huge and are more than just superficial.
View Issue       View Full Review

There is not much forward progress in this issue, but what it does an excellent job of is recapping Otto's current predicament for anyone who hasn't consistently read Spider-Man comics over the last few years. The art by Giuseppe Camuncoli continues to be some of my favorite at Marvel with his action scenes always a treat to look at.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all, this is a good example of comic book storytelling: the plot is intriguing, the characters fleshed out in interesting ways, the dialogue lively and the art, though still a little on the restrained side, is detailed and clear. Shadow is growing on me and Wednesday is so far the star of the book. There's certainly enough here to hook the reader into the unfolding larger plot and I'm now very interested to see how this story develops.
View Issue       View Full Review

Animal Man #26 is the beginning of the end.  Jeff Lemire sets up a meaningful end for Buddy Baker and expands the mythos of the Red and Green in the process.  Cully Hamner's art is good, it just doesn't fit the dark tone of the book.  I'm sad to see Animal Man go, but Lemire has set the pieces up for a great finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ant-Man #1 is a good start to the series, and one I will continue reading. The story, while just getting started, hit the right notes, and I liked the humor and family vibe throughout. Recommended to any Ant-Man fans out there (movie or comics), but I'm here for Stinger!
View Issue       View Full Review

Ant-Man comes to an end with an issue that felt a little rushed, but still put a smile on my face. This series is about family and ends with Scott and Cassie coming together as Ant-Man and Stinger, and father and daughter. More people should have given it a tryI am glad I did!
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #27 is a really good issue that shows Jeff Parker gets Aquaman and what has made him a hit in the New 52.  He isn't going for a big splash, but instead is slowly setting up his own stellar story.  The art is inconsistent, but it doesn't sink the ship.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #33 is some good creature double feature fun.   The Chimera is a real threat to Aquaman and Parker and Pelletier do a good job of making him scary and grotesque.  However, the issue itself treads a bit of water and leaves the awesome Mera behind in it's wake.  Parker does do a good job of getting everyone up to speed so this is a pretty good jumping on point for those interested in joining in.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #35 ties up some loose ends while setting up the book for some exciting adventure.  It's no surprise that Atlantis has had a problem with King Aquaman, but this issue makes it personal in a way I didn't see coming.  I liked that, but not everything in this book had me smiling.  How Arthur deals with traitors is head scratching and the art was hit-or-miss throughout.  Even with those problems, I can still recommend this issue for what it sets up.
View Issue       View Full Review

The mystery of Arthur's missing Mother continues this month with the help of Martian Manhunter.  Jeff Parker uses him to advance the story in such a cool way, but then throws him into an unnecessarily long fight.  In the end, however, this issue continues the Maelstrom story in style and leaves the reader wanting more...now.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have really enjoyed the Maelstrom story and this issue really pushes it forward.  While it can be considered setup for the final issues, I enjoyed it for the action packed battle and finally getting to see Atlanna.  I can't wait to see more of this crazy family reunion.
View Issue       View Full Review

This final issue of the Maelstrom story may have had some forced and rushed bits, but it was still a really nice way to end the arc and Jeff Parker's and Paul Pelletier's run on the book.  I am glad that Jeff Parker got the chance to tell his story, I just wish he would have been given more time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins jumps on Aquaman to get readers ready for Aquababy with a bunch of callbacks and an enemy I .0/10was not expecting.  It's not a must-read, but Aaron Lopresti's art and Higgin's writing make it a worthwhile pit stop.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kelly Sue Deconnick is taking this book back to familiar territory with Atlantian politics, but with Orm stirring up trouble and AQUABABY, it all feels fresh.  The cliffhanger has me worried, but in the way that makes me want the next issue right now and that is a sign that things are looking up for Aquaman fans like myself.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kelly Sue DeConnick knows what readers want and gives her (or even them) to them quickly.  Besides that, though, we get a fantastic character moment with Arthur, the building tension of Dagon City, and some kickass art.  This run may have started slow, but it's worth checking out now.
View Issue       View Full Review

The wedding is here, and if you thought it was going to go smoothly, you haven't been paying attention.  Kelly Sue DeConnick gives readers an issue with big moments, intrigue, and humor.  It sets up the next issue as a battle royal, and I mean that literally and figuratively!
View Issue       View Full Review

Jordan Clark gave Aqualad fans a nice two-part story that was true to the character and had some real feels moments. The art by Marco Santucci was great, and I wouldn't mind seeing them together on more DC books in the future.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Kelly Sue DeConnick needed to rush things to end her run on Aquaman, I think most fans will be smiling by the end.  Some may even shed a tear or two.  Not me, though.  I just got something in my eye!
View Issue       View Full Review

This first issue was a good start to this mini, even if I did wish there was more interaction between properties.  Thins need to be set up, though, and I'm sure we will hit the ground running next issue.  Besides that minor quibble, everything felt right and the art was great all around.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good War of the Realms tie-in that doesnt leave fans of this book behind to jump into the Event. The art is good and the story is full of action-packed fun. So far, this might be my favorite regular book tying into the big War.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even though this was a book to get people caught up, it never got in the way of the story and it had a good flow to the whole thing. If you let it slip off your pull list or worse yet, forgot all about it like me, this is a great chance to get back in.  I can't wait to read the next issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is hard to grade is an issue of information and direction of the book. The arc as a whole was fun and exciting. This issue was again mainly just informative. It wasn't bad but it certainly wasn't as good as the rest. Personally, it was nice but it wasn't needed. If you have read them all to this point, then read this one to wrap it up. Otherwise, just wait until next week when Jason Aaron starts his run! But I highly recommend the trade!
View Issue       View Full Review

It seems that what a Marvel Civil War has been missing all along is the word vampire before it. While there are a couple of iffy character moments and not a lot very everyone to do, I am ready to rollespecially after the cliffhanger. I just hope we get at least one who ordered the stake line before its over.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are only here for the War of the Realms, you may be disappointed and confused. However, if you are a regular reader of this book, Jason Aaron is putting a lot of cool pieces together in very interesting ways. I went into this for more of the later so I left with a smile on my face.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a nice issue to come out of the War of the Realms with. Part cool down, part setup and part character study, Jason Aaron is moving forward and I am looking forward to seeing what we get coming up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jason Aaron lets Robbie Reyes have his moment to shinewith a big assist from his friends. Everything looks great thanks to Stefano Caselli and the entire art team and if you are a Robbie Reyes fan, you might even get some feels by the end as well. It looks like its off to Caveman Stark next issue so enjoy this while you can. I know I did.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a personal issue for the creators and the readers.  As an issue of Batgirl, I liked that we got to see that Fugue is indeed the best villain we've gotten in Burnside and also how much Bab's friends are willing to do to save her.  As far as it's place in Barbara's history, we get to see what Cameron Stewart, Brenden Fletcher and Babs Tarr want for their Batgirl...nothing more, nothing less.  I respect that and recommend this issue because of it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Team Batgirl ends their run, not with a bang, but with an issue that is pure fun.  I'm not going to tell you it's perfect...the story felt a bit rushed and the ease of which the bad guys and gals are dispatched is unfortunate, but it looked fantastic and when I was done reading it, I had a smile on my face.  After everything that surrounded their run, both good and bad, I think that's all Fletcher, Stewart and Tarr wanted to do...bring the smiles back to Batgirl and her fans.  For the most part, I'd say, Mission Accomplished.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #25 shows again that the book doesn't need to rely solely on camp to be good.  The jokes are still their, but so is a good story that touches on the issues of being a hero or villain.  Good stuff, I just wish the art was a better fit for the book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #36 is a classic of a classic, retro within a retro issue.  Art Baltazar and Franco bring the fun they are known for and I enjoyed it so much.  Ted Naifeh's art was a bit off, but not enough to ruin the fun.  This is the type of issue I want out of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #39 is a fun little one shot story that is a great homage to the Archer.  Tom Peyer either loves the character or did his homework, because he nails the spirit of the original by giving the reader a nice little twist on his TV appearance.  The best compliment I can give Peyer is that after reading this issue I really want to watch The Archer's two Batman '66 episodes.  Good job and Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are an Avengers fan (British TV show, folks), then I can easily recommend this book to you. Ian Edginton knows his stuff and plays around with it a bit here. If you have no idea who Steed and Mrs. Peel are, then I pity you and will tell you that your mileage may vary. I suggest you pick up this first chapter to see if it tickles your fancy. At the very least, you'll get to see Alfred as Batman. I'm not lying, I can't get enough of that!
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm not going to go overboard and say that this is a must-read issue, but if you like a good Joker story, pick it up.  Like Tynion's backups to Endgame, you can skip it, but you'll be missing out on some seriously good moments.  While I wasn't a huge fan of Roge Antonio's art, it's dark and gloomy style fit the story well.  Annuals are sometimes a hard sell, but if you are reading Endgame and/or a Joker fan, I can easily recommend this to you.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King continues Batman's quest to get Psycho Pirate from Bane by giving us a glimpse of the plan...maybe.  This story has really turned into an exciting and intriguing caper that is definitely more than meets the eye.  It may be more setup, but I liked it.  I liked it a lot!
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue doesn't contain many (if any) answers to the larger mysteries of the I am Suicide arc, Tom King gives us a look at Batman that is harsh and real.  Mikel Janin's art is top notch and I felt fully satisfied even as I wanted more and more.
View Issue       View Full Review

On the surface, this issue is just a simple lead up to the big finale, but there's enough here to like.  We see that Batman and Tom King know their history and David Finch can make it all look great.  The overall story not moving forward much does subtract a bit from the score, but the fun factor just about makes up for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #10 is a fun story any fan of either hero can enjoy.  Jeff Lemire writes an all ages, funny little adventure that feels out of place in the New 52 only because of how fun it is.  It's like jumping in the wayback machine to when comics were a blast to read.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman/Superman #11 is a good Doomed story that really pushes the event forward more than I expected. Regular fans of the book may be upset, but it got me more excited for Doomed.  Maybe I'm just a selfish bastard, but that's enough for me.  Batman/Superman fans not reading Doomed can skip this month, but It's essential to those following the event.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another good chapter in the Superman's Joker arc.  While I could have gone for a bit more Xa-Du and some loose ends were wrapped up too conveniently, Batman kicking ass with his knee and brain makes up for it.  The story and art are really good and I can't wait to see how it all wraps up in the Batman/Superman Annual #2.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual is cliched, predictable and even unoriginal.  You know what else it was?  Enjoyable.  I had a fun time reading it and even with it's faults, I recommend it to anyone who's been reading Batman/Superman or the Doomed story.  It has the added bonus of a crazy cliffhanger that sets up the book for a crazy return in June.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson has me on board this book, finally with an intriguing story filled with cool villains, a bunch of nods to current continuity, and kick-ass art by Clayton Henry.  The story does barely get moving, but I'll be checking it out next month for sure.
View Issue       View Full Review

I personally like to have one mini-series on my pull list as a casual read, with characters I've traditionally enjoyed, and this series undoubtedly checks all those boxes. Fantastic art, by Jon Sommariva, Sean Parsons, and Leonardo Ito, to go along with a creative premise, by Matthew K. Manning, makes this a must buy for any fan of the classic properties meet genre.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of the better issues of Eternal and it's not just because we get the heaviest dose of Batman this series has seen yet, but for what it does for the other characters as well.  While Mother is far from a sympathetic character, we see what drove her down her dark path and realize that she isn't as different from Batman as we might have believed.  The highlight for me, however, was seeing what Batman did (and didn't do) to give Harper her own life and it made so much sense explaining her entire history.  Tony Daniel's great art was an awesome icing on the cake and while the overall story didn't move forward much, I enjoyed reading this issue.  I can't remember the last time I said that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hill and Dexter Soy give readers a #1 that sets up the team, the mission, but more importantly, gives me confidence that there is something for everyone to do.  We are still in the team building phase of the Outsiders, but there is enough here to have me excited for what's to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a slower-paced issue than the last one, but the character moments show a progression that hasn't been there before.  Duke, especially, seems more confident and I can't wait to see his new power set in action.  Dexter Soy is back and the book looks great and the story is ramping up to be an epic battle between Ra's and the Outsiders.  I am back on the Batman and the Outsiders trolley and can't wait to see what happens at the next stop.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this book is in danger of heading back to the overly slow burn that frustrated me in the earlier parts of the run, Bryan Hill sets up some really cool things (not all good for our heroes, mind you) that I can't wait to see play out.  The art by Dexter Soy is great and really, this is just a solid book that can be enjoyed by anyone who wants a little more character work in their capes and cowls stories.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and the Outsiders #11 is a good combination of action and story and what I've wanted from this book from the get-go.  Dexter Soy's art is the icing on the cake, and this is a quick read, but for all the right reasons.  It's not perfect...Batman seems out of character, even from the last issue, but I had a good time watching the Outsiders kick butt, and that's a lot of what I want from this book.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #11 is all about relationships, strained, old and blosoming.  Though it lacks action, Higgins and Silas give us the same quality read they have since the book started.  I am looking forward to the story moving a little faster, but for now I'll enjoy these little character moments because they are sure to pay off down the road.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may feel a bit rushed for a finale, but it was still good.  Higgins, Siegel and Silas don't make bad issue and this one sets up the final arc which is bound to break my heart while also being awesome.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is the beginning of the end and it was pretty good.  Rewire is back and looking for the same creepy thing that Terry has been up to for a while now.  Of course this is a DC book, so Dick Grayson is near death and a pawn in the whole thing.  Thony Silas does his usual great job on art and I can't wait until next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Incorporated #9 is another good issue in an increasingly good series.  Ed Brisson and John Timms are really getting into a good groove here, I just hope it's not too late.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really good Joker issue of Arkham Knight.  I would have rather had more (or some) Arkham Knight, but I enjoyed it nonetheless.  The story ended with a great twist and the art was awesome as usual.  I can't wait for next issue and recommend this book to anyone and everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Arkham Knight may be more setup than I expected for the end of an arc, but it was still good fun.  Peter J. Tomasi continues to expand the cast of characters and I really am enjoying the story we're getting.  I am also a huge fan of Viktor Bagdonovic's art which is only getting better with each issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is the second setup heavy issue in a row, Tomasi is raising the tension and it looks like a couple plot threads are heading for a collision course next week.  Ig Guara's art continues to impress making this an easy chapter to recommend.  So easy, in fact, that I will.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

While not a lot happens in this issue, there is a huge reveal amongst the ranks of the GCPD, more Bane almost breaking the Bat and an ending that continues Bruce's bad luck.  After last issue,  I was hoping to get more Arkham Knight action, but we do get some interesting developments and some awesome art.  I'd buy that for a dollar...or ninety nine cents.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Batman: Arkham Knight was non-stop action and while it was a fun read, I was hoping for a little more from this arcs finale.  The art team of Guara, Ferreira and Dalhouse kick ass as usual and Tomasi ends the issue with promises of more Arkham Knight in the near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

On it's own, this issue is a bit underwhelming.  However, acting as an epilogue to the just finished Bane arc, it was nice to see a more human Batman and remember what he's fighting for.  I enjoyed the story and Viktor Bogdanovic's art is great as usual.  I can't wait to get back to the non-stop action of Arkham Knight, but this was a nice little detour.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue ended up with more questions than answers, I had a good time watching my favorite action duo, Batman and Deadshot, get further down the Project Meta rabbit hole and the Arkham Knight make things a little more personal.  The art and the action were great, but we'll have to wait for a little more clarity when it comes to the new threat that was unleashed on Gotham.  That's okay, though, because I'm in for the long haul.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a bunch of setup as Calendar Man's plan is in full effect.  I loved seeing the various characters who stepped up to help Gotham in Batman's absence, but after a little downtime, the Dark Knight is back on the case himself.  Viktor Bogdanovic's art was top notch, but the story doesn't really go forward enough.  I can still recommend this book to anyone who wants a great batman story, just don't start here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is more setup than I thought it would be going in.  It's just that Peter Tomasi has really pushed this story forward so well, that even a little breather feels off.  Off, but still good.  The art and storytelling are good enough for me to recommend this book to any and all Batman fans and not fear any repercussions.  This book is that good.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm guessing this issue is the quiet before the storm as the Scarecrow, The Arkham Knight and Bane are gunning for Batman.  The best part is that it looks like even more villains are on their way.  This issue may be setup heavy, but if you are a fan of this book, you will not mind one bit.  Peter Tomasi keeps giving fans a great Batman story while Viktor Bogdanovic's art continues to impress.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is pure setup and if you haven't been reading this book, this isn't the issue to jump on.  If you have been reading each week, however, I am sure you will enjoy seeing the pieces of the Arkham Knight's plan fall into place as we get nearer to the end of this series.  The art and the story are top notch and I enjoyed every bit of it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder and Company gives us a weekly book that's as much GCPD as it is Batman. Count me in.  I just wish DC didn't completely spoil this issue's awesome ending, but it's still great and will have me grabbing next weeks issue to see what happens.
View Issue       View Full Review

Snyder, Tynion and company slow things down a bit to show some fallout from the first three issue.  I loved seeing Batgirl kicking butt and seeing James Gordon's situation in Blackgate Prison ups the tension to clear him soon. Dustin Nguyen's art is good, but the differences from last week are a bit jarring.  Overall though, I think this was another good chapter and fans reading the series will not be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #7 gets the story back on the rails.  After weeks of head spinning stories, I finally see a little piece of the puzzle and I like it.  Catwoman fans will dig this issue, but Penguin fans may not recognize their favorite gangster.  I can actually say that I am looking forward to next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Eternal #9 is another good issue from John Layman.  Any issue with the Batman from Japan is a winner for me and the rest lives up to it/  Interesting setup and great art by Guillem March has me looking forward to continuing what we get here.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion get s the ball rolling again by starting up a bunch of stalled plot lines.  The most important being James Gordon's trial, but I liked almost everything else as well.  It's a dialogue heavy issue, but don't let that discourage you, it's real good.  Mikel Janin's expressive art fits this type of issue to a tee and is a welcome addition after last weeks debacle.  I hope we get more issues like this in the weeks to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #13 is a good issue that pushes the story forward while setting up some good stuff for the future.  Lt. Bard steals the show, but we also get some great Stephanie Brown and Jim Gordon moments as well.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #22 wasn't the jaw dropper that #21 was, but it was still a good read.  Kyle Higgins gives us a huge moment with Julia Pennyworth and gets to revisit his Gates of Gotham.  While Jorge Lucus' style was okay, his art was unnecessarily confusing.  Fans of Baternal will still enjoy this issue as it pushes the story forward at a pretty good pace.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #26 gives us Hush's origin story and so much more.  Tynion gives us more Bat Family moments and Spoiler is in more trouble, but it's what Hush does that will stick with you after you read the last page.  I wasn't a fan of R. M. Guera's art, but overall, I liked this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #50 was a fun, action packed issue that ends with the series biggest reveal...the main villain.  I've been yelling for answers so it feels wrong to bad mouth the biggest one, but I didn't like it.  Maybe the last two issues will change my mind, but right now, I'm lukewarm.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue gives Batman fans a quick look at what to expect in Rebirth and the tone is more Batman and Robin and less Dark Knight.  However, It all felt more like a sneak peak than an actual full issue, but the art was great and the story had enough interesting bits to keep me fully engaged.  I do wish that DC would have let Tom King work solo on this one so we know exactly what we'll get from his run because some of it felt a lot like the book we left behind.  I liked this issue, but I guess I'll have to wait for the actual run to start to be blown away.  I hop that I am blown away!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Dark Knight #24 is really good.  In fact, this is the Villain's Month issue I wanted.  We get the promised Clayface origin and the touching story was worth the wait.  I haven't been the biggest fan of either Clayface or this book, but if Hurwitz and Maleev keep up this momentum, they may win me over yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

The issue ends with Batman capturing Dr. Faceless and putting the mad man in jail.  However, the reader is let on a little secret reveals the true identity of Dr. Faceless and what really happened to Dr. Denton.  It's cray in a great way and I am looking forward to the next issue.  The charm of this book is infectious and I just have a blast reading every issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sean Murphy continues to impress with a great looking issue that is high on action and has some great character moments.  It is a setup issue to get us revved up before the end, but I can easily recommend to anyone already reading this book.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #25 is a good issue that shows us the beginnings of Luke Fox as a hero.  It is not an essential title as a Zero Year tie-in, but is nice for fans of Batwing and Luke Fox in particular.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #32 isn't as fun as I want this book to be, but it's still good.  Palmiotti and Gray have fleshed out the character of Luke Fox so well and now it looks like he's ready to go out on his own terms.  I will be there until the end and so should everyone else.  This book deserves it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #27 is a good book that looks great.  It may be a bit confusing at points, but I can still recommend to Batwoman fans.  The ending changes everything for Kate and Maggie's relationship.  That and the many full spreads are worth the price of admission alone. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good start of the next Bill & Ted story.  Even those who may find it a bit too redundant will see something to smile about and now that everyone is on the same page, hopefully next issue hits the ground running.  Brian Joines does an "excellent" job making everything accurate and believable while Bachan and Jeremy Lawson do the same with the art.  It all comes together to give fans a great book to read while waiting for the next rumor of a part three to hit the Internet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Writer, Brian Joines and artist, Bachan are giving Bill and Ted fans a Hell of a sequel.  while we may still be in the setup phase two issues in, things are picking up and the art and characterizations are enough to keep you satisfied until the main plot kicks totally in.  It looks like we are headed to Heaven next issue and I can't wait to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

With Birds of Prey #29, Christy Marx finally gives us a book worth following.  There is action, intrigue and mystery.  The battle between Ra's al Ghul and Mother Eve has started and I really want to see how it plays out.  I hope this trend continues.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is a bit more setup than expected and Heath Corson zips through some great opportunities, it's still a really fun issue.  The combination of zany story and greatly appropriate art make Bizarro a one-stop shop for smiles.  You like smiling, don't you?
View Issue       View Full Review

I have really enjoyed this mini-series and while this issue was a little down from the first two, it is still well worth the read. This book has become my one-stop shop for both Black Panther and Deadpool and a little pacing issue isnt stopping that now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another fun issue of Black Panther vs Deadpool and while the actual story pretty much followed the standard formula of the series, I had a smile on my face while reading it. There are jokes aplenty and a cliffhanger that was absolutely crazyeven if we know it wont stick. Thats always a part of the good times of a book like this and Daniel Kibblesmith and Ricardo Lopez Ortiz seem like they are having a blast!
View Issue       View Full Review

Blue & Gold #5 finally got me invested in the series, but is it a little too late?  Time will tell, but for now, I had a smile on my face while reading this issue.  The overall story may not be one for the ages, but it's a fun read with great art.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a bit of an odd Futures End title.  Dan Jurgens uses this issue to reintroduce Booster Gold and then prep him for the upcoming Worlds End book.  Those unfamiliar with Booster may be confused, but Jurgens and ten (ten!) artists make it a fun romp that has me pumped for the future of the character and the craziness he is bound to cause.  Welcome back, Booster.  I missed you.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the look of Bravest Warriors and it;s obvious connection to Adventure Time may lead you to think of this as a kiddie book, it's a bit more than that.  While this issue is complete character setup, it has the wit and references that are more adult friendly than I would have imagined.  I liked it enough to continue on with the series and I'll recommend it to anyone that is looking for a comic that only exists to have some goofy fun in a goofy universe with goofy characters.
View Issue       View Full Review

John Layman and Aaron Lopresti give us something we haven't had in a while...a good Catwoman book. Yes, it is an unnecessary tie-in, but Layman shows that someone at DC "gets" Catwoman and Lopresti's visuals impress as well.  Too bad we have to return to the norm next month, but for now be thankful for a fun little diversion.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have enjoyed watching Selina Kyle's rise through the criminal ranks, you will like this issue.  Her plan is in motion and she continues being a couple steps ahead of everyone.  Unfortunately, that is also what's causing her problems.  She already has a lot to answer to and if the events of this issue play out like they appear they will, she's about to get even more competition for Crime Lord of Gotham.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Genevieve Valentine continues her reshaping of Catwoman and while this issue is mostly setup, it is very emotional setup.  Selina's reaction to the news of Batman's death was one of the best scenes in a long, long time and it looks like it will springboard this book in a new direction as well.  Whatever happens in the future, I'll be there since this book continues being one of my surprise favorites. Recommended for returning fans...newcomers should go back and read from the start of this run.
View Issue       View Full Review

Genevieve Valentine continues giving readers one of the smartest books in the DC You.  Mix in some costume fun with the crime noir and this might be the start of a very beautiful relationship.  While I question why an already crowded book needs another major character, I loved what Valentine did to make it more exciting.  While this was a setup heavy issue, the great art and twisting and turning story make it well worth a read.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue isn't the whole sale change that some wanted or feared, I appreciated what Frank Tieri did to ease his way into the book.  Catwoman may be back in black, but Tieri continues writing her as the smartest cat burglar in the room and Inaki Miranda's art certainly makes her the prettiest. It's understandable that this issue was heavy in the setup department, but a twist ending and a how is she going to get out of this cliffhanger has me excited for the next issue.  If you are a Catwoman fan of any kind, this is good jumping on point so get in on the ground floor and enjoy the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual is a great behind the scenes look at one of my favorite new characters.  Genevieve Valentine does a great job expanding her new Catwoman Universe by showing the origins of the new Catwoman.  Yes, Selina Kyle is here, but the the real star is Eiko Hasigawa and I for one loved it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ram V starts off his Catwoman run with a bit of a one-person/three artist anthology issue that has a lot going on.  He already proved himself while filling in for Joelle Jones on the previous run, and I am looking forward to what he has in store from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman is on the prowl to make Alleytown her own, and Ram V has her go through the Gotham Underground to get it!  She also has a creepy hitman after her for good measure!  If you are looking for a strong, smart Catwoman, then you should give this issue and run a try.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a couple of down issues, I found myself enjoying this one.  Sure, it's still doing some spring cleaning before heading off to Fear State, but everything felt more vital than it has lately.  For now, I am back on the Catwoman trolley, and that makes me happy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ram V does a good job giving loyal Catwoman readers some developments while tying into the Fear State Event.  I think the most interesting thing in Fear State so far happens in this issue, and that, combined with the cliffhanger, has me excited for the next issue. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Despite many obstacles, Ram V does a good job of giving readers a decent Fear State tie-in, but more importantly, a good Catwoman issue. It's a shame that his run is ending soon, but at least he is making the best of an odd situation as it comes to a close.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #39 is a good start to Tini Howard's Catwoman run.  The issue looks great, and Howard has Selina's voice down.  Fans of Genevieve Valentine's Catwoman run are in for a treat, but Howard makes sure the story still feels new and fresh.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Final Thoughts: Its another great Conan story from Jason Aaron and the art and colors continue to compliment the writing and the character perfectly. And it has Conan messing up some crazy giant snakes so what else do you want?
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good Convergence issue that doesn't feel like a Convergence issue.  Booster Gold fans will enjoy seeing their favorite character's story lines get tied up, but newer readers may find this issue hard to jump into to.  The art by Alvaro Martinez is strong and all-in-all, I recommend this to those in the know or willing to do a little homework.
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't know what to expect going into this issue and yet, I was still surprised and even confused. Gail Simone gives the reader a smart Oracle whose strength and resolve has been sapped by living in the confines of the Dome. However, by the end, Oracle (and the issue) snaps out of the depression and prepares to kick ass. The art team also kicks ass and while the issue was mainly setup, I can't wait to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Len Wein gets to return to his creation and gives readers a mossy monstrosity of a story.  My only real problem is I wish this was a full out monthly and not just a two issue event tie-in. Wein navigates the confines of the event (and even more recent continuity) to give readers a personal tale that is all about his characters.  Kelley Jones' art is great in it's retro feel and even if I don't care too much about the story's villains, I want to see more of the main characters.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you love the Barry Allen, you will want to get this issue.  Sure, it's setup for next month's finale, but if you've been following the Event, you know the routine.  Dan Abnett gives us a day in the life of Barry Allen and I wish I could see more.  This is a very personal issue and I applaud Dan Abnett for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If the February solicitations are any indication as to what the future holds for this little sub-universe, I'm thinking that there's going to be some good times ahead for the Daredevil side of the house. If you've dropped off from reading Daredevil lately, I think now would be a great time to jump back on the trolley!
View Issue       View Full Review

Daredevil is my favorite book on the shelf today and while I wasn't a fan of the art in this issue, the combination of ninja hacking action and kickass character moments had me the whole time reading. I keep recommending this book to anyone who will listen and it might be time to take the fight to those who won't! Even if you hate my guts, read this book and maybe you will like my guts a tiny bit more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Daredevil is the best book on the shelves right now, and Chip Zdarsky kicks off his next huge storyline this month, and it's going to be a doozy. This issue is one of those transition issues between big arcs and is mostly setup for what's to come. It's still a must-read for Daredevil fans, but if you aren't reading this book, I suggest you get your head checked and start from the beginning of the run. It's well worth the time and effort.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, Dark Knights of Steel: Tales From The Three Kingdoms #1 was a good anthology-style book filling in some blanks and setting up some cool stuff in the Dark Knights of Steel Universe.  I can easily recommend this to anyone who is reading the series.  New readers should start at the beginning (that's always a good place to start), but they will likely enjoy this when they get to it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Nights: Death Metal #7 is all about making everything matter, and it does a good job of it.  While I'm not going to tell you that it makes every issue of every tie-in and one-shot important, I will tell you it made me smile more than any other issue of this event.  Scott Snyder keeps it simple, and Greg Capullo and friends make it all look great.  Even if you fell off Death Metal, or didn't read it at all, I suggest picking this up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Giffin and Bedard continue building the story towards the epic battle.  It's a who's who of Universes and that makes it great fun.  Any fan of either Universes will find something here to like.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC Vs. Vampires #4 is more of a setup issue than the previous one, but it still was a good read.  It seems that the head vampire has a connection to Gotham, and Rosenberg and Tynion are having fun setting up clues and swerves for the readers to rack their brains over.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor ups the ante in this issue that might be full of setup but ended with a crazy cliffhanger.  Fans of Tom King's Mister Miracle will undoubtedly get more out of this issue than most, but I think everyone will want to know what happens next by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor and Dustin Nguyen are giving us a new digital-first series set in the DCeased Universe, and I am already excited.  While this first chapter is a bit of recap from the original DCeased story, seeing it through the eyes of Jimmy Olsen makes it feel fresh. Also, it's nice to get up to speed before venturing forward, especially since the cliffhanger looks badass.  If you need some DCeased action to tide you over until Dead Planet hits, or want a new Digital First book from Tom Taylor, you can't go wrong with DCeased: Hope at World's End Chapter One.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Ed Brisson gives us a setup issue that is more about Hulk Jr. than Logan, but Im okay with that. With Logan back in the Wastelands waiting to die, Brisson is thankfully giving him something to live forfor at least 4 more issues. Mike Hendersons art is really good and while this is far from a jumping on point for new readers, Old Man/Dead Man fans should dig it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you need a break from the Civil War tie-in exhaustion currently going on throughout the Marvel lineup, this is a beautiful distraction. While some may be confused about the relaunch, just jump in and let Cullen Bunn and Iban Coello tickle your funny bone and impress your eye holes.  You'll be laughing in no time at all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cullen Bunn and Iban Coello give readers a bit of a solo Deadpool issue, but it all leads to the Mercs for Money.  A new Mercs for Money.  A fun, new Mercs for Money.  Deadpool is one of those books that gives you what you expect, but if that's what you like, you know you'll like it.  This issue has the added bonus of being a good jumping on point for new readers and in the end, it's just a good issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may not move the overall narrative forward much, but with the amount and quality of the action scenes, I hardly cared. Deathstroke infiltrating Lexcorp in search of his daughter felt like an action packed video game come to life and it was as cool as that sounds. James Bonny and Tyler Kirkham kick ass and then end it with an awesome cliffhanger that promises even more craziness next month. I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Bonny and Deathstroke come through again and give fans a little James Bond beginning before getting down to the bloody business at hand. Slade is going to right the wrongs of everyone who did him wrong and if liking it is wrong, I don't want to be right. Say that five times fast! If you like this book and it's lead, you know what to expect and will surely enjoy it. If you are not a fan, this issue won't change that and you are probably someone who sits around wondering, "What the hell is a dim mak?" CHA-CHING!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a popcorn action movie fight fest, you should check out this book.  James Bonny doesn't pretend it is anything more than it is and even makes this issue a decent jumping on point for those curious to see what's going on.  What's going on is backstabbing, eye gouging, limb severing goodness and Bonny and artist, Paolo Pantalena, make it worth the price of admission and then some.  If you are looking for a guilty pleasure to make you smile, join me and make it Deathstroke.
View Issue       View Full Review

I keep liking this book more and more.  While Batman's appearance feels a bit forced, it's fun and promises even more fun in the near future.  The characters, story and art are top notch and I can start recommending this series to everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a pretty big issue of Deathstroke.  We find out who's behind all of his troubles and it's pretty cool and makes total sense.  The story and art are both above average, but for some reason, I fear I'm going to forget this issue like the rest.
View Issue       View Full Review

After becoming frustrated with this book to the point of almost dropping it, I am back in.  All it took was some answers, good art and a story that flowed from scene to scene nicely.  Is that so much to ask?  Going forward, I hope not!
View Issue       View Full Review

Christopher Priest shows the reader how smart everyone in this book is with double and triple crosses flying around at all angles.  While I wish I could get a better grip at the overall story, Priest certainly keeps everyone on their toes and this issue is no exception.  I'm not sure if this is an action packed book with every one's favorite anti-hero or the most messed up family reunion ever...maybe it's both and even more!  The art and story are impressive and I am finally ready to punch my ticket on the Deathstroke trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is mainly setup, but with the crazy stuff going on here, I'm just happy to be along for the ride.  Christopher Priest continues giving readers the best version of Tayna Spears/Power Girl ever and I might just hope Deathstroke remains blind (and Twilight) forever.  Good story and Good art make this issue very easy to recommend for those already reading this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was expecting more answers as we head into the Lazarus Contract crossover, we do tie up a ton of loose ends that readers of the whole run will love.  I can't wait for the big mystery to be solved, but I also can't wait for the crossover and am glad we are getting both soon.  This is a series that may take a little more work than most, but it is so worth it in the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

Everyone should be reading this book.  Seeing Deathstroke struggle with his new lifestyle is great and throw in the team building of Defiance and we have a winner.  I's say that Diogenes Neves' art is icing on the cake, but it's so good and such an integral part of the story that I don't want to sound like I'm discounting it at all. Like I said, everybody should be reading this book so get to it!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Defiance story continues and while this is not a book that new readers could comfortably jump on, those who have been around from the start will continue being happy with it.  Christopher Priest is giving us a slow burn story while he sets all his pieces up on the board.  The art is top notch and the only thing I can really fault here is the little amount of overall story progression.  Even with that, I still love this series and like this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of my favorite books and this issue doesn't change that fact.  Priest builds on everything he setup earlier while making that a continuing process for future issues.  The art is great and the story is confusing in a good way.  Recommended if you've been reading from the beginning.  If not, go and fix that!
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke is one of the best books DC is putting out these days, but the entry fee is steep and there really is no jumping on point past issue #1.  If you've been reading, this issue will surely get you excited as a bunch of storylines converge on Slade and company and while I'm sad the Defiance Team is done, this issue gets us back to what I loved about the series before it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Priest continues writing his book as a mystery wrapped in an action-thriller wrapped in a riddle.  We are getting more and more pieces of the puzzle and even if they don't fit together fully, I am enjoying trying to make it all work. The art by Carlo Pagulayan is spot on as usual and now that we've gotten over the forced bit of catchup of last issue, it looks like it's full steam ahead from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke vs Batman is getting near the end and I am loving the ride even though at times, it feels like we are driving way under the speed limit.  What we don't get in overall progression and answers, we get in kick-ass action and great dialogue. That, and the great art makes this an easy series to recommend...which I am doing right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a crazy, insane beginning to this arc, but it also happened to be a very intriguing mystery. I have no idea what's going on, but to Tomasi's credit, I really want to figure it all out. The story and art do a great job in giving the reader a moody and creepy story that I hope is the setup to something special. I guess we'll just have to wait and see.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I am at the point that I need some action soon, James Tynion continues setting everything up from who the Colony is, how they came about and why they are upping the ante at the moment.  The story and art were really good and again, I can't wait until the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Drake is back in business, but there are two of them in Gotham with a few days to kill.  This issue has some major moments setting up a mystery with Conner Kent and Batwoman in some big trouble.  This is one of the better issues of Detective Comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a well-paced, well-told issue that sets up motivations, shows some big stakes and is just a good read.  The art is a mixed bag, but this is still one of my favorite issues of Detective in quite some time and I can't wait for the next issue in two weeks.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hill ends his time on Detective Comics with a really good finale to a good arc. Everything is wrapped up and even if it may have felt a bit too convenient at times, the promise of bigger and better things to come won me over in the end.  If you haven't checked out this arc yet, you really should.
View Issue       View Full Review

For the second issue in a series, Doomed #2 is more recap than I expected and while the story doesn't move forward much, I still had a ball reading it.  Scott Lobdell focuses on some new characters and I loved them. While I hope we get some more information on Reiser and his "affliction" real soon, I am enjoying myself and that's something I can't say about some other higher profile books at the moment.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is just your typical zany, buddy road trip from hell in space with robots and space pirates with laser guns and aliens book that seems to come around...well, it doesn't come around enough. C.M. Punk and Cullen Bunn aren't changing the world, but not every book needs to.  If you want to laugh and smile, pick it up.  If you want to frown, listen to our podcast (HERE).
View Issue       View Full Review

Drax is back on track after a down issue and while CM Punk and Cullen Bunn give us a setup issue, I had a lot of fun reading it.  It's brutal, funny and beautiful and while this book is flying under a lot of people's radars, I am enjoying it month in and month out.  
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been reading Drax, this issue is par for the course.  If you haven't been, but are looking for a fun, action packed book, give it a try.  You get Fin Fang Foom as a farmer, Drax kicking dragon butt and a lame ass Planet Terry.  What else could you ask for?
View Issue       View Full Review

Usually when a story is hinting at things and not telling me, it frustrates the hell out of me (hey I'm a simple man I like to just know things). In this case the story and art do a great job of using the vagueness to drive the story forward and in this case kept me reading at a breakneck pace.  I bought this in the digital format and the book almost read like an animated film as they did amazing things with the various panes and frames of each page.Bits and Pieces:This was a long number one issue which really sets the scene for the world you've entered and I can't wait to come back for more.  The entire story arc is four issues and can be found on Comixology (issue one is only 99 cents!)  I'd highly recommend it if you're in the mood for that milkshake I mentioned previously and I promise it will be “mickey” free.  (editor's note: Don't believe him!)
View Issue       View Full Review

I continue to be a big fan of this story and the art. I'd like to get a little more backstory, but I can live with the excitement of seeing what predicament they'll get their way out of next. The only thing that brings this issue down a little bit for me is the same cliffhanger ending we've seen throughout the series. To be honest though, it still leaves me looking forward to the next issue, so I can't hate on it too much.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love it.  The art is inconsistent as always with some really GREAT panels spread among a whole lot of OK panels.  But the story is engaging and fun, funny and serious at the same time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Extermination feels big right off the bat and while a lot is thrown at the reader, it's surprisingly easy to get into even if you lack a ton of X-Men knowledge.  Pepe Larraz's art is great and the whole thing feels big and important.
View Issue       View Full Review

We get to see Faith and Archer team up once again and have some fun at a comic convention.  While it feels like a filler issue. We still get introduced to a new villain up to no good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jody Houser wraps up the "Dark Star" arc with a neat and refreshing ending. While Faith is somewhat of a predictable book, Jody Houser finds a way to make it a very pleasant and enjoyable read. Sometimes a story of morals and focusing on life experiences can make for a satisfying read. The art continues to be some of my favorite work this year.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a fun little one-shot that sets up the future of the book, but is even more concerned with having fun. I enjoyed the focus on Franklin and Val and had a smile on my face the whole time reading it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Slott takes the Fantastic Four down Memory Lane and then into the stars. Its a fun issue that will put a smile on your face even if it continues the trend of not doing much else. For this one issue, though, it is enough for me to recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Manapul and Buccellato's Flash has been a highlight of the New 52 since the beginning.  While this story seems a bit rushed, the aftermath and art are awesome.  They set up the future of Barry and hopefully the next team will take it and continue the greatness.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Venditti and Jensen hit all the notes of a good first issue.  We get some catch-up mixed in with a really interesting cliffhanger.  Brett Booth's art is awesome especially the scenes with Flash being Flash. Unfortunately, there wasn't enough of those to make this a great "Flash" book, but it was a good comic book that shows Barry and company are in good hands going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #33 is a good issue, but the lack of fun is starting to wear on me.  It just doesn't have the spark it used to.  However, Brett Booth's art is spectacular and a Rogue is in this issue and lives.  Imagine that.  Present day and Future Barry Allen are headed for a head on collision and I know I will be in the front row to watch it.  Just make it more fun.  Please.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a credit to the creative team that an issue so heavy on setup still had me this engaged.  The mystery of the savage Speed Force and the true motivation of Future Barry are still far from being revealed and now a new villain has entered the fray.  Venditti and Jensen are juggling a bunch of cool ideas and Brett booth is making it all look great.  I just hope we get some answers sometime soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I wanted more of the New Rogues, this month's issue of The Flash lines everything up and gets it all ready for the big battle.  If it is anywhere near as cool as the initial fight, Barry is in big trouble and I can't wait to see it all go down.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue sets up next month's conclusion in a way that I didn't see coming.  Instead of lining everything up for a bully beatdown, Venditti and Jensen set up a very personal story between Barry and his father.  Of course, Zoom and his very upset Crew are still involved so I still expect some fists to be flying and I can't wait to see it all.  Brett Booth and the art team do a really good job of giving this issue a chaotically fast and out of control feeling and I am going to miss them.  At least we get one more issue and I can't wait to read it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The wait is over and we do find out who Godspeed is.  My problem isn't with who it is or why they are doing what they are doing...no, my problem is that it all falls a bit flat and just feels like setup.  I really liked Carmine Di Giandomenico's art and have faith that Joshua Williamson will blow my mind eventually...I just wish it was now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson starts his new arc by giving us an old villain with some new problems and a lot of pretty cool hints at what's to come.  In the here and now, I love seeing Barry and Wally together and this issue shows that Wally has a bit to go before he can be considered a hero.  Felipe Watanabe's art is good and while this issue won't make non fans go gaga, those who've stuck with this book should be pleased.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was all about the setup, but I still liked it more than most of what we've got since Rebirth started.  Maybe it was because of Wally or the villain twist, but I enjoyed myself and am looking froward to next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

The beginning of Rogues Reloaded is full of recap and setup, but if you are a fan of Captain Cold and his crew, you won't mind a bit.  Joshua Williamson catches up readers on what the Rogues are all about, throws some hints and mysteries at you and then ends with the boys (and girl ) back in town. This is what I wanted out of Rebirth from the start and I'm so glad we are getting it now!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another good issue of The Flash and while it wasn't as fun as the previous one, it was full of action and surprises.  Barry may have figured out the Rogues plan, but that may lead him into more trouble in the near future.  Carmine Di Giandomenico's art was great and Joshua Williamson seems to be using the Rogues as a way to show what makes Flash great, but also expose his flaws.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson gives fans a heart warming and breaking issue that gives Wally some closure and opens up some strange possibilities in the near future.  The art was strong and the issue moved fast and while we got some nice reveals, some parts felt a bit empty.  Still, it was a good issue that fans of the book should enjoy.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good issue of the Flash, mixing the light with the dark and setting up a good story going forward.  I loved Howard Porter's art and hope this is where I get fully behind Williamson's Flash.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash Wars are coming so if you want to jump on the book and get up to speed before that happens, this issue is a good place for that.  You will get caught up with the major players and even get reacquainted with some old favorites.  All that and great art to boot!
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson gets us a step closer to Flash War, but mainly reunites Iris with a couple of the most important guys in her life and I couldn't be happier for that.  Yea, I wish we could have gotten more of that, but the rest does push the overall story forward so I can't really complain...much.  The art is great here and even if the big moments were a bit underwhelming, they were still big moments that needed to be resolved before the big story starts.  Only one more issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #4 is my favorite of the arc.  Buccellato shows why the Rogues are such a great team; they are fun, not so evil and always stick together.   I am looking forward to next issue more than any time in this mini.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a hard premise to describe, but lets just say if you like the sound of a book that is a mixture of Narcos, Breaking Bad, and the Walking Dead with a little bit of Alien on the side then you've come to the right place. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Needless to say, if you're a fan of the Valiant universe, or even just mystery titles at all, this feels like a worthwhile addition to your pull list. Valiant has added another diverse title to their ever expanding lineup leaving me intrigued to learn more about just what secrets Rook, Michigan contains and what Keisha and Generation Zero can uncover. Even though our namesake heroes don't have a huge presence here, the setup provided to introduce them is extremely intriguing. Give these dark web heroes a try. 8.0/10 var linkwithin_site_id = 2203111;
View Issue       View Full Review

We're introduced to the rest of the Generation Zero team. Although the story doesn't move along much. We learn more about these characters. Now that the team is formed and have their first lead we can really start to figure out what's going down in Rook city. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall the issue had a rocky start with some rough art and dialogue but it really came around to be an enjoyable issue. With some pretty creepy characters and an overall mystery that is getting more and more interesting I'm really looking forward to seeing the next issue and the conclusion of this first arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy ends his Sins of the Mother mini arc with a whole lot of action and while I had fun, it was a bit forced.  Still, it doesn't take itself too seriously and it looks amazing!  This Emiko story has put Green Arrow back up their with my favorites of Rebirth.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been enjoying Green Arrow up until now, I think that will continue this week.  If you haven't given it a try, this issue is as good as any as a jumping on point...maybe even better.  The character interactions, art and growing mystery make this easy to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Rise of Star City arc is off and running and with great art by Juan Ferreyra and a story by Benjamin Percy that is tearing apart Green Arrow from every direction, I am enjoying it.  Seattle is being torn apart, but so is Oliver's world and it's the later that has me most intrigued.  Those wanting to jump onto this book should give this arc a look see.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked what we got here, but as a conclusion to a long story, it was more setup than I'd like.  Still, it was action packed and the art by Juan Ferreyra was gorgeous.  If you have enjoyed this series up until now, I think that will continue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern #23.3 is a really good issue.  We get Black Hand's latest origin story set in the backdrop of Forever Evil.  Then we get a twist that is sure to set up a great confrontation with Hal Jordan that I can't wait to see.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue had an old school vibe from the family aspect of the story to the cool art throughout.  All in all, I can recommend this issue easily to fans of Morrison's regular run, but also to those who may have bailed or never jumped on as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern #3 may not have returned after Knight Terrors with the bang I expected, but it was still a good issue.  Xermanico's art is excellent, and Jeremy Adams shows why everyone should be a fan of Hal Jordan.  That and the cliffhanger with Sinestro are sure to have fans clamoring for the next issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I want so much more from this book, Donny Cates and Geoff Shaw have some fun this issue before giving readers an awesome looking battle royale. This book still doesnt feel like a standalone Guardians book, but I will wait until after this first arc to get too mad about that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christos Gage kicks off his Gwen Stacy run with an issue that shows how great Gwen is and then throws her headfirst into a bit of mystery and trouble. The art and story combine to give it a fast and fresh feel and while I can't say it's a must-read, it's a fun one thatI can recommend to those sick of the same old same old cluttering up the shelves these days.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a great reminder of everything that was left hanging before Power Girl crashed the party the last bunch of issues. Palmiotti and Conner give us an issue that's great for newcomers, but a little repetitive for longtime fans.  It's mostly setup, but it's fun setup.  Harley is trying to get her life together and I'm sure it's no surprise that things don't go quite as planned.  It will all continue next issue and I'll be there with my ass on the floor.
View Issue       View Full Review

We find the story based in Alaska. Mike Mignola & Chris Roberson begin a new tale for Hellboy. Hellboy is sent to investigate an undocumented species. We're introduced to a new B.P.R.D. affiliate, Woodrow Farrier joining Hellboy. The investigation leaves Hellboy and Woodrow in an even worst position. This is a great jumping on point for new readers to get into Hellboy. The art alone sells this book!8/10var linkwithin_site_id = 2203111;
View Issue       View Full Review

Pick this one up. You'll have fun with the story and the art is pretty dang good too!
View Issue       View Full Review

Soule and the art team stick to the noir style set in the first issue and this comic is all the better for it. This is a solid issue to take us to the halfway point in this series. I'm looking forward to reading how the heroes move on from the shock ending and to seeing how Soule builds on the growing relationship between Frank McGee and Misty Knight.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a huge Indiana Jones fan, I love getting my hands on anything that continues his adventures.  I can add this to the list.  While this issue is mostly setup and may not have an awe inspiring story yet, it feels like a part of the movies and that's a good start to me.  We get snakes, Nazis, the whip and an explosive cliffhanger...literally!  I recommend this to any Indiana Jones fans out there.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #4 is finally an issue I can recommend to anyone.  It's got great characters, a fun story and great art.  If this trend continues, this book can be something special.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #7 is another good issue in the series.  Dan Abnett gives us a fast paced script that's exciting and fun while Javier Garron's art is great.  While I hope we get some more character work so I get to know these alt characters, I'll take a good fight any day.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Frontier #2 is big on questions and setup, and my main problem is I want to know the answers now.  The art was a bit inconsistent, but if you are wondering how the DCU and it's timeline were affected coming out of Death Metal, this is a book you will want to keep an eye on.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another good issue of Infinite Frontier that explains some things we've already seen while setting up what should be an action-packed second half of the series.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love the Infinity Man and the Forever People.  I can see why some would be turned off by a book that wears it's craziness on it's sleeve, but that's the reason I am so fond of it.  I am having so much fun with this book that I hope it never ends.  I'd love to recommend it to everyone, but it is such a personal taste thing that I just ask you to give it a try and see what you think.  You just may join the Cult of Infinity with me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another good chapter of Injustice 2 and one I can get behind as usual. There are some nice reveals and great art, but still, it all is a setup for the ending where the big stuff happens. The big stuff being a dark threesome that I can't wait to see more of.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice Gods Among Us #30 is a lull in the action, but it is a welcome lull.  Those readers who like to see the inspirational and good Superman are in for a treat.  Though this is not a must read by any means, it is an issue that left me with a huge smile on my face.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue gets Year Five back on the right track and while it was mostly setup, it got Harley Quinn back in the story and that's worth a million setups if you ask me.  The issue ends with two crazy cliffhangers and even if we kind of know who won't die, I'm still looking forward to next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

After last week's filler, I liked seeing Buccellato roll up his sleeves and get back to business.  We see the beginnings of Batman's new plan (but no Batman) and Superman becoming more of a jerk than ever.  Don't worry though, there is another Superman in town and while most non game characters are doomed in this book, I hope we get a whole lot more of him,
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato gives fans a very quick paced read that reinforces just how far Superman has fallen.  It's not just Batman and the other heroes who are facing his wrath now and when and if he unleashes his monster squad he's been gathering, it's obvious who the real monster is.  Bruno Redondo's art is as good as usual, but in the end, this is an enjoyable chapter that only pushes the story forward a little bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter starts a new arc for the story and as such, it's a lot of setup.  Barry's days with the Regime appear to be over and if they are not, he needs to rethink that.  After Superman tried to take his head off, he ran to Central City, but learned very quickly that there are some problems you just can't run away from.  The story and art are good and if you are a Flash fan, you might enjoy it more than most.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue felt like one of those "it's going to pay of big later" type of issues.  A lot of what went on went on behind the scenes and possibly just in my head.  I love that Buccellato is focusing on The Flash and can't wait to see who is next in line for the spotlight treatment.  Overall, this was a good issue that longtime fans will get the most out of.
View Issue       View Full Review

Call it setup or a bridge or whatever you like, but I call it pretty good and pretty heartbreaking.  Batman was so close to ending Superman's reign in a non-violent way that I could almost taste it, but the carpet was pulled from under his feet.  It's all because of magic, but the issue ends with Batman showing that he has at least one trick left up his sleeve.
View Issue       View Full Review

A setup issue with 100% more Deathstroke is 100% more fun than a regular setup issue.  Brian Buccellato proves that this week and I had fun reading this issue.  The cliffhanger promises more fun, but at the end of the day, this is still heavy setup and I have to score it accordingly.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues showing that not all is well in Injustice land.  This week we see that Team Batman is falling apart at the seams and while Batman is doing much about it, not everyone is sitting on their hands.  The art as great as usual, but the story was a bit more setup than I expected after last week's cliffhanger.  However, Brain Buccellato makes sure to picj up the pace at the end just in time to give the reader another awesome cliffhanger.  This issue won't drop any jaws, but it sets up a few things that might in the very near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This week's Injustice gets the book closer to it's former glory with an action filled slugfest that I enjoyed reading.  Sure, the characterizations still aren't perfect, but the story is interesting and the cliffhanger promises more fussin' and a fightin'.  Frustrated fans (like myself) may finally be getting a glimpse of better times coming soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Three #5 was heavy on the set up, but thanks to Harley Quinn, it's still a really good issue.  Team Batman is gathering a magical army while Sinestro is busy whispering evilness into Superman's ear.  The art was subpar, but the ending promised even more great characters in the near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue has a crazy death and one awesome twist.  I wish the story would have moved forward a bit more, but what we got was pretty damn exciting.  The art was pretty good throughout, even if Superman just looked off.  The prophecy said the Emperor would sleep and they were right.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato takes over Injustice this week and while he's easing into the book, I enjoyed what he set up.  Wonder Woman has returned and she may hold the key to getting Superman back on his feet as well.  This is not the best issue of Injustice yet, but it's a solid start to what I hope is a long and fruitful run of this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato continues getting his toes wet on Injustice, but by the end of this issue he jumps head first into the deep end.  He is about to turn this book into an all out war and I can't wait to watch it unfold.  I hope that the art gets better because great art has been a hallmark of this book from the beginning.  The main draw this week, however, is Buccellato's writing and it doesn't disappoint.
View Issue       View Full Review

Year Three is coming to a close and Buccellato throws in a great twist that makes me very curious on how it will end.  This issue may be all about the setup, but it's pretty damn good anyway.  I wish the art was a little stronger, but unfortunately, it's pretty middle of the road.  Even so, I can't wait to see how this Year ends.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #4 is more substance than shock.  Tom Taylor is bringing plot threads together while showing the motivations of each side.  It may boil down to Superman Vs Batman, but it's the other characters and how Taylor writes them that makes this book so good.  Bruno Redondo's doesn't just keep pace, but fires the book to the head of the pack.  If you aren't reading this yet, please start now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #8 continues the buildup by visiting Oa and the Green Lantern Corps.  The Guardians step up to the plate with a plan to end Superman's reign, but Hal Jordan is not on board.  Bruno Redondo's art is as good as usual, but he doesn't get to show off his full talents.  Still, Tom Taylor gives us another solid chapter that is well worth the price of admission.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #12 is a good issue in a series of great issues.  Setup issues pop up now and again and this is one of them.  Granted, it sets up some pretty awesome stuff, but it's setup all the same.  It still looks great thanks to Bruno Redondo and ends with a "Game Changer".  Jim Gordon's words, not mine.
View Issue       View Full Review

It was a fun issue with great action, great art, great closure, and left us with a great direction for the next creative team. The baton is passed. Let's see what happens next! 
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good start to this new series in my opinion. The art and the story move along effortlessly. And with the promise from the creative team at the end of the book of a 'gauntlet' of characters old and new up coming I definitely feel glad to be buying and reviewing Iron Fist.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Iron Fist team of Brisson, Perkins, Troy, and Lanham continue to kick ass in this issue. This is more of a set up issue but it is a good one. The team give you a couple of teases for the future, with a good helping  of the past to catch people up who want to jump on.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all this issue is a great read for someone like me as a fan who likes the more personal aspects of Riri's character. I like the fact that she is focused on her mission to the point of being rude at times and doesn't take any nonsense. Ewing however effectively shows the warmer side of her character more than Bendis did in the past, and this issue establishes a firm sense of place now that she is back home.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a really enjoyable issue if you are a fan of James Bond. If you like the Fleming books it has what made those books popular, if you like the movies it has great action and some good wordplay. Basically, this comic is all the best parts of a Fleming book accompanied with visuals that only a comic can provide. The only problem I can really point to is the same problem every action movie has with stupid mooks. So if you like the Bond movies or the Fleming books, or both pick up this comic.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 23.1 is a very good issue.  While it can be debated that Darkseid's origin wasn't particularly needed, Greg Pak does a great job presenting it.  The art has a classic feel that the New Gods deserve.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue of Justice League.  Yea, I'm as surprised as everyone else, but I'm not going to fake the funk.  Bryan Hitch sets up his story way better than the first issue did and everything we got here has me excited going forward.  I can't say this is a jumping on (or jumping back) point for readers, but stay tuned, maybe there is hope afterall.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my favorite issue of Bryan Hitch's Justice League and it makes me happy to say that.  I loved seeing the future of the DCU and the children of the Justice League seem pretty cool.  Fernando Pasarin's art was great and while I don't think those who dropped this book need to jump back on just yet, those who stuck it out may just be rewarded with a good final arc.  Fingers crossed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Priest starts his run of Justice League with a well plotted issue that is more about the setup than an in your face introduction.  If you're reading his Deathstroke run (you really should be), you know that he doesn't waste time and almost everything will return in due time.  That's exactly how this feels and that feeling makes it feel big beyond what is happening on the page at any given moment.  Pete Woods is a perfect compliment to Priest's storytelling and I am getting ready for a kick ass run.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion IV gives us another Legion of Doom issue and instead of a cool down, it's a jump start to gaining some overall knowledge and setting things up going forward.  In a series that may have been getting too big for its own good, this issue tightens up the focus and that's a good thing.  We still have mysteries to solve, but the path to those mysteries is a little bit clearer now.
View Issue       View Full Review

After last issue's craziness, this cool down issue felt needed.  We still learned some big things here and it was the character moments between Lex and J'onn that won me over.  I hope we get more of those two together in the future, but for now, it looks like they have very different paths to take.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Sixth Dimension story has been all sorts of fun, but Scott Snyder shows us a bit of the dark side (is?) of it all.  We are left wondering if our heroes are making the right choices and I am surely coming back in two weeks to find out.  The story is intriguing and the art is awesome!
View Issue       View Full Review

Scotty Snyder says the Justice League is now an Event book and James Tynion makes it feel that way right off the bat.  Of course, that can be a good and bad thing and while the jury is still out on whether or not they can make it work, this issue has my hopes up a bit.  If you haven't been reading Justice League up until now, you might want to at least check this issue out and see if it tickles your fancy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Lex Luthor reveals more of his plan and it's all about upgrading and jacking himself up to the next level.  I wish there was more for the Justice League to do besides run into a dead (very dead!) end, but I am still enjoying the series and am excited to see where it's going. 
View Issue       View Full Review

The Justice League book continues to feel big as we get more of the JSA and Kamandi and a fight that looks doomed for the Justice League.  Something tells me they'll pull it out in the end, but Snyder and Tynion are making the journey well worth taking. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual gives fans some answers before tearing it all down and setting this book up for a crazy future.  It feels a bit like a coming out party for this book as Snyder and Tynion announce that the future of the DCU is running through the Justice League books starting now!
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #3 gives us a little more of a peek behind Giffin and DeMatteis' curtain.  They are dangling tiny carrots, but what we get is tasty.  Howard Porter's art is great and fits the book so well.  I just wish the characters were a little more likable.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #7 delivers on the early promise of the book.  Everything comes together and DeMatteis and company are finally firing on all cylinders.  I am excited for next issue and that's something I haven't been able to say in a long while.  I hope this is the start of good times to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Justice League 3001 may be more setup than returning readers may like, but if it helps get new readers more involved, I'm all for it.  J.M. DeMatteis continues giving fans great characters and a hilarious story drawn expertly by Howard Porter.  If you expected an issue filled with Supergirl, you'll be disappointed, but you can still enjoy Guy Gardner and the rest of the Justice League in the funniest book in the DC You.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a side story and while I'd usually cry foul about the timing of such a thing, I enjoyed it too much to complain much.  DeMatteis and Giffen give readers some major Teri/Flash character development as she deals (hilariously) with Mirror Master.  While I couldn't recommend this issue to new readers, everyone already reading should get a kick out of it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Gal Gardner, Miasma and a Robo Batman I don't hate all put a smile on my face and there was even more.  The (very open) mystery of Ariel/Lois is about to be busted wide open just as another fan favorite character has entered the fray.  This issue was fast paced fun with great art and a kick ass multiple cliffhanger.  While this issue may not win new fans, those smart enough to already be on the trolley should enjoy it.  I did.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3001 unfortunately isn't going to survive the Rebirth purge and this issue continues the setup to the inevitable end.  That doesn't mean nothing happens as we add a couple awesome characters and see more buildup to an explosive final battle.  Giffen and DeMatteis continue giving DC fans a hilarious alternative to the usual and for that I commend them.  I am going to miss this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3001 continues being the best book nobody is talking about.  They should be because it is non-stop fun and hilarity all wrapped up in the crazy story of a Justice League that is barely recognizable with name drops and Easter eggs from throughout DC Comic's vast history.  If you aren't already reading, go back and start from the beginning,  If you are already a fan, you probably can't wait to see how it all ends...just like this guy!
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #21 is a good issue that fills in some cracks in the story, but unfortunately also comes across as a little redundant.  It is setup for the finale and has me excited for the conclusion of this awesome story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Please don't get me wrong, I liked this issue and loved this three part story as a whole.  After the first two issues, my expectations were pretty high so maybe it was a case of the old breakup cliche, "It's not you, it's me."  "You" being this issue, "Me" being a dumb comic lover who wants everything his way.  It may have felt a bit rushed at times, but J.M. DeMatteis finishes his character study of a dark and broken "hero" and I can't wait to see how he fits in with the rest of the Justice League.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this final chapter was the weakest of this three story arc, I can't recommend the whole story enough.  Ron Marz's Edgar Allan Poe story was so good and I can only hope this series continues on such a high note.  While it's odd that Derec Donovan jumped on for the finale, he did a really good job.  If you read this digitally, you'll still enjoy it, but if you are waiting for the collected issue, you are in for a real treat.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cullen Bunn does a good job of getting this book (and character) off to a fast start.  While the story may be a bit predictable and cliche, the New Lobo ( sexy time Faux-bo) is anything but.  I'm looking forward to seeing him evolve and what adventures Bunn has in store for him and us readers.  To those stuck in the 90's...take off the flannel and give it a chance.
View Issue       View Full Review

If this upward trend in quality continues, fans of Lobo may have a book they are happy to read.  All things considered, it's knowing that we will be back with Sinestro in September that excites me going forward, but this issue was a good finish to this arc.  I'm glad that i'm finally being rewarded for sticking with this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Definitely not what I was expecting from an IDW book. It has a very Vertigo/Image feel. It's gritty, crime noir told in a flashback narrative. It has a great sense of realism and I really get how torn Richard is about wanting to do something to help his wife and his marriage... and his job as a Cop. We know where it ends, but the interesting bit is seeing how it all unfolds. The art is nice, gritty and really suits the tone of the story.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoyed this one, and if I see this on the shelf I may pick it up, I thought the premise is a decent idea along with some character work which makes the audience connect and more importantly, care about them, with some actual drama thrown in there. Set in the 80's which is hot right now makes me feel a little nostalgic and it will probably hit further home for actual Americans who hang around at shopping centers. I will be listening to Madonna's like a prayer while I eagerly await the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this feels a little incomplete as an origin story, you get just enough to need to know more.  If you are a Kung-Fu fan or even a fan of fighting games, you will likely enjoy this issue for its kickass action and great visuals.  I certainly did!
View Issue       View Full Review

I am sure that every Midnighter fan will love this issue.  Why?  Because I liked it and I am a miserable bastard who has been singled out as a Midnighter hater.  While the art continued to be too clever for it's own good at points, Steve Orlando's script was filled with good dialogue and character moments that made me care.  This was a very satisfying ending to a series and makes me hope we see Midnighter again sometime soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Midnighter and Apollo continues to surprise me and is one of my favorite mini-series going right now.  Cheering on Midnighter as he fights his way to free Apollo feels natural and good and Fernando Blanco's art makes it all the better.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando continues making this book a great read.  I am fully invested in Midnighter's quest to save his love and now that the tables have turned, I may be more so.  The art and story are really good and even if you weren't a New 52 Midnighter fan, I think you should check this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it seems that Tom King still wants to keep his cards close to the chest, this issue was interesting enough to get me back onboard the series.  Mitch Gerads great art helped matters and I am now back on the Mister Miracle trolley.  I just hope I can stay on for the remainder of the journey.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is down issue for me, yet I'm still giving it an 8. That's how good this series is. Jeff Lemire hasn't let me down with this character yet, so I'm looking forward to seeing how he wraps all of this together. Seriously, read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue suffers from having to set up a side story in an ultimately much larger event. However, what few problem exist are easily overshadowed by amazing art and wonderful storytelling. The issue is setting up a lot but the ending has me excited to read the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

It feels like editorial put the squeeze on Wilson for this arc, as it is something that I could've easily seen stretched to four issues. But with the big celebratory Issue #50 coming up next month Marvel probably just wanted to clear the decks for whatever story they have planned in that. The pacing did feel like an issue, but there's only so much you can do with oh so many pages. Art was solid throughout. For what it is, this was a fun and banter laced issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

New Suicide Squad #1 is action packed, mindless fun and that's just what I want.  Sean Ryan introduces the new team and briefly shows the tension filled dynamic before getting to the big explosions.  I had a good time with this issue and am looking forward to more zany over-the-top adventures.
View Issue       View Full Review

The New Suicide Squad continues to be an action filled romp.  While there isn't much of a story, Sean Ryan is showing us the Squad under fire and I like them...even Joker's Daughter...a bit.  Tom Derenick's art is average, but this issue is fun enough to recommend you give it a try.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins and Dick Grayson can't catch a break. Higgins' Nightwing has been a highlight of the New 52, but due to events of Forever Evil, the book seems like an afterthought. Nightwing himself is heading towards a Forever Evil disaster that will change (or kill?) his world forever. What the reader is left with are a couple issues before everything collides. Is Nightwing #27 worth reading? For Nightwing fans, the answer is yes.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #87 is all about the art, and while some may look at it as a gimmick, I liked it.  Tom Taylor sets up the stakes, and Bruno Redondo goes from there.  I wouldn't say it's an essential issue, but fans of this run will undoubtedly enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #88 is a quick-moving issue that shows how much Dick is loved, but the Titans (and more) showing up to save the day may do more harm than good down the line.  The art is fantastic, and I liked the interactions, but Dick needs to stand on his own more in this book as we advance.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #89 is a nice issue with a Super Sons team of sorts.  Readers here for the smiles will be happy there are a couple to be had, but it feels a bit like empty calories at times.  Still, everything looks great, and it's not a bad thing to smile once in a while.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #99 is one of those issues where you like almost everything in it, but are upset that there wasn't more. Usually, you only have to wait until the next issue to continue the fun, but Tom Taylor seems to like dangling things out there for a while (Cough Cough Heartless Cough Cough). Still, Bruno Redondo's art is top-notch as always and anytime Tony Zucco shows up in a Dick Grayson book, it's must-read for fans of the character.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a good start that was a bit slower paced than I ever expected.  Kyle Higgins is more content with setting up subtle mysteries of this future than just telling the reader and it mostly works.  I just hope that readers are as intrigued as I am because I will be back next month to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love me some Ninjak and issue nineteen is no exception to this rule. Despite my initial shock of reading about Grandpa Ninjak, the catch up page and some good writing helped bridge the gap for what I missed and I was off and running in no time.  We also get a backup story, as usual, which ties the future into the present in a very clever way. It's an excellent touch the team uses to keep all moving parts knit together well.  I continue to like where this series is going and can't wait to see how this arc impacts Ninjak in both timelines moving forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was amazing, the jokes mixed in with the storyline made this book extremely enjoyable. If this is how the book is going to continue I'm 100% on board. The artwork fits this book extremely well and the panel that shows what Richard sees when the Cancerverse is infecting his mind is amazing!
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, this issue tied elements from Spotlight: Shockwave and Dark Cybertron to this endgame and is a good character issue for Optimus Prime himself.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This book looks fantastic and if you dont mind revisiting a bit of the War of the Realms, there is some fun to be had. I will need a little more story going forward, but Gerry Duggan uses the page space to get every reader up to speed and then sends them off to the stars!
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Lobdell keeps giving Red Hood fans a really good book and while I may not have liked this issue as much as the Rebirth one, that's probably because I loved the Rebirth issue so much.  Dexter Soy's art is fantastic and I am really enjoying where this book is right now and am excited to see where it will be going.  From the cliffhanger, we should be getting there sooner than later.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue may be the last bit of setup before the series really starts going, I still enjoyed it.  This book is just fun and if you can put your ideas that comics have to change the world behind you, I think you can enjoy it as much as me.  
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue boils down to one big fight scene, I had a ton of fun and the art was fantastic.  Scott Lobdell and Dexter Soy continue hitting a homerun here and I am so glad that I am along for the ride!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Outlaws are finally hitting the road together and while their time together is limited, it's so good. I'm fully back on board with this book and as long as Scott Lobdell and Dexter Soy keep hitting the right notes, I will never doubt them again.  I can easily recommend this to everyone as it's also a nice little jumping on point for those who haven't heard that this is one of the best books Rebirth has to offer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Longtime Red Hood fans won't be getting much new information here, but I think everyone will enjoy starting everything fresh and new.  Yes, this is an origin story, but it also shows where Red Hood stands now and I'm excited to get everything going.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of the Rick and Morty the TV show, there is no reason you won't be a fan of this comic.  CJ Cannon's art looks exactly like the show and Zac Gorman's script is spot on as well.  If you don't like the show, nothing here will change your mind because you have neither a funny bone or a soul.  And that's the WA-A-A-AY the review goes.
View Issue       View Full Review

Robin #15 continues what we love about this book - a version of Damian Wayne that continues to evolve. This issue sets up some things for the upcoming Batman vs. Robin and has one of the best cliffhangers I've seen in years!
View Issue       View Full Review

When you read this title you know it will never be a groundbreaking comic or have some story that will knock you off your feet, but that is not what this book is designed to do. It is a book that is intended to make you enjoy reading comics and take them at face value. So with all that in mind, I will have to rate this book a...
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the Civil War II tie-in for those who hate Civil War tie-ins.  Nick Kocher tosses the Civil War garbage out the window and away we go. Add Gwenpool and some baby powder into the stew and we get an issue that may not be mind bending, but was a lot of fun.  These days, I'll take it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Al Ewing sets up his Inhumans story by making it very new reader friendly and promising a grand old space traveling epic.  Jonboy Meyers art is fantastic and I can recommend this to anyone looking to jump on the Inhumans trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

Delivering mostly satisfying answers to the series' many questions and giving us endearing quiet moments between the characters, RWBY/Justice League #5 is a solid chapter in this crossover miniseries, setting the stage for what will hopefully be a satisfying climax. While Marguerite Bennett still has difficulty managing such a large cast of heroes and giving each of them a distinct voice, she has definitely shown that this particular Justice League could exist quite well without team RWBY around for potential future adventures.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was definitely a slower issue compared to the others in this series but that is by no means a negative. Justin Jordan keeps delivering with this title and I can't wait for the next one to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked Secret Origins #1.  The stories may be well worn, but they are also well written and have great art. The "secret" part of the title is misleading as there is really nothing new, let alone secret, in these stories.  I still will recommend it to anyone who loves classic comic book stories because that's what these are.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this isn't the strongest issue in the young series, it's exactly what I love about this book in general.  It's a nice little Wonder Woman story that reminds me why I feel in love with her in the first place.  She may have lost her faith in this arc, but I never lost my faith in her.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #13 continues the trend of showing what makes Wonder Woman special.  It's a story about a Mother's wisdom, a Daughter's devotion and fighting for something more than just yourself.  This is yet another story that makes me glad this book is around.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #16 was a good start to a three part story featuring Wonder Woman heading off to Apokolips.  While it was brief and we only get the start of the story, I liked it enough to want more.  Corinna Bechko and Gabriel Hardman have me intrigued, especially after the cliffhanger and Hardman's art is the biggest draw.  I am looking forward to seeing what happens next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a middle chapter in a story, Sensation Comics #17 does exactly what it's supposed to, pushes the story forward and sets up an action packed finale.  This is not a fun story, but it is a very good story.  Wonder Woman fans looking for something more mature and "realistic" should enjoy what Bechko and Hardman are doing here.  I am looking forward to next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adam Beechen uses a Wonder Woman comic to explore the ideas of mental illness, being a hero and the consequence of action and it never felt forced or cliched.  The art and story come together to give readers a unique look at being a hero no matter how you chose to go about it.  Of course, this is still a comic book and the cliffhanger hints at some hero/villain action in the very near future.  Let's just hope they take the fight to someplace safe.
View Issue       View Full Review

Shadow War Alpha #1 kicks off the Shadow War crossover event with some big moments that will shock a few readers.  While some of the characterizations felt off, the art was great, and Joshua Williamson makes everything feel significant.  Even if you aren't reading all the books involved, this one is easy to recommend to most DC Comics fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the issue doesn't have the same quality as the issue before it, the story and art is still very good we get a lot of satisfying conclusions to cliffhangers while keeping some still in the air. We also get introduced to new ones. This book is great and I can't recommend it enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #9 is a bit more setup than I expected.  We do get some interesting direction to the Eclipso story and a quick look at some of Lex's goons.  However, it's Lex, himself, who steals the show even if he is only in the book for a couple of panels.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Harbinger #2 is a great continuation of Bryan Q. Miller's miniseries.  This issue focused more on characterization and it's all the better for it.  Constantine and Zatanna are so good together and they better be because the true villain is a big one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #2 is another setup issue.  We get a favorite character's introduction complete with new origin story and Superman dealing with his new power set.  It's a slow build up, but I love the story and can't wait to see where it's going.
View Issue       View Full Review

Maybe I was spoiled by the explosiveness of last week's issue, but Smallville: Lantern #4 was a bit of a letdown.  However, with Bryan Q. Miller, even a letdown is a good issue.  The character interactions are great, but the story is put on hold until next week.  Granted, I can't wait until next week as usual.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sonic continues his tour of duty this week and Knuckles is along for the ride.  It's actually the villains that steal the show and while this series definitely has a formula early on, it's fun and it all looks fantastic.  If you are a Sonic fan, there is no reason at all not to be checking this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a fairly satisfying conclusion that left the door open to more crossovers down the road. The writing for this issue was solid and the pacing felt very on point. I've never been a fan of the way  Rodriguez draws faces, particularly Gwen's, but the art was solid in other areas and the colors were as good as they always have been for this book. Obviously if your new to Spider-Gwen this may not be the best jumping on point. However if you've been on board since the start of this arc then I think you will be satisfied with its conclusion.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm admitting that I'm a Spider-Man fanboy through and through however I have also read a ton of the All New All Different Marvel lineup and this is one of the books I've been having the most fun with. This issue continues the series trend of strong art, well-constructed story beats, and jokes that hit the mark. If you have any love for either of the two title characters in this book you won't regret jumping in at any point. 8.0/10
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues the setup which was a bit disappointing, but because of the great characterizations and excellent art, I can still recommend it to any fan of either franchise. With two issues left, I hope Mike Johnson picks up the pace a bit and we aren't just heading for one huge battle to end them all.  Actually, that would be pretty cool and if it comes down to that, I'll probably love it.  In parting, this issue was good enough for me, yea, yea, yea, yea...
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a welcomed change of pace from the previous 20 issues of tales from the cast of A New Hope, at least on the side of the Rebellion. It was about time that there was a story featuring members of the Empire. Historically, stormtroopers have been viewed as a joke due to their poor marksmanship. Writer, Jason Aaron is able to present this group by challenging that stereotype with terrifying and exciting detail. I haven't had this much fun since Chewbacca went one on one with the bounty hunter, Dengar. This issue has the look of the Empire's version of Delta Force sweeping through an area and unleashing hell in the form of death and carnage. It is a great compliment to the art team that this issue really captures the feel of a swift military operation. Being a veteran myself, I was able to appreciate the speed in which these representatives of the Empire moved. To think this is only the first part in a new story arc has me already anticipating the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I definitely enjoyed this issue for what it was, which was basically a big space battle. Those are always fun and Jorge Molina's action scenes were beautiful. If you're a fan of the movies, I don't see why you wouldn't enjoy this title.
View Issue       View Full Review

Out of this week's Marvel Star Wars offerings this book is the strongest. Pak tells a fine story, but for me the art stole the show with some beautiful and consistent artwork across the extensive art team. Special credit goes to the fine and appealing color work from Tamra Bonvillain which lifts the book and pulls together the artwork across the issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

The writing is what carries this issue home and it is some of Charles Soule's best in this series to date. We are still no further advanced in the search for Lor San Tekka (the series supposed premise), but I can forgive them that given this issue's quality.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a top first installment in a five issue arc with enough plotlines laid out to sustain readers' interest throughout this issue and likely beyond. Even though it is perhaps a somewhat childlike response to this issue, my feelings on it are that it is just “so cool”. It encapsulates all the fun and excitement you would expect from a book about a TIE fighter squadron. Count me in.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marvel has been spot on with these number one issues, I am just hoping they can keep up the good work on this story. I honestly didn't know what I was walking into when I started reading this book seeing as I really had no history with the character but all in all I really liked the story, even though it started off slow I really enjoyed the humor that was in it. The art was enjoyable, and the ending left you ready for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Star Spangled War Stories #3 is a good issue with some cool action, a touch of humor and one of the best zombie knife fights you'll ever see. If you are looking for a mature title with some undead appeal, look no further. If you are just looking for something unique and well written, give this book a try as well. Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue seems to be oddly out of continuity with the rest of the Futures End books, it's fun enough to recommend. In fact, this issue is a good one for those who want to read a one-shot horror comic without a mask or cape in sight. The art could have been better, but it doesn't ruin the experience. Check it out if you are still into this whole zombie craze.
View Issue       View Full Review

With one more issue to go, Tom Taylor sets up the finale with an issue filled with character moments that made me smile.  Bruno Redondo's art is great as usual, and I wish this series was not ending in a month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo end their Suicide Squad run by showing how kickass the Revolutionaries are while hinting at a possible future.  They are just as much a family as a team, and I have enjoyed the short time I've spent with them.  Hopefully, we will see them soon!
View Issue       View Full Review

Supergirl #36 has a new creative team, a new direction and a new fan...me. While it's mostly setup, I enjoyed the setup for the Crucible Academy and am looking forward to see what it's all about. I could get cheesy and say something like, "I'll give this trip to school a...", but instead I'll give it the score below.
View Issue       View Full Review

How many times can I say I'm going to miss this book.  In a perfect world (or alternate one...say Earth 93), this book would continue and we'd get the full Crucible story.  If I've learned anything, though,  this isn't a perfect world and we'll have to be happy with what we got...a cool Supergirl story with great art.  Man, I wish this was Earth 93!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Psi War is on.  Superman #23 may lack a lot of Superman, but it makes up for it with great action and art.  Mike Johnson and Jesus Merino make a splash in what I hope is a continuing partnership on the Superman in the future.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #34 continues the rehabilitation of Superman's character.  Geoff Johns is giving the reader a Superman you can get behind because he's just a damn nice guy.  We get more of Ulysses back story and a mysterious Villain I really want to see more of.  I can't wait to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #36 finally gets things going on Johns and Romita Jr's run.  We finally get to see that things aren't as good as they seem and while Superman is on the case, I'm not sure who the bad guy really is.  I do know that I can't wait for next issue to learn more.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may end the Men of Tomorrow story, but at points, you could have fooled me.  Geoff Johns uses this issue to present a new power and costume and change the very nature of the book.  I can't say that I don't like the changes, it's just that it all felt a bit forced.  I'm back on the John Romita Bandwagon for now and I can't wait to see what all these changes do to the book going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fans of the regular run of Superman/Wonder Woman should pick up this "Director's Cut" of the power couple's relationship.  It wasn't the "every thing's coming up roses" story I was expecting and I appreciated it for that.  Most of the dangling questions are addressed and I am glad I read it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Max Landis starts off his Superman mini with a nice issue about a young boy trying to find his way in the world.  It doesn't matter that the boy happens to be Clark Kent...well, yes it does and  it's a story that made me smile.  The art added to the charm and in the end, I'm glad I read it.  That might not sound like much, but these days, that's a rousing recommendation.  Take it for what it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another really good issue of American Alien and while I was expecting something "bigger" for the finale, Landis is not writing books to please me.  He should be, but he isn't.  Fans of the series will no doubt already be buying this, but if you haven't been reading, you can jump into this issue easily and see what the hype is all about.  After reading this series, I want Landis to write his take on so many more DC heroes and after this issue I demand he write a Lobo book.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Doomed story wasn't perfect, but it was a fun ride with Superman and his friends trying to defend Earth from two of his biggest villains.  While nine artists seems ridiculous, Pak and Soule's story is strong enough to make me look the other way a bit.  It may not be remembered as the greatest Superman story ever told, but it is the best the New 52 has given us so far and I'll take that any day.
View Issue       View Full Review

A new creative team and a new status quo (thanks to the Superman Reborn story) has given this book a new life.  K. Perkins had a lot to deal with jumping on this book and she came through with flying colors.  This was the best issue of this series and we really don't have a Superwoman right now.  I can't wait to see what we get when we do.
View Issue       View Full Review

Talon #15 is a bit of a conundrum.  It is a really good issue for Talon fans, but it gives them nothing new.  It would have been a good primer issue to get new fans up to speed, but unfortunately it's too little too late.  If you want someone to jump into the series, this is good starting point.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really like this issue a lot Jeff Lemire did a great job as always. The pace of the story was on point and it's off to a great start. If you never read anything about Thanos before like me, it doesn't really matter Lemire does a great job here of not making readers that aren't too familiar with Thanos feel alienated. Deodato's art is really sharp too I have never looked at too much of his art but this series make me want to check out more of his work. Lemire really left me wanting more and I can't wait till next month's issue comes out.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue for the character moments and the cliffhanger promises even more of those.  Yea, there is also action and some big moments, but right now I could read a book with Batman and the Batman Who Laughs hanging in a room together talking about how different they are from each other.  Of course, the Batman Who Laughs would probably blow up the room after slicing Bruce's neck, but isn't that whey we love him?
View Issue       View Full Review

I have to say this issue, just like the first one, has left me wanting more. Now that all the setup is finished and we can finally start diving into the meat and potatoes of this mystery. I'm all aboard the Brave and The Bold train and am ready to be blown away. 
View Issue       View Full Review

It's always sad when a book fails.  It's even worse when it ends as it is finally getting good.  Green Team #8 is a fun end to a missed opportunity.  However, if the last page is to be believed, maybe we haven't seen the last of the Teens. As Semisonic taught us way back  in 1999, every new beginning comes from some other beginnings end.  Man, I hated that song.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's always sad when a book fails. It's even worse when it ends as it is finally getting good. Green Team #8 is a fun end to a missed opportunity. However, if the last page is to be believed, maybe we haven't seen the last of the Teens. As Semisonic taught us way back in 1999, every new beginning comes from some other beginnings end. Man, I hated that song.
View Issue       View Full Review

I hate to say that this is a down issue because it's still good and filled with some pretty heavy reveals, but it's still setup heavy with not enough Diana.  It does set up some pretty major moments coming real soon and I can't wait.  I still recommend this series with all my heart, but this issue wasn't the best.
View Issue       View Full Review

Surprise, Surprise! I loved another chapter of The Legend of Wonder Woman. While this chapter's score is a little lower than most, that is only because this is more of a setup issue than the usual. It's understandable as De Liz has slowed the pace a bit to get everyone, including Diana, fully rested for the excitement ahead. By the hint of the cliffhanger, that should start next chapter. I can't wait!
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter starts a new arc in the story and because of that is setup heavy. That doesn't mean you should avoid it...it still has some cool cameos and any issue with Etta Candy is worth the price of admission. The art is as fantastic as usual and it looks like Diana is eventually headed to war after confirming that her biggest fear may indeed be true.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter may start out a bit forced, but ends with anincredibledisplay of the Duke of Deception's power. The art finishes up strong and it all has me wondering how Wonder Woman will get away from, let alone defeat, the Duke. We also get the beginnings of the Holliday Girls reunion tour and an impromptu flight lesson that certainly won't "vanish" in the future. Yes, I hope it leads to the Invisible Jet. Please, let it lead to the Invisible Jet!
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter presents an intermission complete with a lovely song by the Holliday Girls. If the word on the street is correct, we are about to see some big ramifications of Diana's choice last chapter and with Steve Trevor flying off into danger, it just got even more personal for Diana. This chapter is a very quick read with the usual excellent art and a cameo of a much loved character. It may be a lull, but still take it any day and twice on Sundays!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a whole lot of action and I didn't mind seeing Wonder Woman stretch her legs a bit.  I also liked that De Liz shows us exactly what makes Wonder Woman so great in the first place.  The art goes hand-in-hand with the action packed nature of the issue and it all leads to an ending that may not be a twist or a turn, but promises to finish it all in style next issue.  I'm still on cloud nine that De Liz and Dillon will get to continue telling Diana's story so really, everything is gravy right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This first issue sets up a bit of the world(s) of Mainstream, but Michael Dolce and Talent Caldwell are more about the mood, the mystery, and the intrigue.  Tony Moy's art certainly helps with the first and while there aren't many answers to be found yet, the questions have me looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can finally say I enjoyed an issue of The Movement.  Gail Simone uses flashbacks of the characters early lives to give personality and motivation to her creations.  Freddie Williams II's art is great and fits the story to a tee.  The Movement's street level tale is beginning to win me over.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you know your history of John Constantine, then I think we're in for some interesting times ahead. Regardless, don't forget to pick up Books of Magic #14 in November before starting this regular series next month.  This has some potential!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Shadow Glass #1 is a exposition heavy, character driven story that readers will love or hate depending on what they want out of a comic.  There is little to no action and the story is still a mystery, but if you like fleshed out characters and awesome art, give this book a try.  I'm glad I did.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Terrifics #27 is another good issue from Gene Luen Yang and Sergio Davila.  While the plot felt a little rushed by the end, I enjoyed seeing the T-Council, and the cliffhanger sets up a very personal story as Yang ends the series. 
View Issue       View Full Review

The Terrifics is coming to a close next month, and Gene Luen Yang is going to send it off with a bang!  This book may not be for everyone, but I have enjoyed it, especially since Yang took over.  At this point, I'd suggest grabbing the trade or wait to read it in the DC Universe App, but I do think you should at least check it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am really enjoying this run of Unstoppable Wasp, but it is one of those books in my wheelhouse. If you enjoy a lighthearted, action-packed book with cool characters and an anime like art style , this may be for you as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

Issue one set the bar pretty high and I was worried that issue two of Thunderbolts would not be able to deliver. Zub did a great job following it up, and has me wanting to stick around to see where it goes.   
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue doesn't push the overall story ahead much, I liked the art, the character moments and yes, the fun.  Dan Slott is making me like Tony Stark, but I'm loving some of the other characters as well, especially Jocasta.  This continues being one of the books I am glad I jumped on for Fresh Start.
View Issue       View Full Review

Gail Simone jumps on Iron Man and while it was more for regular readers of the run, hopefully, War of the Realms readers who check it out can have some fun with it as well. It is peppered with the usually Simone pop culture references and jokes so if thats not your thing, youve been warned. It is 100% my thing and because of that, I had fun with a book that had recently had fallen off my pull list.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is supposed to be the end goal for the series, but it seemed rushed and compressed since there is only 6 issues left.  I did enjoy seeing Tailgate alive even if it doesn't make sense that he is.  Maybe the next issue will further explain the answers given in this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Francis Manapul starts off his series, not with a bang, but by catching up the reader before moving forward.  He does a good job of getting these familiar strangers together and I am intrigued to see where it is all heading.  His art is simply incredible and I could spend a long time just staring at the pages he gives us here.  All in all, this was a good start to a series I now have high hopes for.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a slow start, the Dark Destiny story is in full swing and it's an action packed good time. The cliffhanger has me expecting things to get worse before better and V. Ken Marion shows why he is one of my favorite artists.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I had a couple of minor problems with this issue, they were very minor. This was another really quick read that sets up even more fun for the coming issues. If you want to have fun reading a comic book, this is the one for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my favorite Jinxworld book so far.  The story and art are simple enough to jump into, but both end up showing more complexity by the end.  Sure, some may be taken aback by the language and violence, but neither bother me as long as I am invested in the characters and the story.  I was and I look forward to continuing reading this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

On the whole, then, this issue does its job very well. As a prologue to the main series, it gives the reader enough detail about the new world in which Vampirella finds herself to encourage further reading. It also introduces the character clearly and sets her moving without too much pointless introspection. In short, it certainly is an involving story in its own right and, at only a quarter, is well worth a punt.
View Issue       View Full Review

Come for the Aaron/Sorrentino Daredevil story and stay for whatever else you find interesting here. Overall, this anthology comic was hit or miss, but I wasnt mad I picked it up and even got a few surprise chuckles by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

This one wasn't quite as good as the last issue, but it was still a lot of fun. It wrapped up most of the story threads going on and gave us some new rules moving forward if Marvel brings it back in Marvel NOW 2.0. My only hope is that, if they do bring it back, they keep this creative team together.
View Issue       View Full Review

I think this book is a bit misunderstood because I am having a blast reading it. I enjoy the art and the characters a whole lot and againI am having a blast reading it! Did I mention its a blast? Well, it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the middle issue of the arc and it shows.  Marc Andreyko is good enough, however, to make it a fun read nonetheless.  He sets up next issue with a crazy cliffhanger and I can't wait to see how Wonder Woman saves the day.
View Issue       View Full Review

Amanda Deibert and Staz Johnson give us the first of a two-part story and while this is all setup, it's good fun that captures the spirit of '77.  This story could have easily been a classic TV episode, but anyone can join in whether they are fans of the show or not.  It may be the 'Homer" in me, but I can't wait to see what happens next issue when Wonder Woman comes face to face with a mythical threat with an insatiable thirst for destruction.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #26 is another small step towards the larger picture Brian Azzerello is building.  However, I enjoyed it more than the last couple of issues mainly due to the action and character moments and solid art. The pieces of the puzzle are slowly being put into place for what I hope is a stunning finale.  I just don't know how long we will have to wait to see it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I enjoyed this issue even as it seemed smaller than the buildup that lead to it.  It's a mix of satisfying moments and rushed bits, but Nicola Scott's art makes it all look fantastic.  I liked this Year One finale more than the Lies one, but like that issue, I was left wanting so much more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando rebounds from the crazy, out-of-nowhere cliffhanger of the last issue to get back to what he does best, give fans a Wonder Woman who wins the day with love and compassion.  Now that is a tune we can all dance to, especially if Issac is serving up the cocktails!
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki starts her Wonder Woman run with a combination of action-movie mayhem and indie movie interactions.  It's a nice combination, though certain scenes hang around a little too long at times.  Mikel Janin makes it all pop, and the ending, while leaving the good stuff for the next issue, will have me back for just that reason.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman is back where she should be, and I am so happy!   This issue looks fantastic, with some real emotions coming off the pages.  The pacing did feel a bit off, and some scenes felt a bit stretched to get a larger page count, but I liked this as a reset and am looking forward to seeing how things go from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki moves the overall story ahead a tiny bit, but lets us in on some secrets and continues killing it with Gabby and Laura. If you like them, you will like the book. If you arent sold on them (monster!), nothing here will convince you otherwise. Personally, I love them and while I hope Tamaki gives the series its own flavor going forward, I am here for Laura and Gabby.
View Issue       View Full Review

Its the penultimate issue of X-Force and I will be sad when its gone. Ed Brisson and Dylan Burnett set up their book for the finale and while the second to last issue of a series will never be a good jumping on point, readers who were there from the beginning should be fired up. I am still worried about Kid Cable, but the cliffhanger at least promises an explosive ending to the series.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a pleasant read and whether you've been reading X-men most of your life or this happens to be the first book you've picked up, the writing team has made this a book anyone can understand. So, if you're wanting a good X-men story this is the book for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's not a great issue to jump on but I'd go back and read 1-3 first and then this one to get up to speed. I again think this series may be the best X-men series we have ongoing so if you want your X-men free ranged, gluten-free, and without lactose, this comic won't give you any of that BUT it's still really good. Technically, it's gluten-free and lactose-free if you enjoy that... 
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue slows the pace of our story a bit from the initial start to the arc, it gives us the necessary motivation to understand our villain's sudden appearance. The art as usual is amazing and I'm always very impressed at how detailed not just the characters are, but the world around them is as well. Although issue forty eight isn't as exciting as our last effort in the series, it builds momentum necessary going forward to have a huge finish for our final two issues. Don't fret, X-O Manowar will go out with a bang.
View Issue       View Full Review

This almost free comic paves the way for bigger and hopefully better things and really, if you are a DC Comics fan, you should get it. The art throughout is great and while this is mostly setup for what's to come this summer, it feels big and important.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's finally a great time to be a Superman fan again and this book is a major reason for that.  This month, Dan Jurgens fills in some major blanks and shows us that it's all headed to the same light at the end of the tunnel.  This might only be a "bridge issue", but because of everything Jugens has set up, I enjoyed it all the same.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall this was a pretty fun issue.  We finally get to see Spoiler in action and in the end, she was impressive.  Who knows what the next issue will be about, but I hope it's got more Spoiler. Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sean Murphy slows things down a bit to set the rest of the series up.  The art and the story are great and this continues being where I go for my Batman fix.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is another action movie come to life and that's exactly why I like it so much.  James Bonny sets up the situation and then lets the characters go at each other and it's all great fun.  Gun fights, sword fights, missing daughters, military commandos, explosions...if that doesn't sound cool, you ain't no friend of mine.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #23.2 is a really good issue.  We get the back story of the Reverse Flash and find out he is a pretty sympathetic character.  The main writing team of Manapul and Buccellato do a great job, but it probably would have been better served as The Flash #24 and not a Villains Month issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #5 is another good issue I can recommend.  Dan Abnett gives us fun characters, humor and an interesting story and Tom Raney's art is a good fit for it all.  I'm looking forward to this book more and more each week.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I really want to get some more story progression one of these weeks, the action on display this week was too good to ignore.  Superman vs Bizarro vs Solomon Grundy is a Battle Royal for the ages and while there wasn't a real winner, there was a loser.  It all ends with a peek at Superman's big plan and I can't wait to see it unfold.  Brian Buccellato gives us a fun slug fest and Iban Coello's art was outstanding.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This side story may be mostly filler, but it's the best damn Harley Quinn we've gotten in this book since Brian Buccellato took over.  She is my favorite character in Injustice and if you are the same, you will really enjoy this issue.  If not, you can probably skip this one and come back next week for our regularly scheduled program.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was an action-packed issue that flew by pretty quick, put our heroes between a rock (Totality?) and a hard place and then showed that some awesome help might be on the way.  I am enjoying it all with a smile on my face.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League #37 was a big, bombastic issue with over-the-top action, the death of another world and a scene that would make Abner Doubleday smile if he was alive and actually invented baseball.  Overall, the issue finally gives the Justice League a win, but for how long and at what cost? I am looking forward to finding out in two weeks and it's one of the few DC books nowadays that I can actually say that about.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue had almost everything, I just wish we spent more time with the best parts.  The main draw of Turtle Jimmy Olsen never really developed and Supergirl continues to just stand around looking bored.  However, I loved the interaction between Bruce and Clark, Guy and Diana and Flash and Supergirl.  Then there was my favorite part of all...the Super Buddies!  I want more Super Buddies now!  While the story was mostly setup, it was still great fun and the art was kick ass as usual.  I hope more people jump on the JL 3001 trolley, because I want to stay on for the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the Kamandi Challenge is a hard sell for anyone not involved since the first issue, Bennett and Jurgens give readers one of the best issues so far.  It has humor, great art and most importantly, the focus that the previous ones lacked.  Thank you Marguerite and Dan, I am back on board this book!
View Issue       View Full Review

While still acknowledging the faults of the earlier chapters this volume, this new arc, and a fresh approach are definitely worthy of praise. Here's hoping the good vibes continue into the next volume!
View Issue       View Full Review

I am really enjoying the Suicide Squad and while it's not a perfect book, Sean Ryan is hitting all the right notes with the team and their mission.  he has the reader guessing who is good and bad and that extends to the leadership as well as the Squad itself.  This issue ups the action and while the art is middle of the road, it doesn't spoil the fun.  If you have been looking to jump on this book, go back to the start of this arc and join in on the best Suicide Squad story since the book added the "New" to the title.
View Issue       View Full Review

Talk about a book that will probably fly under the radar and one I never thought I would like. The witty humor made this book go over the top for me. For a Social Justice Warrior I think this book did really well. Story paired with the art moved the book along, paired with the inner dialogue of Red Wolf this is definitely a book I would recommend giving a shot.
View Issue       View Full Review

Howard takes this book into an unexpected but refreshing direction that gives a different take on the Mad Titan that makes him appear more unstable, dysfunctional, and ultimately more human.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even though the team is officially disbanded, they still end up working together to create a really fun issue that sets the stage for a huge battle next month. This is one of the most surprisingly good titles I'm reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

I feel like the less experienced you are with this character (or the less aware of Eddie's past continuity) the more you'll like this issue. Even on the other hand, people who are familiar with Eddie's San Fransico backstory and his turbulent history with Carl will still walk away from this chapter on a pretty interested note. Developments continue to spiral out of control for our “hero”, and now he may have brought a newfound innocent into the thick of the storm. The book continues along, taking frequent stops to rewrite past canon (for better or worse), to tell a Venom story we've never had beforegranted, it is retelling stories I HAVE read before and changing those rules as it goes. This time, I just happned to like the results quite a bit.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Face of Gods story has kicked off in the pages of X-O Manowar in break neck fashion and deserves your attention. Robert Venditti gives us a menacing threat and this issue is a really good jumping on point for new readers, but that doesn't mean long time readers won't be thrilled as well. Joe Bennett and Roberto De La Torre do a great job making everything look great and in the end, this is just a really good sci-fi comic.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder reveals some more about the First Ally and it's got me excited about next month's finale. It looks like it's going to be up to Alfred to save the day and after the setup, I wouldn't want it any other way.  This issue was action packed in both story and art and I can easily recommend it...which I will.
View Issue       View Full Review

Amazing Spider-Man #15, while covering ground we've tread over before, is still able to still come off as an intriguing concept with emotional weight to it. I was especially fond of Dan Slott's inclusion and use of Harry Osborne and Mary Jane who were given some nice moments and growth with this story. Kudos to Slott who made sure they were not just used as a plot device for Spider-Man to save, which happens too often in paint-by-numbers superhero affairs.  The art team (Giuseppe Camuncoli, Cam Smith, & Marte Gracia) is fantastic as the figures and colors jump off every page. Mary Jane looks amazing in the Iron Spider suit in this issue, but especially on the front cover done by Alex Ross. Bits and Pieces:Overall I would say this was a strong arc, which may have benefitted from a little more meat and cheese, but was far from a disappointment.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jeff Parker finishes his little Bat Robot story in style.  It's funny, but also shows there is no substitute for the real Batman.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue could be written off as setup, it sets up some pretty important things along with adding a great character to the mix and getting Batman and the Turtles all on the same page.  Plus, it all ends with a crazy cliffhanger that promises even more craziness coming real soon.  Sure, it wasn't perfect, but Tynion and Williams continue giving fans of both franchises something to have a ton of fun with.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion is back on the book and while he brought a bunch of setup, he also brought some cool scenes and dialogue to boot.  We get to see the moment Batman became aware of Mother and end with most of the Bat Family heading to Prague.  The art was a bit off, which was disappointing, but this issue has me excited for the series again and that is enough for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #31 runs into the usual problems...slow pacing, too many storylines and not enough resolution.  However ,Ray Fawkes gives the reader some great moments and Fernando Pasarin's art is really good.  In an up and down book, you can file this issue in the up category.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Knights of Steel #5 got the series back on track, and by the end of the issue, I'm not sure how things will go next.  However, I do know I'll be here for it!  The art is fantastic and this continues to be one of my favorite books right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo kick off their Death Metal event with an issue that may be confusing to some, but after reading it, I am intrigued to find out more.  Things do line up with everything that Snyder had given fans up to this point, so those jumping in here for the first time may struggle more than others.  While it does come off as overly dark at first glance, there is a sense of hope running underneath that I hope surfaces more and more as we progress.
View Issue       View Full Review

After this issue, I am more invested in this whole DC vs. Vampires story.  There was more to sink my teeth into, and the multiple storylines and the cliffhanger raised the stakes.  As long as I am doing vampire puns, I'll end with, "this is one vampire story that doesn't suck!"  
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke continues being a self contained flurry of fists and explosions and that's why I like it so much.  It's funny that such a violent book can be my monthly pallette cleanser, but with so many books trying to go for that deeper meaning, it is nice to sit back and watch a heavily armored guy trying to save his daughter.  Don't go and get fancy on us James,  you have Deathstroke exactly where he should be.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke continues getting better and better and it's not because of over the top action, but the cat and mouse game that our main characters are involved in.  You don't know who to trust here and quite frankly, I wouldn't trust anyone.  It's great to see Rose and Batman work together, but the interaction between Deathstroke and Damian was priceless.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics continues being one of my favorite Rebirth books.  While I want to see a lot more training with the team, I appreciate the character work James Tynion is giving us with nearly all of the team.  The story and art compliment each other well and the issue ended with a huge step towards figuring out who the bad guys are...or just beating the crap out of them.  Either way, I'll be back in two weeks to find out.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is mostly setup, we get to see the beginnings of how Professor Zoom plans on taking down the Flash. He's using Barry's own powers against himself and Central City and it looked awesomely frightening.  Everything else just looked awesome and while this wasn't the greatest issue of the Flash I've read, I enjoyed every moment of it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked this issue and this and the last one have me excited about where the book is going.  Barry is finding out that some of his past decisions are coming back to bite him in the ass even while he seems to be winning the day and if you have been thinking of jumping on this book, now is a good time.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's time to get back to the main books, and Infinite Frontier #0 gives you a glimpse of what that will look like.  This book feels significant, not as an apology or promise, like the DC Universe: Rebirth Special did back in 2016, but just as a start of a broader journey ahead.  Let's hope DC sticks with it because it could be something special.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Injustice was heavy on setup, but what it setup was pretty heavy.  See what I did there?  Superman is making deals that are bound to bite him in the ass, but desperate times...While Buccellato's story is satisfying, Tom Derenick's art is just okay.  It all ends up being a good issue of Injustice that continues making me excited for this series going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

I knew this moment would come and while it left me a bit sad, the issue was dominated by Lex Luthor.  Buccellato shows him as a villain and a hero all wrapped up into one and while he could have ended it all here, he allowed Superman to live another day.  That's not the case with everyone in this issue and while it looks like Lex is in the clear, I'm sure this will come back to bite him in the ass one way or another.  I liked the tense storytelling, but I wish the art could have done it's part to make this issue as epic as it should have been.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato shows up this week and out of nowhere, gives fans a fight they've been waiting years to see.  Batman v Superman is in full effect and it's bloody, brutal and ends with one of their lives hanging by a thread.  I still want to see some emotion other than red hot rage from Batman over Alfred's death, but this was pretty fun to see in the meantime.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #9 is a good issue that may not advance the story a whole lot, but was tons of fun.  While new readers won't know what the hell is going on, Giffen and Dematteis keep rewarding those there from the beginning.  This arc is coming to an end next month and I can't wait to see what happens.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Justice League Incarnate #4 recaps a whole lot of DC Comics at the start, once we get to the actual story, you know what hits the fan!  Seriously, this issue has at least two moments bigger than anything in over a year!  Maybe Joshua Williamson finally realized that he might have to shock everyone to take notice, and hopefully, they do.  I am looking forward to seeing how he tops this in the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

After one issue our character has an intriguing past and interesting motive for future issues. The art provides a pleasure for the eyes to behold with some great action and unique detail peppered throughout the stories pages.  I'll be interested in revisiting Mr. Jones … hopefully he's going to be a big star! (Author Note: Sorry, not sorry, if that song is now stuck in your head for the rest of the day).
View Issue       View Full Review

All around, this was probably my favorite issue of the series thus far. We finally get some story progression and the art looked great. It's been rare that those two things have come together throughout this series so here's hoping this starts a new trend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #10 is a good start to the final stretch of the Chaos story.  Bran Q. Miller gives us some really good Eclipso setup and the issue ends with Superman calling for desperate measure.  Agustin Padilla's art was unusually off this week, but overall this was a nice setup issue that promises a great final two issues.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I wasn't a huge fan of the Supergirl Rebirth issue, I had a really good time with this one.  Steve Orlando shows us the difficulties facing Kara in her new life, but the cliffhanger showed they may have only just begun.  Throw in the Danvers doing their best as new parents and a great art style by Brian Ching and I am happy to say that I am now fully on board with this book and can't wait to continue on with Steve Orlando's Supergirl.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue, but after loving the first two, this one fell a bit flat.  The setup was there for a kick ass issue, but it was overly forced and I didn't like Jae Lee's art one bit.  Still, seeing an alternate take on Clark's first (well, second in Ollie's case) meetings with three of DC Comics biggest names was cool and still better than most of what is on the shelf these days.  This one still gets two snaps, but not the twist.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is definitely a good jumping on point for new readers to Laura and Gabby, and the pieces have been set up for a pretty good story. However, the one thing I really wanted to know going into this was why Laura is back to being known as X-23 when much of her recent history has been about leaving that name behind.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics has been the best book in this whole truth debacle and this issue may be the best one.  Superman has his powers back and while it may kill him, he's doing it for the greater good.  Vandal Savage is proving to be a great villain and I finally can say that I'm looking forward to the next issue of this crossover.  If the other creative teams can keep the ball rolling we won't have to wait until April to fall in love with Superman again.  This issue was a step in the right direction.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #22 is hard to put a score on.  Your enjoyment will depend greatly on your opinion of what happened last issue.  I felt a little cheated, but Kyle Higgins story coupled with Thony Silas' art did so much to ease my pain.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deadpool #6 is a fun road trip to Krakoa with great art and a bunch of laughs. Deadpool may not have gotten what he wanted out of it, but I did, and I hope that continues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson #3 is an issue I can finally recommend to Nightwing fans.  It's a fun little action story with the appropriate grey areas that spy books love to dabble in, but in the end it's Seeley and King showing that they don't want to change Dick, just his situation.  Mikel Janin's art is stellar and is just another reason to give this book a try.  If you bailed or never jumped in, this is the issue to get back on the trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue gets back to it's roots of crazy over-the-top action.  While I have enjoyed Year Two's more character driven issues, it's fun to get back to the basics.  I wish the art was a little stronger, but I still enjoyed the issue.  The ending promises more explosive action next week and I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue takes the smallest of steps back from the first two, but it's still great! Liu and Brooks have Han Solo as a character down, and I can't wait to see where they go from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I am curious to see how others feel about this issue, I liked it as another piece of the larger puzzle that is Greg Rucka's Wonder Woman story.  This issue falls somewhere between Year One and the Lies, yet sheds light on both stories.  I loved the art and the ending left me wanting a lot more which I think was Greg Rucka's plan in the first place. Mission accomplished!
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #30 has an out-of-sequence release and three artists and is still really good.  Credit Greg Pak's great characterization of Superman and Aaron Kuder's awesome art while it lasts.  Pak ends his first arc and sets up the Doomed story all in one.  Recommended, but you may want to find a reading order and follow it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #31 continues the Doomed event, but to me it's the beginning.  Beginning of me being interested in the story after the disappointing Doomed #1.  Greg Pak does a great job showing a changing Superman who is far from what he has been in the regular run of the book.  There are three artists on display and that leads to some odd transitions, but it can't bring down such a strong story.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a pretty good ending to a pretty good story.  I now want more Horror themed Superman stories.  Greg Pak did a good job using this story to show what Superman has nightmares about and while there weren't any great revelations, I still enjoyed what we got.  Aaron Kuder and Scott Kolins make everything look great and if the ending was a bit more satisfying, I would have given it an even higher score.  As it was, Horrorville is a story arc I can easily recommend to any Superman fan out there.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Truth is here and while I was hoping for a bigger bang, the story has me intrigued. Seeing Superman without his full powers and secret identity isn't something I thought I wanted, but Greg Pak is using it to show how Superman and the world deal with it. It's not a pretty picture...but Aaron Kuder's art is. This book looks outstanding and I can recommend it to every Superman fan out there. The wait is over and I can't wait to find out more.
View Issue       View Full Review

 I for one can't wait to see what else Actionverse has in store from here on out.  If you're not allowed to get your Laser-Tron on or you just miss some good old Sam Beckett type action, feel free to join me on the rest of this universe building action adventure.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book continues to be the place to be for Supergirl fans...comic and television.  Sterling Gates shows that Kara has an open mind and invites us to all climb inside and it's a fantastic journey to say the least.  Emanuela Luppacchino's art makes it a fantastic looking journey, but it's not just for show.  Gates continues to plant seeds of doubt about the D.E.O.'s true methods and intentions and that's what seems to be pushing the overall story forward.  I suggest everyone get onboard and enjoy the ride, but hurry because I'm not saving you a seat.  I'm a jerk like that!
View Issue       View Full Review

Sterling Gates finishes up his great Brainiac story and this issue (and the last) show how good this book can be. It stands firmly on it's own instead of just cashing in on the television show and I'm really enjoying it so far. The only downer this issue was how easy everything was tied up, but the art and the cyberpunk (is that still a thing?) story were kick ass and easily recommended to any type of Supergirl fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #19 examines the darker side of hero worship and religion...pretty heady stuff for a Superman comic.  David Lapham's  tale was a surprise to me, but one that makes me look forward to the conclusion in next weeks issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

David Lapham again explores the dangers of hero worship and religion using a unique Superman story.  While people look to Superman as their savior, he realizes he can't be everything to everyone.    The Adventures of Superman #20 is a great story and conclusion to David Lapham's arc.  Superman is a hero, but even he can't save everyone...or can he?
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #22 continues the quality this book has had since being introduced.  This may actually be the best Superman book being published now and I don't think anyone who gives this issue a try will be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #25 is a good start to Christos Gage's three part arc.  Bizarro is always fun and throw in Toymaker and you have a winner.  The twist at the end is sure to be temporary, but should be interesting while it lasts.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Adventures of Superman #34 is a very good twist to a familiar story.  Peter Milligan has presented an intriguing beginning to an arc and I can't wait to see how it turns out.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Adventures of Superman #35 continues the good Demolisher arc.  Superman is struggling to control this new dark persona he has created and it seems to be winning.  It's a dark story and Peter Milligan and Agustin Padilla combine to create a memorable one.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #43 is good start to another promising story arc.  The idea of family has been done with Superman before, but this has a unique twist.  The art of Doc Shaner is really good and I can't wait to see what both do in the final two issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #44 is another really good issue.  Ron Marz' story remains interesting, but it's the art of Doc Shaner that you need to buy this issue for.  It is that good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #51 is Jerry Ordway and Steve Rude's tribute to Jack Kirby.  It's more OMAC than Superman and I liked it all the same.  It's good fun with great art and I'd love for the story to continue.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's an issue you can jump into not knowing anything about the arc and get enough info provided to catch you up. The issue provides a new threat to the ongoing plot, seeing how the team takes a huge risk, in the end, is quite rewarding. It'll leave wanting to see the outcome of their decisions made. Regardless if you are an old fan or new for the franchise, this will be an enjoyable read for you. Never was there a dull moment in the book while the story unfolds further. You're provided with great character moments, action, art and story pacing throughout. What more could you ask for from a comic with Aliens involved?
View Issue       View Full Review

I was engrossed from the second I picked up this title until the second I put it down. Then, just for safe measure, I picked it up and read it again to make sure I wasn't dreaming.  This is the magic that Marvel needs to capture more and I want to read and experience way more often. All-New Wolverine has it all, is worth the price of admission, and your attention.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor gives the reader a pretty kick ass start to the Enemy of the State story and I'm all in. Things are about to get very bloody and it's not only exciting, it's personal.  While the issue may be more recap than long time readers would like, I appreciated it and think that anybody looking to jump on this book would as well.  Really, there is no reason not to join the party this month!
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is lite on story, it's heavy on laughs. Whether it's Six Pack and his crazy plans or Bueno Excellente being a perv, I really enjoy this book. I would never want to hang out with any of these guys (except maybe the Grapplah), but I love dropping in on them once a month.
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western #31 is the beginning of the end of one of my favorites.  It's fitting that this issue highlights what drew me to it in the first place...sharp dialogue, great action and fun.  F.U.N.  I wish more people jumped on the train earlier, but for those who waited, this is your last chance (for a while at least).  Jump on and enjoy the end of this great series.  
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western #33 is a tale of deceit, revenge and honor.  It's also damn good.  Palmiotti and Gray show why everyone should have been reading this book and why I'm really going to miss it.  Do yourself a favor and pick up their entire run, it's well worth it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Amethyst #1 is a fun start to a book that feels out of place with the overly dark post-Rebirth DCU...amd that's what I enjoyed most about it.  Instead of the Batman Who Laughs, Infected or Leviathan, we get flying horses and giant caterpillars and young heroes trying to save their world.  It all looks excellent, and I am excited to learn more as we travel Gemworld again...for the first time!
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #23.2 is a good issue.  Orm is not a true villain.  He isn't a horrible guy intent on the destruction of the World.  He is a man who just wants to go home and make sure his people are ok.   I loved Orm before this issue and it did nothing to quell that love.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jeff Parker begins his Aquaman run on issue #26 and it's a success.  He continues the political intrigue that has made the book so good with the bonus of humour that adds a nice little touch.  It is a new reader friendly story that ends with a mysterious cliffhanger.  I hate to use bad puns, but I'm hooked all over again.
View Issue       View Full Review

This penultimate issue of Maelstrom is just as good as the rest and it sets up an action packed finale.  Jeff Parker has really been nailing it and Paul Pelletier is back in great form.  This is not an issue to just jump into, but if you've been reading the Maelstrom story from the beginning, I know you will enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Steve Orlando and V Ken Marion give readers an action-packed story with some cool callbacks for recent and longtime Aquaman fans.  And it's only 99 cents!  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Things are heating up and by that I mean I am having a lot of fun with this series.  The best part?  Things are about to get even more fun as the two properties collide head-on from here on out.  If you are looking for a fun, quick all-ages read with outstanding art, look no further!
View Issue       View Full Review

Cullen Bunn has me sold on this book and after staying away from it too long, Im glad I took the plunge. If you are looking for a fun, action-packed book, give this one a try.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another slam dunk of an issue by the creative team of Astonishing Ant-Man. This book balances humor, action, and intrigue to great effect. Some developments in this story appear to be set-up for storylines down the road, but that makes them no less entertaining. I strongly recommend this issue and the entire run of Astonishing Ant-Man.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ultimately, the art is fantastic and the story is an easy read. I do leave wanting more and hope to get some answers in the next issue. Knowing Jason Aaron, I'm sure we will. Definitely pick this up and keep it on your pull. Currently, move it to the top quarter of your comic stack. 
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for an integral tie-in to the WOR story, you may be a bit disappointed. However, if you are looking for a fun issue that begins tying up loose ends of this series and set up some exciting things in the future, you will like this as much as I did. This is more for regular Avengers readers than casuals showing up for the big event.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 is always great fun, but without a strong villain it sometimes misses the mark.  Issue #19 doesn't have that problem with False Face on the prowl.  Even though this is one of the least "funny" issues, it is a good story and great setup for more fun to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #27 was another great issue.  The story of Mr. Freeze and the motion comic art were both top notch.  Do yourself a favor and pick this one up digitally to truly enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #29 is a really good issue.  Tom Peyer gives us a great story and a unique villain with the added bonus of some real laughs.  This issue gives me hope for a book that I was growing a bit tired of.  Do yourself a favor and read this digitally so you get the fun of the motion comic.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #31 is a fun story throwing a handful of Batman villains in a Patient Pageant at Arkham.  Jeff Parker's dialogue is great and so is Jonathan Case's explosive art.  My fears that this book is becoming stale were unfounded.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #32 continues what is the most complete story this series has seen.  This is becoming a good Batman story, period.  Throw in good art and we have a winner.  Do yourself a favor and get it digitally so you can experience as a motion comic.  It's worth it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #37 is a great issue for anyone who thinks Batman has become to dark and gritty.  If you love the fun and campy adventures of Batman and Robin over the Dark Knight, you will be right at home here.  Gabriel Soria gives us such a clever idea for a story and Dean Haspiel comes through with some inspired art.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #40 is a fun start to Jeff Parker's new arc.  If you ever wanted to see a Batman Robot fighting crime and lecturing villains, this is the issue for you.  I know things are bound to go horribly wrong, but until then Batman and Robin can keep on Fishing. Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 meets the Green Hornet #5 was one of the better issues of the series.  It was fun and that's something I've found missing from the book as a whole.  Smith and Garman finally deliver the dialogue and situations I was hoping for and Ty Templeton's art remains great.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kevin Smith and Ralph Garman are on a roll.  This issue is campy fun with some clever winks to the fans of the source material.  It's got good action and dialogue and great art from Ty Templeton.  We're halfway through the series and I'm finally warming up to it.
View Issue       View Full Review

With all the crossovers the Batman '66 has seen, this one is already near the top of the list. It just feels right and while this issue is all setup, I liked it a lot. The story, characters and art all come together to make an enjoyable time that has me wanting more. That's what the opener of a series is supposed to do, right?
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm sure you can tell that I love this series and while this chapter is mostly setup for the upcoming finale, I had a ton of fun reading it.  Jeff Parker and Marc Andreyko seem to be having a lot of fun as well and it's books like this that makes me a fan of the Digital First stuff.  If you are a fan of either property, do yourself a favor and pick this one up.
View Issue       View Full Review

I continue to like this crossover and this Bruce-centric chapter was a whole lot of fun.  There are a bunch of big Batman moments here and while I didn't expect them, they were awesome.  David Hahn and the entire art team do a good job and this is an easy recommendation for anyone who enjoys either Batman, Wonder Woman or both.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #30 starts the Savage City story and everything has changed.  While the story is heavy on setup and exposition, it is great and has me wanting the next chapter now.  I'm sure every Batman fan is already invested in the story, but this arc is one every DC fan should be reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #34 is a one-shot snuggled in between Zero Year and Futures End. Don't write it off, though, because Gerry Duggan and Matteo Scalera do a good job of telling a moody detective story that feels important. I really enjoyed it and recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

The stars of the book are writer Marguerite Bennett and the Anchoress. I expect Bennett to graduate soon to her own title and the Anchoress to haunt Batman in the future. Batman Annual #2 is a good stand alone issue worth the price of admission.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the I Am Suicide story is a little more subtle than I thought it would be, this issue hit most of the right notes for me and left me satisfied while still wanting so much more.  Selina Kyle stole the show while hardly being in the issue and Batman kicks ass...and may not have been in the issue either.  Tom King and Mikel Janin are turning what could be a straight up action fest into a smart and intriguing mystery.  Sure, there is still action, but it's everything else that has me waiting in anticipation for the next chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Button is here and those looking for quick answers will be disappointed, but if you relax, enjoy the great art and remember this is just the start, you should enjoy yourself.  I had a few nitpicks, but still really enjoyed myself and can't wait to see where we go from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was a little worried about this Superman's Joker story going in.  It's not that I don't trust Greg Pak, because I do, I just didn't know what to expect.  Besides an unnecessary fight with Lobo and Batman being forced to the sidelines, I am really excited to see where this goes.  It's an added bonus that Ardian Syaf's art is the perfect fit for the story, which is something sorely missing for this book since the beginning.  If you were staying away from this book for any reason, this issue is a great jumping in point for anyone and everyone.  I recommend you do so.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak finally reveals who Superman's Joker and I really liked it.  It's someone with recent dealings with the Man of Steel and makes so much sense.  Ardian Syaf draws the hell out of this issue, but in the end, it's all just setup for next month's finale.  However, it is a hell of a setup and has me wishing it was March already.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this isn't a jumping on point for new readers it may be a good jumping back on point for those who took this book off their pull lists.  Actually, go back and get last weeks issue and this one and hope for the best going forward.  James Tynion did a great job of laying the foundation of great character work and I can only cross my fingers that the other writers will grab the baton and not drop it before the finish line.  For now, I'm back on the Batman and Robin trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins starts a new arc with a bang.  Batman Beyond 2.0 #17 is crazy, confusing and really good.  I can't wait to see what happens next and I'm not even sure what just happened now.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is more setup than an arc finale usually is, the cast of characters make it so good. Better yet, the cast is growing.  The story and art is so strong and it really is just getting started.  I can't recommend it enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was one of the most action packed issues of Arkham Knight yet.  It's always nice to mix it up and get a bunch of 90's action scenes now and again, but Tomasi also uses it to show how overpowered Bane is compared to Batman.  If things go the way that the cliffhanger suggests, I have a prediction for next issue...Pain!
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Seeley changes things up and gives fans the funniest issue of Batman: Eternal yet.  The overall story doesn't really move forward, but I had a blast anyway.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tim Seeley gives fans a focused, action packed and humorous issue this week and I really liked it.  Selina Kyle finally agrees to take over the family business, but it's the Jason Todd/Batgirl part that I liked best.  Tiger Shark steals the show with his hilarious appearance and Meghan Hetrick impresses in the art department.  I wish Seeley and Hetrick were sticking around for a while, but that's not the nature of this book.  At least I can recommend this issue and hope for the best next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is action packed, it's the revelations about Bard's motivations that are the most explosive.  James Tynion does a great job of starting off the next phase of this book and Fernando Blanco's art was great.  I did have a problem with a few key players going way out of character, but in the end, this issue has me excited for the future of this weekly.  I have been up and down on this book, but I am up again...for now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This week's Batman: Eternal wraps up the nanovirus story, but it's main draw is the full introduction of Bluebird.  As a Harper row fanboy, I couldn't wait to see it and Kyle Higgins doesn't disappoint.  We have ten more issues to go so I'm sure the book is going to go full throttle to the finish line, but it was nice to see Harper get her spotlight.  After reading this issue, I'm sure most would agree.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a classic feeling Batman story that isn't trying too hard to be deep or emotional, this may fit the bill.  Kelly Jones' art is great and Scott Peterson already has me hooked and looking forward to next issue.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Jiro Kuwata Batmanga #1 is a great introduction to a lost chapter in Batman's history.  It's a blend of a radio serial, the Batman '66 television series and Japanese Manga.  I am a fan of all three so I'm sold.  However, it is an acquired taste, but at $0.99 it is worth giving it a try and see if you like it.  I'm glad I did.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm surprised I'm enjoying this series as much as I am.  Jiro Kuwata's version of Batman is a fun, alternate take on the Dark Knight that seems fresh almost 50 years after originally appearing.  I'd love everyone to give it a try, but I'm afraid the $1.99 price tag will scare some off.  Don't let it, it's a cool history lesson for any Batman fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is the start of another fun arc of Jiro Kuwata's Batmanga.  If you are looking for a different take on batman that's fun and unique, you'll find it here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman the Knight #1 does feel vital because it goes beyond just seeing a young Bruce Wayne train to be Batman and deals with how he continues to cope with the death of his parents.  Thanks to Carmine Di Giandomenico's art, it also looks great and is an easy book to recommend, especially if you are a Chip Zdarsky fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Knight #6 continues exploring the early steps that helped make Batman.  I have enjoyed this series, and this issue throws in a twist that should lead to conflict down the line.  Zdarsky uses this to show that Batman isn't just the training but also the man, and I am here for it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Urban Legends continues to surprise and impress me. The book looks great, and while I wish every story here were a winner, there are three really good ones and one stinker.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I still haven't gotten the golden goose issue where I love all four stories, but this comes pretty damned close.  It's hard to say that it's worth it to everyone, but I can recommend this issue, even with its higher price of admission.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this middle issue is set up heavy, Sean Murphy gives readers a whole bunch of things to smile about.  You'll have to read the issue to find out just what they are, but that and the awesome art are well worth the price of admission.  To dig into the reviewer's bag of phrases...you'll pay for the whole seat, but you'll only need the edge!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: White Knight Presents: Harley Quinn #1 is a good start for fans of the series and may even convince those who fell off to come back. It may not be the best jumping on point, but the art and writing are top-notch, and I am looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #24 is a fun read with great art and an awesome cover.  Hopefully it will get more attention because it really deserves it.  I definitely  rec commend picking up this title.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #34 may end a bit too ambiguously for some, but it was a return to what I's like to remember about Palmiotti and Gray's run.  It was a fun family focused issue that shows what might have been.  I was a big fan of this book and will really miss it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #26 is a great jumping on point for new readers even if long time readers may get annoyed by the unresolved arc still dangling over Gotham.  After last month's Villains Month issue, Andreyko and Haun get to properly introduce themselves to Batwoman readers and it is a welcome hello.  Forget the crazy news surrounding the book over the past months and just start reading it.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #29 doesn't move the story forward much, but the Marc Andreyko is really breathing life into his characters.  This issue finally makes me like the Wolf Spider as a character and Maggie and Kate are great as usual.  Jason Masters and Jeremy Haun nail the art and the end sets up a hell of an action packed issue next month.  I cant wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Big Trouble in Little China #1 is a really good trip back to the franchise for fans of the movie, but because of that, is not a great jumping on point for curious newcomers.  The story (co-written by John Carpenter) picks up right after the movie and Eric Powell makes sure everything else fits right in. His characterization of Jack Burton is spot on and the story leads to what can only be a whole bunch of fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

I highly recommend this book. I feel this issues was not as strong as the previous two, but even with that said it is better than most books out right now. So until next time DatBeardedBastard is out!
View Issue       View Full Review

With this series I have the first twoissues in print form and the last two in digital. I regret not getting thephysical copies to complete my collection, so I may go pick them up or justwait for the trade. I actually think that it would read much better in onesitting, but even with that said, this is still one of the best books on theracks right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This over the top violent issue may not be for everyone, but if you're not the squeamish type, this tale of revenge might be for you. Even though this is not my normal cup of meat, I am having a good time…something that disturbs me just a little.
View Issue       View Full Review

This comic is for fans of the show and if you consider yourself one, pick it up.  It won't blow your mind or change your life, but the stories will put a smile on your face while you take a break from the marathoning the show.  If the appeal of the show confuses you, you probably won't like this comic at all and you just made my list.  What list?  THE list.  You've been warned.
View Issue       View Full Review

This comic is for fans of the show and if you consider yourself one, pick it up. It won't blow your mind or change your life, but the stories will put a smile on your face while you take a break from the marathoning the show. If the appeal of the show confuses you, you probably won't like this comic at all and you just made my list. What list? THE list. You've been warned.
View Issue       View Full Review

Breathless #1 came out of nowhere to be one of my favorites I read this week. Patrick Shand doesn't save the twist for the cliffhanger, but instead shoves you into a world you need to know more about with characters you care about immediately. Renzo Rodriguez's art is crisp and clean goodness and I can't wait for next issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

Personally, I love the art and it does a great job giving it an older look but updated in a way. And, this is a must-read book that I keep pushing higher up on my pull list. It's definitely in the top 4 books I want to read when it comes out. Waid is doing a fantastic job right now and everyone should be reading this. Add it to your pull. You'll love it! 
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a really good ending to a story that got better and better as it progressed. Kelly Thompson brings her usually fun time to the book and her cast of characters is great. Add to all that some butt kicking art and this is a book I can easily recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Super Secret Crisis War #1 is the start of a fun new series based in the combined World's of the CN's most popular shows. Louise Simonsons' fun script and Derek Charm's great art combine for a smile worthy romp. It nails the voice and look of the source material so well and I recommend it to anyone looking for a fun, action packed family friendly book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Frank Tieri is giving fans the best of both worlds. Those who wanted Selina back in black, get that as well as some of Gotham's coolest heroes and villains. Those who wanted the smart, tough Selina to stay get that as well as she is one step ahead of everyone even as she finds herself in hotter and hotter water. Inaki Miranda's art tops it all off and I am enjoying the hell out of this Catwoman book in general and this issue in particular.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jolle Jones uses this issue to continue to show that Selina won't take any guff, but also set up the villain who is 100% pure evil.  It's an issue that grabs you the more you think about it after putting it down.  Jones is taking her time setting up her overall story, but I am fine with that and am in for the long haul.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ram V continues writing a street-level Catwoman, and he doesn't rely on silly tricks or swerves to make her great.  She is at her best hovering between good and bad, and Ram V lets her hang out in that grey area with style.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked this issue.  Justin Gray uses the ground work of the first issue to make the reader fall in love with Catwoman and then make us all cry.  This may not have been the epic story that other Convergence tie-ins tried to tell, but it was all the better for it.  Every Catwoman fan, including those who didn't like the first issue, should give this a read.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another example of a Convergence book that better served the character than the Event they were thrown into.  Steve Pugh gets to unleash Harley Quinn and Captain Carrot in an amusement park for a winner takes all battle royale and it's as fun as you'd imagine.  While I wish the ending gave us more of the sane Harley of the first issue, I was just glad to be along for the wacky ride. The art and story were just pure fun and I'd recommend this issue (and the last) to anyone who likes to smile.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really  good Convergence and Flash issue.  I will leave it to the "experts" as to whether it is a good Wally West story, but this dummy liked it.  The story sets up some big fun and as an added bonus, gives the reader a look at some great Convergence Cities.  Tom Grummett and the entire art team give the whole thing an awesome cartoony look that is appropriate and just fun.  That sums up most of the issue...fun.  I can't wait for the finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had a whole lot of fun reading this issue. While it may have been setup for a battle next month, it was enjoyable to read and great to look at. I'm more excited to read the next issue than I have been so far in the series. Bring on more Wizord.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I still want to know more about Wizord's past when he was on Hole World, the final issue of the first arc set up a lot of different things going forward that should lead to more of the wacky fun I've come to expect from this book. Combine that intrigue with beautiful art and coloring, and you've got yourself a pretty good series.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was effortless to read, even with the recap. Soule slid everything in you needed to continue on with the story. The art has me reenergized. Time to get back on the Daredevil bandwagon for this fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Daredevil is still one of my favorite books at Marvel and while this issue was dominated by an extended fight, two really big things happen that have me pumped going forward. The whole issue looked great and I highly recommend picking it up.
View Issue       View Full Review

The tension and stakes are ramping up from every angle and Chip Zdarsky is giving the reader just enough (or maybe just a little less than enough) to continue making this book a must-read every issue. Things are about to get real messy and I cant wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor gives fans another Elseworlds story, and while this first issue is heavy of setup, I liked it a lot.  Where DCeased lost me a bit because of the genre, this is right in my wheelhouse.  The whole thing looks fantastic, and I am looking forward to the next issue already.
View Issue       View Full Review

DCeased: Dead Planet #2 is a great issue of DCeased and one that has the classic Tom Taylor combination of action, character work, and feels.  Yea, that usually means someone is dying, but I won't spoil that here.  I think the DCeased books are getting better and better, and I can't wait for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

DCeased: Dead Planet #6 sets up next month's big finale, and I enjoyed it a whole lot.  Tom Taylor gives fans some big moments and still keeps some surprises up his sleeve for later.  I have grown to like Trevor Hairsine's art more with each issue and have gone from not caring too much about Dead Planet when DC announced it to looking forward to next month's finale.  I should have known Tom Taylor would win me over.  He always does!
View Issue       View Full Review

It took an issue and a half, but I am on the DCeased Unkillables trolly and can't wait for the next issue.  I give Tom Taylor credit for making me care more about the characters than the actual infection story because that's all I needed all along.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fans of this run of Deadpool know what to expect from this book and even with the War of the Realms in the house, its all heregreat art and some real laugh out loud moments. I will miss Young and Klein when they leave this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This finale was for readers of the whole run and while Im sad its ending, it at least had a clever and funny final issue. This issue looked really good (as did the whole series) and I am going to miss this creative team and this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's Deadpool and Venom, y'all! If you're looking for a fun comic that adds some cool backstory to one of Spider-Man's best villains and Marvel's best heroes, check this out. It definitely didn't disappoint.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kraven the Hunter vs. Deadpool + Venom sounds like a good time to me. I think I might even shell out the ridiculous amount of money they charge for Pay-Per-View to watch this fight. That plus some character development for Venom? I'm in.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a superhero fantasy battle fans wet dream come true.  I'm not sure if there is such a person, but the rest of us can enjoy what Tony S. Daniel is giving out as well.  Batman versus Deathstroke in a knock-down, drag-out brawl will always get my recommendation and throw in Tony S. Daniel's art and you have a no-brainer, my friends.  The cliffhanger was not a big surprise, but it promises more bloody action next month and that's fine with me.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Bonny and Tyler Kirkham are quietly giving fans a thrill ride of a book with action and severed limbs to spare.  I know that Slade will eventually find Rose, but I don't care how long it takes because I am really enjoying the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

Priest gives readers a pick up the pieces type of finale dealing with way more than the already defunct Defiance Squad.  Was everything resolved?  No, but readers who have been around since the Rebirth start will know the routine and will look forward to Batman versus Deathstroke and beyond.  I know I am!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I've seen some shade being thrown at the "who's the daddy" story of Damian, Batman, and Deathstroke, this issue (and the overall arc) isn't really about that.  It's about so much more and we keep getting more pieces of the puzzle each issue.  This month, however, just seeing Damian and Slade together is worth the price or admission and with the story wrapping up soon, now is as good a time as ever to catch up on the entire series so you can enjoy it with us smart fans in the know.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This continues being my favorite book in the Bat Family since the new Batman has hit the scene.  Buccellato is taking it to the streets and the reader gets to watch Batman learn on the job.  Better yet, we get to see the reaction of everyone involved and while it's not pretty, it feels real.  While I hope the art catches up to the story eventually, I'm enjoying what we are getting so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

Things are about to explode in Gotham...literally.  Brian Buccellato is making sure that the finish to his run is going to be huge by introducing crazy guest stars and a cliffhanger that is larger than life. He also doesn't forget what has made his run special by showing Gordon struggle as Batman while keeping the spotlight on Bullock as well.  It's all coming to a head and I will be there in the front row when the crap hits the fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

This may easily become my fun book of this whole Rebirth menu.  James Tynion gives readers a cool team that I want to see a whole lot more of and a mysterious reason to be one in the first place.  This issue is basically a roll call and I liked it.  Eddy Barrows' art helps give it all a cinematic feel and so far, this is the popcorn movie book that I was hoping for.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a very good and emotional issue that lost some of it's impact with the sudden revelation at the end.  However, that same cliffhanger set this story (and the rest of the DCU) into a bigger picture mode that I can't wait to see more of.  Everyone interested in the overall Rebirth story should pick this up and read it immediatley as well as Tim Drake fans everywhere.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics is back on top with this issue and after the Monster Men debacle, I am so glad. The Victim Syndicate  continues the idea that Batman's methods need to change and after Tim Drake's death, there isn't really an argument there.  The whole story reads like a scary mystery and Eddy Barrow's art helps that out so much.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion keeps chugging along giving DC fans the team book to beat.  Every character has their moments (mostly bad) and the issue ends with possibly an unlikely new member.  The art was fantastic and I can easily recommend this to those already invested in the story.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know which direction this series will go in Marvel's “Fresh Start” but it better have Wong and Bats! Thank you, Donny, for another great series and good luck to the next creative team. 
View Issue       View Full Review

The first issue of Everafter has me confused in a good way and I can't wait to learn more about these characters and their world.  Dave Justus and Matthew Sturges do a good job of getting the reader (almost) up to speed and then pulling the rug from under them and making them scramble for their lives.  Travis Moore contributes his usual kick ass art and we are left with a debut that has me excited to dig into more right now! 
View Issue       View Full Review

I give this an 8.5 rating because while the art was great, it wasn't as great as I know Travis Moore CAN do, but it didn't have to be.  The story was pretty good on its own.  I liked it a lot!
View Issue       View Full Review

At ten bucks, there is a pretty steep barrier to entry. And it's not the most original story on the shelf of your Friendly Neighborhood Comic Shop this month. But for that price you get more content than in a typical TPB, a self-contained story composed by a true modern master, and first-rate punching, kicking, and basketball-dunking (really) action. And if your library offers access to Hoopla, then there's really no reason not to give this a shot.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #32 is another great issue in Venditti and Jensen's run.  It is an emotional issue with a sad farewell and the beginning of a new relationship.  Barry may have fractured the Speed Force, but it's great seeing him try to fix it.  I can't wait to see more.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #50 was delayed and while that sucked, it gave me a little more perspective into these "big" issues.  This is one of my favorites even if it doesn't tie things up completely. Van Jensen uses it to show why fans love the Flash and why I have really enjoyed his time on the book.  While I wanted to see more, Jensen gives readers a huge reveal and sets up the book for before and even after Rebirth.  Well done and recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash Annual #3 does a good job of showing readers where and how Venditti and Jensen want to take the book.  The reader gets to see a little more of Wally West and his brief interaction with Barry.  The art is good overall, but it's Brett Booth's future scenes that impress and show how bad it gets for Barry.  The Future of the book is in good hands.
View Issue       View Full Review

Van Jensen does a great job of using this Annual to expand the villain roster of the current Flash run as well as the Speed Force mythos to boot.  While Professor Zoom has shown his evil ways already, Jensen shows to what extent he will go to destroy Barry Allen.  The art by Bong Dazo is great and while new readers will probably be confused, it is a must read for fans of the current story arc.  I'm one of those, so I had a great time.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the issue I've been waiting for since Williamson was announced for this book.  It flies by at breakneck speed, looks great and is just fun.  Plus, the cliffhanger promises a lot more fun and possibly montages galore.  Cue up "Fight to Survive" and get ready for two weeks from now.
View Issue       View Full Review

After being disappointed by the Flash book for the most part of Rebirth, I am so glad to be able to recommend this issue.  Sure, it's a downtime, setup type of issue, but it made me smile and that means something to me.  Neil Googe's art is a great fit for this story and I suggest everyone check this out...especially those who dropped the book already.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Rogues arrival in this book continues to work it's magic.  While not a lot goes on to push the story forward, the Rogues are back.  THE ROGUES!  I had a great time reading this issue and it looks like the fun is just beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a really fun issue of the Flash that ties up some loose ends, but more importantly, makes me look forward to everything it sets up.  Joshua Williamson gives long time readers some nice character moments that culminates with the promise of something most have been waiting a while to see.  Scot Kolins art has a nice, old school appeal that fits the story nicely and while it may not be a great jumping on point for new readers, I can easily recommend it to those who have stucked with the series or recently droped off.
View Issue       View Full Review

Forever Evil: Rogues Rebellion #5 is my favorite issue of the mini so far.  Brian Buccellato is giving us a great look into what makes the Rogues such a great team and Scott Hepburn joins in to make it a really good book.  The odds are stacked against the team and I can't wait to see how they get out of it in the final issue next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Andrew Constant gave Nightwing fans and Future State readers an action-packed issue that felt big (Next Batman showing up will do that) and told a quick-moving story that feels like the start of a Future State Bat-Family. I know there probably isn't enough time and space for that, but it felt good seeing it, and I am looking forward to the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson #2 is another good issue.  If you like zany 60's spy action that's fun and action packed, you'll be right at home.  Anyone worried that Dick wouldn't fit in a Spy book will be as surprised as me.  Tim Seeley has made it work and I can't wait to see what's in store for Dick in the future.
View Issue       View Full Review

Lemire and Sorrentino takes the loose Zero Year ties and turns it into the strongest tie-in to date.  Oliver and Batman are heroes at the beginning of their careers and it shows.  The interaction between them, Diggle and a certain murderous insect are great.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #30 continues the Outsiders War and while Jeff Lemire throws so many characters at the reader, it is a more personal fight for Ollie.  Andrea Sorrentino's art combined with Lemire's writing make this a book that's hard to beat.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy continues kicking ass on this book and while I was afraid he was going to strip Oliver of everything, now that it's done and the way he did it has eased my mind a bit.  There is a ton of darkness surrounding Green Arrow nowadays and while we see the promise of old friends, it looks like Oliver is going to have to fend for himself...at least for a bit.  Otto Schmidt's art is stellar as usual and if you aren't reading this series, you should jump on now and enjoy the ride with me.  It may not be a nice story, but it's a damn good one!
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow continues being such a pleasant surprise and Ben Percy strengthens his book by getting Team Arrow back in business.  Diggle and Oliver make such a great team and Percy brings them together in a way that feels natural and awesome.  All the while, we are still left to wonder where every one's allegiances lie and the issue ends with the promise of war.  I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was worried about this story going in, I really enjoyed reading it.  It is an Emiko story, but there is still plenty of Ollie, just enough Shado and lots of action.  Sure, it's a ton of recap and setup, but the art was really good and I am looking forward to the next chapter in this arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been thinking of jumping off the Green Arrow trolley, you may want to hold up a bit.  Ben Percy gets his story back to what made it one of the biggest surprises of Rebirth and I am so, so glad.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a very personal and very good issue of Green Arrow.  Emiko is back, but the action puts that in the backseat for now and the issue ends with a dark future on the horizon.  The story was dark, but Otto Schmidt's art was anything but.  His pencils and colors shine through here and I can easily recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ben Percy continues his focus on the legacy of his main character by throwing in the legacy of his side kick.  This is a must read for Roy Harper fans and the story looks like it will be a bit of a redemption story for him.  The art by Eleonora Carlini is really good and I can easily recommend this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Of all the solo Rebirth books so far, Green Arrow made me the happiest.  Those that were worried that Rebirth would dampen Ben Percy's spin on Green Arrow can sleep easy while those that didn't like that in the first place may find that with a change of tone, everything is so much better.  I'll admit that I was in the later group and so far, I'm sold.  It seems that by writing a socially and politically aware Green Arrow that is still fun, Ben Percy and Green Arrow fans can have their cake and eat it too.  I like cake and I am happy to once again be able to say, I like Green Arrow.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern 23.1 reads like a fable.  The tale of Relic, a scientist who predicted the end of the Universe but was ignored only to be proven right in the end.  The issue served as both a Origin story and a prologue to the upcoming "Light Out" cross over event.  Relic is no longer a faceless villain, but one who thinks he is doing the right thing.  As of this issue, I may agree with him.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps #26 is a good return to what I want from the book.  There are various new and interesting recruits off on adventures, John Stewart showing why he belongs as the leader and Hal getting punched in the face.  We also get a mystery brewing that could take down the Corps, possibly from within. This feels like the start of better things to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps #27 is such a great step in the right direction.  John Stewart and the Corps are back being Space Cops , but all is not well in the Universe.  In fact, they are about to face their greatest threat from without and within.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Lantern Corps #29 is really good.  Van Jensen is giving readers the Space Cop book they deserve with great action, a mystery and a bit of Police Academy recruit training.  The art of Bernard Chang is some of the best Sci Fi in comics today and makes everything a pleasure to look at.  If you have any interest in Green Lantern or Science Fiction, do yourself a favor and pick this book up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Harley Quinn #9 is pure fun.  Harley is far from a typical girl so it's no surprise how crazy her life can get.  Conner and Palmiotti show us and also remind us that Harley has a huge heart as well as a big hammer.  I really enjoy this book and am glad I only have to wait two weeks for the next issue.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you think that Harley teaming up with Power Girl sounds like fun, you're right.  Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti poke fun at everything while giving readers a damn good buddy book.  I'm looking forward to next issue to see what fun the two get into and what happens when the inevitable crap hits the fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Gang of Harleys is in the house and while this issue has a bunch of setup, it also has Jimmy Palmiotti and Amanda Conner's hilarious, inappropriate humor.  The art is great and everything looks to be in place for a really cool story.  Plus, it kind of has Popeye in it...how awesome is that?!?  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Harley Quinn Annual #1 was pretty much what fans would expect...a zany, fun adventure with tons of jokes and the added bonus of the rub 'n smell gimmick thrown in for good measure.  Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti continue making this book the place to go for a good time and the art team lead by John Timms does a great job.   I hope the two guest stars stick around for the regular run because they both bring so much more fun to the book and I want more.  I guess we'll have to wait and see.  Smell ya later.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jimmy Palmiotti and Amanda Conner send a filthy-mouthed, and bloody love letter to fans of their run, and while I question the Birds of Prey bit so far, it looks like that will pick up next issue.  The gang's all here, and Amanda Conner's art is worth the price of admission... you can count Palmiotti's beaver jokes and F-bombs as a bonus!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is a great reader-friendly story that gives you some laughs as well as raises a few eyebrows for whats to come. If you are a fan of Matthew Rosenberg, Otto Schmidt, or Hawkeye this is a book to pick up
View Issue       View Full Review

He-Man and the Masters of the Universe #11 may be exposition heavy, but Hssss' history and plan are worth it.  Dan Abnett also gives us plenty of action with Teela leading the way towards next issue and the final battle. The art of Tom Derenick is a welcome addition and this book looks great. I can't wait for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall the crossover continues to provide a very intriguing story, with a few different working storylines still all in play, and no confusion in sight. Lloyd Goldfine and Rob David are doing a great job giving each character their voice in a crowded landscape. Meanwhile Freddie E Williams continues to kill art duties and even though the backgrounds in some panels are pretty plain the detail and colors used everywhere else more than make up for the minor hiccup. I would recommend this series to anybody munching on ‘member berries' for these properties or even just looking for an entertaining comic to enjoy. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Mark Millar and Ricardo Lopez Ortiz have me hooked with their ultra-violent continuation of Hit-Girl as she continues her Columbian "vacation". The art is great and the story, while more setup than the awesome first issue, has me hooked. If you don't mind microwaved bad guys and a nod to Tom King's Batman, you should check this one out.
View Issue       View Full Review

It may have taken a while, but Dan Abnett is hitting his stride and moving the book forward in a great direction.  The three best teams from the entire run are gathered together and the Fight for the Multiverse is finally on.  Eduardo Francisco's art is really good and I can't wait to see what happens next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it's a weird entry in the New 52, not only does Infinity Man fit, but it's great fun to boot.  While I can't speak for longtime fans, Didio and Giffen do a great job of introducing everyone to the unique world of these New Gods.  Scott Koblish's art fits the book with a classic look that just feels right. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a tie-in, a setup and an all out brawl.  Didio and Giffen give the reader hints at a major villain rising up while the Forever People deal with Guy Gardner and repercussions of Godhead.  This book is still getting it's footing and this issue looks like a solid foundation to continue from.  After five issues, this is the strongest combination of art and story we've got yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is more of a setup issue than the four before it, Tom Taylor gives fans of Team Harley/Oliver/Dinah a really great moment and ends the issue with an awesome cliffhanger. The art byDaniel Sampere was really good and this continues being my favorite book out right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice : Gods Among Us #33 continues Tom Taylor's great streak.  Green Arrow shows what a hero does when he has no hope and Superman shows what a man does when he's pushed too far.  A sad moment in a tale full of sad moments to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Gods Among Us Annual #1 is just plain fun.  The introduction of Lobo and the return of Harley Quinn spell fun and excitement to old and new readers alike.  The wait until the return of Injustice in 2014 will be a hard one, but this Annual made it a little more bearable.
View Issue       View Full Review

Year Five continues being action packed fun and the setup we get promises even more fun in the near future.  Buccellato shows us a very desperate Bruce Wayne and a Superman up to his eyeballs in Doomsday.  The art and story are really good and I can easily recommend the "Year of the Villains" to any fan who was disappointed in what we got in Year Four.  In fact, I can recommend the first two issues of Year Five to everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Year Five of Injustice continues being really good with an expanding roster that can only be heading for an explosive ending.  Brian Buccellato is using it all to give this Year the feel of the book that longtime fans fell in love with to begin with and Mike S. Miller's art makes everything look great. This issue is heavy on the setup, but the payoff should be filled with death and destruction and isn't that what we want from this book?  I'm not embarrassed to admit that yes it is...yes it is.
View Issue       View Full Review

The slow burn story of Year Five continues, but Buccellato slips in some major moments that I loved.  Cyborg's reaction to Superman taking care of business in Gotham was great and made sense, but it's Bizarro's show once again and his actions are about to affect a whole lot of people.  The story and Tom Derenick's art are making this Year a fun ride to the finish.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter of Injustice is a big setup, but it's a big setup to something huge and maybe the end of good, old Bizarro.  I might want him to stick around, but Lex does not and sets things up to make sure he doesn't.  The cliffhanger is worth the price of admission alone and I can't wait until next week to see what happens...even if it makes me cry.
View Issue       View Full Review

The pieces of the puzzle aren't quite in their final position just yet, but this Chapter shows that they are getting close.  Both Superman and Batman are busy doing things to strengthen their sides, but we still see some cracks in the armor.  The art is great and Buccellato continues his character study story even as we see the end on the horizon.  This Chapter may be a lot of setup, but I like where it's going.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato gives us revenge served cold (it's in the Arctic!), a cool fight and the means to this book's end. The issue flew by in a good way and the art was mostly great. I can't say that a book with five years of comic history will ever have a good jumping on point, but if you've been reading, you should be satisfied with this chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was another action packed slugfest and I am so glad.  We are deep into the Year of the Gods and if this pace keeps up, there won't be any of them left at the end.  Shazam kicks major ass, but Damian comes off a bit too needy.  That's okay, though, because Batman gives him a fatherly beatdown that I wish came sooner.  The art was good for the most part and I am back to enjoying (and recommending) one of my favorite books.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is full of exposition and setup, but also humor.  The interplay between Madame Xanadu and Constantine is great and leads to a unique and crazy cliffhanger that is sure to throw this book on it's ear.  I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Injustice and Year Three has made me love it more.  The magical character, especially Consantine, have brought a breath of fresh air to everything.  This week we get a lot of setup and then, BANG! it pays off in spades.  Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo are on of my favorite creative teams and their love of this book is obvious.  I can't wait until next week, as usual.
View Issue       View Full Review

While we get more fighting this week, the great character moments are a reminder of what really makes this book a must read.  Brian Buccellato pulls at the heart strings a couple of times this week and the stage is set for an explosive end to Year Three.  Year Three is back to being magical, just in a different way.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato and Ray Fawkes get fans ready for Year Four of Injustice by showing us new stories from the past.  Year Three fans will love (and hate) Ray Fawkes' story of what Constantine did to start the Year of Magic and Brian Buccellato shows us the lengths Superman will go to get his way.  Xermanico and Sergio Davila do a really good job on art and in the end, this Annual has me pumped up for Year Four to start.
View Issue       View Full Review

For fans of Injustice, it is strange to have two issues that put the big shocks and twists on the back burner in lieu of strong character and story development, but the book is better for it.  We get more insight into how far back Superman's anger really goes and who he holds responsible.  Year Two is building to something bigger and more explosive than anything we have seen in the series yet and I can't wait to see it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #11 slows things down for a second, but all is well.  We get to see what Superman's dream means to the Universe as well as Gotham City.  It's not pretty.  Bruno Redondo's art is, though and fits the story so well.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #16 continues building the tension of the upcoming War, but it's more immediate than ever before.  What always seemed to be around the corner is right in front of the reader's face.  Heroes will die and this issue shows what is at stake for each of them.  I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #19 is another great issue.  The awesome cliffhanger totally makes up for the lack of overall progression.  Tom Taylor nails the dialogue as usual and Mike S. Miller helps with some great emotional character work.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Invader Zim #2 continues the fun that Invader Zim #1 started.  I hope that Invader Zim #3 continues what Invader ZIm #2 did.  Don't get me started about Invader Zim #4...Wait a second.  I'm sorry, let me close the Comic Reviews for Dummies book.  Okay, that's better.  This series is a dream come true for Invader Zim fans and those who want to know what all the hype was (is?) about.  If you are in either of those groups or just want to read a hilarious comic with great characters, give this book a try.  I bet you Logan would love it if I can just stop him from doing all that playing and exercising.
View Issue       View Full Review

 This was crazier than a wet bag of cats! That said; I think we are all a bit crazy at times and I loved it! And even though it lacked action and I'm totally confused, I'm still interested and see so many creative ideas. With issue 700 coming as Bendis heads out, I'll take a ride on this crazy train just a bit long.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am still really enjoying this series. Brisson tells really good action packed tight stories. That read really fast but you feel like you get every ounce of information you need to progress the story forward. Perkins' art is outstanding every time but I do prefer his brighter color palette work. It allows for tighter line work it seems. That is really splitting hairs though. Because I love his nighttime art also. I would love to see him on the Daredevil book in the future. I hope Brisson will start taking some more chances with his writing though. It has the possibility of becoming kind of predictable in the future I feel.
View Issue       View Full Review

Now this is becoming a lot of repeat information coming to the readers… And I have a feeling that this book isn't going to end how I thought from the beginning. This was the fight of all fights and the build up for that is amazing, but the younger Inhumans might end up being an X-Factor for Mutant Kind. Again I don't understand how they can't figure out a solution together where Mutants and Inhumans can both co-exist, but we wouldn't have this awesome piece of work had they figured that out.
View Issue       View Full Review

In conclusion, this issue was way better than I would've expected.  I am so glad that the DC Black Label gives teams the freedom to work within a mostly uncensored realm with these characters.  This issue would have never worked otherwise.  With graphic and controversial content, the creative time had a huge gamble in terms of success.  I think that this proves if you truly do your research into what story you want to tell then it will pay off very well.  There are plenty of things I look forward to seeing in the next issue that was set up here.  I absolutely cannot wait to meet the Joker in this world.
View Issue       View Full Review

Where has this story been all my life...or at least during Rebirth?  Bryan Hitch continues to impress me with his final arc by tying up some of his loose ends while also fitting this story squarely into the current continuity.  I am intrigued and looking forward to seeing what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hitch continues making me wonder where this version of him has been for a year.  I am really digging this Legacy story and am so glad to be enjoying the Justice League again!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Legacy arc continues to impress me and for those that have yearned for more action, this may be the issue that wins you over as well.  The art, story and action scenes are really good this week and the cliffhanger sets up more for next issue.  I know I will be back and I suggest that anyone who dropped this book earlier, come back for this arc.  
View Issue       View Full Review

It's back to the bad guys' point of view and while it's not all hunky dory with the Legion of Doom, it made for some fun reading.  The art and story were both impressive and this issue has me back on the Justice League trolley!
View Issue       View Full Review

While this is a setup issue that doesn't quite get as far as the cover promises, I really liked what we got here and even found myself wishing some of it would end up as the new status quo.  The art and story come together to make it one of the better books this week and I am finding myself enjoying this Justice League more and more as this arc continues.
View Issue       View Full Review

I continue to dig this Sixth Dimension story in Justice League and while I keep waiting for Batman to reveal he is the smartest guy in the dimension, I also don't want it to end.  This story has reignited my enthusiasm for this book and I hope it's a momentum that continues well into the summer and beyond.  The Justice League should be one of the biggest and best in the line!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Justice/Doom War is here and both sides are gathering an army and while Lex has the upper hand as we start, the Justice League are trying to turn the tide.  It involves time travel craziness and that allows Snyder and Company to (re)introduce some awesome guest stars into the book (Universe?) and it all looks great to boot.  I am so ready for my favorite heroes to start winning and I hope this is the start!
View Issue       View Full Review

While things aren't looking great for Justice right now, this issue gets us to a more even playing field than we've had in this story since it started.  It all looked great thanks to Howard Porter and Snyder and Tynion let their hair down a bit to have some fun.  Fun is all I really need in the end and this book is becoming consistent in that department.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Justice League may not be close to winning anything yet, but they are ready to go down swinging.  Yep, our heroes are ready to play the spoiler role and they are throwing everything at Lex to keep him from winning the cup.  Francis Manapul and Howard Porter share art duties and they both do a really good job and by the end of the issue, I wanted more, more, more.  That is a recommendation right there.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder gets all the pieces in place for the big battle next issue and I liked it.  We get to see what a threat Lex is, but also how the power of being good can combat that to the bitter end.  The art is really good as well and if you aren't fired up by the time you are done looking at the cliffhanger page, you might be a hobo.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League 3000 #2 continues the fun and adds a bit more story to boot.  The humor is spot on and the mystery surrounding the team is interesting.  The art and story combine to make this one of my fun picks of the week and a book I am beginning to look forward to each month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #12 is a good fun drag 'em out fight.  Braniac is sticking it to the league around the World and by the end the reader really sees what's at stake.  Gage and Coello are a great team and this is quickly turning into a great comic worth every cent.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christos Gage gets everyone up to speed on the Justice Lords and continues the mystery of why Wonder Woman came back to this World.  This issue ties in with last weeks Batman Beyond 2.0  so well by leaving so much still a mystery.  I can't wait to see what Terry finds in his search for Lord Batman.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #19 is more than just one big beat down.  Christos Gage leads the overall story into a more cohesive one and Batman Beyond is in real danger because of it.  Dexter Soy does a good job even if the battle is a bit confusing.  Overall this is an action packed chapter that has me wanting to see what happens next week...now.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue is a bunch of setup, DeMatteis and Timm have done the most important thing...given the reader a great Wonder Woman.  Bekka's origin is a great amalgam of our Wonder Woman's and I loved seeing the start of her journey.  While I was happy with the lighter tone at the beginning of the issue, this is Gods and Monsters which means it's going to get darker.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an exciting start to a series that I've been looking to get my hands on.  It's not perfect, mind you, but Joshua Williamson gets the team together and moving forward in one issue and Stjepan Sejic's art is great as usual.  I can easily recommend this book especially for those looking for some space opera fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:This was another fun read like the first issue but this one really showed the stakes involved. People are dying, they have no way of communicating with the Green Lantern Corps or the Justice League, and they don't even know if they can really get out at all. And again, the characters are true to their personalities, the dialogue is excellent, and holy freakin' crap the art is GORGEOUS. I thought Sejic was only doing the first issue but I'm glad that he's at least doing a few. So I'm giving it another high score. Even though we're only two issues deep, I'm loving this series so far.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice Society of America #1 may not work as a jumping-on point for those who avoided Doomsday Clock and Flashpoint Beyond, but if you have followed along, this is a good start.  Mikel Janin's art is great, and Geoff Johns continues telling a story that may be short of answers but has really intriguing questions going on right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Saladin Ahmed continues showing how well he knows Kamala, her family , and her friends. This isnt the happiest of issues, but it is a must-read or Ms. Marvel fans and a good jumping-on point for new readers as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked this look at what we can expect from Kyle Higgins' Mighty Morphin Power Rangers.  The story is a clever little update that is subtle in it's changes because it is obvious how much Higgins knows and enjoys the source material.  While I am not a Power Rangers scholar, I did notice enough to say that this book isn't exactly new user friendly.  Sure, if you are looking for a fun teenaged superhero book, you can do a whole lot worse, but this is obviously set up for fans of the franchise first and foremost.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I love this book so much that even a setup issue gets high marks from me.  Brandon Montclare and Amy Reeder keep giving us more character development the more of know of every character in this book, the more I fall in love with them.  If you are looking for a great all-ages book with a spunky and intelligent lead, look no further.  Plus, it's got a dinosaur and who doesn't love that?!?
View Issue       View Full Review

Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur is a great all-ages book and thats something thats hard to find nowadays. This issue starts a new story arc and Brandon Montclare makes it a good jumping on point for new readers and Natacha Bustos art makes me smile. Id easily recommend this issue to anyone looking for a book to get younger readers involved in the hobby, but also to anyone looking for some light in what has become a pretty dark landscape of books.
View Issue       View Full Review

After how much I loved the first three issues, this one took a step back, but it was a miniscule step. There were some awesome moments, but the stuff in between those moments was a little dull. The cliffhanger brought it back up for me, and I can't wait for #5.
View Issue       View Full Review

Volume 22 matches the quick pace that we started in the last volume, and keeps it running right on through, resulting in some fast but undeniably enjoyable chapters.
View Issue       View Full Review

I've said it before and I'll say it again, fans of My Hero Academia who haven't checked out Vigilantes or dismiss it as a spin-off not worth their time are missing out on a highly entertaining read. I'm hoping this level of quality can be maintained in the volumes to come!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was a little disappointed with just the small taste of Knuckleduster we received after being starved for so long, the rest of the volume proceeded to give me a heaping helping of Captain Celebrity, so I was still a satisfied customer! I'm not saying Cap steals the show here... he owns it completely! I've praised Furuhashi for writing guest characters from the main series so well, but I can't help but commend the character work done on the original character Skyline in this volume. He was a character I loved to hate, and now I'm anxious to see him come out on top (and alive, preferably!) Kokichi being right there with him is the icing on the cake, especially considering how much their relationship has grown. If Captain Celebrity really is heading home, then this volume is the perfect Swan Song for an unlikely favorite! And now the wait for volume 8!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue started a new arc and while it was setup heavy, it was so much fun.  Parasite overdosing on powers, Deadshot trying to get his groove back and Amanda Waller using her new job description to figure out just what Vic Sage is up to really has me excited for where this book is heading.  Throw in some great art and a cliffhanger that may just reboot it all and fans of this book have another winner on their hands.  Those who aren't should get off their high horse and join us cool kids on the New Suicide Squad trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nighthawk is a gritty and violent book that is dealing with race, corruption and a serial killer on the loose.  While that may not sound like a whole lot of fun, I am enjoying what David F. Walker and Ramon Villalobos are cooking.  While Walker is still setting up the characters and the lay of the land, I am intrigued by the multiple mysteries and where everything is headed.  Nighthawk may not be the hero that Chicago wants, but it sure looks like he's the one they need.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a new beginning for Ric Grayson and while some are already losing their minds over it, I think it has potential.  Nightwing fans have been through this all before and while some will never get used to it, let's wait and see how it plays out.  For now, I am on the Ric trolley.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a Ninjak virgin, I was worried about jumping in headfirst, but I couldn't come up with any excuse to ignore it any longer.  I'm glad for that because this is just the sort of ultra-violent book I love and after a few pages, Matt Kindt had me up and running...for my life!  The story and great art by Diego Bernard had made an instant fan out of this guy. I'd say we can effectively check all the boxes necessary for Ninjak #16 to be declared Ninja-rific.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This is just what the doctor ordered for anyone not getting a kick out of the current Harley book.  Frank Tieri seems content to have fun here and I actually find that refreshing considering what DC has been giving us lately.  Inaki Miranda's art is icing on the cake on an issue that surprised me by how much I enjoyed it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King takes advantage of this book's second life by giving us one of the better issues of the story to date.  It's full of reveals, tension and one of the craziest cliffhangers you will likely get in a while. While I have really enjoyed this series, even I questioned why it continued.  After this issue, I think know why.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Falling storyline wrapped up the Optimus Prime story with great twists and shocks. Tying this story into multiple past issues really cemented the importance of this arc to the continuity.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I would say you should pick this issue up but you'd probably be jumping in at a spot that makes no sense. To be honest, you'd have to jump in about 6 to 8 issues ago to really make sense of the entire thing. If you have the time, I would because it's a great story. If not, I would wait and buy the trades. The storytelling is great as well as the art. Truly a spectacular job by this creative team. 
View Issue       View Full Review

With my small complaint aside, I would have to give this issue an 8.5/10 overall. It was fun as hell and I enjoyed it, but since it was just a filler issue It did not hold up as well as the previous issues. Be sure to check in here and on my blog for Marvel reviews on previous weeks releases. Until next time, DatBeardedBastard is out...
View Issue       View Full Review

Rocket Racoon is a funny character and Matthew Rosenberg is sitting back and letting him just be Rocket. That's a good thing because just seeing him interact with everyday people (and aliens) and other Marvel characters is great. The art and story do a good job of presenting the crazy whack funky world of Rocket and I like it.
View Issue       View Full Review

ROM is the return of a character that i have no history with whatsoever.  However, after reading this FCBD issue, I am interested in learning more and with Christos Gage and David Messina involved, I will be back for the beginning of the full series in July.  Since this issue was free, I can easily recommend to everyone and then you will see that I am right as usual.
View Issue       View Full Review

I flipped through this book to just see what it was about and got hooked. The art is incredible- watercolor-esque and just a bit spooky at times mixed with glowy pastels. The story has just enough twists to keep you hooked and off balance until the end. It's a tricky story to sum up in a short review, but check it out if you can. It's a fun story about family, animals and some clever social commentary about losing touch with nature. It's 148 pages, but most pages have big panels or full-page spreads so it's a quicker read than you might think.Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

I flipped through this book to just see what it was about and got hooked. The art is incredible- watercolor-esque and just a bit spooky at times mixed with glowy pastels. The story has just enough twists to keep you hooked and off balance until the end. It's a tricky story to sum up in a short review, but check it out if you can. It's a fun story about family, animals and some clever social commentary about losing touch with nature. It's 148 pages, but most pages have big panels or full-page spreads so it's a quicker read than you might think. Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

RWBY/Justice League #1 is about as niche a comic as you can get, despite having some of the most recognizable characters in DC lore as part of its story. All in all, RWBY fans will no doubt get a kick out of this intriguing side story set in the series' continuity, and I'm very much looking forward to seeing exactly how the Justice League characters will fit into the narrative. It accomplishes what the opening issue of a miniseries should do: make me excited to see what comes next in the following issue. Couple that with some pretty sweet art, and you've got yourself an issue that genuinely proves any crossover combo is possible in the world of comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justin Jordan gives readers a book full of intrigue, mystery, murder and mayhem.  While the violence steals the spotlight a bit here, the slow burn story behind it has me most interested. If you are on the market for a well written, good looking mature title, check this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

For the second month in a row, the art and story come together to create a solid issue. We get some character progression for Wanda and plenty of magical action. Really, that's all I ask for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scooby-Doo Team-up #3 is a great family friendly book that kids and adults can both enjoy.  Kids get a taste of the Batman Universe without being scared or bored and adults can enjoy the in-jokes from both Scooby-Doo and Batman cartoons/Tv shows. It's a win in my book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics Featuring Wonder Woman #3 is a nice one-shot not just about our favorite Amazon, but her fans.  Amanda Deibert and Cat Staggs give us a mash-up of the T.V. Show and  the Super Friends cartoon and I really liked it.  I hope this series keeps giving us issues like this every now and again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ollie Masters and Amy Mebberson give fans an issue that shows why we need this book.  Sensation Comics is a great outlet for these fun, little stories that are just there to entertain the reader.  The story and art here did entertain and I hope we get more of these type of stories soon and often.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Q. Miller and Ig Guara nail it again.  Even in a setup chapter like this, there are so many things to love.  The Crisis is on and the stakes are already high.  This is a big story and it's just getting started.  I can't wait to watch it happen.
View Issue       View Full Review

It may be a pipe dream, but this felt more like the second issue of a series, not the second to last.  So many cool things are being setup that I can only hope continue after next week.  I don't want to say goodbye to these great characters and I am still holding out hope I won't have to after all.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #9 lines everything up for the final part of the story.  It is a bit of a setup issue, but we get so many good moments that I loved it anyway.  Bryan Q. Miller may break my heart, but Marcio Takara is sure to make it look great.  I can't wait until next week to see what happens.  Cross your fingers that it involves Lex and NOBODY dies.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another strong entry in this new run of Sonic the Hedgehog, while this months guest stars don't really inspire and the long-term story is inching along slowly every issue continues to provide high-quality all-ages entertainment.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had a whole bunch of fun with this book – visually and story-wise. Even if you haven't been reading the series, it's worth a look and maybe you'll be inspired, like me, to go back and check out earlier issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

While some may argue that this series has been nothing but setup, I'm having too much time to really care. This issue continues the fun of seeing tons of characters interact with each other (a nicer way of saying, "beat the crap out of each other") and it all leads to the final battle that will be next issue. The art looked fantastic and we get enough cool moments and new characters to recommend this issue to any fan of either franchise.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed the artwork and the story kept me intrigued.  The action was very well paced. Out of nowhere, I am looking forward to the next issue and that should be recommendation enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

An exciting end to an exciting series. Han Solo and his crew have given us a fun little side story that shows who Han is as a character. I highly recommend that any Han Solo fans out there read this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chip Zdarsky ends his run on Star-Lord with a western that is a lot more than it seems.  It's a strange and smartly written way to end a series and I recommend to everyone, even those who haven't read any of the previous issues.  Djibril Morissette's art fits the subject matter well, but it's all about the story, the characters and the crazy twist(s) at the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am enjoying this run on Suicide Squad as we spend time learning about the new team as they globe-trot and take care of business.  It doesn't hurt that the "business" this issue is Captain Boomerang!  I hope more people give this book a try because it is already one of the better team books at DC right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor promised this would be an important issue and delivers on that promise.  There are still some big things going on in this book with two issues left, but what happens in this book is huge.  It's a quick read that looks great and shouldn't be missed by fans of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a fun little one-shot Suicide Squad story by the daddy of the whole damn thing.  In the end, nothing and everything happens which is par for the course for the Squad.  One mission just leads to the next, but it was fun to ride along with John Ostrander as he takes another spin around the block.  He still has it and I hope DC let's us see more of it in the near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this book is very easy to recommend for children, it is one of those things that is equally great for adults as well.  The art could put a smile on the sourest face while the story and characters are fun, well laid out and great to teach anyone a little DC Comics history.
View Issue       View Full Review

Super Powers continues being my book for good, old fashioned fun.  Baltazar and Franco's story and art will make you smile even as you learn about DC characters both old and new, well known and obscure.  This is an all-ages book done right!
View Issue       View Full Review

Although I think this issue could have benefitted with one more issue. The quick finish didn't bother me much because the good guys won and the bad guys are locked up and that's how it should be.
View Issue       View Full Review

Supergirl: Woman of Tomorrow #1 has excellent art, tells an interesting story from an exciting perspective, and leaves enough open threads to warrant sticking with the title.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good #1 that gets new readers up to speed and shows you that Otto isnt always as superior as hed like to be. Superior vets may not get as much pleasure out of it as I did, but with this beginning under our belts, Im hoping Christos Gage ramps things up next issue. I will be reading it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #23.1 was not what I expected, but ended up being very enjoyable.  The origin of the Bizarro project was a fun romp that Lex Luthor lovers will especially enjoy.  Whether hard core Bizarro fans will be pleased is another question, but I myself thought the issue was very good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #4 continues the greatness of Soule and Daniel.  This is the comic to read if you want to know who Superman and Wonder Woman are as super people, super heroes and a super couple.  With Zod now fully in the mix and the World aware of their relationship, the stuff is about to hit the fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #6 has great action and developments that will ripple through the New 52.  It also has some cheesy dialogue and puts Wonder Woman back two steps in the butt kicking department.  Even with that said, Soule and Daniel continue giving us one of the best books on the shelves.  Read it now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #9 does a good job of being both a good Doomed chapter and Superman/Wonder Woman issue.  A couple new allies enter the battle against Superman as he fights the monster inside of him.  Charles Soule has me looking forward to both stories and Tony S. Daniel does a fine job of making everything look great.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had a lot of fun with this issue.  While it may not jive completely with the other books overall, Peter Tomasi gives the readers a cool team up of Parasite, Superman and Wonder Woman and lets them cut loose against some awesome villains.  We also learn more about the mysterious Mr. Bend which sets up some trouble in bad guy land in the near future.  Doug Mahnke and a bigger than usual art team does a really good job making it all look real nice and what we end up with is one of the better Superman books since June and one I can finally recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

I continue to like this book as Morrison recruits his team to join Superman in his fight against Mongul and Warworld.  I love the characters he has chosen for the Authority and was glad each got a little spotlight in this issue.  Even if you're not reading the other Super-books, you should check this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman Unchained #5 is another piece in Scott Snyder's puzzle of what it is to become Superman.  Jim Lee and Dustin Nguyen combine to make the book look great and the issue ends with a bang.  With this and Greg Pak's Action Comics, 2014 should be a great year for Superman fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Jurgens continues nailing it out of the park by giving fans a setup issue that is still better than any of "regular" Superman books on the shelf.  The story is about to become a fiery mess, but if the ending meant anything, Clark may not have to fight it alone.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Neal Adams continues his Superman vs Apokolips story and while I wish we got more solid information, I was having too much fun to care too much.  The characters and dialogue were classic and whether you like it or not will depend more on what you are looking for than prior knowledge of the characters.  If you like Superman, the New Gods and/or having a good time, check this book out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #24 is a really good read.  Charles Soule has made the Seeder a great villain for Swamp Thing and the ending twist ramps up that conflict even more. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #28 mixes humor and tragedy and though the pacing was a bit off, both stories set up the book for a great future.   Charles Soule is on a roll and as usual I can't wait for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

To sum things up, Clone Conspiracy, the Spider event of 2016, is off to a pretty epic beginning. If you've missed the classic Spider-Man feels and vibe this is a huge step back in that right direction for long time Spider-Man fans. The villains, Parker luck, and even certain story beats are all here for anybody to enjoy a classic new age tale.  The formation of the villains as a team run by Jackal could rival any version of the Sinister Six only this time with an added mental dimension to the game Spider-Man may not be ready to tangle with based on this issues ending. I'm extremely anxious to see what next.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Legend of Wonder Woman continues being my favorite Wonder Woman book and one I can easily recommend to anyone. This chapter is a great combination of setup, character moments and the hints of a very dark future that has me excited as ever going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter pushes the Legend of Wonder Woman story forward to it's next destination and while I can't wait to get there, I enjoyed this one for the interactions between Etta, Diana and Steve Trevor. Yep, Steve Trevor is back for a little bit, but I'm sure we will see him again soon enough. The story here may be setup, but it's still good and the art is as stunning as ever. Until further notice, this is THE Wonder Woman book that everyone should be reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Royals: Masters of War #2 is another good chapter in this six part series.  Rob Williams gives World Super Powers a whole new meaning and Simon Coleby's art makes the alternate tale come to life.  If you are a comic buff who likes history or a history buff who reads comics, do yourself a favor and pick this book up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Gene Luen Yang gives readers a little mystery that leads to a massive cliffhanger.  The Terrifics is a fun, solid comic book with great art, and there aren't enough of those going around these days.  Give it a shot.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ryan North gives readers a good tie-in issue that is best for regular readers of Squirrel Girl and hopefully wins some new ones. The art is great and the story is a fun romp that I hope doesnt turn off those expecting something a little more serious. Serious?!? Really?!?
View Issue       View Full Review

I really was surprised at the direction this prequel comic went.  Putting Bumblebee in a James Bond movie makes the story fun and instantly relatable.  The art is great in this issue, and I like the designs of bots being less insect-like.  Can't wait for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, it's been 25 issues since Getaway stole the Lost Light and the journey to get to the conclusion has been interesting and worth it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is quickly becoming my favorite team book out of Marvel. It always looks good, and Gerry Duggan is giving a story that has a clear path moving forward while also showing that he understands the characters.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a good issue. There was action, and excitement. There was great tension andresolution. I honestly can not wait to see what happens next. There is nothing I likemore than watching super powered royal family politics. What will happen next? I cannot wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was really well done. We got some noir stuff going on. We got daughters wanting to see their mother again. We have bad decisions being made because of it. This is awesome and I can not wait for the next issue if we keep getting some detective shit and Auran being resurrected this way will be weird. I want to know what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual suddenly has me excited about the Uncanny X-Men book. The varied art by Carlos Gomez was great and Ed Brissons story felt smart, exciting and important. If you have been reading Uncanny, this is a must read and if you bailed out of the series, this may get you fired up to jump back in.
View Issue       View Full Review

A lot goes on in this issue that I also didn't touch on or cover. Venom Space Knight at times can be a difficult comic to sum up and explain into words what exactly occurs because its been more about an internal struggle lately. The series has shed light on Venom's battle of its inner demons and horrid past layered on top of over the top comic book action and I love it. This overall series has given the character of Venom an arc we haven't seen in its history and treads into new exciting territory. I love how Robbie Thompson has basically separated the symbiote as an individual and developed it as its own unique character with a history, home world, and customs. This is a book that has become incredibly interesting to read and pick up each month and quickly moving to the top of my read pile.Bits and Pieces:Although Venom is always front and center the characters of Flash and every other member on the team are fleshed out as well all given time to shine in each issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

The fight turned team-up between Spidey and Venom was much appreciated from someone who's enjoyed both characters since their creation. If you haven't yet given Robbie Thompson and this title a chance, grab the first arc, catch up and jump in with the rest of us. You won't regret it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Venom Space Knight was consistently one of the highlight B character titles of the All-New All-Different Marvel lineup. I can't recommend this title enough to those of you out there who are super hero comic fans. Even if you only have a small interest in this title or just a general history in anyway with Venom as a character, do yourself a favor and try this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

One ties-in aside, I am really enjoying the War of the Realms early on. Jason Aaron is putting his pieces together but also did a great job of showing that Malekith is way more prepared to take down our heroes than they are to stop him. This already feels huge and were just getting started!
View Issue       View Full Review

Though this issue seems to really want to push some of the other tie-in books rather than get a lot of ground covered, I liked it. Jason Aaron gives the Event a bigger scope and Ryan Dautermans art is so darn good. I am still on the WOR trolley and cant wait for the next stop.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak does a great job gradually sprinkling in knowledge and background info each issue on Clay, the Roxxon Corp, and other juicy tidbits that are helpful along the way but still gives the reader something fun to read. Pick this book up and move it towards the top of your pull. You‘ll be happy you did! 
View Issue       View Full Review

If you're intimidated by the scope of a book like Web Warriors, I don't blame you. But if you give it a try and jump in, I think you'll really have a good time. Not only is this book is fun, but you get to see so many different iterations of classic characters.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Rucka continues to make a kick ass Year One story and the ending promises even better things in the near future.  I love Nicola Scott's art and I can't wait to see Wonder Woman and the Big Bad go at it...hopefully next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's back to the Godwatch story and it's a wicked, evil, good time!  Greg Rucka gives readers a great combination of character and dialogue and Bilquis Evely makes it all look great.  This issue is just another reason why I love the earlier part of the story that Rucka is telling.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this isn't close to being a necessary tie-in to Event Leviathan, it's a nice look at what to expect from Steve Orlando's upcoming story in Wonder Woman.  It's a quick read that looks great and that's good enough for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Laura and Gabby and if TUOKS doesnt kill them both, I may even learn to love her as well. This issue is another quick read, but its got humor, action, and Gabby! Thats pretty much enough for me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall I'm sad to see the publisher and creative team of X-O actually go through with their plans to stop the series at fifty issues, but I love how they are going out with a cannonball style splash.  The story is crafted perfectly with all the players in X-O's universe uniting to make a last stand and fight off an ultimate threat to this planet.  If you're a sucker for canon and continuity, Venditti has it all coming together here in a nice little package as our final arc wraps up leaving me excited for the big conclusion. As they say all good things must come to an end. 
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion IV raises the stakes of Hell Arisen by showing that no matter what, Lex Luthor's brain is his most dangerous weapon, but the Batman Who Laughs is no slouch either.  Both sides are involved in a meta arms race heading towards their inevitable battle.  I will be there when the stuff hits the fan!
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics Annual #3 is a good chapter of the Doomed event.  It's star studded and action packed.  Greg Pak and seven (yes, seven) artists push the story forward and then turn it on it's head just in time for the next chapter.  The real threat is revealed and It's not Doomsday.  I can't wait for the next chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

Skottie Young continues one of the better runs at Marvel Comics right now and even if Deadpool isnt your thing normally, you should check this book out before Young leaves. Why does he have to leave?
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm still all in and maybe even more after this issue.  Williamson is giving us a fun Flash book with a character everyone can fall in love with.  The Black Hole investigation gets put on hold this issue to concentrate on the new Speedsters and Barry reacting to them, but Dr. Carver and his crew will surely become more and more involved as we go forward.  I have theories on who Godspeed is, but I don't want to spoil anything...not even with ridiculously wrong information.
View Issue       View Full Review

Okay, so it's like this. You'll know from the plot description above if this is the type of book that you'll like. If, like me, you are happy to embrace complete madness and go with it, you'll get a lot out of this book. Let me put it this way; I read a Weird Science DC review copy and went online straight away to buy a hard copy for my collection. It's that good. My book of the week. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinity Man and the Forever People is an odd title, but one I'm really enjoying.  Dan Didio and Keith Giffen are writing a book so different than anything else out there and seem to be having a ball doing it.  While I wish they would decide on a steady artist, I can easily recommend this to anyone looking for something fun and different.
View Issue       View Full Review

After a somewhat slow start, this volume proceeds to shift into high gear to deliver two unexpected Pro-Hero team-ups that are both very satisfying reads.
View Issue       View Full Review

There is so much stuff going on in these first two issues and even though I don't have any idea where the story is going from here, I'm excited to see how Caitlin Kittredge fleshes out the characters. I have a lot of unanswered questions that I'm ready to see answered in the coming issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

So here we have Venom Space Knight #9 with some kick ass art and an incredibly gripping story.  I would say the only downside to the package this month is I have to wait 30 more days to see how it continues. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Okay, I am now officially interested in the "Superman's Joker" story.  Greg Pak shows that he not only knows Batman and Superman, but has a firm grip on the Joker as well.  While we still don't find out who this Joker is, we see more of his methods and they are spot on.  Ardian Syaf does a really good job on art and the issue ends with a crazy cliffhanger that has me interested going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #34 may be mostly setup and I don't mind one bit.  Higgins and Siegel are showing what's at stake and who's involved before everything goes to hell.  I don't want this series to end, but I can't wait to see what happens when it does.  Plus, we may get to see how Dick lost his eye!  Awesome.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the pacing was a bit off this issue, it ended with another huge cliffhanger.  While Bard id fighting for personal reasons and the nanobot problem remains unsolved, this issue ended with a huge cliffhanger and peek at one of the major behind the scenes players.  James Tynion's story and Fernando Blanco's art are both really good and I can defiantly recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I went into this book hoping to like it and it exceeded my expectations big time.  This start is more of a Batman story so if you are not the biggest Batman Who Laughs fan, I can still recommend this to you.  It may not be a great introduction to the character (yet?), but the art is great and the ending will certainly have you pumped for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

With everything that has happened in Gotham, it's great to see it through the eyes of an old friend. Harvey Bullock is the star here and Buccellato and Manapul make the most of it.  The story is gritty and street level and great.  The art is a mixed bag, but the writing pulls everything together so well that it didn't bother me as much as it normally would.  Even if you are sick of the "Bat-Robot" already, you'll enjoy this book because Bullock is right there with you.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a huge chapter of Injustice. If this final Year needed a kick start to go from character issues to balls to the wall death and destruction, this is just the thing to start it. Buccellato pretty much just gives us the event and we will have to wait until next week to see the emotions and I can't wait. Marco Santucci's art was good, but it's all about story this chapter. Something tells me that Bruce will no longer question if he should keep fighting!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Injustice is action packed and the only thing I didn't like is that we have to wait to see how it all works out.  I can't wait and that's the best compliment I can give Brian Buccellato.  His story and Xermanico's awesome art (did I mention I love his Hawkman?) combine to get me geared up for the stretch run of this book and while the end will be a little bittersweet, it's going to be one hell of a ride!  One hell of a ride!
View Issue       View Full Review

The Justice League finally faces The Five and I couldn't ask for too much more.  A great setting, awesome guest stars and a team building battle make this a great issue and the springboard for more great adventures.  I can't wait to see where they take us next.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue lays the groundwork for a new Justice League and any fears I had that it would be forcing a round peg in a square hole were laid to rest.  It not only feels natural (horrific, but natural), but sets up so many exciting things going forward. It may not be a great jumping on point for new readers, but for long time fans, it's a new beginning that brings the spark back to a book that had grown a bit tired.  Anyone who stopped reading this series needs to read this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

I saw a bunch of reviewers having a bunch of problems with the first issue of this mini and I just want to tell them to chill out and have some fun for once.  Most of them give crazy high scores to books that "humanize" our heroes with misery and death, but I'd rather have this type of book any day of the week...and twice on Sundays!  Frank Tieri and Inaki Miranda give Harley readers an alt-future of her solo book that is way more fun than her current solo book by a mile.
View Issue       View Full Review

The artwork was split in this issue between Pablo Raimondi and Cliff Richards and the result left me feeling a little bit jarred. Don't get me wrong both are good artists, but any time there are more than one artist on any given issue, it can take me out of the story for a moment.This definitely happened to me here. Judd Winick continues to unravel an engaging, yet fascinating ball of story-yarn here. Batman's greatest failure has returned to reestablish himself among Gotham's pantheon of heroes and villains. Heads are about to roll!
View Issue       View Full Review

Star Spangled War Stories: G.I. Zombie #1 was a pleasant surprise.  Instead of flag waving and guns ablazing, Palmiotti and Gray give the reader a dark crime drama with two characters I really want to get to know better.  Scott Hampton's art really helps with the mood of the book.  This book looks to be very different from any other book in the New 52 and hopefully a destination for readers looking for a mature, character driven drama.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my favorite issue in the Truth story to date.  It was a fun and mysterious story that pushed both the event and this book forward and I commend Peter Tomasi for that.  Doug Mahnke's art was good, but Wil Quintana's colors stole the show.  This issue alone gives me hope for the Truth story going forward and I hope the other writers grab the baton and run with it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I went into this book hoping to like it and it exceeded my expectations big time.  This start is more of a Batman story so if you are not the biggest Batman Who Laughs fan, I can still recommend this to you.  It may not be a great introduction to the character (yet?), but the art is great and the ending will certainly have you pumped for more.
View Issue       View Full Review

This one-shot had enough in it to make it well worth the read for fans of the Batman Who Laughs mini-series.  The Grim Knight is fleshed out and if you didn't think he was a badass before, you will after reading this.  I have been saying I am a surprise fan of the Batman Who Laughs and I can now say the same for the Grim Knight.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #25 is a Zero Year tie-in in little more than name only.  What we do get is the fun t-shirt and jeans Superman and the promise of Greg Pak's future on the book.  Pak and Kuder make Superman fun again and if this issue is an indication, fans may finally get the book they've been waiting for since the start of the New 52.
View Issue       View Full Review

Palmiotti and Gray continue to write one of the funnest books in the New 52.  Jonah is no longer in Gotham and that seems like a good thing so far.  Moritat's art is good, but I was hoping the detail he brought to the cityscapes would continue into the wide open plains.  The issue ends with a reveal of a guest star that is sure to make the book even more fun.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western #30 lets Palmiotti and Gray get everything back to where it should be.  Jonah in the Old West is awesome, I just wish we got more of it this month.  However, the short length was due to an interesting backup featuring the origin of Madam .44.  The book never left, but I'm so glad it's back.
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western is ending soon and while I'll miss one of my favorite books, I'm glad Palmiotti and Gray are ending it with such a classic Western tale.  Staz Johnson and Fabrizio Fiorentino give the proceedings the proper look and make me even sadder this book is short for this world.  Do yourself a favor and go back to the beginning and enjoy a great run by two of my favorite writers in comics.  It's well worth the time and effort.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nick Spencer and Ryan Ottley give us an epilogue to The Hunted story that everyone who is reading Amazing needs to check out, whether they stuck with The Hunted or not. Spencer plants a bunch of future story seeds while wrapping up his event and Ottley makes it all look great. Its rare that an epilogue makes me more excited for the book going forward, but it did just that.
View Issue       View Full Review

I've been looking for the first Marvel Comics of 2020 that would catch my attention but be slightly off the beaten path at the same time, I don't want to jinx things, but I may have found it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #31 continues the great run of Snyder and Capullo.  Zero Year may be going on too long, but each individual issue always brings something great to the table.  This month it's dirt bike Batman vs Lions and the promise he'll soon meet Riddler face-to-face.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed the beginning of this new arc.  While I hated the Joker comparison, I liked the mystery of who the villain is and why he's targeting those Superman cares for most.  Ardian Syaf's art is great and I'm glad to have a new and consistent look to the book. Anyone on the fence with this book can jump in now with no problem and enjoy the promising start to a new story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Ra's Al Ghul #32 is another good issue and brings us closer to getting a new Robin.  Whether it will be Damian is still up in the air, but if it's up to Batman that won't be the case.  Peter J. Tomasi ups the action and anger and Patrick Gleason's art keeps up the pace. Crazy cliffhanger aside, I am finally excited to see what happens next in the Hunt for Robin.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #25 feels more like a reboot than just the start of a new arc.  Kyle Higgins is joined by Alec Siegel in beginning the story of Terry learning the truth about his Father.  This is a great jumping on point for new readers and anyone who loves Batman Beyond will find so much to love already. I know the story is just beginning, but it already feels big and important.  Don't miss out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This isn't the best issue of Batman Beyond 2.0 I've ever read, but it's why I will miss this series so much.  Even the setup issues are great.  Kyle Higgins gives fans just enough information to keep them interested and everything he sets up, pays off big time.  I can't wait for next week, even if it's one step closer to the inevitable end.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Arkham Knight continues to impress.  Peter J. Tomasi is easing readers into the story while Viktor Bogdanovic kicks ass on art.  This book just feels "big" and I can't wait to see what happens when the Arkham Knight fully gets involved.  Until then, fans of the games, Batman or just really good comics can't go wrong picking up this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Scarecrow is in town and fear is on the menu.  Another great arc has ended by setting up what looks to be even better one,  Batman may live to fight another day, but I'm guessing that things are going to get worse before they get better.  This issue may be more setup than newcomers are used to in a finale, but the art and story end this arc in style and that's A-OK with me.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue really sets up the series going forward.  Hush's big plan has been set in motion and things are about to get really bad for Bruce.  I have been hot and cold with this weekly, but this issue has me very interested to see where it's going from her on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: The Detective #2 is another good issue and should convince some naysayers that this is a story worth retelling.  It looks great and is easy to recommend to most readers.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues the Jimmy Olsen/Bizarro road trip and while I can't wait to see them get to Bizarro America (Canada), seeing them in a ghost town this month was awesome.  There were the usual cartoony cameos of familiar faces and watching Bizarro stumble through a Western will never get old.  The art and story were spot on and while they are off to Branson, MO, I actually wish they could stay for a while longer.  If you haven't read this Bizarro yet, this issue is stand alone enough to jump in and enjoy the madness while those already reading will definitely enjoy this month's issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

A fun ending to a very fun mini-series. If you are looking for a cool team-up book whose main goal is to make you laugh, pick this up. I am very glad that I did!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really good horror mystery book with some kick-ass characters that I want to see more of. Sure, I don't really know what's going on yet, but that's part of the fun and I have my theories.  Good art and an interesting story make this one easy to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joelle Jones continues pushing her story ahead, not with action, but with character moments that are really making this book feel new and fresh.  I thought this issue was going to be all about Selina's sister, Maggie, but it's just as much about Selina herself and it's not all sunshine and lollipops.  This book continues to look great and I am really enjoying it!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a quick moving issue that is equal parts action and character work and it just might be the most balanced in this series so far.  The art is also really good and I can easily recommend this issue to anyone who has even a slight interest in what Selina has been up to since the kind of wedding.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #41 is another special issue from Tini Howard and Nico Leon.  Howard is working a bunch of different angles here, and they come together nicely in this issue which also looks spectacular.  Highly Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Marc Andreyko is dealing with a team that my be called the Outsiders, but nowadays are more unknown.  That's why it was so great to see such great character work throughout this issue.  I am now invested in this team and am looking forward to next month's finale.  Carlos D'Anda and Gabe Eltaeb's art is superb making this my sleeper pick of the Convergence Event so far.  Highly Recommended...but do your homework.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue came out of nowhere and proved that even in a huge action packed event, character rules out in the end,  Ron Marz uses the dome and it's circumstances to show the real characters beneath the costumes and it pays off big time.  If these characters don't survive, I will be genuinely upset at losing them.  I wouldn't have guessed I'd be saying that in a million years. Even if you don't like anyone on this team, check out this book.  It's really good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cyrus Perkins and the Haunted Taxi Cab #1 is really good start to a series I'm interested in following.  Dave Dwonch uses this first issue to introduce Cyrus and after a couple pages, he felt like an old friend.  We also get the start of the ongoing story and while there are only a few big moments, one of them is a cliffhanger that has me excited for the next issue. Add in Anna Lencioni's great art and I can easily recommend this issue to anyone looking for something between the capes and ultra violence that seems to be the focus nowadays.  It may not exactly be all-ages, but any teen and up comic fan is sure to enjoy it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chip Zdarsky's Daredevil is one of the best comic book series going right now, and this issue is huge. It's a must-read for Daredevil fans new and old! While the pacing felt a little off to get to the meat and cheese of the issue, I can (and do!) easily recommend it to every comic book lover reading this review.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am really enjoying Metal and this issue is no exception.  Scott Snyder gives us more rules of the Dark Multiverse and the horrors that have emerged from it while also making the tie-ins feel important.  Overall, however, his story and Greg Capullo's art just have me excited to see where it all goes next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Just as I was getting a little tired of the DCeased story, DCeased: Dead Planet #5 and Tom Taylor pulled me back in.  Constantine has a plan, and he doesn't care who he screws over to save humanity.  So many people are going to die!  Is it weird that I can't wait to see that?
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor and Carmine Di Giandomenico give readers a bang for their buck with this Wally West chapter of DCeased: Hope At World's End.  I can't say the series is a must-read yet, but Wally West fans should check this out immediately if only to see what Tom Taylor has in store for their favorite Speedster!
View Issue       View Full Review

I can recommend this one-shot holiday story to just about anyone, but Deadpool fans will especially get a kick out of it. Nic Kleins art is fantastic and Skottie Young doesnt change the formula too much so we end up with a Christmas story that thankfully still feels like a Deadpool story through and through.
View Issue       View Full Review

Christopher Priest is beginning to reward those who have been reading his story twice a month while adding a character who is awesome and scary as hell all wrapped up into one.  While the overall story is still a bit of a mystery, the pieces are coming together and I like what I see.  Larry Hama's art is all about the characters and that's good because so is the story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke continues being one of the smartest books on the shelf today and Priest adds Wally West as a character he can totally kill with this week.  The art and story are so good and the only thing stopping this from getting higher marks is the slow paced nature of the overall narrative.  However, I can't really complain too much because I have been loving the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion IV continues nailing this book and this issue is a great combination of story, art and character work.  I know I'm loving what we've been getting because we haven't had a whole lot of Batman and I haven't really noticed it and am fine with it now that I realize.  I really can't recommend this series enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the most action packed issue of this book since Rebirth started, but James Tynion doesn't just rely on that and mail the rest in.  He uses the action to show how far the team has come from top to bottom and I really enjoyed it.  The story moves forward by showing us that the Colony may be an even bigger threat now that they've been put in a corner and Batman and Company are going to have their hands full very soon.  The issue looked great and I am still enjoying the hell out of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

James Tynion IV is off to a good start as we look a little at the past while being forced into the future,  While I have no idea how good the Victim Syndicate will be as a villain group, I loved the cameos in this issue and the character interactions were great.  Add some good art and we have a series that is coming back from a bye and kicking ass and taking names!
View Issue       View Full Review

Though the idea of an "Anniversary Issue" seemed forced, this was a really good way to get readers ready for the League of Shadows story coming up.  Tynion finally focuses on Cassandra, gives us a cool introduction to Azrael (and a great Odd Couple dynamic) and we even get to see Tim Drake...in a flashback.  Overall, the writing and art were really good and I can recommend this to Detective fans, especially those craving more Cass.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have really enjoyed this time traveling Flash story and even with this setup heavy issue, the trend continues.  Venditti and Jensen expand the Speedster mythos even as Future Flash drags his good name through the mud.  There's a chance that Barry is going to get out of the Savage Lands soon (can it be that easy?) and I can't wait to see what happens when two Flashes collide...again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Goldie Vance is a really good all-ages comic that feels like an updated Nancy Drew and that is okay with me.  Hope Larson uses this first issue to make the reader fall in love with Goldie as we see that like at the Crossed Palms Resort is full of mystery and adventure.  The story and art are a great combination of fun and I recommend it to anyone who wants to feel like a kid again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dick Grayson is is good hands.  Tim Seeley and Mikel Janin combine to make a really good first issue that has me relieved and looking forward to the next one already.  Dick feels right at home as a Secret Agent and while I'll always love Nightwing, I'm glad to have Dick Grayson any way I can.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson #5 may not explain everything or push the story forward, but Tom King does what he has done best...reminding the reader that Dick Grayson is a great guy.  That and Mikel Janin's art have impressed me with every issue and that continues this month.  Fans of Dick and/or great characters in general should be reading this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #13 is the first issue I can truly recommend.  It may lack action, but it's got character moments in spades.  Of course, you can't go wrong when the characters are Lex Luthor and the Joker.  Dan Abnett gives us great dialogue and Freddie Williams' art is appropriately gloomy.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Frontier continues to be one of the best books coming out from DC Comics right now.  Joshua Williamson gives us some explanations, action scenes, and character moments that had me wondering which side I would pick if I were involved.  The art wasn't as good as it's been, but this is still a hell of a ride that every DC fan should be reading!
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor has delivered another strong issue of Injustice: Gods Among Us.  Like the series as a whole, if you played the game you know that some twists won't stick and other turns lead to different paths.  What is great about this comic though, is that you see how these events slowly develop and come into play.  Some of us may know how the story ends, but isn't it the journey that really counts?
View Issue       View Full Review

This week continues featuring Damian Wayne and while it only pushes the story forward a tiny bit, I really liked it.  It's mainly because of the awesome guest stars, both good and bad and the great characterization of Damian that Buccellato gives us.  The art is a tiny bit inconsistent, but doesn't detract from the issue at all.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't mind setup issues when they set up cool things and this one certainly does.  The ranks of each side are growing, even as longtime members begin to question everything that's been going on.  The art was kick ass and Brian Buccellato gives us character moments and a cool fight.  It looks like it's going to be a hell of a ride to the ending!
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato reaches into his bag of tricks to give us an issue that has Superman getting the shit kicked out of him, a crazy death and Batman going to extremes to find out what Cyborg knows and doesn't know.  Marco Santucci's art is awesome and if you've been waiting for some early Injustice brutality to return, have I got an issue for you!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really good issue of Injustice.  We get two kick ass cliffhangers, a death of a god and some really good character moments.  The later is what has me excited going forward.  That and the true identity of the Spectre.  It is so freaking awesome!  I can't wait for next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

After being a bit underwhelmed lately, this issue gets me back on board.  Snyder and Tynion up the stakes and finally show us what Perpetua is capable of doing.  Plus, we find out how she plans to keep her power and it all makes sense in such a devious way.  Throw in Francis Manapul art and there is a lot to like in this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #14 is another great chapter in the series.  The Justice League is desperate and the final battle is on the horizon.  Christos Gage and Iban Coello are firing on all cylinders and I can't wait for the last two issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #20 finally reveals the mystery of Wonder Woman and exactly what happened to Lord Batman.  It's a setup issue, but it looks great and the cliffhanger is sure to send ripples through the League beyond this arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a bit heavy on the setup, but watching Superman and Wonder Woman in the Eternity Institute and Batman looking for clues in San Francisco was still great.  We are still far from seeing the Justice League, but the pieces of the puzzle are beginning to come together, even as the mystery of Jackson Alpert widens.  Thony Silas continues nailing the art and as usual, I can't wait for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Maybe it's because DC Comics likes to hide their digital titles for some reason, but this book surprised me in a couple of ways.  Most of all is that it's a horror comic dressed up in a Justice League costume and I really liked it.  J.M. DeMatteis does a good job of establishing the mood and character of this book and while we only get to see "Batman" in the last panel, I can't wait to see how the story develops.  Matthew Dow Smith's art is dark and gritty and really sets the tone for the book.  I hope this one doesn't go under fans' radars, because it looks like a bloody good time in a time where such titles are hard to find in the DC Comic stable.
View Issue       View Full Review

Since this story is set further back in the past, it is naturally going to take a bit more setup than the Batman and Superman origins. Bekka is making her way towards the present, but the way the issue ends, she may be further away still. The art was great and I loved the introduction of Doctor Psycho. I really can't recommend this series enough and this issue is another winner.
View Issue       View Full Review

Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur is a fun, action packed, all-ages comic that seems to just be getting started.  While I really was hoping for more Marvin in this issue, we get to see more of the connection between Moon Girl and Devil Dinosaur and I guess that's important since they are the stars of the book and all.  The story and art make this one of the funnest books around if you agree that "funnest" is a word and aren't so uppity about stuff like that.  If you are, you really need to lighten up and pick up this book.  Excuse me while I go and eat a hot dog.
View Issue       View Full Review

Despite the brief but enjoyable glimpse of action towards the end of the volume, much of volume 19's page count is devoted to character interactions, with a specific focus on minor characters such as Jiro or Ashido. While some fans might find these cool-down chapters monotonous after such a bombastic previous arc, I found these chapters to be a delight to read. The slower pace gives Horikoshi a chance to really flesh out his cast, and the setting of the school festival gives long-term readers a chance to revisit some of their favorite characters from previous arcs.
View Issue       View Full Review

Volume 21 starts strong and has a strong, if somewhat rapid-fire, finish as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's impossible to have "quiet moments" in a Suicide Squad book so Sean Ryan gives you some great character work amid a riot and a knock-down-drag-out fight and I loved it.  There is going to be a showdown between Vic Sage and Amanda Waller and I can't wait to see it.  Until then,  I'll just keep telling everyone to check this book out before Ryan and artist Phillipe Briones leave and it's too late.  Unless you get back issues or the Trade Paperback, but you know what I mean.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bottom line is you should give Rai #14 a shot people. I was impressed throughout the book by the writing and story of Matt Kindt. I keep popping in to read his Valiant work for this 4001 A.D. event and find myself enjoying each issue more than the previous.  To be 100% honest, I don't even really have full grasp of what's going on throughout this entire event yet but have enjoyed it for the spectacle of it all alone.  I can't neglect to mention the art team who really emphasize the sci-fi horror vibe this book is putting out for me.  They do a great job of making our heroes standout amongst the masses while the landscapes and backgrounds are as rich as the characters themselves. If you've been hesitant about testing the waters for any Valiant related title you should start to ease those reluctances. Jump in to Rai like I did sit back and have a creepy good time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Rogues #1 was a good start to a book that feels like the recent Suicide Squad movie and Peacemaker show.  It has honor and heart, and Joshua Williamson seems to be having as much fun writing it as I did reading it.  I highly recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Q. Miller and Edgar Salazar continue the goodness in Alien #10.  Though it's a bit of a breather issue it's not just filler.  The fate of Earth(s) is lying in the balance and this issue is the calm before the storm.  I can't wait for next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

After being a bit let down with the first issue, Tom Taylor has won me over, and once again, it's with his great character work.  While there is still a lot to learn about the new characters on the Squad, I want to learn, and that's a big thing.  The story itself is a bit generic, but Bruno Redondo's art is excellent, and I am cool with everything we got here.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book should have a ton more people reading it, and maybe Batman showing up will do the trick.  The overall story doesn't progress a lot, but the art is excellent, and there are some laugh out loud moments, mostly at the Dark Knight's expense.  This is a book that should be on more pull lists!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is the book I've been waiting for.  Great art, some nice humor and two little heroes I can get behind.  Throw in the Teen Titans and Tomasi has a winner!  If you have been wondering when to jump on this series, the time is now!
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #8 slows down the Doomed story and makes it that much better.  Those who love Superman are there to help him, even if it seems like he doesn't want it.  The big surprise was already spoiled by DC, but it's still pretty cool and Tony S. Daniel makes everything look great.  I am looking forward to see how this all ends, but also the fallout in this book and the New 52 as a whole.
View Issue       View Full Review

The issue was pretty much fighting and talking and then talking and fighting, but it was nice to see the Teen Titans stand up for themselves as a team, but also as friends. Bart is the star of the book so far and I am loving him as the self-appointed Kid Flash.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter introduces one of the best things in the Wonder Woman mythos and continues showing that Renae De Liz is going to cherry pick everything I want to see and put it in her comic. I'm starting to think that she has a similar mind meld going with me that Diana shares with the Duke of Deception, but instead of world domination and raising the dead, I'm thinking about outfits and vehicles. Yep, outfits and vehicles...just what a middle aged father of five boys sits around and thinks about all day, right? Please say "right"!
View Issue       View Full Review

If Futures End #0 is supposed to get the reader hyped for the weekly hitting shelves this week (which it is) then mission accomplished.  It is a dark story with great art that really feels like an important event.  I am officially excited for Futures End and I couldn't say that last week.  I highly recommend you get your hands on your free copy before they run out and you end up like Eric.  Empty handed again.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Royals: Masters of War #1 is a great start to a new story that is both exciting and intriguing.  Rob Williams has set the stage for a great tale and the art of Simon Coleby is just as impressive.  Fans of superheroes and/or military comics should pay attention because this has the potential to be very special.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces:In many respects, this is a typical second issue. Threads are unravelling, but have yet to start tying together in any meaningful way. The sense of mystery is palpable, and the Spirit is given the chance to shine, not only in the fight with the bank robbers, but also in the interrogation scene that follows. The sense of menace, of something truly terrible happening that has yet to be fully revealed, is what makes this story particularly compelling and I'm looking forward to seeing how things play out in future issues. If you want a beautifully presented slice of pulp noir goodness with gorgeously atmospheric artwork and a really rather creepy plot, this is most definitely the book for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unwritten - Apocalypse #6 is as straight forward an issue as you might get in this series.  Mike Carey gives us great setup to the upcoming conflict and Peter Gross' art is amazing.  Anyone looking for a mature title with a great story and art should get this book now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Unless you are a jaded and cynical ogre, this book will make you smile.  It's one of the best all ages books out there and by all ages I just don't mean for kids.  Baltazar and Franco do such a good job, everyone can enjoy it.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Jurgens and Scot Eaton give Teen Titans fans a fun and action-packed story that also serves as a really good introduction to new readers. If you're looking for a book that has less doom and gloom and more teamwork and smiles, pick this one up.
View Issue       View Full Review

You do not have to be a fan of Marvel Comics or their characters to enjoy Gwenpool for what it is, but it certainly doesn't hurt.  This is a comedy book that hits the right spots every time. I don't think The Unbelievable Gwenpool has been confirmed as more than a mini-series,  but I'll be happy to enjoy every bit that Marvel is willing to throw at me.  Kudos to Hastings and Company for putting this title together the way they have. Everything is surprisingly original and fresh for a character whose namesake is borrowed from two of Marvel's most popular characters going right now. As your resident Marvel advisor here at Weird Science, I really can't  endorse this book enough.  Go buy it and maybe share your digital codes with Jim... he likes that. (Jim's Note: No, I Love That!)
View Issue       View Full Review

Some of my favorite comics are team books where the writer knows how to use all of the characters and makes them all have a purpose. Even though this was a Rogue-centric issue, I think Gerry Duggan has a firm handle on all of these heroes. That, along with the consistently great art, has me looking forward to this book every month.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm a huge fan of this series. Gerry Duggan and Pepe Larraz continue to put out fun, fast-paced issues that look great each and every month. It feels like every member of the team has a reason to be there. I can't recommend this book enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

The writing of Siegel provides plenty of unexpected twists and turns, as well as good humor throughout. And though the art of Scarpa and Conte at times feels manufactured, it gets the job done. Some of the closing action panels being some of the best art in the issue... Uncle Scrooge #37 is a zany trip through the infinite possible timelines of the Duck multiverse, and a fun read as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

    Art was fantastic in this issue as it has been through most of this series, and Tom Taylor is always careful to give readers something in every issue. Even when you want more to happen in an issue, he makes, sure enough, happens to satisfy people. The pacing did feel like an issue here because I thought we might finally see Jean and her team discover Cassandra Nova to be their adversary, but again enough happened for that to be ok. But I would really like to see everything come together in the next issue or two. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This was not your typical Year of the Villain one-shot and I think Orm fans will be very happy about that. Dan Watters gets Ocean Master back in the game, stays true to the character and sets him up for bigger and badder things down the line. This was a pleasant surprise and one I can recommend to any Aquaman fan out there.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue doesn't completely change my opinion on the Truth story as a whole, it took a huge step in that direction.  Greg Pak and Aaron Kuder make right on almost all the things I've hated in the last couple of issues and that just makes it that much sweeter.  I am looking forward to seeing what happens in the next issue and that is something I haven't said since this story started.
View Issue       View Full Review

While Court of the Owl fans may be disappointed, I don't think many readers will walk away from this issue with anything but glee.  Scott Snyder has thrown a change up that turned a setup heavy issue into a blast.  While I'm still up in the air over the Joker being immortal, I'm suddenly having too much fun to care.  Bring on next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an edge of your seat, don't look away, action movie on the page type of issue and my gut tells me that it was great.  My stupid brain had a few issues that I can't completely overlook, but boy, I had a lot of fun with this book.  I can easily recommend this issue to anyone looking for a good time and the crazy cliffhanger ups the ante going forward and I can't wait to see how it all fits together in two weeks.  If this is what Rebirth is about, it's a great time to be a DC Comics fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter Tomasi keeps giving fans the Superman they've been begging for even as he sets up his grim future.  I know we are only two issues in, but Super League is already one of my favorite Superman stories since the New 52 started and that isn't a back handed compliment! At this point in the crossover, Tomasi is still dealing out questions, but the issue ends with a cliffhanger that will have a lot of fans super happy.  However, the thing I still like best of all is having "my" ("our"?) Superman back the way I (we?) love him.
View Issue       View Full Review

Genevieve Valentine gives us the best "Not Tynion" issue in the series and while it was setup heavy, the dialogue and mystery hit the mark.  The art follows suit, for the most part and it all came together in a great cliffhanger that has me wanting the next issue right now.  If we get a couple more issues like this than this book may jump for my favorite (and only) weekly book to my favorite book period.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Hill and Dexter Soy have a winner on their hands.  It's a big book full of action, mystery, and humor and while Batman is in the title, it's Black Lightning and his team that is the focus.  Don't listen to what anyone says, this is a great start to a new series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #33 continues the "All In" story and I'm...well, all in.  Higgins and Seigel continue making a book that is great for newcomers, but so special for fans of the franchise.  Thony Silas' art is a perfect match for the story and this issue is no exception. With the recent news of this book's cancellation, great issues like this are even harder to read.  Damn you, Kyle...and thanks for such a great series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #32 sets up a bunch of new plot lines, but is a great jumping on point for new readers.  Marc Andreyko and Jeremy Haun deserve all the readers they can get and more.  This book is so good because it deals as much (maybe more) with Kate Kane than Batwoman.  Please, if you aren't reading this book give it a try because it's one of the most unique books in the New 52.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of this new Cap book, you will love this issue. If you haven't been reading this book, but are interested in how this all came to be, go back and read issue 1 and keep going. It is worth every second it takes to read it, and the artists work between flashback and current time compliment each other so well. This is a very long form story, and if you are not reading the tie-in issues I don't blame you, but this story is so intriguing I am finding myself adding the issues suggested to my buy list to get the full effect the story is going for.
View Issue       View Full Review

Just another one right out of the ball park. This is a tie-in done right. The only complaint I have for this issue is that it wasn't longer. Well that and Shazam still being a little snot. It isn't really his fault this time, creepy British dude kidnaps him, lies to him, and steals his power. Just miss the days of Billy Batson being a naive true force for good, but maybe we'll get there. Plus the ending bringing Chris back for his revenge is great. Best part of issue #1 was Constantine getting him killed, and not really caring about it. That part alone made me want to continue this title and made me believe that Constantine would be in good hands in the New 52.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a really exciting start to the final year of Injustice. It looks like it will be the Year of the Villains and if the roster stays as awesome as it is this week, fans are in for a hell of a ride. The issue is setup, but it sets up something awesome that I can't wait to see.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice is back and we are finally getting the Year of the Gods I've been waiting for.  Hercules versus Shazam was such a great battle and the action and dialogue were top notch.  The issue ended with more godly promise and I can't wait until next issue.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #17 might promise carnage, but it's the character moments I loved.  However, it's not a "quiet" issue.  Those yelling for blood will be satisfied and I'm sure the body count will rise quickly from here on out.  Tom Taylor has set this issue up for so long and it was worth the wait.  I can't wait for next week, I just hope the art is more consistent from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue had us all over the place giving us a little more answers and a lot more of our heroes fighting each other, which is sadly half the reason we want the book. Who says that gimmicks are always bad? I loved Mikel Janin's take on the rest of DC heroes, and Jeff Lemire is really making a go at this arc with Geoff Johns. Another great installment to this story arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mystik U is the next step in a DC Harry Potter book and if you were a fan of Gotham Academy, you should really check it out.  This opening issue introduces the awesome cast of characters and Alisa Kwitney's story and Mike Norton's great art should please any fan upset at the short list of Dark  books on the DC shelf right now.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

The War of the Realms is over and this finale was full of big moments that setup a ton of stuff going forward. Jason Aaron got me by the end and Russell Dautermans art was incredible as usual. Overall, this was a pretty good Event!
View Issue       View Full Review

With one chapter left in this Who is Wonder Woman? story, it is already a favorite of mine.  Marc Andreyko is writing this for true fans of the television show in particular  and Wonder Woman fans in general.  If you have any interest in either, pick this series up and thank me later.  I promise that when you get to this arc,  you will have a huge smile on your face.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #770 was such a pleasant surprise.  While the elevator pitch of Wonder Woman ascending and ending up in Asgard had me worried, I loved just about every minute of it.  Great art, a couple of intriguing mysteries equal a great start, and one of the better Wonder Woman issues in quite some time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #26 is a good setup issue for future stories.  Pak and Kuder gives the reader giant monster battles, a mysterious new villain who poses a real threat, a strong female character and a crazy twist ending. Action Comics is quickly becoming the go-to book for Superman fans in the New 52.
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #27 shows that Greg Pak's Superman is one of the best written.  Without a clear villain, Pak let's us meet Superman all over again.  Aaron Kuder is joined by R.B. Silva and Mike Hawthorne on art and everything looks great.  If you have been waiting for the real Superman appear in the New 52, go pick up Action Comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Pak and Aaron Kuder give readers of the Doomed event the third great issue of the week.  I was slow to jump on the Doomed wagon, but I'm fully in now.  I don't know if the writers can keep the momentum up, but if the cliffhanger is any indication, the fun is only just begun.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is the start of a cool horror mystery and I'm intrigued to see where it goes.  Greg Pak continues his great character work and Aaron Kuder nails the art as usual.  Something is not right in Smallville and it has everyone in it's grip, even Superman.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this oversized one-shot could have been a bit more new reader/tv watcher friendly, it is a great comic for Adventure Time fans and a fun story for anyone who wants to believe that there is a hero in all of us.  Christopher Hastings and Ian McGinty make sure that everyone can get nice and comfy in the Land of Ooo with music and fun and if you're not careful you might learn something before it's done.  Hey, Hey...Wait a minute.  Strike that.  Reverse it..."Adventure Time!"
View Issue       View Full Review

I didn't realize how much I missed reading a Supergirl book until I picked this up.  Sterling Gates does a great job of giving readers a story that both fans of the show and non viewers can both enjoy equally.  This first story gets the reader up to speed, but also focuses on values like trust and family without ever feeling forced.  Bengal's art is beautiful and the whole package combines to give anyone looking for an all-ages comic an excellent choice.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sterling Gates gives us a huge Facet reveal and it's all the better because it makes total sense with everything we've gotten up until now. Like Jaws: The Revenge, this time it's personal and I can't wait to see if and how Supergirl gets everyone out of this jam alive. It may not be a great jumping on point for new readers, but if you are already a fan, this is a must read.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marc Guggenheim is really writing a great story here.  In fact, it seems so much bigger than the 22 digital pages it appears on.  The mystery of Krypton and Jor-El is so intriguing and I can't wait to see how it is resolved in issue #24.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman has been many things.  Serious, action-packed, thought provoking and now with chapter 42, Hilarious.  Clark babysitting Sugar and Spike is fun on it's own, but throw in Atomic skull and you get Adventures in Babysitting meets Bugs Bunny.  I really enjoyed this one-shot for what it was, good fun.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #45 is the conclusion to Ron Marz and Doc Shaner's Only Child story and it really good.  It is just good old fashioned storytelling and art and I loved it for just that.  The story is touching and I recommend it highly.  This type of arc is why I really love the Adventures of Superman.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #48 was a really good ending of Joe Keatinge's arc.  Superman is timeless and always there and Keatinge, Lotay and Alexander (and Doyle and Williams) give us a glimpse of how great the Man of Steel really is. This has been one of the strangest tales this series has had and I for one am glad a book like this gives it the platform to be told.
View Issue       View Full Review

There were complaints from some folks I know (like one Jim Werner) that the pacing of issue #1 was off, particularly in the beginning with some retreading of old ground from the first series. It moved past that towards the end of issue #1, and it is barely present in issue #2 if at all. This is full steam ahead with The Gang vs. The Super Sons, and I for one can't wait to see where we go from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor uses this Annual to give fans a fun, body switching story and if you are a sucker for that like myself, you will love it.  Everything here, from the characters to the art, pushes the wacky story forward and when it ended, I wanted so much more.  Please have this happen some more!
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor uses this Annual to give fans a fun, body switching story and if you are a sucker for that like myself, you will love it. Everything here, from the characters to the art, pushes the wacky story forward and when it ended, I wanted so much more. Please have this happen some more!
View Issue       View Full Review

No matter what you thought of All-Star Batman up until now, I suggest you check out this issue.  It's a really good start to an Alfred story that still has plenty of Batman as well.  Scott Snyder is having fun here and so was I.  Plus, Rafael Albuquerque's art (and backup story) only made things better.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm really having a lot of fun with this story.  Its a mystery with a ton under the surface and I can't wait for Snyder to peel the layers back some more.  I am a Rafael Albuquerque fan so this book may just have it all!  Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder and Rafael Albuquerque end All-Star Batman on a high note that was action packed, but also full of the feels.  While I wish this series was continuing, but at least it went off into the sunset with a kick ass Alfred leading the way and a story that looked great and also tugged at the heartstrings as well.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had so much fun reading this issue. Garth Ennis and John McRea poke fun at so much and it all hits it's target. The reader is left wondering what is real and what isn't, but I don't care, I just want to keep laughing. If you like having fun, check this one out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Like I said, this was a really fun read.  You get intrigue, an escape, a huge gun fight and Batman.  I was wary about Jonah Hex in modern Gotham, but so far it's been a hell of a ride.  I can't wait to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Slott is currently weaving what seems to be a new take on a classic Spider-Man tale. I just can't state enough how much I've loved the Before Dead No More story arc. The Amazing Spider-Man title currently has years of stories finally merging together and I love when you put in that commitment to a comic and it all starts to pay off in new and interesting ways . The mystery of what the Jackal is up to, who exactly he is, why he has returned, and who he is bringing back with him has me gobbling up each issue while my brain is spinning like a top trying to guess what will happen next.  Basically, Dan Slott is making Spider-Man great again!
View Issue       View Full Review

The setup and construction of the story so far deserves much more credit than that because it's been a heartfelt affair with spot on characterization for everyone involved.  As a long time reader and Spider-Man fan I'm riding high at the moment and hope this trend continues. 
View Issue       View Full Review

As for this issue, get it regardless. It's issue 800! It ends Slott's Run! You'd be a fool to not read this and own it. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Ant-Man #4 is a fun issue with some feels and a big threat getting way bigger by the end. Zeb Wells and Dylan Burnett will be ending things next issue, and it's a shame more people haven't been reading this book I recommend you change that and start reading this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of over-the-top fun action of the silver age kind, pick up Aquaman #29.  I hope Jeff Parker and Paul Pelletier are having as much of a blast creating this book as I am reading it.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Asgardians of the Galaxy comes to an end and Cullen Bunn does a really good job sending it on its way. I am going to miss this book and its crazy cast of characters, but at least fans get to say goodbye and it ends with the spirit that made this book so good.
View Issue       View Full Review

This run got me back into the Avengers without really showing me the main team. Excellent job Waid. I can't wait to see the last issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

Avengers #34 continues the Age of Khonshu story, and Jason Aaron reveals the Moon Knight behind the curtain while remembering this is an Avengers book as well. That last part is what has me excited about this book after being down for so long.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a fun, fast read that pushed the Batgirl/Batman drama into a whole new direction, ended Livewire's brief reign of terror and will make longtime Batgirl fans so happy.  The art and story really came together to make this an homage at the same time it sets up the future of the book.  I really enjoyed this issue and recommend the last two issues to everyone, even those turned off by Stewart, Fletcher and Tarr's new direction of the character.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman 66 #15 is a 12 year old boys dream.  Batgirl and Catwoman!  The story is a playful romp that put a smile on my face.  Batman 66 is such a fun book and this issue continues the trend.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of laughing and smiling, pick up Batman '66.  If you are a fan of scowling and frowning, pick up Batman '66.  This book is so much fun and #16 is the start of what already is another fun filled arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 #26 is a really good issue showcasing a obscure but fun Batman villain.  Jeff Parker and Ruben Procopio give readers an old west tale that is fun and entertaining.  In the end, that's what I look for in this book so mission accomplished.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue and that's something I've wanted to say from the start.  We finally get the absurd situations and humor that this teamup promised.  Ty Templeton's art is just the icing on the cake.  I can't wait for the next issue and more laughs.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #23.2 is a great issue.  Ray Fawkes fleshes out the Riddler and I love him.  Everyone should read this and being a one shot, everyone can fully enjoy it.  Just remember, the Riddler likes his cards and never, I mean never, touch him.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #26 continues the excellent Zero Year story.  Snyder and Capullo keep giving us little tweaks and nuances to make this origin story their own.  I keep saying it with each issue, but this is a book that needs to be read by everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #36 ha a lot going for it.  A fanboys wet dream, the mystery of the Joker and some of the best art in any book out today.  Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo are quickly outdoing themselves and while that seems like an impossible task, it's happening, folks.  ENDGAME is starting big and looks to get bigger real soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #37 shows that the Joker is back and has changed up his game.  He has turned Gotham into his own private nightmare and Batman seems to have no solution.  Scott Snyder gives the reader a bit of setup, but it's so intriguing that you won't mind. Greg Capullo and FCO Plascencia make everything look great.  This arc is turning into something special.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue shows that Tom King has a little more in store than just giving us a book with heroes and villains chasing each other around.  Even the concept of "villain" is thrown into a gray area by how you look at things and Batman is caught right in the middle of it.  Right now it's Gotham vs Gotham and I'm not sure who is going to come out on top.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you loved "I am Suicide", you will love the beginning of this "I am Bane" arc.  If you hated the it, you will still love this.  In fact, I can't see anyone not liking this beginning and can't wait to see what Tom King has in store next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King and David Finch return to up the stakes in this second part of "I am Bane"  While the story really is all setup, it sets up some pretty awesome things and leads to another crazy cliffhanger.  The art is fantastic throughout and two weeks suddenly feels like way to long to get the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Those looking for a clear cut ending to the I am Bane (and I am Suicide) arc may be disappointed, but Tom King is going bigger here.  The reader gets to see what's been driving Bruce since even before Rebirth started and it's the big picture reveal that grabbed me.  The story and art were both outstanding and if you have been a fan of Tom King's run, I think you'll be satisfied and ready to move forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you've loved his Batman run so far, Pick it up! You won't be disappointed. If you like what you heard, love talking all types of comics, and are interested in joining a comic chat group, hit me up at dispatchdcu@gmail.com or @dispatchdcu on twitter. Catch you all later! Peace
View Issue       View Full Review

Wow. This book is a lot of fun, my only gripe thus far is that I can't get behind the art work of Jae Lee. Now don't get me wrong everything looks beautiful, but for a comic book it just doesn't work for me. I'm really looking forward to next month when Brett Booth takes over, who is probably in my top 5 of DC artists right now. But that's another article entirely. Earth 2 has been since it came out one of my favorite books in the New 52 and I'm really happy that the first meeting between Batman and Superman is apart of Earth 2 Batman and Superman. I just have been wanting more back story on our heroes Earth 2 counterparts since Earth 2 began. Killing them off in the first issue of that title had me crying foul so hopefully we get that with the continuation of this story.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I wasn't as high on Gene Luen Yang's first issue as some, this one got me, and I am all in.  The story and villain have a fabulous Silver Age flair to them, and it looks great.  It's fun but also feels dangerous, with real stakes for our heroes and their world. I highly recommend it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson gives fans an Annual that is light-hearted and hilarious.  It also looks fantastic thanks to Dale Eaglesham, Clayton Henry, and Gleb Melnikov.  Overall, this isn't going to change the DCU (or is it?), but it just may make you smile, and that might be more important these days. Highly Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another great chapter in a surprisingly great crossover series.  The writing and art are so true to the characters that if you have any interest in either franchise, you will certainly enjoy this.  Each issue is getting better and the way this one ends, the fun is just beginning.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter Tomasi has saved the best for last.  Bruce finally stops trying to bring back Damian back from the dead and sees that he is not to blame.  In fact, he sees that even though things could have been done differently, Damian's death has hurt everyone, not just himself.  Thanks to Dick and Alfred he realizes that Bruce and Batman must continue on in the name of his fallen son.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Robin Annual #2 is Peter J. Tomasi's love letter to Robin fans.  Seeing Dick Grayson as Robin is a scarce site in the New 52 and any Damian is welcome.  If stories like these could continue in the regular Batman and Robin, I'd be a very happy man.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman and Robin Annual #2 is Peter J. Tomasi's love letter to Robin fans. Seeing Dick Grayson as Robin is a scarce site in the New 52 and any Damian is welcome. If stories like these could continue in the regular Batman and Robin, I'd be a very happy man.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the type of issue I've been waiting for.  Great, over the top action that uses the character work that came before it to make it that much better.  The art by Cian Tormey is perfect for the crazy action going on and I am so happy that I can recommend this issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 continues to be so good.  Higgins and Silas' love of the source material comes through loud and clear.  This issue may lack Batman but it makes up for it with a strong supporting cast, a return of a favorite villain and a huge and exciting reveal.  This is a great issue and easy to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins and Thony Silas make Batman Beyond 2.0 the gem of DC's digital line.  Issue #9 is no exception as they start a new arc in style.  A tired villain not withstanding, I am looking forward to see how everything unfolds.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kile Higgins and Thony Silas continue the quality with Batman Beyond 2.0 #10.  Though it's a setup issue, what it sets up is awesome.  The character growth is great and the final page sets up some real excitement in the near future.  The Bat Men is really coming together to be a real fun arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #12 is all action and after a few setup issue, is a great change of pace.  Higgins and Silas are giving readers the gem of the DC Digital titles and I suggest reading it right away.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins and Thony Silas are really giving Batman Beyond fans a treat.  This month we get the bonus of seeing an old Bruce Wayne dealing with the decisions of his past.  It is a bit heartbreaking and leads to his decision at the end of the comic.  It's a bold move that may have dire consequences and I can't wait to see how it all works out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #15 is a great finale to the Bat Men arc.  It ends with a bang, but it's what the characters learn about themselves and each other that make it great.  Thony Silas' art is a great match for Higgins' story and characters.  It's the characters that make this book and after this arc the book is stronger than ever.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins continues the Justice Lords story and I'm hooked.  There are surprises, mysteries, action and humor.  Mateo Guerrero fills in for Thony Silas and does a fine job.  Every DC fan should check this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #29 may not be as shocking as last week, but Higgins and Siegel still manage to throw some surprises at the reader. Phil Hester gets the full issue to show what he can do and the end result of it all is another strong issue of a great book. Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #30 continues the great Mark of the Phantasm story. This issue may be the calm before next week's storm, if calm means kick ass battles and a shocking end. Barbara Gordon fans get a great moment and Bruce continues to drive Terry further away. Phil Hester's art fits Higgins and Siegel's dark story so well. I don't want the story to end, but I can't wait to see how it does.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #38 is another really good issue.  It is a middle issue of the story, so there is bound to be setup, but the action and character moments are so great you barely notice.  Higgins, Seigel and Silas are firing on all cylinders to end this run in style. I just hope Dick Grayson is there to take a final bow.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed all these issue when they came out digitally and I liked them even more collected. These four stories had great action and crazy moments. Yes, I wish one development would have stuck a bit longer, but it doesn't ruin the overall quality. Higgins and Gage are giving us a great story and Silas and Soy's art is consistently awesome. Do yourself a favor and read this collected work and all the issues of both books. The below score is not an average, but my overall feeling of the collected edition.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Arkham Knight #1 does exactly what it's supposed to...remind the reader that the game is on it's way and get them pumped to play it.  While it's odd to get anything Joker from the Arkham story at this point, everything else hits all the right notes.  We may only get a brief glimpse at the Arkham Knight himself (herself?), but it's awesome.  This book combines great character interaction with stellar art to bring a  #1 issue that anyone can dive into.  However, veterans of the games will get the most enjoyment so do yourself a favor and play them now!  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

After last week's issue , I wanted less Joker and more Arkham Knight.  After this issue I want more Harley Quinn and whatever else Peter J. Tomasi throws my way.  The story and art in this issue are top notch and I can't wait to see what happens next week.  This is really a great book that is well worth the price of admission.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Arkham Knight #11 is a quick return to form.  The story is full of action, laughs and great characters.  Viktor Bogdanovic's art is stellar and it's glad to see him return.  Overall, this is a really good issue that reminded me of why I loved this comic in the first place.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sure, this issue is a whole bunch of setup, but what it sets up (the new Batmobile and more Arkham Knight) is so damn cool.  I can't say this is a good jumping on point for new readers, but those smart enough to be reading every week should enjoy this week's thrill ride.  Am I saying that those who are not reading Batman: Arkham Knight are dummies?  Yes...Yes I am.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bane is in the house and he's big, bad and...big and bad.  Seriously, he is humongous.  Batman has his work cut out for him and the way this issue ends, I'm not sure how he will escape.  Peter J. Tomasi and Viktor Bogdanovic give us the beginning of a new arc and while that means some necessary setup, I really enjoyed everything they gave us.  I want to see the payoff now,
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter Tomasi and Robson Rocha finish up "The Apprentice" arc and while it was only two issues long, it was such a great story.  If you aren't aware of how good a digital comic can be, check these last two issues out and if you have already been reading Arkham Knight, prepare yourself for a crazy reveal.  This issue wasn't just the side story it was pretending to be.  Next week gets back to the main story, but I wish we were staying with Tim a little bit more.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Creature of the Night is an odd book to explain or recommend, but I can't see anyone who gives it a try not falling in love with it on some level.  It's a Batman book, of course, but it's also a book about a young man trying to make his way through life amongst both tragedy and accomplishments.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Eternal #3 really delivers on the promise of this weekly series.  It is a fast paced, focused story that turns Gotham upside down.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This week's issue may have been mostly setup, but it was also a ton of fun.  I loved what Kyle Higgins did this issue mainly because of who is involved.  Couple that with awesome art from Joe Quinones and this was one of the better Baternal issues in a while.  Yes, the story better pick up the pace with the end in site, but I enjoyed smiling while reading this book for a change.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed this issue and just love Harper Row as Bluebird.  James Tynion and David LaFuente may have given readers the most fun this series has seen and I'm all for fun.  However, the end throws another wrench into the story and with less than ten issue left, I hope things start coming together real soon.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Off-World #1 is a cool, action-packed comic with some clever twists.  Jason Aaron just might have gotten his groove back and Doug Mahnke's art is fantastic.  Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

While these Dark Knight one-shots have been up and down, the Devastator feels like it matters to the overall Metal story and that's one of the reasons I liked it so much.  That and the cool story and awesome art!  If you haven't been picking these up, you still might want to give this one a closer look.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ends the Lord Death Man arc and is also my favorite issue so far.  It is a ton of fun and really feels like a lost (scary and violent) episode of the '66 series.  I've become a fast fan of Kuwata's different take on Batman and can't wait for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Urban Legends was an enjoyable read, and while I couldn't wait to read Chip Zdarsky's Red Hood story, I liked the whole package.  Chip's story wasn't even my favorite by the end, and it had nothing to do with the quality of his story because it was great!  Check it out, and don't skip any, you hear!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really good start to a dark and interesting Elseworlds tale.  Sean Murphy is flipping things on their heads while also playing around with comic book conventions to give readers a mature look at Batman and his greatest fan/villain.  Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Palmiotti and Gray have shaken off the shackles of Gothtopia and are back to what they do best. Batwing #28 is so good and with Eduaro Pansica back on board looked great as well.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #29 is another great issue form Palmiotti and Gray.  Batwing has been so much fun and now mix in a more personal story and tragedy and you get so much more.  Pansica's art is stylized and great and really makes the story come alive.  Please read this book, you will not be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #30 is another great issue.  Luke Fox may be going down a darker, more violent path, but Palmiotti and Gray also throw in humor and heartbreak.  Pansica's art is action packed andsome of the best in the New 52.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked this number one and Black Cat is now on my pull list. The combination of action, intrigue, and humor was really well paced and the art was a highlight as well. Your mileage may vary based on your background with the character and what you want from her, but I really enjoyed it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a damn good book!   The biggest compliment I can give it is I was never a Black Widow fan until now.  Mark Waid and Chris Samnee are giving readers a crazy combination of a deep story filled with mystery and intrigue that is also a quick read filled with butt kicking action.  I can't wait for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Black Widow wasnt a book on my radaruntil I read this first issue. The Soska Sisters show they know the character and have convinced me I want to know more about her as well. Flavianos art keeps things quick and cool looking and I can easily recommend this issue to anyone with even a passing interest in Natasha Romanoff and her seedy lifestyle.
View Issue       View Full Review

Please pick up this issue, as well as this arc. You will be happy you did. Better yet; go back another arc and just grab it all! This is how you write a story. I can tell Waid has thought out this story entirely before writing it and it shows. Put the next issue on your pull list before it's too late. You've been warned.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kelly Thompson gives readers a War of the Realms tie-in that can be read by regular readers of the book regardless of whether they are invested in the Event or not. Its the start of a fun Freaky Friday team-up that is already a lot of fun. Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

After two issue, I have fallen in love with this new Catwoman.  Genevieve Valentine is giving fans such a strong Catwoman that what came before just seems silly now.  While I'm still struggling to get used to Garry Brown's art, this book is shooting to the top of my pile.  Anyone who is looking for a smart and mature crime story need look no further.  Catwoman fans rejoice.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #37 is another great issue.  Actually, this one is even better.  Genevieve Valentine shows us that if Selina isn't careful, she will lose more than her family business.  The story combined with Gary Brown's art make this one of the best crime dramas on the shelf today.  Strike that, Catwoman has risen from the ashes and is suddenly one of the best comics, period.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman #39 continues the excellent story of Selina's rise up the Gotham crime ladder.  It's a gritty story with gritty art and yet it's oh so beautiful.  While this isn't usually my cup of tea, I'm enjoying it so much.  I don't want it to end at the same time I want to see how it does.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Genevieve Valentine ups the ante this month and shows the reader that nobody is safe.  This issue sets into motion so much of what Valentine has been building and it only looks to get more intense from here on out.  While it's still a smart crime drama, I really enjoyed the action and while I thought the Selina/Bruce Wayne bit felt forced, I loved seeing Selina in the catsuit.  David Messina's art was really good and I continue to enjoy the hell out of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

One issue in and this is already the best Catwoman we've gotten in years.  Smart, agile, and tough, this just feels right.  The overall start of the mystery of who and what is happening in Selina's life is intriguing and it looks great!  Anyone with a passing interest in the character should give this a look.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sean Murphy and Blake Northcott set up a caper story that may not be a caper story, and Cian Tormey's art fits the overall series with some old school flair to boot.  If you fell off this book or want to check out a Catwoman book, this first part of a two-parter gets my thumbs up!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book will put hairs on your chest and have you speaking several octaves lower than you did before.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a Conan fan who never read any Conan comics, I really enjoyed what Cullen Bunn is giving us here. The story is as brutal as you'd want and expect and Cullen Bunn is weaving a mystery through it all that has me intrigues. Of course, the mystery is along the lines of "Who did Conan Kill? Who didn't he kill? And who is he going to kill next?" You know what? That is just fine with me.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'll admit that I thought this issue would just be a drag out fight for Convergence victory, but it was a bit more...and less.  While we didn't get quite the satisfactory Convergence ending I thought we'd get, we got an awesome Nightwing/Oracle one.  As a fan of those characters, I'll take it.
View Issue       View Full Review

By nature, these first issues are going to be setup heavy, but Frank Tieri uses this one to set up so much.  An awesome team, a formidable foe and two intriguing cliffhangers.  If you are a fan of the old Suicide Squad, the New Suicide Squad or anything in-between, I recommend you pick this issue up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Len Wein and Kelley Jones give Convergence readers two things that they may not have seen in this Event...a horror comic and a totally satisfying story.  This is one of the few stories that got better with each page turn and ended in a way that wrapped it all up perfectly.  I want more Wein/Jones Swamp Thing,  Do you hear me DC?
View Issue       View Full Review

Van Jensen kicks off his new series by giving the readers a ton of great characters, dense world building and an intriguing mystery. Pete Woods does a great job of bringing everything to life and by the end, I was totally immersed in what him and Jensen were selling. It's a lot to digest, but it's a meal well worth sitting down to enjoy. If you believe in things like the Illuminati and know that the "Truth is Out There", I think you will really enjoy this book. Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Final Thoughts:A classic origin issue for a classic character.  Stan Lee gives you a lot to digest here, but in the end, it's about a son getting revenge for his father's death…while blind…and running on a steel drum.  
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a very fast read but absolutely riveting. It feels like John Grisham just set up a super hero court case. I feel like this is going to be an epic story, that may have an affect on how the legal system deals with super hero involved court cases for years to come. This is also a very good jumping on point. You only need a rudimentary understanding of Daredevil to be able to follow the story.
View Issue       View Full Review

Well this book has finally started to deliver the goods again. Everything that I loved from the beginning of Soule's run is flooding back and I'm riding high on the wave again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Personally, I was blown away by this first issue. Checchettos art is fantastic with a lot of darker undertones that allow the brighter colors to pop at the right moments like in the church, or the squad cars, or when the Daredevil costume makes its first appearance halfway through the book. The writing I was more impressed by because it felt as if Chip chose every word meticulously. The recurring Catholic Church moments felt like the real heart of the book. The underlining soul of Daredevil is to do good in a bad world even if that good deed breaks laws. Laws that Matt holds in very high regard. That duality of lawbreaker and lawyer are brought to the forefront, and to me, that is what is really important in a Daredevil book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is all about the characters and Zdarsky nails the voices and interactions of Daredevil and Punisher. Frank seems to need Matt to go over the line at the exact time that Matt needs to make sure he hasnt. It ends in a hail of bullets and a cool cliffhanger that has me pumped for the next issue. This series is a great jumping on point for anyone that is interested in Daredevil.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chip Zdarsky is giving readers a great Daredevil book, but an even better Kingpin one if you ask me. The character work in this series is outstanding and it's the main reason I keep gushing about it. That is still the case here as we see Matt rising again just as Fisk is falling. The art and story are so good that I can easily recommend this to anyone with even a minor interest in the character.
View Issue       View Full Review

While we don't get a lot of answers, Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo give readers a fun issue full of great setup and fantastic art.  The delays have not helped the hype of this Event, but now that it's finally back, I am full on excited again!
View Issue       View Full Review

We are getting near the end of our story and while Scott Snyder has a lot to tie up in a few issues, this one was a lot of fun...in a messed up way.  Things don't look good for our heroes, but a line has been drawn in the sand and the issue ends with a battle royale of epic proportions.  Greg Capullo's art is great and I can't wait to see if Snyder can wrap all of this up in style.
View Issue       View Full Review

I understand that this book is targeted at young girls who love the DC Superhero Girls shorts and merchandise and if you know anyone who fits that bill, buy them this book immediatley. However, there is fun to be had by anyone who loves a cute little adventure with adorable versions of their favorite characters. What I'm saying is, if you or anyone you love likes to smile, get them this book. Now, when will DC give us a Superhero Girls Digital First comic so we can enjoy our gals each and every week?!?
View Issue       View Full Review

DC Superhero Girls Free Comic Book Day 2016 #1 Review may be a long title, but it was a quick read that everyone can enjoy. The story tells a lesson, but it's not forced and having it told through Supergirl makes it that more enjoyable. The art is great and even after reading the story, me and my son paged through the issue and pointed out all awesome characters. I guess the issue did it's job because i am now looking froward to the Finals Crisis graphic novel coming out this summer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dc Universe vs. The Masters of the Universe #4 is great fun for fans of both Universes.  There are so many great characters in this issue and the action is top notch.  The true evil is also revealed and allies are forming to fight it instead of themselves.  Things are really heating up and I can't wait to see what happens.
View Issue       View Full Review

DC vs. Vampires #3 ups the stakes and shows the Vampires are way ahead of the heroes at this point. There are some shocking twists in this issue, but James Tynion and Matthew Rosenberg also do a good job of setting up some feels. The pacing and the excellent art by Otto Schmidt make this one easy to recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

DCeased: The Unkillables ends in Tom Taylor fashion.  Laughs, tears, and death all rolled up into one to give the reader an emotional ride from beginning to end.  It does end in a moment of hope to carry forward, and overall, I ended up glad this side series came out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Taylor is looking good with his writing, and this art team is on fire from covers to panels!  The look of these DCeased books is phenomenal in the art department, but Taylor hits all buttons on the crisis at hand as well as the eternal hope of the heroes that this virus can and will be defeated.It's decimation, as any character is apt to be killed off, but it is also endless optimism!  Again, Taylor hits all the excellent notes in his DCeased sonnets!
View Issue       View Full Review

While an issue of Deadpool saving a suicidal girl may not sound great, it really was just that.  Seeing Deadpool do his best and then realize his best just wasn't good enough (that should be a song!) put a smile on my face and made my day.  I can't say this story had a happy ending, but it did have a real ending.  In a book known for it's jokes and gross-out humor, this issue was a very pleasant surprise.
View Issue       View Full Review

Skottie Young takes some swipes at the War of the Realms Event as his main character gets involved inthe War of the Realms Event. Its all good fun that looks fantastic, thanks to Nic Kleins awesome art and made me chuckle pretty much the whole time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cullen Bunn has Deadpool on lock. The guy just knows how to write Wade Wilson. Salve Espin's art is great and the supporting characters are awesome. This book really is a good time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Our mini-series has come to an end, and it was fun from start to finish. I can't see any reason why a comic fan wouldn't enjoy this book. Deadpool + Venom = Awesome.
View Issue       View Full Review

Despite my initial reaction, I am really enjoying Deathstroke.  Tony S. Daniel's art was never in doubt, but it's the mystery of Slade's past and how he deals with it in the present that really has me interested.  This issue is a family affair that sheds some more light on the story before becoming an awesome bloodbath.  The cliffhanger shows where Deathstroke is going next and I can't wait to see the fireworks go off when he gets there.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke #17 does a lot of heavy lifting and Christopher Priest makes it a joy to read...in a messed up, Deathstroke kind of way.  We see the beginnings of the upcoming Lazarus Contract crossover even as the well laid plans of Jericho's wedding come crashing down.  It all seems par for the course, but I can't wait to see the crazy things set up by this issue come to fruition.  If you have stuck with this book, this issue is the first of what I hope are many rewards.
View Issue       View Full Review

Anniversary or not, this is another great issue of Deathstroke.  The whole series has been about the grey area between hero and villain, but Priest turns it into a clever game that ends with cool and humorous results.  This is still one of the best Rebirth books and everyone should be reading it!
View Issue       View Full Review

Deathstroke Inc. #7 has a lot going on and is a must-read for those reading the current Robin book, looking forward to the Shadow War crossover, or wanting to get excited about the Dark Crisis Event.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am really enjoying this League of Shadows story and if you didn't think that Lady Shiva was a threat before, I guarantee you will after this issue.  The art and story were really good and I'm back to wanting the next issue of Detective Comics the minute I finish reading it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics is back on track and I am glad to be back on the trolley.  Tynion adds Zatanna to the Detective Squad and she immediately steals the show and the Alvaro Martinez's art makes it all look great.  If you have jumped off this book, this is the time to get back on.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may be a bit more setup heavy than the last, but that doesn't stop it from being just as good!  Zatanna is awesome and issue tie into what's going on in the larger DCU was icing on the cake.  If you aren't reading Detective Comics, now is a great time to jump onboard!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a damn good start to Bryan Hill's Detective Story and I can't wait for more.  For those out there starving for a smart, kick-ass Batman (amen), this might just do the trick.  It did for me!
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics continues to be the place for fans of Dark Knight action to go, but James Robinson also gives us detective work, smart interactions and a bit of feelings as well.  I hope Robinson keeps it up because this issue is a great start and proof positive that a hurt Batman can still do his job and a humanized Caped Crusader can still punch bad guys in the face.  Imagine that!
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't recommend this issue enough.  If you are a Batman fan turned off by what we've been getting lately in this or the solo Bat-title, this may be a ticket back to your favorite character.  It is so nice to like Batman again!
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know how many times I can say "fun" in a review, but here comes another one.  This book is so much fun and we are only just getting started,  The more I learn about Reiser, Doomed and all the crazy supporting cast, the more I fall in love with it.  I know that the premise is crazy and may be hard to get your head around, but give it a try, you may like it as much as I do.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jim Zub really gives D&D fans a cool issue and some awesome promises for the future.  If you are any sort of Dungeons and Dragons fan, you should at least give this first issue a peak.  It has some awesome action, cool characters a sense of humor and...Minsc and Boo! Nelson Daniel's art was the highlight for me and after the cliffhanger, I really can't wait for next issue and what might come after that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Or heroes are in Ravenloft which is awesome, but so far, it just seems as a way to show how over-the-top awesome Minsc is.  That is not a bad thing, but I really hope that Jim Zub concentrates more on the other party members going forward.  Nelson Daniel's art is excellent and I can recommend this comic to D&D fans, but also any fan who is looking for a good time adventure with a large dose of humor and great art.  That is me and that's why I gave this issue a...
View Issue       View Full Review

I love this series so much!  To a comic book reader, this issue may seem like a lot of setup, but for a D&D fan, this type of issue is just as important as slaying a dragon.  The downtime in a D&D campaign is all about character interaction and development and that's exactly what Jim Zub gives us here.  Couple that with the excellent art by Nelson Daniel and this is an issue and a series that every fantasy fan should grab right now!
View Issue       View Full Review

Road to Empyre: The Kree/Skrull War sets up Empyre by getting the reader up to speed on the Kree and Skrull, but cleverly, it also sets the stakes for what's to come as well. What can make two bitter enemies join forces? We have to wait to find that out, but this Road to Empyre already makes it so much bigger.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was really impressed with Vertigo's first digital effort. The Wolf Among Us is not just for Fables fans as Sturges and Justus do an excellent job getting everyone up to speed in no time at all. Mix in Steve Sadowski's nice art and I'm definitely coming back for more. If you are a fan of Fables or similar fiction (Once Upon a Time, Grimm...) or just want a mature title with an intriguing story, check this out. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you've followed the series since the “Long Con” arc, you may have several theories of what may happen by the end of this. The earlier arc was a break between the two. Maybe to give it some breathing room before moving forward. Nonetheless, the start of the issue left me excited to see how this all plays out. Faith is a series you really want to check out if you want to break into the Valiant universe and looking for your next favorite superhero.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Slott knows we all want the Fantastic Four back together, but he is going to do it his way.  I liked the story, loved the cliffhanger and enjoyed the art.  Yep, there wasn't much I didn't like in this issue and I can't wait for issue #3!
View Issue       View Full Review

Anyone who is wary of yet another wedding gone wrong can check that a the door. However, Dan Slott makes sure to keep things interesting and in the end, gives fans an enjoyable issue with great art and some feels along the way.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dan Slott does a fantastic job wrapping up this arc with a classic FF feel while weaving his own unique spin on Marvel's first family. The issue was fun and engaging with a hint of the familiar FF banter sprinkled throughout that was clever, clear, and informative. After following Slotts run through all 9 issues, it seems like the Fantastic Four are in good hands at least until Galactus shows up again! Pick this issue up. And while you're at it, go pick up the other 8 too!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of The Flash was great. The art is top notch and the story leaves you excited about the next issue and the future of the book. There is also the bonus of the trilling cosplay prospects this issue is sure to produce.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Rogues are always good fun and The Flash #23.3 is no exception.  They are a Family, they stick together and they never ever kill.  I love them and I loved this issue.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #27 sets up the final Buccellato arc and it looks like a winner.  Barry still runs real fast, but there is some great "detective" work as well.  Patrick Zircher's art is so good and works great with Buccellato's story.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #28 is a really good issue that has Barry teaming with Deadman in search of a serial killer. If that sounds cool it's because it is. Brian Buccellato gives us more CSI than Speedforce and it's a welcome change and great ending to his run. Patrick Zircher's art is great and really fits the story and the character. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Flash #31 was a great combination of everything I already love about Venditti and Jensen's Flash.  The CSI work, the intriguing future mystery, Wally West and a mix of action and humor.  Brett Booth's art is icing on the cake, but it's a hell of a tasty icing.  I am really enjoying this book and can't wait for next month's issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash #35 is a really good issue.  Everything that Venditti and Jensen have done has lead to this and it doesn't disappoint.  If this issue doesn't make you a Flash fan, there is no hope for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been a big fan of this story arc from the beginning and this issue is the most complete and interesting one yet.  We get Overload's background, see Future Barry cross the line and find out a dark secret of the Savage Lands.  Brett Booth and the rest of the art team make the book look great and Robert Venditti and Van Jensen really deliver the goods.  I can't wait to see how it all ends and what the aftermath entails.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a good jumping on point for new readers, but there is plenty for returning fans to love as well.  The big draw coming in was Professor Zoom and while his appearance was brief, it sets him up as a pretty evil badass.  However, Henry Allen stole the show and what he does has me so pumped up for the book going forward.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue builds on Venditti and Jensen's story of family secrets and sins of the past.  They have set up Professor Zoom as a ruthless villain, but the mystery of his connection to the Allen family is what is driving this story forward.  While this issue is more setup, it sets up an intriguing story that I want to figure out right now, but am glad to see unfold a little with each issue.  The art is some of the best in the DC You and if you haven't been reading The Flash, I suggest you jump on with this arc.  I don't think you'll be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Robert Venditti and Van Jensen wrap up the Zoom arc in a satisfying and kind of open-ended way. While Thawne didn't win the battle, he may still have won the war, but only time will tell.  Brett Booth didn't "save his best for last" because he gave his best on every issue and this one is equally awesome.  I will miss him, but I'll continue being a big Flash fan and am sure Jesus Merino will do a good job.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash Annual #2 is what I like in an annual.  We get a stand alone story that establishes the origins of two of the best DC characters.  The Flash and Green Lantern have always been a great duo and this annual shows why.  Please DC, make a Flash/Green Lantern Monthly now.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue takes a bit to ease into, it feels so fresh and fun.  Watching Thawne use the Flash against Barry was so awesome and Howard Porter's art made it all look fantastic.  This is easily one of my favorite issues of Rebirth Flash.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Flash War has officially begun and it's fun, exciting and looks great.  This feels like the next step in the Rebirth puzzle and no matter who your Flash is, you should be enlisting immediately.  I can't see into the future, but if next issue lives up to the promise here, we will all be in for a hell of a ride!
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another good issue of Flash War that teases fans with visions of Flash Family stories going through their heads.  The problem is, Barry is trying to stop it and while he may be right, I can't see anyone rooting for him.  He's my Flash and I'm not!  Howard Porter's art is spot on and suddenly Flash is one of the only books that is putting a smile on my face nowadays.  And no matter what haters of our site and podcast may tell you, I like to smile!
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual has got me so pumped for the Flash War!  Joshua Williamson gives readers a great issue that centers on Wally West, the overall Rebirth mystery, a future crime (that already happened) and much more!  The art is great and Joshua Williamson continues making me glad I'm a Flash fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Gail Simone and Clayton Henry wrap up their Reverse-Flash story this week, and I was impressed.  I know some readers looked at these repurposed Digital-First books as a stop-gap during this shutdown, but this Flash book deserves more props than that.  This book can stand with Flash's current run, and when Joshua Williamson leaves after his 100th issue, I wouldn't mind seeing Gail Simone take over.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Rouges Rebellion #6 was a great ending to an increasingly great story.  Brian Buccellato has made me not only love the Rogues, but respect them for what they stand for.  Scott Hepburn's art grew on me and this issue was great.  The Rogues are true heroes and I hope the team is here to stay.
View Issue       View Full Review

While the overall story going on here is breaking my heart, I love this book and everything that Tom Taylor is doing with it. Sure, its the street level Spider-Man book, but its also the Spidey book with character and emotion and thats what Ive come to expect from Taylor.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all this issue kept up intriguing me and giving me enough answers to my questionsto not get pissed. It balanced the questions and answers very well. The art was amazingin both the style of the drawing and the use and restraint of color. There is a greatamount of action as well and done right so that the pacing is on point.
View Issue       View Full Review

Future State: Harley Quinn #1 is a really good start by Stephanie Phillips that hopefully reminds people that Harley can be more than fart jokes and Brooklyn accents. This book is a sneaky-smart combination of the Suicide Squad and Silence of the Lambs and looks fantastic thanks to Simone Di Meo's art. This is an excellent start for Harley Quinn fans!
View Issue       View Full Review

Gotham Academy is one of my favorite books and this issue does more to set up the series going forward than wrap up the current arc and I loved it.  This book is oozing with character and I truly care about everyone in it.  I want more and I want it now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is pure filler, but that's not exactly a bad thing.  Tim Seeley and Tom King give Dick Grayson fans a fun-filled issue that shows how fun it is to be him.  Without moving the story forward, they give us the most "Grayson" issue of Grayson yet and I really enjoyed it.  Mikel Janin helps out with some awesome art that accentuates the charm of the story and the fun characters within.  It may not convert the unbelievers, but Seeley, King and Janin are preaching to the choir when it comes to this reviewer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #32 is a great jumping on point for new readers, but is an awesome book for longtime readers as well.  It's such a great combination of old and new and Lemire and Sorrentino do it all so well.  Please read this book and make it the best seller it deserves to be.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #34 is a bittersweet, but satisfying end to an incredible run.  Lemire, Sorrentino and Maiolo are such a great team and it's a shame to see them go.  However, they show their greatness one last time by tying things up and leaving so much potential for the new creative team.  This is how a run should end.
View Issue       View Full Review

The pleasant surprise that is Ben Percy's Rebirth run of Green Arrow continues and I couldn't be happier.  This issue throws some old and familiar faces at fans, but that doesn't mean everything is coming up Millhouse...far from it.  The veil is lifted on the Underground Men, but after the twist ending, I'm not sure who will be around to deal with them.  Otto Schmidt's art is a perfect compliment to this story and it's main character and if you've been waiting for a good Green Arrow book to jump into, this is it.  Highly Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Van Jensen has made Green Lantern Corps the book with "character".  He has taken a book that was being crushed by the shadow of the main Green Lantern title and turned it into something unique and viable on it's own.  This issue not only puts an exclamation point on that, but turns the whole Lantern Universe on it's head.  Bernard Chang's art fits the wild alien characters and worlds that make up the Corps and a couple panels aside, I loved it.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the issue that brings New Guardians back to where it was before the never ending cross-overs with the Third Army, and then the First Lantern. I can easily see this becoming my favorite title again, as it was the first year of the New 52, and I can't be happier about it. Pick it up, read it, love it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed Harley Quinn #8 for the fun filled blast it was.  If you like poop jokes, over-the-top violence and ridiculous situations than this book is for you.  If you don't, take your walker with the tennis balls on the legs and go home to your ribbon candy and allsorts. Conner and Palmiotti are hilarious and Chad Hardin's art is a great fit to the madness.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Harley Quinn #10 is another laugh out loud issue.  There is a reason this book is now coming out twice a month...it's great.  Conner and Palmiotti know what fans want a deliver it and Failla's art keeps the pace.  It may not be PC or appropriate, but it's so much fun and that's just what I want.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue gives fans all the in-jokes and crazy situations they can handle while also setting the book up for what should be a fun (and violent) future.  Underneath the over-the-top exterior, Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti continue giving us the story of a misunderstood gal who just wants to do some good.  She may also want to blow things up, throw people out of windows and punch things real hard and it looks like she will have plenty of opportunity for all of the above.  Jump on now if you aren't already on the Conniotti train.
View Issue       View Full Review

Anyone picking this issue up knows what they are in for...Harley being Harley in San Diego.  It's hilarious from cover-to-cover and is just a blast to read.  Harley will never be confused for "high brow", but isn't that why she's so popular?  It's fun to just kick back and laugh out loud and that's what you'll do when reading this one-shot.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book kind of slides between genres and might only catch a select group's eyes and that is a shame.  If you are looking for an adventure story with great characters and art that fits the spooky feel to a tee, then here it is!  I know that Danny is trying to get out of the Haunted Mansion, but if I had my druthers, I'd never let him leave.  Am I an awful person?  Yes.  Am I loving this book?  Again, yes.
View Issue       View Full Review

He-Man and the Masters of the Universe #12 is a great end to an increasingly good arc. Dan Abnett gives the reader plenty of action and a real game changer while Tom Derenick makes it look great. Any fan of MOTU should already be reading this and those new to it should go back and read from the beginning. It's simply a blast to read.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a great comic book interpretation of two classic 80's toy properties turned cartoon.  I'm a big fan of how DC has put out various different mini-series over the last few years to hit everyone's particular sweet spot. With He-Man/Thundercats, they have found mine and I'm sure I'm not alone. The art by Freddie L. Williams colored by Jeremy Colwell with an intriguing story put forth by Rob David and Lloyd Goldfine is definitely worth the price of admission. I'm not a cover guy either but I think I need the connecting good vs bad guys covers to frame and enjoy while dazing off at work.   
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the X-Men book Ive been waiting for since starting the site and podcast. Its not perfect, but its damn near close.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have really enjoyed my time with Weapon H and Greg Pak and Ario Anindito kick butt and take names in this finale. The reason I fell in love with this book was the family aspect and Pak keeps the focus there and even expands it a bit. I highly recommend this issue and the whole series as well!
View Issue       View Full Review

It's fun, action-packed, and loaded more than a baked potato with tons of the classic characters we love without all the nasty sour cream on top!
View Issue       View Full Review

Two out of three ain't bad. After a subpar second issue, Bendis and Maleev deliver an interesting look into Doom's psyche while setting the book in a good direction to go from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis #15 is my favorite issue of this series so far.  The team of Mecha Superman, Zatanna, Flash and Cyborg are so much fun and I can only hope that Dan Abnett and Tom Derenick can keep up the momentum in weeks to come.
View Issue       View Full Review

Joshua Williamson continues to impress with a story that feels big and important.  Infinite Frontier is an intriguing and exciting journey that should be on every DC Comic fan's pull list.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice 2 is here and it was worth the wait.  Tom Taylor doesn't need big explosions or fights to impress, just the great characterizations that made his original Injustice such a hit.  Bruno Redondo joins in with excellent art and Injustice 2 is a book I can easily recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another great chapter of Injustice 2 and while we get more questions instead of answers, we also get some kick ass action and fantastic art. Injustice 2 has quickly become my favorite book to read each week.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a great character chapter of Injustice 2. While mostly a flashback, it's both bittersweet and paves the way for a redemption story down the road...or an even eviler one! Either way, the story and art kill it again and I can't recommend this series enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Meanwhile, Batman knows he must synthesize the super pill or everyone will die at the hands of the man of steel.  This issue is an emotional one.  The Kent's and Jor-El beg Superman to come to his senses while Batman tries to solve the problem on his own.  Catwoman shows how much she loves Batman and he does the same in his own special way.  The big battle is on the horizon.The story has been so good that I sometimes forget to mention the art.  Mike Miller's art is great.  Everything about this book is great.  Once again, Tom Taylor has produced an outstanding issue.  The emotional ride continues and we get to see how the feud between Superman and Batman is effecting everyone one around them.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really good start to the next phase of the injustice story. Christopher Sebela and Pop Mhan give new readers a great jumping on point and veterans a smile worthy recap to the entire series. It's all told through the eyes of Harley Quinn and Sebela seems to already "get" what made her the best character in this entire series. Just when I thought I was out...
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter of Injustice is full of setup, but Brian Buccellato continues his recent trend of showing the men and women behind the War and that's what makes it so compelling.  It finally feels like Buccellato has gained his footing and he is writing his own story.  Bruno Redondo swoops in and kicks ass on art and it all makes for a really good chapter that I can recommend to fans of this series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato continues the good times this week by showing us that there are no good times and the not so good times are about to get even worse.  Everything in this issue sets up eventual pain and suffering and boy, it feels like home.  Xermanico jumps in on art and the book looks fantastic.  We still have a ways to go before Year Five ends and Buccellato is making it a sweet ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

One chapter into Year Four and I'm already on the trolley.  The Year of the Gods may start low-key, but Brain Buccellato uses his time wisely to get everyone up to speed and then Bam!  He nails us all with crazy dual cliffhangers.  It was also a treat to have Bruno Redondo's art making everything look so good. I recommend this to everyone, but especially those who have been on the fence with Injustice so far.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is a lot of setup for the last couple of issues of Year Four and it's also my favorite issue of the Year of the Gods.  Getting the New Gods involved was a welcome addition and I can only wonder what took so long.  It doesn't matter now, because they are in the house and with a strong story and great art, I loved this issue and have high, high hopes with how this Year will end.
View Issue       View Full Review

It pains me to say that Year Three has been a bit disapointing up to now, but this issue is getting us back on track.  It's funny, has a great cast of characters and ends with two awesome cliffhangers.  Bruno Redondo and Xermanico are back on art and I couldn't be happier.  Since it's still setup, it's not a good jumping on point, but fans will really enjoy this return to form.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue sets up a whole lot of craziness for the rest of this Year and the cliffhanger is a jaw dropper.  Everyone is in danger and it looks like it is going to get worse before it gets better.  Brian Buccellato is really getting comfortable with the cast of characters and it only has me geared up for next week.  I hope the art will keep the pace because Year Three looks to have an action packed finale.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #3 is a setup issue and still is better than most books best issues.  Tom Taylor can write so many characters well and Bruno Redondo can draw them with ease.  Everything makes sense and everything looks great.  Read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #10 is an emotional roller coaster.  Tom Taylor lifts your spirits and then stomps on your heart.  The thing is, it's all so good.  I have loved all of Year Two, but those complaining about the lack of Year One craziness can shut up.  It's back.  If your a fan of Injustice, get this book.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo give us another great issue.  It has twisted action, laughs, great art and a tension bulding cliffhanger.  I can overlook the fact the story doesn't progress much when everything else is this good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #18  has action, explosions, humor, great art and a shocking reveal.  The War is on and Taylor and Redondo are nailing it.  I can't wait for next week.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #22 is another great issue that is getting us closer and closer to complete and utter madness.  Whenever the tide looks to be turning, Tom Taylor throws a wrench in the works.  By wrench, I mean the death of a another favorite character.  Tom Derenick's art is emotional and great and I can't wait to see what and who goes down next.
View Issue       View Full Review

I will be sad to see this book end next issue, but I really liked the setup here to get to it. Chip Zdarsky sets up the team and the men beneath the superhero facade and I am sure the final battle will mean way more because of it. I know its too late to save this book, but if you havent been reading it, its not too late to jump on, catch up and enjoy the finale with all us cool kids that know where its at!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is everything I was hoping for when the creators mentioned a Kumite style battle happening on an island far away. The art is outstanding again. The pacing is excellent. If you haven't been reading Iron Fist do yourself a favor and go out and buy this issue. You will not be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm using this section to sing the praises of the other two creators on this comic. Andy Troy (color artist) and VC's Travis Lanham on letters. Troy's colors really take center stage this issue. He takes a usually dark, grim, and dreary wet basement fight scene and elevates it to a fireworks display gone nuclear. Using magical strokes of color leading your eye all over the page. Lanham's classic use of every sound affect known to man really cradled my inner child and then punted it down the field of dreams.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another solid issue. The art is phenomenal and is perfectly suited for this book and Lemire and Soule show how well they can set a story up and not leave you with a boring issue. Highly recommend picking this one up.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another great issue, but I hope all of the setup gets wrapped up by the end. All in all that is what this issue was set up, and I have to say, with all the events going on in comics right now I am hoping nothing gets left unanswered. Luckily for us, we have two powerhouses writing this book and my faith in them is still strong. This art is fantastic, my favorite pages are the ones with Karnak and Jean Grey, those eyes… PERFECTION
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the type of issue I have been waiting for from this book for a while.  Light versus dark in one issue, some laughs, some information, awesome art and a great cliffhanger that feels important.  The only thing holding it back from a higher score are some forced moments, but they don't hold it back much.  I am back on the Justice League Trolley!
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder is making the Justice League book fun again...as he sends our heroes to hell and back again.  Actually, we'll have to wait for them to get back, but no matter where they go, Jorge Jimenez's art makes it all look fantastic.  The Justice League should always be one of the biggest books out there and Snyder and Jimenez are making it just that!
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed this issue and while it was a little forced, it steers us into the Year of the Villain and promises a Justice League with a much bigger a more diverse lineup than a lot of people reading this review has ever seen.  I am all for that and just in case you were wondering... Jarro is barely in the issue and still steals the show!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue just made a good series into something very special.  The idea of an Injustice league is great, but the actual formation (and who's involved) is inspired madness.  If that's not enough, the cliffhanger is simply awesome.  If you haven't been following what's going on, do yourself a favor and catch up because things are about to go off the rails in the most awesome way.  This book just went from guilty pleasure to pleasure to I need the next issue right now!  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #13 continues the stellar story with great character moments, great story and awesome action.  Times are tough for the Justice League, but couldn't be better for fans of the book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #15 is non-stop explosions, fighting and battles.  It is also awesome.  Christos Gage and Iban Coello are bringing us to the finish line and while the Justice League seems to be in trouble, the cliffhanger shows that real help is on it's way.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #16 is a great resolution to the Brainiac War and even sets up the next arc as well.  Christos Gage and Iban Coello continue to give readers a great book with unique characters and great action. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #22 continues the great Justice Lords arc with style.  Christos Gage gives us more action and surprises while Dexter Soy makes everything look great.  It will be bittersweet when it ends, but I can't wait to see how it does.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had so much fun reading this issue and I can't wait for next month already.  Anyone who loves history (especially DC Comic history) will surely love what Jeff Parker is dishing out.  The combination of story and art make this book easy to recommend, so I will.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

J.M. DeMatteis has another winner on his hands.  He follows up his excellent Batman story with a great new take on Superman that has me guessing (and anticipating) what comes next.  Moritat's art really shines here and is perfect for this story.  I can't recommend this issue and the whole series enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

If the first issue of this story wasn't dark enough for you, I think you'll be okay with this one. Superman is dark and brooding,,,and he isn't even Superman yet. Even though this is only a three issue story, J.M. DeMatties is taking his time telling this story and it's already paying off. I am rooting for Hernan even while I'm afraid of him. Moritiat's art is great, but it's his color work that makes it so special. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Incarnate #1 kicks off the new mini-series with a bang!  Joshua Williamson and Dennis Culver get everyone up to speed and then crank it to eleven.  It's a shame that the multiple artists don't all kick-ass here because, besides uneven art, this is an excellent start to the next step in our Infinite Universe.
View Issue       View Full Review

I felt like a kid again on Christmas when I sat down to read one of my favorite current ongoing comic book series. The wait was well worth it. I understand how Cleveland felt when LeBron came back to the Cav's.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue made me do an about face on this series.  Byan Hill and Juan Ferreyra have made a believer out of me and I cant wait for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ron Marz and Cully Hamner bring back Legends of the Dark Knight with a bang...or maybe the beating of a hideous heart .  I never thought that Edgar Allan Poe would be such a great Batman villain, but now I know better.  It's a murder mystery fitting of the guest star with literary references, great art and a story that I can't wait to read more of.  These types of stories are why I'm glad this book is back.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ron Marz and Cully Hamner continue their smart and exciting Batman versus Edgar Allan Poe story. Edgar has the upper hand and it's more of the cat and mouse between him and Dr. Updin that provides the tension.  I''m enjoying this story on a couple levels and can't wait to see how it all turns out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kamala Khan fans can rest assured that this book is in good hands. Saladin Ahmed is showing respect and care for the character while pushing the book forward in a new direction. My favorite thing, however, is that all of her supporting cast is along for the ride as well! Minkyu Jung is doing the same on the art side of things and it all adds up to a book that has quickly become one of my favorites.
View Issue       View Full Review

Saladin Ahmed gives fans of Kamala an issue with hope, tears and an OMG moment that I loved. I really liked it, but that shouldnt be much of a surprise because its obvious that Ahmed loves Kamala as much as her most passionate fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

I always enjoy Kamala, and Saladin Ahmed knows how to balance heroics with family and friends, and that's the mixture I love for this book. Seeing Amulet for the first time is a big bonus, and while I wish we could learn a little more about him before jumping into the Outlawed story next month, I will possibly have to wait on that. Maybe not, but right now, I have a smile on my face.
View Issue       View Full Review

Zdarsky has been doing a phenomenal job on Marvel 2 in 1 and this issue continued that trend. This book still remains at the top of my pull list and it should be at the top of all of yours too. Pick this up, I have no doubt you'll love it. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Please, Mr. Marvel, never take Jeff Lemire off of this book. He is telling a Moon Knight story like no writer ever has. Even though not much happens in this one, my faith is in Lemire that there will be a payoff.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a perfect celebratory issue for Ms. Marvel and despite having multiple writers and artists it never missed a beat. Lot of fun for longtime fans, a good entry point for new readers, and art was solid throughout. I highly recommend.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you're wondering if I liked this issue. ..I did.  Sean Ryan and Philippe Briones tied up their suicide squad run with a quick and tidy issue that made me wish it wasn't ending even more.  Ryan took a series that from me was a guilty pleasure and turned it into a book I looked forward to each and every month.  Instead of just showing crazy villains blowing shit up, he showed us why they do what they do and even how they want to change.  Instead of caricatures, he gave us characters who I cared about and who felt real.  I'll stop sounding like a fanboy and tell you to check out this issue and whole run if you already haven't.   It was really good and I'll miss it.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #28 is the beginning of the end of Nightwing.  Kyle Higgins not only sets up the end, but gives us one of the best issues in a long time.  I'm sad the book is ending, but Higgins is giving readers an end that is worthy of the great character he loves as much as us.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #29 sets up the beginning of the end for Nightwing, but is Kyle Higgins' thank you letter to his fans.  The story and art are really good and this issue is a must read for New 52 Nightwing fans. Thank you, Kyle Higgins.  Thank you from the bottom of my heart.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nightwing #83 is an excellent issue that has me back on board the Nightwing trolley where I belong.  Bruno Redondo's art is great as usual, but it was Tom Taylor's shift from trying to prove that Dick Grayson is a great guy to just showing me the character I have loved for that very reason.  I can't wait for the next issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins continues giving fans the best Dick Grayson book on the stands and this issue promises even more.  The cool characters and great Trevor McCarthy art make this Alt-Future tale a must read.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't recommended strongly enough if this is something you're on the fence about trying that you need to jump in " Pokemon GO will still be there when you're done reading I promise.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a kick ass science fiction story that's thrilling, gritty and gory, look no further. Tom King knows what he's doing and his slow burn story is off to a mysterious and intriguing start. Barnaby Bagenda's art keeps pace and if everyone feels the same about this issue that I did, we will have a surprise hit on our hands.  At least I hope so.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was another great issue of a book that continues to surprise the hell out of me.  Tom King is slowly showing us the Omega Men and while I still have no idea of the bigger picture, I don't mind waiting for it.  Barnaby Bagenda's art is great in itself, but is awesome in the way it shows a dirty, and dangerous Universe.  I love this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I hope we can find a way of keeping this “outside of time” Spidey. I think that would be cool.  But, I'm sure it will all get fixed somehow. The art is fanatic and does a great job paying homage to the old Amazing Spider-Man while interesting key new elements to the characters.  Pick this book up! I have no doubt you're gonna love it!
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are not reading this book go do it, this is all-time run level stuff by Matthew Rosenberg for the Punisher.
View Issue       View Full Review

Red Hood and the Outlaws continues being one of my favorite Rebirth titles and we haven't even gotten the full Outlaws up and running!  Scott Lobdell and Dexter Soy make this book so much fun to read, even when the story itself is far from lighthearted.  The only thing I'd change about this book is getting it twice a month!
View Issue       View Full Review

This a quick and awesome read that solidifies this book as one of my favorites of Rebirth.  Artemis makes an appearance, but this issue is all about Jason and Bizarro.  The story is surprisingly touching and while I prefer Dexter Soy's art on this book, Mirko Colak does a decent job.  I can't recommend this book enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Royal City gives a lot for a first issue. Some amazing characterization and emotional story telling told in such a small time makes it easy to become quickly attached. The only problem is I could see it not being for everyone and could possibly be seen as divisive. In a medium that is usually filled with genre work something a little more realistic can easily be seen boring. Though, I contest it is so much more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bits and Pieces: The lettering by Warren Montgomery adds some great emphasis throughout the issue and adds a fun dimension to a lot of the dialogue. This book truly feels like an “all ages” title, not just something aimed at kids. Artist and Writer Derek Laufman is passionate about the story and it shows in every panel.
View Issue       View Full Review

Savage Things doesn't hold anything back. This is a beautifully written book and the art perfectly matches its dark, grim style. There is no good guy in this story.  It's evil vs evil and I'm perfectly fine with that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Savage Things #3 continues the bloody great time.  Justin Jordan is writing a mature story that doesn't cut corners and Ibrahim Moustafa's art makes it all great to look at.  If you are looking for more than your usual cape and cowl book, this just might be for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scarenthood #1 delivers on the ambitious horror-comedy concept with effortless ease! The unlikely duo of candid humor and chilling terror have resulted in one of the freshest and most engaging #1's I've read all year, and has me hooked for the rest of this miniseries. The combined efforts of Roche, O'Halloran and Lee have created a truly unique book perfect for horror fans but equally engaging for those who are new to the genre, with a refreshing Irish spin that energizes the cast with remarkable humanity. Don't let the slightly higher price tag scare you away, as this is one new series that is all treat, no tricks!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue not only won me over, but made me appreciate last week's as well.  Gail Simone used Gotham to show fans how great Wonder Woman was, is and always shall be.  Ethan Van Sciver's art compliments the story so well and both have me loving this book. I can't wait to see where it goes next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman, The Atom, Hawkman and Byth, oh my!  Rob Williams gives fans a story about fitting in even when you can change into a thousand shapes.  It's a fun time and so easy to recommend.  These are the types of stories that this book is all about.
View Issue       View Full Review

been done to prepare this book for a gripping mystery going forwards.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Q. Miller continues making Smallville the great book it is.  It's so much fun and even when it's a setup issue like this week, it's still great.  I say it all the time, but everyone can enjoy this book and should.
View Issue       View Full Review

Bryan Q. Miller makes this a must read issue by giving the reader awesome guest stars.  While they may do little more than mug for the camera, them just being there is worth it alone.  While the art is a bit hit-and-miss, this issue (and book) continue to be among the DC Digital cream of the crop.  Actually, it's one of the best books in all comics, period.
View Issue       View Full Review

Finally, an issue I can get behind again.  Bryan Q. Miller shows what's at stake and makes the reader care.  The heroes have gathered, a plan is set and the battle has begun.  I can't wait to see what happens next and recommend everyone else join in on the fun.  There's a crisis at hand and we're getting a front row seat.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Continuity #12 is a really good final issue that brought back memories of the TV Show finale while tying up the comic's loose ends.  I really wish this book wasn't ending, but at least fans will get a finale  that will make them smile.  Thanks goes out to Bryan Q. Miller for such a great series.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed Smallville: Harbinger #1.  Bryan Q. Miller can write Superman, but he shows he can write Zatanna as well.  I really like the art of Daniel HDR and the final pages promise a fun teamup for this miniseries.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #8 proves once and for all that setup issues aren't bad.  It is awesome and sets up so much that is sure to pay off in a huge way.  Bryan Q. Miller and Marcio Takara are firing on all cylinders and I can't wait until next week.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'm going to be upset when Smallville: Lantern is over.  Bryan Q. Miller continues the story with a few awesome cameos thrown in and a crazy cliffhanger to boot.  Everything is coming to a head and I can't wait to see it all come together in the next few weeks.  Ig Guara is on art and makes everything look great and Cat Staggs gives us the best cover yet.  Add it up and you get another great issue of what is DC Comics best weekly series, IMHO.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lanterns #11 is another great issue in a really good story arc.  Bryan Q. Miller's story teamed with Ig Guara's art makes it a must read.  I can't wait for next week's finale, but I will be sad when it's over.  Highly Recommended (Internet Journalistic Integrity seal of approval).
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #12 ends another great arc and gets the reader fired up about the next one to boot.  Bryan Q. Miller gives us everything we want to see in a Smallville book and Marcio Takara is there to bring it to life.  I always seem to say it, but this book deserves to be read by everyone.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Titans #2 was another solid issue.  Instead of the breakneck action of last issue, we get more characterization and back story.  The team and the book are all the better for it.  I can't wait for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book was a great step movingforward, especially after the annual that I did not really care for. This is myMarvel book of the week foe sure, I still need to read the newest LobsterJohnson before I make my decision for the top book of this week. Be sure tolook for the full review of that series in the next few days.
View Issue       View Full Review

Spider-Ham is just a fun book. The characters, dialogue, and art exist to make you smile the whole time you're reading and even laugh out loud a bunch of times to boot. Highly recommended for anyone with a funnybone!
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a  Marvel fan or like fun and hilarious comics, go out and buy this book. The writing is sharp, the art is clean, and you get an entire story in one neat little package. Weird Science tested, Weird Science approved...lit's just worth your time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Despite what felt like a mildly rushed conclusion in this issue, Spider-Man Deadpool continues to be one of the All-New All-Different lineups highlight comedy adventure books. With the abundance of Spider-Man and Deadpool titles that flood the market, it may be easy to overlook their team-up book, but Kelly and McGuinness are doing a hell of job at continuing to make this a must read each month for me. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Just having these characters back together again is enough to get me excited and Mike Johnson and Angel Hernandez don't disappoint.  I am already invested in the story and can't imagine how pumped up I'll be when we get the other Lanterns involved.  If you are a fan of either franchise, check this book out immediately!
View Issue       View Full Review

Mike Johnson and Angel Hernandez continue setting this crossover up with great character work and art that should thrill fans of either franchise.  The slow burn story is building and the issue ends with something that will surely pick up the pace immediately.  The gang's all here, but are they going to be able to come together before another Universe is destroyed? That's the rub of the series and something I can't wait to see play out over the next three issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mike Johnson ends his great crossover with a quick, but still satisfying conclusion.  If you like either franchise, you will easily find something to like here and may find yourself becoming a fan of both.  If you already are a fan of both, this is a no brainer and you need to go out and read the entire series now.
View Issue       View Full Review

I liked this issue a lot. Greg Pak avoids the usual Vader tropes to give readers a peek at what goes on under the helmet as he searches for Luke and all those who ruined his son, in his mind. It's funny since that's where some of the best scenes end up happening and that, and a crazy cliffhanger will have me back for the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another really good issue of what has been an excellent series so far. Hopeless does a great job in making each issue rest well thematically with the other issues in the series, while making each book memorable and unique in its own right. Although two artists are alternating within this issue, both styles are beautiful and perfect insofar as complimenting the plot.
View Issue       View Full Review

I LOVE THIS BOOK!!! Even in a book that has very little action in it I love seeing Peter being goofy. I still hope that this series leads him into being a part of the Guardians of the Galaxy again because I would love to see more Groot and Rocket interactions. This art team is amazing as well and they way they portray Peter is PHENOMENAL!
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor blows up heads and hearts in an issue with more twists than Chubby Checker, and believe me, Chubby went back to that well quite a few times!  Taylor's Suicide Squad has a Summer Blockbuster vibe, and if you are looking for a fun, action-packed book with great art, look no further.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Art Baltazar and Franco are at it again!  This book will put a smile on old and new DC fans alike and I can't recommend it enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a shame this book is ending because I finally got the issue I've been waiting for.  Great art, a fast paced and action packed story, but best of all, Peter Tomasi showing all the naysayers why Damian is such a lovable character and also why him and Jon make a great team.  No short jokes, nothing about whose dad is better...just the Super Sons being super!  Even thoght this series is ending, pick this one up!
View Issue       View Full Review

This penultimate issue of Supergirl was really good and only made me mad that it's all ending next month.  I wish we could get more because it is worthy of a longer arc, but to their credit, Perkins and Johnson are ending it in style.  Lupacchino's art is stellar as usual and I can't wait to see how it all ends next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #32 is indeed the start of a new era.  Geoff Johns and John Romita Jr. have arrived to save what should be a shining book in the DC Universe.  It's a low key start that is great as a jumping on point for new and old readers alike.  If you stopped reading this book or were waiting for better days to start, welcome aboard.  It's a great time to be a Superman fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman #33 is a slow and deliberate issue that puts the action on hold to give us some great character moments.  Superman figures out a bit of Ulysses past and it's not what I expected.  John Romita's art is as good as advertised, especially during such a character driven story.  Though we find out a bit about Superman's new friend, I still want more.  Now.  Right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a bizarre way to end his run, but I really liked what Charles Soule gave us throughout the series and in this issue.  The art was a bit off, but the story was a fun way to say goodbye.  I'm going to miss you, Charles.  Thanks for a great book.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's hard to say if something is worth the wait, but Superman Unchained #7 is a really good issue.  The dialogue and action are great, but Jim Lee's art steals the show.  This issue just shows what this series could have continued giving us if it was ending in a couple of issues. It may take some back issue reading to remember what the hell is going on, but it's worth it.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this may not be the original ending Snyder and Lee had in mind when this series started, it was a fitting one nonetheless.  The combination of story and art is second to none which only makes this finale all the more bittersweet.  However, I will focus on what we got instead of what could have been because what we got was so damn good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Max Landis turns Clark Kent's worlds upside down and takes his fans along for the ride.  Fans who only want their Big Blue Boyscout will probably be turned off by this issue, but those who want a realistic teen aged Clark kent will love it.  Of course, he still has super powers, but the question here is, is he ready for them?  By the end, the answer isn't clear cut, but one thing that is certain is that I am really enjoying American Alien and can't wait to read the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman: Lois and Clark continues being the place to be for great story and art. Dan Jurgens just keeps proving that he "gets" Superman and that's something that is in short supply these days and I love it. This issue is mainly setup for a three way explosion coming real soon, but I don't mind because Jurgens is building the tension while giving us some of the best characters in any DC Comic right now. This series is a must read for Superman fans and DC Comics fans in general.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another month, another great Superman: Lois and Clark issue.  Dan Jurgens deftly juggles multiple plot lines with ease, giving us some big moments, but leaving the reader wanting more.  It's all leading to an explosive ending, but I just want to slow down and enjoy it while it's still around. Believe me, I'm doing that and so should you.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #26 is a great read.  Charles Soule gives us some added mythos and understanding into the Seeder's rise and (eventual?) fall.  The art of Jesus Saiz is great and compliments the story so well.  Like most of Soule's work, new readers can just jump right in so there is no excuse not to read this series.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Charles Soule and Jesus Saiz have done it again.  Soule continues telling great stories while expanding on the Green while Saiz draws everything like he was born to do it.  While Aquaman is a bit thick headed, the book ends with a great cliffhanger that readers have been waiting for.  Get ready because the real battle's about to begin.
View Issue       View Full Review

This Annual felt like a personal story from Charles Soule to those who've been with him for his full run.  Capucine has been such a great character and we get to say goodbye to her in style.  While having five artists on any book is beyond ridiculous, each one does a good enough job to overlook it.  Charles Soule has done so much for the Swamp Thing Mythos, but it's stories like this that I'm going to miss most when he's gone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sweet Tooth: The Return #1 is a good start/continuation that is full of mystery and intrigue that might be better if you read the original, but is somehow new user friendly as well.  There are so many reasons to give this one a look, but the main one is it's damn good!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another enjoyable issue of Teen Titans Go!  This book is one of those, if you like, you like it, but if you have no heart and hate having fun, nothing here will change your mind and save your soul from the fiery pit below.  It's a no brainer for anyone who is a fan of the cartoon and anybody out there who gets it for their kids, take a peek at it and I'm sure you'll find an easter egg or five that will make you shake your head and chuckle.  You better...remember, fiery pit below!
View Issue       View Full Review

Sholly Fisch andMarcelo Di Chiara give readers another rip roaring good time. The Titans on a road trip in the Batmobile? Sign me up! It all leads to the humor and great in-jokes you'd expect from this series and in the end, I was smiling and laughing and I am sure that most people who pick this chapter up will do the same. Every issue is a good jumping on point for this book and you don't have to be young and/or watch the show to enjoy it. In fact, I might say that the best jokes are left for the older readers who know their DC Comics history. If you are any of the above, check out this book and I think you'll be happy you did.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a fun little chapter of Teen Titans Go! that did exactly what I hoped it would do...make me smile. Derek Fridolfs writes and draws the heck out of the Titans and if you are looking for a quick read to put you in a good mood, check it out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Teen Titans Go! #58 is a quick, fun read that fans of the movie, show, or this series should enjoy.  There is nothing stopping new readers from having a blast and there are jokes for the kids and their parents too...the very definition of an all-ages book, right?
View Issue       View Full Review

There's really nothing to criticize in the story/writing department, it's pretty much as perfect as you could ask for a first issue and it gets you sucked into the story straight away.  The art is more subjective and won't appeal to everybody but it shouldn't keep you from enjoying the book.  If you're a Turtles fan, or an action genre comic fan, then, by all means, check it out... It is Excellent!!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is really a great book, I love it and if you're a Turtle fan, simply grab it and have a blast!!
View Issue       View Full Review

Pick it up and read it. You don't need any prior knowledge to read the issue and if you don't, Thanos will come and wish you a happy birthday until your dead!
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't really know what's going on, but I'm excited as hell to see where it goes from here. Colin Lorimer has put together two issues that are almost completely set-up, but it's still awesome. I really can't wait until the next issue. I just hope the story lives up to the promise of these two issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you like a comic that tackles the distinctions between truth and perception or comics that leave you thinking for hours afterwards you'll love this book. I know I did. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter continues the retelling of Diana's journey to becoming Wonder Woman and it continues being a delight. The darkness that is consuming Themyscira continues plaguing Diana's thoughts, but there are greater dangers right in front of her. SHe is going to have to make some big decisions and if the cliffhanger is what it appears to be, her world is about to get turned upside down. If you are a fan of Wonder Woman or have anyone you want to have fall in love with the character, give them this series and consider it a done deal.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter is yet another great bit to this retelling of Wonder Woman's origin.  Renae De Liz and Ray Dillon deserve every accolade they are getting for this series and quite frankly, it's not enough.  I can't recommend this series as a whole and give it my full seal of approval...for what that's actually worth.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is yet another great chapter in the Legend of Wonder Woman.  Diana steps up to do what's right and while it's all to save Steve Trevor's life, we are left wondering who will save hers.  This is the most action packed chapter in the series so far and one that will have lasting ramifications.  If you have enjoyed the series up until now, you'll love this chapter.  If you want to see what this book is all about, this chapter will show you, but I suggest starting from the beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

Renae De Liz and Ray Dillon keep hitting a home run with this book. If you are a Wonder Woman fan than this Digital First offering is a no brainer, but it really is a book for everyone. If you haven't jumped into the series yet, this is a great time to do so as the story is about to open up a whole lot more. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

De Liz and Dillon continue making this book one of the best choices for Wonder Woman fans of every age. As we get closer to Diana heading to war, we get a hilarious reveal, some cool cameos and a cliffhanger that is mysterious and awesome all rolled up into one. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Diana and Etta are in France and while Etta continues her fight against Pamela Smuthers, Diana is getting closer and closer to the Duke of Deception. While we get a little Steve Trevor action, the chapter ends with Diana getting the information she's been looking for and I can't wait to see what happens next. The story and art continue making this a series I can recommend to anyone and everyone who enjoys good comics. Drop the Mic!
View Issue       View Full Review

De Liz and Dillon have done it again. They shift into the next part of Diana's life and we get the best of the past (Etta, the Duke of Deception...) and the hint at some new stuff that will blow your mind. Yes, this issue is setup, but as usual, I love everything it sets up and continue to recommend this book to every single person out there.
View Issue       View Full Review

This may be the darkest chapter of the series so far.  Things do not end in a nice little bow, but at least Diana proves that faith in yourself and others can go a long way to winning the day.  A long way, but unfortunately, not the whole way as we see the worst possible thing starting as the issue ends.  I hope her faith can carry her through and can't wait to see if it can.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jason Aaron's and Thor go together like Peanut Butter and Jelly. Like peanut butter and chocolate. Like Peanut butter and fluff. Like peanut butter and peanut butter. Guys and gals, don't just pick this issue up, grab Aaron's trades of Thor I general. Heck, go WAY BACK to Thor: God of Thunder! Start there and get caught up ASAP! Loved the issue. Give it a read and let me know what you think. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the penultimate issue of the series and while it is mainly setup for the finale, I loved it still.  I really cannot recommend this series enough to every comic fan out there.  With the sequel coming out this summer, why not jump in now and get caught up?  I did and it was one of the best decisions I have made since eating ten tacos in one minute to win fifty cents!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is the penultimate issue of the series and while it is mainly set up for the finale, I loved it still.  I really cannot recommend this series enough to every comic fan out there.  With the sequel coming out this summer, why not jump in now and get caught up?  I did and it was one of the best decisions I have made since eating ten tacos in one minute to win fifty cents!
View Issue       View Full Review

Rob Williams and Simon Coleby have a winner that everyone can enjoy.  It's so much more than a War book or a superhero book.  The story is character driven and the art is epic.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Royals: Masters of War #4 is another great issue in an already great series.  The horrors of War are seen first hand and a new Royal has entered the battle.  This book should be in every one's pull list.
View Issue       View Full Review

To sum up, then, this is a memorable introduction to a story that promises to be both intriguing and emotionally engaging. Its central narrative is strong and it is fit to burst with the kind of foreboding atmosphere that this reviewer finds almost impossible to resist. My one minor complaint is that The Spirit himself isn't in it very much. That aside, I can heartily recommend the issue – particularly if you like your comics pulpy and moody. A very strong start to what I suspect will be an outstanding series.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue so much, but I love Nadia so that is no surprise. Seriously, I dare anyone to read one page of this issue and not fall in love with her! Alti Firmansyahs art just makes it all look fantastic and while other books are busy with death and destruction, this book just wants you to smileand maybe hugand then smile some more.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unwritten - Apocalypse #1 is a book unlike any I've read. It's thought provoking, confusing, funny, mature and a delight to look at. Mike Carey shows the reader the path without guiding them by the hand and Peter Gross makes the journey inspiring to look at. New readers can start the journey, but I'm guessing veterans will get the most out of it. Being one of the new, I'm still looking forward to taking the leap and learning more about Tom Taylor and the World he lives in.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unwritten is a book about the power of storytelling so it's no surprise this issue is so strong on that front. This issue is a backstory, a one-shot and a setup all rolled up into one. Mr. Bun fans will be thrilled and everyone else will enjoy another great issue. Either way, this book is one of my favorites and highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tiny Titans: Back to the Treehouse #1 is just plain fun.  If you have young ones you want to get into reading comics, grab this right away.  If you just love good fun, get this comic.  It will remind you that good comics don't need blood and gore to be good.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are looking for a fun, all ages comic that kids and adults can both enjoy, then this is the book for you.  Art Baltazar and Franco's love of the material comes through in every panel and it's infectious.  I smiled the whole way through and i'm still smiling.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tiny Titans: Return to the Treehouse #4 is another great chapter of a book that is just pure fun.  We get a whose who of the DCU in a family friendly, all ages book that everyone can love.  This month we travel to Atlantis and while it's a different location, it's the same great time.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Art Baltazar and Franco know how to write an all ages comic that never talks down to the reader.  This issue continues the trend with excellent guest stars and a story that's as clever as it is absurd.  If there is a more fun time in comics, let me know because this book makes me smile the whole time I'm reading it...and they brought pancakes.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue and series is just pure fun and great for any comic book fan.  Art Baltazar and Franco continue showing that an all-ages book can be smart, witty, cute and totally awesome.  Don't let any reason stop you from at least giving this book a shot.  While I'm sad that the series has ended, the continuation that's hinted to at the end will certainly make my frown turn upside down.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed this book.  What appears to be a book aimed at preteen girls is really hiding a dark and dangerous superhero origin story of murder and revenge.  It's mysterious and mature and pretty damn good.  Mia Goodwin has a new fan.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue answers several questions brought up in the More Than Meets the Eye series. By being in the past relative to the Unicron issues,  we get to see the early plans and hints of his coming.  Overall this is a strong issue in the middle of an arc.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a standalone issue, there is a good story and great moments that a newbie could enjoy.  This could have been the last issue of Transformers and I would have been satisfied.
View Issue       View Full Review

I believe the Unicron issues will be mostly action pieces while the Optimus Prime and Lost Light issues will focus more on character moment.  Of course, since this is the end, the body count is rising with each issue, but the characters aren't going out like punks so I say bring it on.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was more about the characters dealing with each other rather than characters dying at the hands of Unicron.  Starscream stands out in particular.  This series is so amazing and everyone should read it whether or not they have read previous Transformers issues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Francis Manapul has a winner with Trinity.  The story is full of smiles and mysteries and the pacing is just about perfect.  That combined with his incredible art makes me wish this was a bi-monthly book because I can't wait a whole month for the next issue.  
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't stress enough how much I think this book is one of the highlights of the All New All Different Marvel imprint.  There is much more depth to the book than just a paint by numbers joke title here if that's the reason you're passing it by. This is a title for people of most any age or gender and when your finally ready to put it down it will have you shouting “Oh Yeah” just like the Kool Aid man as he enters through a wall.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unbelievable Gwenpool gets back on track, with an oink-oink here and an oink-oink there, which is actually a very good thing, believe me. Christopher Hastings and Gurihiru provide us with a light hearted entertaining book that is nothing but a pleasure to look at. When this creative team gets together there's not a thing I would change and it's always worth a buy. 9.0/10var linkwithin_site_id = 2203111;
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was a breath of fresh air as it ties into the Civil War II crossover directly instead of just being a side-story of things that just so happen to occur at the same time. The issue makes the Inhumans impressive, which is a feat that few writers would have been able to accomplish and the art is really nice to look at. In addition, it leaves you with a cliffhanger that is not only exciting and properly set-up but will also have a huge impact on the world.
View Issue       View Full Review

This tie-in gives you a good idea as to what one group of the Mutants are doing after Inhumans Vs X-Men #1. I was really pleased by the art in this issue and the best part is how well this story leads you and how the ending leaves you wanting the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

As a new reader to Usagi Yojimbo, I am impressed with the amount of information Sakai gives in each issue while still telling a well-paced story.  Part history lesson, part detective story, part action movie, this book has a lot going for it.  It's no wonder that Usagi Yojimbo has lasted so long and has droves of fans.  After reading this issue and the last, you can add at least one more fan to that list!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another stellar issue of the Vision from beginning to end. We're currently all setup for an enormous grand finale, so strap in ladies and gentlemen and forget about trade-waiting. It's going to be a slobber-knocker you won't want to miss.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am happy to say that I am now full in on the War of the Realms Event. Jason Aaron gives us a start that is great for new and old readers alike and Russell Dauterman just kills it on art. With one issue Aaron has made me a believer.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dennis Hopeless Hallum brings the big-budget action movie vibe to the War of the Realms Event and this team fits that perfectly. Yea, it favors big explosions and pop culture references over a deep story, but if you dont mind that, there is a lot of fun to be had here. I had a blast and cant wait for more!
View Issue       View Full Review

We got the background of the character and pieces about his abilities along with personality traits sprinkled throughout the action. It's really good writing and personally, I really feel you will enjoy it so much more than you think.
View Issue       View Full Review

A star-studded issue that readers of Donny Cates' Venom will surely love!  It doesn't fill in holes but expands the story after the big reveal of Venom #5.  Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is in my personal wheelhouse so unless something goes really wrong, I am going to at least like most issues. Nothing goes wrong here and I enjoyed mostly everything Thompson and Di Nicuolo are dishing out. Yea, I want to know what the baddies are actually up to and wish that K still stood for kissing, but thats what will keep me coming back next issue. Plus land sharks!
View Issue       View Full Review

Max Marks does it again and brings another off the wall day in the life of Wolfcop and Willie. They find themselves at a brothel and things turn to shit real quick for them. The issue moves at a steady pace. The turning point in this issue alone had me in shock. This is one of the smaller comics that may be getting looked over. While I don't dislike the the art, I would enjoy seeing a different take on it. Regardless, still a fun issue once again.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book surprised the heck out of me.  The Wonder Twins is a fun and a lighthearted book that is just what the doctor ordered if, like me, you have been down with the dark tone of the DCU lately.  Mark Russell shows the love for his characters without overdoing anything and the art by Stephen Byrne is superb.  Yea, the continuity feels a bit odd, but I can easily recommend this to anyone who wants to smile.  Now, bring on Gleek!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a great issue of Wonder Woman where Greg Rucka plays with what we already know to up the tension just as we see the inevitable happen.  It's tragic. but oh so good.
View Issue       View Full Review

You can visit New World Comics Website HERE for more information on the company and their comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a fun issue, and X-Men: Red continues to be the best X-book Marvel is putting out right now. That may change with the announcements from SDCC, but this is an engaging story and the art has been fantastic. Taylor is a masterful storyteller, and while I would've maybe liked a little more action or more plot movement, he always makes sure things pay off in the end. He has earned my trust, which is frankly more than I can say for most writers!
View Issue       View Full Review

I Loved this book and if there weren't some other gems to come out this annuals week, it would be my book of the week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman '66 Meets Green Hornet #4 is another good issue.  Garman and Smith know the characters and put them in situations that could be from a lost episode.  Ty Templeton's art is awesome and the motion comic aspect makes it even better.  This series is getting better and better as it progresses.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Don't let the fact that this issue is coming out a couple week's late deter you from grabbing it because if you are reading the Rebirth Action Comics series, you need to read this.  I thought one of the major flaws of that book was not giving us enough of Lex's motivation to become the new Superman and that's what you get here...in spades.  Dan Jurgens just nails the complexities that make up Lex Luthor and while he is still a guy who will screw over everyone to get his way, after this issue, he is now my Superman.  How messed up is that?!?
View Issue       View Full Review

Action Comics #28 ties everything together that Greg Pak has thrown at readers since he took over the book.  Pak and Kuder's run has been really good so far, but this is my favorite issue so far and nails them down as my favorite team on Action Comics in the New 52 so far.  I hope it lasts a long time.
View Issue       View Full Review

Animal Man is ending soon, but Jeff Lemire is going out swinging.  Animal Man #28 is a treat for long time readers and the art and colors by Rafael Albuquerque and Dave McCaig makes it great to look at as well.  It's not new reader friendly, but if you haven't read Animal Man yet, just go back to the beginning and start reading.  Those up to speed will love this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #32 is another great issue from Jeff Parker and I loved it.  Mera kicking ass and an honest to goodness sea monster make this the go to book for fun, unless you're Aquaman, himself.  Arthur is up to his eyeballs in trouble and I can't wait to see how he gets out of it.  Also, Paul Pelletier returns to form and makes this book look like it should, which is beautiful.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor wraps up his mini arc in fine fashion.  The way Taylor unfolds the story is so good as we see what makes each character so special...Batman shows off some major detective skills as well as planning way ahead while Superman is just a caring hero who would do anything for a guy he just met.  Add Lobo and a murder mystery to the mix and we have ourselves a winner.  A huge winner that I wouldn't hesitate to recommend to anyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #27 is an issue all about trust.  The cracks are beginning to show in the Bruce-Terry relationship, but this isn't the first time Bruce has had this problem.  The issue continues the awesome Mark of the Phantasm arc, but has ties to so much more. This is required reading for anyone who considers themselves a Batman Beyond fan.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue starts the Calendar Man arc and it's off to a great start.  After a slow, but funny beginning, the pace picks up and the issue ends with a great cliffhanger that adds yet another classic character to the Arkham roster.  Victor Bogdanovic's art is a great compliment to the story as the Arkham Knight trolley keeps on cruising along.  Jump on board and enjoy one of the best books out today.  I'll be the guy in the front seat, smiling away.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of Catwoman, then you need to read this issue!  Frank Tieri wraps ups his “Run Like Hell” story in a way that fits his main character...tough as nails and smart as a whip.  While it's such a shame that the DCU will have a lot less Catwoman once Rebirth hits, Tieri and Inaki Miranda are sending her out in style.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Nights: Death Metal: The Secret Origin #1 was a good read that put a smile on my face and was also important going into the finale of Death metal. Imagine that! Scott Snyder and Geoff Johns gave this issue Rebirth feels I've been missing and has me more optimistic about what's coming up in 2021 because if it's anything close to this, I will be delighted!
View Issue       View Full Review

Christopher Priest continues his long form story that ties in everything we've seen before and still pushes everything forward in such a kick ass way.  The art and story are just great and I can't recommend this series enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jimmy Palmiotti, Justin Gray and John Timms start off their near future, brain controlling, action movie mystery book off in style.  I am intrigued to see where it is all going and am already invested in the main characters, Spencer and Kalina.  Hey, it's pretty much Team Harley Quinn giving us a story that's a combination of The Last of Us, 1984, Minority Report and a whole bunch of other things I'm too stupid to know about.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even if you are tired of the grimness of Futures End, you'll love this issue.  It's fun, ridiculous and has the Joker.  This issue is just another reason why Conner, Palmiotti and Hardi are one of my favorite creative teams today.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two has been about the journey, the destination and the multiple pit stops in between.  Issue #6 continues the greatness with Tom Taylor taking his time to develop his characters and the messed up World they live in.  Things are about to explode and with Bruno Redondo on art, I guarantee it will look great when it does.  Every comic book fan should be reading this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I think it should be pretty obvious at this point of the review that I'm a big fan of this volume, as I am of this series in general. I hope I've succeeded in proving these high scores are not hyperbole but, fully earned and achieved with powerful character work, solid action and amazing art (which I think I have done justice with my choices for this review.) The last couple of volumes have been a fantastic payoff to all the setup Horikoshi has worked on for this arc, resulting in a simply epic read (and that's not faking the funk). Apart from a somewhat lukewarm start, this volume had no trouble following up on the stellar previous volume with some greatness all of it's own, Showcasing true heroism in conflict with true evil, and all the while setting the stage for an epic final confrontation in the next volume that, if successful, is sure to put this arc down as one of the very best that this series has to offer. 
View Issue       View Full Review

I thought this issue read like a brilliant first chapter to an epic novel. The artwork did not distract me from the story at all. I was particularly fascinated with the portrayal of Jason Todd's current psychological state. Since we are dealing with comics, there's not much to go on in terms of the effects of the brain after death. I am not a neurologist but one could speculate that there would be some type of damage towards the brain as a result of asphyxiation. I hope that writer, Judd Winick explores this a little bit more in this mini-series. All in all, a spectacular start to an already addictive story!
View Issue       View Full Review

I understand that this type of intense, gory story might notbe everyone's cup of tea, but this book deserves a shot from anyone that enjoyswell-written comics. Justin Jordan and Ibrahim Moustafa are really, reallygood.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #5 gets the series back on track after a bit of a letdown last week.  Bryan Q, Miller gives us three branching plots that are all heading for a collision course.  Marcio Takara's art is good and really gives the action some pop.  The old feeling of loving this book is back.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Teen Titans #1 is a great start to the miniseries.  It reads like a lost pilot to a Smallville spin off television series.  It is fun and action packed and should be read by Smallville and Teen Titan fans alike.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book remains my jam!  The interaction between Jon and Damian is so good that the story is just gravy.  With Lex Luthor, great art and a shoutout to the Amazo Virus, there is so much to like in this issue.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you've been waiting for Diana to act and look more like Wonder Woman, than De Liz and Dillon have a chapter for you. While I was kind of afraid that this time would come, actually seeing it was awesome and made me eat my words. Believe me, they went down easier than six tacos and with such an action packed story and great art (with outstanding color work), I think that fans of this series will look at this chapter as a highlight among highlights. That's how good this series is...a series of highlights on top of other highlights all rolled up in one big highlight. I'm sorry if I sound like a fanboy...actually I don't! Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unwritten - Apocalypse #3 is a dense, mysterious and awesome issue. Mike Carey makes you work for your meal, but in the end it's well worth it. Peter Gross' art tells the story just as much as the words on the pages his awesome drawings inhabit. If you are looking for a mature and literate title, this is the one you should be reading. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #27 is so good.  Brian Azzarello continues the slow burn story that gives you just enough to keep you begging for more.  Cliff Chiang's art is second to none and complements the book so good.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grant Morrison has reached back to give fans a different take on Wonder Woman that is new, exciting, yet still familiar. This book is easy to get into, but with itstwists and turns andbeautiful art, is very hard to put down. I highly recommend this to every comic book fan, but if you are a Wonder Woman fan, I demand you pick it up. You can thank me later.
View Issue       View Full Review

One common complaint friends of mine had about the original series was that the dynamic between our titular characters basically carried the book. While I agree with that to an extent, I also felt like that was the kind of the point. As long as it gave us fun action/adventure stuff while showing meaningful character development for our leads, there's not much more I could ask for, and it delivered on that premise each and every month. Frankly, that is more than what many books from DC have given us lately. Luckily, this series opener does not disappoint, and I'd be surprised if anyone could put this issue down without a smile plastered on their face. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Animal Man #27 is the beginning of the end of one of the best New 52 books out there.  Jeff Lemire and Rafael Albuquerque give us a great issue that sets up what is bound to be an exciting conclusion.  It's bitter sweet, but I can't wait to see how it ends.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #28 continues showing fans that Jeff Parker wont just maintain the quality of the book, but bring something very special to it as well.  The character moments and humor make this issue my favorite of his short run so far.  With the mysteries that were hinted at this issue, Aquaman better enjoy his down time because thing are surely about to heat up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #28 is a sneak peak at the Batman Eternal weekly starting in April.  Make no bones about it, it's an issue released solely to get readers excited for the new book and while it's a shame to interrupt the stellar Zero Year story, I'm sold.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Futures End #1 is a special issue that fans of the current Batman need to read.  Ray Fawkes ties so much together and leaves so many stories to be told.  While it's not essential to the Futures End story and I was not a fan of Aco's art, I still loved every minute reading this comic.  At the end, Bruce says, "Gotham must always have a Batman" and you know what?  He's right.
View Issue       View Full Review

After this issue, I am all in.  All it took was some real solid information on Gotham and Gotham Girl and the surprise revelation that they are actually fun characters.  David Finch's art is good, but the best part is he never smothers the story which is becoming really, really good.  I know it's a cliche thing to say, but two weeks is going to feel like an eternity.
View Issue       View Full Review

Selina may have stolen the night from Batman, but Tom King has given me back my enjoyment of Batman.  I loved this issue for everything in the book, but also because it restored my faith in Tom King.  I wonder how Catwoman fans will react, but this one is very, very happy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins gives Dick Grayson and Barbara Gordon fans a treat this week. Everyone knows they should be together, but in the Beyond 2.0 Universe it wasn't meant to be. However, this issue at least sets them back on the path of friendship. It's great. Heartbreaking and great.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #23 is another great issue of the Justice Lords story.  Higgins gives more great character moments that make the upcoming battle so much more personal.  The lives of two Worlds are at stake and I can't wait to see how it ends.  Thony Silas' art is as impressive as ever and really fits the story to "T" (pun intended).  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins and Thony Silas end their side of the Justice Lords story in grand fashion.  While it was as action packed as I expected, it was the personal moments during the wrap up that I loved the most.  This, like the whole series, is a must-read for Batman Beyond, Kyle Higgins and comic fans in general.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #32 is another great start to the newest must read arc.  Kyle Higgins and Alec Siegel throw nonstop reveals and twists at the reader and Thony Silas is back where he belongs.  I can't wait for next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

As the start of a new arc, this was a really good issue.  As a statement that this book will continue kicking ass and even take more names, this is an awesome one.  I'll admit that I was worried what would happen once the game was out and all it's secrets exposed, but my worries are gone.  Peter J. Tomasi is better than all that and proves it this week.  Viktor Bogdanovic is pretty damn good himself and the two of them are giving me one of my favorite books out right now.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue of Arkham Knight gets the book back on track quickly and while it was mostly setup, it was still a great read.  Peter Tomasi gives us a fun story with great characters and Ig Guara kicks ass on art.  We find out the Penguin is up to more than just kidnapping and the issue ends with the unlikely teamup of Batman and Deadshot.  That and everything else we see this issue has me wanting next week's issue right now.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

John Layman gets Batman: Eternal back on track with my favorite issue in a while. The reason: Gotham City Police Department, Lt. Bard and Stephanie Brown. This issue really moves the book forward and looks great thanks to Guillem March. This is the book I was hoping for after the first couple issues of the series and I hope the trend continues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sean Murphy gives readers another great issue of a great series and there is no reason that everyone shouldn't be reading this book.  The story and art are sensational and while this issue is heavy on setup (pretty much the only negative I could find here), it's great setup that's littered with character moments, reveals and twists.  Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

While I'm a sucker for Bizarro, this book showed me that what we needed all along was a Jimmy Olsen book.  Heath Corson uses him as the straight man and just lets the hilarity ensue.  The story and art are both so good and I recommend anyone who is looking to smile, check this out.  If this is the type of book that the new DC You promises, I'm all in.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book has risen to the top of my charts in just two issue.  While that may seem too quick, Brenden Fletcher's characters and a thrown together rock band on the run from mysterious assassins have really piqued my interest.  I am still surprised with how much I love this book, but with the great art and exciting story, it shouldn't.  Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

In the press release for this issue, Valiant promised that this issue was an "All-New Jumping On Point" and they are not liars.  I came into this issue with a very limited knowledge of Bloodshot and his Universe, but by the end, I was a big fan.  Jeff Lemire may not ease you in more than throw you to the wolves, but everyone get thrown in equally.  The story is exciting and intriguing and it ends with the curtain being lifted enough to make it even better.  If you've been waiting to read Bloodshot Reborn, this is the issue to do so.
View Issue       View Full Review

Catwoman has been more of a Selina Kyle book and I'm not complaining.  Genevieve Valentine is giving readers a smart and violent crime story that can't be found anywhere else in the DC Universe. Garry Brown's art fits it like a glove and if you are not reading it, shame on you.  This is one of the best books on the shelf nowadays.
View Issue       View Full Review

I think this will be the only Convergence book where I wish that the Dome would stay up.  Harley was so happy and her life was finally back to normal (or as normal as Harley could ever get) and Telos messed it up.  He better pay, but first in line is Captain Carrot.  I can't wait!
View Issue       View Full Review

I am really enjoying this book and Chip Zdarsky showed me that can be the case in an issue with very little Daredevil in it. I am looking forward to seeing more of him and Elektra in the near future, but this issue was all about Kingpin and Owlsely and I couldnt have been more happy about that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Daredevil #19 is a balls to the wall action-fest that has a little bit of everything. Marco Checchetto's art is superb, there are lots of classic villains running around, and in the end, the people of Hell's Kitchen inspire Matt like they always dobut at what cost?!? The craziness looks like it's just getting started, and it's a shock to me more people aren't reading this book. If you're not, start right now and thank me later!
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo continue Metal, but this issue feels like the real beginning.  It's obvious they are having a great time and it rubs off on the reader in a big way.  An exciting story that makes senses even when I wished it wouldn't coupled with great art and an awesome sense of humor have me pumped up for everything Metal coming our way.  If you have been waiting for the fun that was promised with Rebirth, your wait is over.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marguerite Bennett and Elsa Charretier give fans of Bombshells a great story and the beginning of a new team.  The added bonus is that it is a great jumping on point for new readers as well.  This issue has me totally onboard with this series going forward and is even forcing me to read back issues to catch up.  Yes, it's that good.  The combination of story and art is actually beyond good and if the Bombshell's Universe intrigues you, grab this issue and get totally hooked.  I know I did!
View Issue       View Full Review

Wade Wilson is back at it again with the crazy fun. Deadpool and Venom go together even better than I expected. I can honestly say I've never had as much fun reading a comic series as I do reading this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

An great ending to a really enjoyable mini-series. Ed Brisson and Pepe Larraz put the X pieces back into place and they also made me an X-Fan along the way. I know that the first part is way more important, but I hope they realize how important the second part was to me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fables: The Wolf Among Us #2 is another really good issue for this young series.  The mature storytelling feels fresh and the art is really good.  Things obviously never go right for Bigby Wolf and if I was a betting man, I'd say they are about to get worse.  I know I'll be there no matter what because I'm sold on this series.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #29 continues the Outsiders War, but it's the continued character development that I really enjoyed.  Lemire and Sorrentino have created such varied characters and such a great world for Ollie to fight with and in and in this issue it really pays off.  The ending is crazy, but I'm counting on Lemire to make it all better next month.  Damn it, I can't wait until next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Conner and Palmiotti tone down the inappropriateness a bit to give three really good Holiday stories.  Harley is involved, so things still get nutty and hilarious, but it was a nice break for the Holiday Season.  All three artists do a great job and at the risk of sounding cheesy, this was a great early present for anyone who picks this issue up.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Infinite Crisis: Fight for the Multiverse #6 is my favorite issue so far.  Instead of crazy characters and action, Dan Abnett gives us the backstory of Sir Harold.  That's enough for me since Sir Harold is my breakout star of the book.  Stjepan Sejic is incredible and just makes this book that much better. If you haven't started reading this book yet, this is a great issue to start.
View Issue       View Full Review

Year Three has started and I'm thrilled. Tom Taylor, Bruno Redondo and Xermanico are already running on all cylinders with an issue that looks great and makes me want more...now. If your already a fan, you'll be thrilled by where the book is going. If you're new, go back and read from the beginning. Either way, you won't be disappointed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Three continues being one of my favorite comics to read week-in week-out.  This week we get a badass Batman and an awesome one-punch.  The former promises more action in this book from here on out and the later just made me smile.  Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo are just getting started and I'm already all-in.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor slows things down this week and makes things awesome.  How could he not, it's a Black Canary and Harley Quinn issue!  It may not move the story forward, but it takes place in "The Quiver" and that's enough for me.  Bruno Redondo makes everything look great as he always does.  I like crazy action, but these are the issues that make Injustice one of my favorite books.
View Issue       View Full Review

Scott Snyder kicks off his Drowned Earth story and it's fun, feels big and looks great thanks to Francis Manapul.  I am all in and can't wait for the next issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

Since this book isn't heading into Rebirth (or is it?), Keith Giffen and J.M. DeMatteis get to end things on their terms and while it's not as crazy as some of Giffen's other enders, fans of this series should get a kick out of it.  I'm not sure if this open-ended finale is a sign of what's to come or a plea for what could be, but I enjoyed seeing these wacky characters I fell in love with one last time.  To come up with the cheesiest thing I could think of to end it all...This book may not have fit easily into the New 52, but it sure fit where it counted...the hearts of it's fans.  Hey DC, I still want you to use the bit about Douchebag Superman on the TPB because I don't want people to see my sensitive side!
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #23 is another great issue in what is an outstanding crossover story. Lord Superman has revealed his ultimate plan and now it's up to those he betrayed to come together to end it. Christos Gage and Dexter Soy combine to make this a book that needs to be read. I can't wait to see how it all ends. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue begins the Sinestro Rising story arc and I couldn't have asked for a much better issue.  It's got action, dark humor and even a game changing event thrown in as well.  It's obvious how much I liked this issue and I hope that those looking to get more of the old Lobo feel out of this book at least give this issue a try.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue was amazing, the jokes mixed in with the storyline made this book extremely enjoyable. The best ones were about Tony the Tiger and bashing Spider-man always going on about great powers blah blah blah. I love this book, and with Rich having his cancerous secret I can't wait to see what happens with it. The art in this book is on point and all the action scenes were flawless.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Omega Men is my surprise hit of the DC You.  That's saying something as it was not even on my radar before June and I only got to review it because Eric didn't want to.  That's his huge loss because it is a great science fiction story that Tom King is slowly unraveling each month and I want more.  If you are a fan of gritty sci-fi, grey area anti-heroes or just great storytelling, pick up this book now. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics #14 is a journey back to the Silver Age of Wonder Woman and it's a trip I'd glady take over and over.  Gilbert Hernandez gives readers one of the strongest renditions of Wonder woman I've ever seen and the story pits her (and Supergirl) against aliens that threaten her very reason for existence.  I'm guessing this will be a love-it or hate-it issue, but I'm in the love-it camp.  I'm glad I get one more issue next week.
View Issue       View Full Review

Boom Studios here take my money. This is a fast paced exhilarating first issue. It pulls on the heart strings but avoids being a social justice warrior commentary. It's gritty, gory, and engaging. Kim's sequential story telling is excellent. The writing is quite good also. Because these characters are completely new to me it did require a second read for me to really connect with the characters and their actions within the story. But, the second read was just as enjoyable as the first.
View Issue       View Full Review

Great writing + great art = a great comic.  This is a great comic.  Read it.  Thank me later.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #8 gives the reader two great stories.  Lex is about to cause a crisis and Superman and Darkseid make a deal.  Both stories are great while the art for both is good.  Bryan Q. Miller usually gives the reader an "I can't wait until next week" cliffhanger, but this one goes deeper and may have far reaching implications.  I know I'll be reading when and if it does and so should everyone else.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #6 expands on the Smallville version of the Green Lantern mythos in a big way.  Bryan Q. Miller is slowly opening up the Universe to Superman and luckily, we are there for the ride.  Marcio Takara's art is dark and gritty like the story.  This mini is becoming epic.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been turned off by the DC You Superman, pick up this book and fall in love all over again.  This is the Superman that we have been missing and Dan Jurgens throws in a great Lois Lane as an awesome bonus.  This book is about family and the destiny and what happens when those two things collide.  It's got action, humor and mystery and thanks to Lee Weeks, great art.  I can't recommend it enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #29 may be the start of a new arc, but that doesn't mean it's a boring setup issue.  Charles Soule does set things up, but him and Jesus Saiz are so good, they make it a must read.  So, go read it now.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues Jeremy Whitley's story involving Nadia and her Bipolar Disorder. It's a sensitive subject that is handled with knowledge and care and if you suffer or know someone who suffers from Bipolar, I think you'll agree. It's not pretty (actually it is thanks to Gurihiru's art) or easy, but that's part of the reason it's so good.
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue starts off at a slower pace than usual, it all pays off by the end. Donny Cates continues to impress me with the depth hes giving this book and its characters and Ryan Stegman and the entire art team kicks butt as well. Yea, this issue has some action, but the mysterious things going on in Eddies life are much more interesting and I cant wait to see more.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a Wildstorm fan, this is a no brainer.  If you are someone with little to no knowledge of the Universe, I still think this is a no brainer.  This is a mature title that's smartly written and looks great and I can't recommend it enough!
View Issue       View Full Review

Great Wonder Woman issues are becoming old hat, but don't let it lull you into thinking this is anything but awesome.  The Battle for Olympus is nearing the end and it looks like Wonder woman and friends need a miracle to come out on top.  While it's so sad that Azzarello and Chiang are leaving the book soon, they are going out on top.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Rucka is using this Year One story to remind us how much we love Wonder Woman and we learn about her all over again.  While I love the story, I may love the art even more. Nicola Scott is fighting Liam Sharp as to who is the best Wonder Woman artist nowadays, but the real winner is the reader.  I can't see how any Wonder Woman fan won't fall in love with this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Cameron Stewart and Karl Kerschl buck the trend of video game tie-ins by not only making a good comic, but one that might be better than the source material.  It's only the first issue, but I'm already invested in the characters and can't wait to see what happens next.  If you enjoy the Assassin's Creed games and didn't read this when it first came out, Get your hands on it and enjoy.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a She-Hulk fan, Jason Aaron and Ed McGuinness have an issue for you! I have been upset by the lack of focus on Jenn throughout this series and this fixes that big time. Does it push the overall story much? Nope, but I loved it anyway!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue continues the Endgame story and while this is an intriguing Joker story, I'm enjoying watching Batman struggle even more.  The Joker is back, but the game has changed and the cliffhanger shows the reader how desperate Batman is and I can't wait to see the results.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of my favorite issue of Batman in a long, long time.  I am a huge Tom Taylor fan and he never fails to get me teary-eyed when he wants to and it seems like he wanted some waterworks this week.  If you bailed from the Batman book after the non-wedding, do yourself a favor and come back for this issue.  You can thank me later.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another great issue of Batman: Arkham Knight.  Peter J. Tomasi continues giving fans the most enjoyable Bat title on the shelves (and computer screens) and if you aren't reading it, you are missing something special.  If you think that Calendar Man is a joke, I think you'll change your mind after reading this issue. Ig Guara, Julio Ferreira and Andrew Dalhouse contribute with some kick ass art that brings it all to life and overall, this is a must read for fans of the game and the comic.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Peter Tomasi continues writing the best Batman book coming out today.  This week is a villain party and while most of Batman's Rogues Gallery watches, Bane gives the Dark Knight a physical and mental beatdown.  While Scarecrow has appeared to be the man with a plan, it is in fact the Arkham Knight who is about to show who's boss.  Ig Guara's art is great and if you haven't been reading this book, this week is a great time to start.  If you have been reading, sit back and enjoy.  I did...a whole lot.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a really good story that is more than your standard comic book while celebrating comics in a dark and different way.  Kurt Busiek and John Paul Leon give their character his biggest wish come true while also begging him to be careful what he wishes for.  I feel so bad for Bruce, but I can't wait to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed the first issue of this mini series and I like this one even more!  Sean Murphy's writing and art are top notch and I am having so much fun with this story and it's just starting!  Keep it coming!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

Sean Murphy continues impressing the hell out of me with this series.  He uses the penultimate issue to show a better Batman than I thought we were ever going to see in this series as well as answering some lingering questions and issues.  Along with the best art of the series, it all comes together to have me so pumped for the finale, even as I wish this series could go on forever.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwing #26 is action packed goodness.  Part Kumite and part James Bond, I hope this issue gets the exposure it should to elevate it to the next level.  It really deserves a bigger audience and this issue is a great one to get it.  With DC really pushing gritty and dark, Batwing is a perfect title for those who still look for fun and action in their comics.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is one of my favorite Convergence titles of the entiore first month.  Brian Buccellato's story had me the minute it started and the retro fell of Phil Winslde's art was perfect.  I can't wait for next month's finale to see who decides to be the heroes and who takes the cowardly route.  Highly recommended.  By the way, I'm making meatloaf and mashed potatoes for dinner.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really couldn't ask for much more from this series debut. We get gruesome over the top action and gore contrasted by a sentimental drive for revenge. We get some peaks at some amazing characters and little hints to some world building. At times there is a little too much borrowing of other IP's, but beyond that I loved every second of this first issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's a shame that this book is ending so soon, but this issue makes it that much worse.  Dan Didio and Keith Giffen are just hitting their stride and fans finally get a clear direction of where the Forever People are heading.  We also get a large does of the Infinity Man, a Green Lantern Mecha Darkseid and Guy Gardner, oh my.  Tom Grummett and Daniel HDR make this the best looking issue of the series and I beg everyone who either bailed or avoided this book to give it a second look.  There's only three issues left, but it looks like it's going to be a hell of a ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is one of my favorites coming out right now and this issue ups the ante. While the mystery of what is Namor and what is Tommy was fun, the totally insane and unhinged Namor maybe even more so. Fun in a hes going to turn the whole planet into his own personal aquarium kind of way that is! I dont just recommend this, but consider it a must read!
View Issue       View Full Review

After the three origin stories, we finally get to the heart of the matter, but if you expected the Justice League to just be handed to the reader, you would be dead wrong.  J.M. DeMatteis gets everyone (new readers included) up to speed and then presents us with a couple of intriguing mysteries while showing us that we are still a bit from seeing the Justice League.  Everything up until now has been all about character so I wouldn't expect anything different from this story.  Thony Silas' art is great as usual and I can't wait to read the next issue.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue surprised me.  First, I thought it was going to be the debut of the new Squad and it wasn't.  Secondly, how much I loved it anyway.  This was the best issue Sean Ryan has given us and anyone who was on the fence or walked away form this book should check it out.  It may surprise you as well.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a Nightwing, Jason Todd, or just a comic book fan looking for a one-shot story that will make you smile, look no further! This is fan service done right and was such a pleasure to read.
View Issue       View Full Review

Don't let the elseworlds nature of this mini series throw you off, it is a must read for Dick Grayson fans and anyone else who wants something dark and different.  I am worried with Metal going on and Doomsday Clock looming, this will get overlooked.  Don't let that happen!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue (and the whole two part story) felt like a love letter to the old days of Wonder Woman and comics in general.  Gilbert Hernandez's script and art combine to tell a unique, exciting and very funny story that this book was made for.  I really hope we get more stories as special as this one.
View Issue       View Full Review

Suicide Squad is a book that everyone needs to put on their pull list.  Why?  Because I like it and want it to keep going.  Yea, I'm selfish like that, but it comes from a place of love.  This issue has good art, genuine feelings, and moments when you will pump your fist in the air.  Don't believe me?  Then I dare you to buy it and prove me wrong!
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been waiting for this book for what seems like ages and Tomasi and Jimenez don't disappoint.  While it doesn't stray far from the already established formula, why fix what ain't broke?  Tomasi gives us some great interaction between Damian and Jon and Jimenez makes it all look great.  What else could you ask for?  Really, I want to know.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Crucible story is a lot of things so far, but most of all it's fun.  K. Perkins and Mike Johnson do a great job introducing the school and fellow students and I love them all.  Emanuela Lapacchino's art is great and it all comes together into one of the best Supergirl issues yet.  I can't recommend it enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Donny Cates, Eliot Rahal and Geoff Shaw combine to give readers such a great satire of superhero comics, but this issue shows that they can do more than laugh and point at the status quo.  This issue can proudly sit alongside the Avengers and the Justice League as an equal even as it makes fun of them.  That's a winning combination and one that has me fired up to read the rest of the series asap.  If you are a fan of superhero comics, you'll love The Paybacks.  If you hate superhero comics, you may just love it more.
View Issue       View Full Review

Donny Cates, Eliot Rahal, and Geoff Shaw combine to give readers such a great satire of superhero comics, but this issue shows that they can do more than laugh and point at the status quo.  This issue can proudly sit alongside the Avengers and the Justice League as an equal even as it makes fun of them.  That's a winning combination and one that has me fired up to read the rest of the series asap.  If you are a fan of superhero comics, you'll love The Paybacks.  If you hate superhero comics, you may just love it more.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can easily recommend this Anniversary issue to every Catwoman fan out there, but seriously, any true fan has been waiting months to get their hands on this. Better yet, though, I can also recommend it to anyone who wants to see some great art and read some pretty damn good stories with a kick-ass female lead who toes the line better than any character in comics.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Sterling Gates has a winner on his hands and whether you are a fan of Supergirl from the comics or the television show, you will find something to like here.  If you are looking for an all-ages comic book with a great story, characters you can get behind and art that impresses, then you should pick it up as well.  Really, everyone should give the digital or print version of Adventures of Supergirl a try and maybe you will be hooked like me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marc Guggenheim's Tears for Krypton arc was very moving and emotional. Superman is often depicted as a solitary figure who faces the Universe's horrors alone. This story shows just how alone he can be. While we love to see Superman run faster than a speeding bullet and jump tall buildings in a single bound, this story made me want to see him spend time with his own people for once in his life. Sadly, it never seems to work out that way. Great story that I highly recommend reading.
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #26 is really good.  Christos Gage is really giving us a great Bizarro story that is an emotional roller coaster. You will fall in love with Superman's opposite and hope that the inevitable can be avoided.  Please Christos, let it be avoided.
View Issue       View Full Review

All-Star Western #25 takes the fun of Jonah Hex in the Present, adds the mystical and throws in two of the coolest characters in the New 52 to create a great issue.  I was getting wary of Jonah just shooting his way through our time, but the addition of magic is brilliant.  Everything is so fun and fresh that everyone needs to read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

All Star Western #34 is such a great end to a great run.  Jimmy Palmiotti and Justin Gray tie everything up and send Jonah Hex off with style.  I will miss this book so much, but at least fans got such a great finale.  Come back soon, Jonah.
View Issue       View Full Review

Not that I was on the fence to begin with, because the premise had already sold me, but I'm totally on board for this arc now. This was an excellent issue to setup the coming threat Spider-Man/Peter is going to be facing and I can't wait to see him mix it up with some of these classic characters. The art by Giuseppe Camuncoli, Cam Smith, and Marte Gracia is the perfect complement to any Spider-Man story. The team really puts together some beautifully fluid action sequences and really, I find it hard to look away from, but in a very good way. Dan Slott is on top of his game here and really has me intrigued where he's going to take this story going forward. This book was, in the words of Stan Lee, Excelsior!
View Issue       View Full Review

American Vampire 1976 #3 is wall-to-wall action that pays homage to the best of 70s cinema. The story moves at breakneck speed, sometimes literally breaking a few necks in the process. The monsters are brutal and terrifying as each team's mission goes more than sideways, and the twist cliffhanger sets up more fun and games in the next issue. I was thoroughly entertained by this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Animal Man #29 is a great ending for longtime fans of the book.  Lemire and Foreman give readers everything they could ask for and more.  If you don't shed a tear by the end, you have no soul.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Gabriel Soria finishes a hilarious two-parter in style. This issue was laugh-out-loud funny with a great story, awesome pop culture references and an underlying moral I can get behind. Dean Haspiel makes everything look great and the motion comic aspect is second to none. Their two-parter is my favorite in the Batman '66 series and I highly recommend it to anyone even slightly interested in the source material. A Very Special Episode indeed.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #27 continues the Zero Year story and this issue begins to lift the curtain on Snyder's master plan. Readers there from the beginning will be rewarded this month.  Capullo continues the awesome art that combined with the story are making a book that may not be flashy, but is just plain awesome.
View Issue       View Full Review

While it would be hard to top last issue's epic conclusion to Gotham's story, Tom King gets very close this week.  I love Gotham Girl and seeing her in such a bad place was gut wrenching, but only lead to a great moment where we see the light at the end of the tunnel.  Of course, that tunnel is going to lead Batman to some pretty bad places, but that's the fun of it all, right?  The story, characters and art (by Ivan Reis this week) are top of the class and this issue is just one more reason that Batman is my favorite Rebirth book.  Now, I have to go find my tissues.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor answered all my questions and concerns from last issue of Batman/Superman and gave fans one great issue filled with humor, mystery, tension and action. I had so much fun reading it and the art by Robson Rocha, Julio Ferreira and Blond made it a pleasure to look at as well. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I was looking forward to this issue for a while, I was still afraid that I would be underwhelmed once it started.  That did not happen, my friends.  This issue was exciting, mysterious and intriguing. James Tynion and Scott Snyder set up a crazy mystery that I want to unravel immediately.  Tony Daniel's art is superb and if the quality can get close to this for six months, we will have something really special on our hands.   Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Higgins and Silas are really making Batman Beyond 2.0 a great read.  This issue has action, reveals and a cliff hanger ending that will leave you wanting the next issue now.  The two of them are making their own mark on Batman Beyond that long time fans and newbies can both love.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #13 continues Kyle Higgins and Thony Silas' reign as DC tag team champs.  If you have any interest in Batman, Batman Beyond or a well told story with great art, start buying this book now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #21 is another great issue.  I've been accused of throwing the term "game changer" around too often but this my friends is a game changer.  I can't wait to see where Kyle Higgins goes from here.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #39 may be the penultimate issue of the series, but Higgins, Siegel and Silas don't hold anything back.  Fans of this book don't need me to tell them how good it is and if you haven't read it yet, do so now.  This is one of the best books out there and while I will be sad when it's over, I can'[t wait to see what happens.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kyle Higgins, Alec Siegel and Thony Silas end their run and while I'm sad the series is over, I enjoyed this low key finale.  Fans may not have found out the backstory of Dick's eye patch (boo!), but the loose ends were tied up like a bow and everything is in place for the book to return, hopefully in the near future.  Batman Beyond 2.0 has been my favorite book and if you haven't read it yet, start for the beginning and find out why.  Thank you Kyle, Thony and Alec for a hell of a good read.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue may end the first arc, but things are just getting started.  I'm glad for that because this book has quickly become one that I look forward to each week.  Check it out if you are a fan of the Arkham games, Batman or quality comics.  It is that good and well worth the $0.99 investment.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a great issue of Arkham Knight and while every fan should agree, those Oracle fans out there are in for a special treat.  This issue feels like the beginning of a new direction for Gotham and everybody in it...heroes, villains and everyone else.  The story was great and ended with a cliffhanger that promises some big time action, but the art (especially John Rauch's colors) steal the show.  I loved this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue gives us some Bane backstory, another awesome guest villain and the best Arkham Knight action since this series began.  Yea, this is a great issue thanks to strong writing and awesome art. Seriously, how can you go wrong with strong writing and awesome art?  The answer is, you can't.  If you have been on the fence with this book, climb the hell down and start reading it!.  Who sits on fences nowadays anyway?
View Issue       View Full Review

Talk about saving the best for (almost) last.  This penultimate issue of Batman: Eternal makes everything make sense and then tears it all apart.  The story and art were excellent and I can't wait for next week's finale.  This is my favorite issue of Eternal in a long time.
View Issue       View Full Review

The relaunch of Batwoman is part horror part crime procedural and all good.  It is a moody title that is complemented expertly by Blackman's art.  I can't recommend it highly enough. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Batwoman #28  is the best issue in Marc Andreyko's run and the best in almost a year.  By making it personal, Andreyko is also making it powerful and real.  Jeremy Haun's art is the perfect compliment to the story and is equally impressive.  Overall, this is just a great issue.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Leave your preconceived notions at the door, pay the cover charge and rock and roll.  This book is a winner and I hope that everyone gives it a shot because it looks to be the beginning of something special.  Brenden Fletcher takes Dinah into new territory, but doesn't forget her past.  That combined with Annie Wu's awesome art makes it easy to recommend this book to everyone out there.  Jump on now so you can brag that you were there at the beginning.
View Issue       View Full Review

I would be satisfied with seeing the Black Canary band travel the country kicking ass on and off the stage, but Brenden Fletcher is giving us more.  We are seeing the band come together (again, on and off the stage) and Fletcher is dropping crazy reveal bombs left and right.  What we find out in this issue changes everything and I loved it.  Annie Wu and Lee Loughridge's art is like a tour poster come to ass kicking life and I can't recommend this issue and series enough.  By the way, Guns n' Roses were actually late to their gigs because Axl was a douche.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have even the slightest interest in Captain Marvel, pick this book up! Kelly Thompson gets everyone up to speed in an action packed issue that's fun, exciting and looks great. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue made me glad to be a fan of this book. It looks like Selina is going to go back int he costume full time and while that makes me a bit sad, I know Genevieve Valentine will nail it. Why? Because this issue is a bit of a sneak peek of what's to come and it was great. David Messina's art is just as good and if you aren't currently reading this book, you are crazy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Frank Tieri has the bittersweet job of ending the Catwoman series and does it in style.  He doesn't rely on smoke and mirrors or forced emotions like some of the other finales we've been getting, but instead just tells a damn good story that ties perfectly into his overall arc and slips in a little origin while we aren't looking.  Pretty sneaky, sis.  The art was just as fantastic and while I am sad to see Catwoman zoom off into the sunset (actually, into the night), I'm glad that I was along for the ride.
View Issue       View Full Review

Marv Wolfman gives readers tired of the Convergence formula a kick in the pants.  Superman and Supergirl make the fight personal and I'm not talking about Telos and his silly kumite.  Story and character are center stage and this is the Convergence story for all you Supergirl fans out there. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a damn good comic. Even if you aren't into Daredevil, I suggest you give this a try for the intriguing story and the great art.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chip Zdarsky is killing it on this bookI just hope everyone survives! This issue is full of tension and over the top action and its all wrapped up in a smart and gripping story. Jorge Fornes art took a tiny bit to get used to, but after that, I was up and running. Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor has another winner on his hands!  Dark Knights of Steel continues from the excellent opener and may even top it. Though some may fight me on it, I think this is Taylor's best Elseworlds story since Injustice.
View Issue       View Full Review

Dark Knights of Steel #6 ends the first half of the story with a couple of reveals, some character work, and me wanting the next issue now!  I said it before, but this is Tom Taylor's best Elseworlds story since Injustice.
View Issue       View Full Review

Detective Comics has jumped to the top of my pile and the only thing upsetting me about the book is that DC doesn't announce Bryan Hill as it's full-time writer.  Things are still being set up, but the characters are all spot on, Miguel Mendonca and the art team are doing a great job and the story is a great mix of mystery, action and fan service.  If you haven't been reading Detective lately, now is your chance to have some fun!  Highly recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue slows down a little bit from the last one with not as much action going on, but we get some awesome progression of the story. The book looks fantastic and is set up for a kick ass ending.
View Issue       View Full Review

Fantastic. From start to finish, this book is fantastic. Millar and Immonen have made something really special here and I can't wait to see this adapted onto the big screen. This is a master class in how to make good comics. Any comic book fan should read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue and after the really good Wedding last month, the Fantastic Four is now one of my favorite Marvel books. If youve been waiting for the Fantastic Four to really return, I am glad to tell you they have.
View Issue       View Full Review

Since this is free, I can say things like the art is worth the price of admission alone and the story really gives you a bang for your buck, but I could say that even if this was a regular priced issue. Both stories have me eager to get back to the regular issues of each book and while Gerry Duggans Savage Avengers story was my favorite, Jason Aaron had me laughing throughout the first one as well. Great job!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue picks up for the great ending last month and well, runs with it.  Venditti and Jensen are shaping two awesome and unique stories that are full of drama and mystery.  I really can't wait to see what happens next because of the crazy foundation laid out this month.  With Brett Booth and Andre Coelho kicking ass on art, this book is one of the best combination of story and visuals on the shelf today.  I loved it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been a fan of this entire arc and this finale only strengthens my opinion of it.  Venditti and Jensen wrap everything up and while Barry's life is a complete mess, I wouldn't want it any other way.  The action packed story is only topped by Brett Booth's great art and the book ends with a cliffhanger that will have Flash fans salivation until it picks up again in June.  That's a lot of saliva...I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Two issues in and I'm completely sold on this book.  There really isn't a more charming book out there and it's just getting started. The underlying mysteries surrounding the Academy and it's students (and teachers) has me completely under it's spell and I can't wait for more.  Becky Cloonan, Brenden Fletcher and Karl Kerschl have a winner on their hands and I can whole heartily recommend to almost anyone, comic fan or not.
View Issue       View Full Review

I don't know how many ways I can say it, I love this book.  Please do yourself and anyone you know a favor and read it.  It's a charming all-ages mystery with great characters and awesome art.  In other words, I love it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book continues being great and exciting, fun.  Becky Cloonan, Brenden Fletcher and Karl Kerschl continue giving fans a developing mystery and while we get some answers this month, we also get some intriguing new developments.  I love this book and recommend it to anyone and everyone.
View Issue       View Full Review

Personal protest aside, I loved this issue and I continue to love every bit of this book.  How could I not?  I love the characters, setting, story and art.  Like I said, I love every bit of this book.  If you haven't been reading yet, jump on in.  Unless you have some dumb, personal protest or something.
View Issue       View Full Review

I am a huge Grayson fan and this issue isn't changing that at all.  While it may not be a great jumping on point, it was pure gold for returning fans.  The story was a great mix of past and present and the art was it's usual greatness.  The issue has so many cool things to explore going forward and I'm gald I will be there for the ride.  If you haven't figured it out yet, I loved this issue!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is that rare combination, a great tie-in that is also a great regular issue as well.  This issue rockets the Robin War forward and I am so excited to see what happens next.   Grayson has been my favorite DC book for a while and I hope this issue shows people not yet reading it what they've been missing.  By that, I mean great characterizations, dialogue, story and art.  That's a combination that's hard to beat.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #26 is a great start to the Outsiders War arc and a great comic in general.  The art and storytelling are fantastic and has the bonus of being newcomer friendly.  To say there is no reason not to read this is ridiculous because everyone is reading it already, right?  If not, go out now and buy Lemire and Sorrentino's entire Green Arrow run and get cracking!
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #27 is a must read for Green Arrow fans.  The Outsider's War is heating up and with Lemire and Sorrentino at the helm, this train is making hay.  Seriously, pick it up now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #31 ends the Outsiders War in great fashion.  The story is great and the art is awesome.  What else can I say?  Everyone should be reading this book and this arc is as great a place to start as any.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #1 is precisely what I want from the Dawn of DC.  Joshua Williamson is tying up loose ends, but in a way that feels fresh and new.  The book looks fantastic, has some Rebirth feels, and sets up a mystery that could have big ripples throughout the DCU.  Highly Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow Year One #1 is such a quick read that I had to make sure it was a complete issue.  Andy Diggle sets up the spoiled Oliver Queen heading for a fall really well and Jock's art is fantastic.  Even going in knowing what was bound to happen, I was still on the edge of my seat and can't wait to read the next issue.  Highly Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow Year One #1 is such a quick read that I had to make sure it was a complete issue. Andy Diggle sets up the spoiled Oliver Queen heading for a fall really well and Jock's art is fantastic. Even going in knowing what was bound to happen, I was still on the edge of my seat and can't wait to read the next issue. Highly Recommended!
View Issue       View Full Review

Harley Quinn #13 is another great issue.  Amanda Conner and Jimmy Palmiotti end the Harley Quinn/Power Girl teamup and how sad I am it's ending is high praise for how good it was.  Chad Hardin's art helped make the hilarious superhero action come to life and I wish it could continue forever.  All good things must come to an end, but I hope Conner and Palmiotti continue to mix strong story in with the inappropriate humor because it's two great tastes that taste great together.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is yet another great special issue of Harley Quinn.  Maybe it's just me, but Harley and Valentine's Day seem to go together in a sadistic, twisted and awesome way.  Throw in a campy filled issue that could have been lifted from a Batman '66 episode (that could never, ever be aired) and you've got yourself an issue that I can easily recommend to any Harley, Batman or comic fan out there.  Happy Valentine's Day.
View Issue       View Full Review

It surprises me to say it, but I loved this issue.  Dan Abnett gives readers great character moments, awesome action and a cliffhanger that has me as excited as I am worried for next week.  This is the book I've been waiting for over the past twenty three weeks and I hope it continues from here on out.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have even a little interest in the Injustice 2 game or great comics in general, pick up this book. It's already the book I look most forward to each week and with art and characters this great, I don't see that changing anytime soon. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Gods Among Us #23 is another winner.  Tom Taylor's script is excellent and the art team of Casas, Lopez and Raapack back it up.  This comic continues to impress week in and week out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Gods Among Us #32 is another winner.  Tom Taylor's script is excellent and the art team of Casas, Lopez and Raapack back it up.  This comic continues to impress week in and week out.
View Issue       View Full Review

Chapter 2 was a nice second half to the "All Bad Things Must End" story. Christopher Sebela really knows how to right Harley so well and shows he really knows the world he's working with. The art from Tom Derenick was awesome and very colorful. With this series, there doesn't to seem to be any required reading or playing to just jump into this comic, which you so definitely should.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this chapter, as much as I've loved the series so far. “Sidekicks” Part 1 really delves into Harley's love for her new goons. Let me just say, if you still haven't jumped in, pick these 3 chapters up and follow it. The art is so nice and these writers have really captured Harley's character so well as we continue her life post-Joker in this Injustice world.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter felt like a throw back with awesome character moments, incredible art and the best Harley Quinn we've seen in a long time.  This is one of Brian Buccellato's best chapters since jumping on this book and gave me the feels multiple times.  The feels, I tells ya!  This is a reminder to everyone why this series is still relevant and why I am still a huge fan.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is what Injustice is all about.  Action, shocking twists and great character moments.  If I was going to reach into my book, "Generic Phrases for Comic Reviewers", I'd say this chapter was a roller coaster ride of emotions and I wouldn't be lying.  I loved it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Buccellato introduces us to the heroes that will eventually save the day and it's like having dj vu all over again.  While their Earth seems like a grand old time compared to the one we've been dealing with, Buccellato shows us there is trouble in paradise which will have to be dealt with before anyone is saving anybody.  The story and art were excellent and the cliffhanger makes me wish this book came out every day!
View Issue       View Full Review

Year Three continues to impress.  The shift to the magical side of the DCU has made this book so fresh, but Tom Taylor ends by reminding us this is still Injustice after all.  Mike S. Miller does a great job with all the characters and I simply cannot wait until next issue. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Kudos to Brian Buccellato for ending Year Three with story and style.  While the twist was not surprising, it was still awesome.  Awesome and a bit touching.  As it stands, Team Superman may have an advantage going into Year Four, but fans know changes can come real fast.  I wish May would come fast because the wait is already killing me.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #9 takes the buildup of the past few issues and runs with it.  With Year Two, Tom Taylor has shown he's not a one-trick pony by upping the characterization and story, but it's great to get back to the explosive action.  Of course, Bruno Redondo is there to make everything look great.  This issue is titled "Road to War", but after this,  the road got a lot shorter.  The War is on.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue.  Even if you've been begging for all out action and killing, you will too.  Tom Taylor hits the reader where it hurts and I dare you not to get choked up by the end.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two has been all about the journey, but now that the destination is in site it's getting crazy good.  This issue has three awesome moments, though in this case "awesome" means "heart wrenching". Xermanico's art is good, but it's the story that will blow the reader away.  I can't wait for next weeks finale and then bring on Year Three.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love this book and can't wait to read the next issue already. Chip Zdarsky brings the action, the character moments and the clever twists without making you wait for six issues to get them. Outrageous! The story and art combine to make this book feel so important and I give this my full recommendation.
View Issue       View Full Review

This comic is great! Plain and Simple, I now after four exceptional issues have full confidence in the creator team. I know I am going to get a great comic every time. When I purchase an issue I know I am going to get outstanding art. The story even though this being an information heavy issue this time didn't seem like it at all. Most likely due to the well thought out pacing and tempo of the comic.
View Issue       View Full Review

Man this is a very enjoyable Kung-Fu comic. The art is just outstanding. Perkins fighting sequences and detail is superb. And I am officially a fan of Brisson. His 5 issues on Bullseye I really recommend also.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wow, this book took me by surprise. I know my love for Jeff Lemire brought me into this book with high hopes that it would be good; but I didn't expect this. Amazing story, with phenomenal pacing and great art. Leaving you wanting to see what happens next.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you liked the first issue and were worried that the momentum would not maintain into the second, you can put those fears down to rest.  This issue continues to be amazing and my favorite Black Label book so far.  With realistic logic applied to a well-written story showcased by fantastic art, this is a book well worth the read. 
View Issue       View Full Review

I still do not have any complaints in this book. While I realize that this graphic crime content may not be what everyone is looking for in their DC book, it continues to be my favorite story right now. The progression and the pace is consistent, the story is intriguing, characterizations and dialogue is spot on, the art is beautiful. What else do you want? I only want to know what happens next. Check it out for yourself.9.5/10
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue had it all.  Humor, excitement, Blue Beetle, Booster Gold, fun and even more humor.  I laughed out loud the entire issue and can't wait until next month.  Howard Porter's art is second to none and everything in this book looks stunning.  I can't stress how good this book is and as an added bonus, this issue is so new user friendly.  If you aren't reading this book, do yourself a favor and at least give it a try.  Trust me, it's worth it.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue solidified this book at the top of my pile.  It is funny, action and character packed and just plain awesome.  Keith Giffen and J.M. DeMatteis do such a great job mixing together old school references with new versions of characters to make a book that is oddly comfortable while being completely unique.  It also doesn't hurt that it's got charm and wit to boot.  Everyone should be reading this book.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I know I come off as a fanboy when I talk about JL 3000, but I don't care.  I love this book and this issue continues the greatness that Giffen, DeMatteis and Porter have given fans each month.  I'm so glad this book will return in June and I'm very interested in the hint of the new direction.  I hope this rebirth will convince more people to jump on board.  It's a crazy ride, but one I guarantee you will love.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #18 heats up the Justice Lords story to a scorching burn.  The question of Wonder Woman isn't answered, but some other questions and realities are more pressing by the end.  The War is officially on and it is and will continue to be awesome.
View Issue       View Full Review

J. M. DeMatteis opens up the world of Gods and Monsters this issue and I loved everything we see.  Favorite characters are introduced and we get a glimpse of the reason the Justice League will eventually be formed.  It's not exactly heroic, but that's what makes it so great.  Thony Silas' art is a treat to look at and the story is moving ahead and in a different direction than I ever imagined.  I want more now!
View Issue       View Full Review

I really liked the first issue in this three part story, but this issue was even better.  Kirk Langstrom is not the typical hero, but this is not a typical story.  It's a dark and bloody horror comic that has me questioning why I never liked these kind of comics in the past.  Damn you, DeMatteis.  Damn you and Mathew Dow Smith for making such a great comic.  Damn you and thank you.  i can't wait for the finale!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue ends the awesome Superman origin story in a dark and fitting way.  J.M. DeMatteis used the first two issues to set up Hernan as a conflicted character and it pays off big time here.  The pain and scars he bears make this Superman feels so real even as bullets bounce off his chest.  Mortitat's art helps tell the story and make this book a joy to look at.  Overall, this was another great issue in a series that hasn't let me down yet.  Bring on Wonder Woman!
View Issue       View Full Review

Rob Williams gives fans a penultimate issue that not only has me excited for the finale, but is my favorite issue of the series.  Him and Walter Simonson give us an issue that had everything that was promised when this series began and maybe even more.  This issue actually made me smile and that's not something I do often.
View Issue       View Full Review

Anyway, the series was great especially this last issue. Again, it had its ups and downs mainly because I didn't know where it was going. This is an example as to why you sometimes need to stick through a series to the end. If I didn't, I never would have gotten to this amazing issue. Pick up the entire series and feel free to read it with your kids. They will love it too. How many books can you and your littlest both read and enjoy? Trust me and go for it! I have no doubt you will love it! 
View Issue       View Full Review

This is an outstanding number one issue. It gave me all the information and tone I need to keep moving on with the story. It also gave me all the action and intrigue I need to keep buying the comic. The dialogue is great. Walker gives everyone in the comic their own voice. The art team is stupendous. They convey action and emotion extremely well.
View Issue       View Full Review

Pick this issue up but make sure to read the arc first. With Thanos done, I think this may be top dog in my pull list. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Midnighter is off with a bang.  Steve Orlando doesn't hold any hands, but the effort the reader puts in is paid back tenfold.  Midnighter is a badass and the world around him is dangerous and full of mystery.  While bits of the story may leave you confused (in a good way, mind you), the art does nothing but impress.  This is a great beginning of a story I hope sticks around for a long time.
View Issue       View Full Review

I absolutely love this series. Jeff Lemire is weaving an amazing story with Moon Knight. Even though I miss Greg Smallwood's art, the story more than makes up for it. Sure, I have no clue what exactly is going on, but I can't wait to find out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is, without a doubt, my favorite book I'm reading from any publisher at the moment. I can't get enough of it. Each month while I'm waiting for the next issue to come out, I keep rereading the rest of the run and trying to predict what's coming next. Any fan of good storytelling that doesn't mind a slow burn will enjoy this book. Do yourself a favor and give it a try.
View Issue       View Full Review

An extremely enjoyable read throughout, and I am very excited to see how the new #1 fares in the coming battle next volume!
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been reading New Suicide Squad then go out and get this Annual immediately.  It's that good and brings the current arc to an amazing close.  It also sets up the new status quo going forward and redeems a character that I thought I'd never like.  Great job by everyone involved.
View Issue       View Full Review

Nighthawk continues being my favorite Marvel book because David F. Walker tells it like it is and make no excuses.  I'd say he doesn't offer any apologies, but why should he?  This is a brutal, street level, kickass book that may be a little too real for some people, but those are probably the people who should be reading it.  In fact, everyone should be reading it because it is just that good.
View Issue       View Full Review

All in all, this is definitely a buy and I can't recommend this enough and can't wait to see what comes in the next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

RWBY/Justice League barrels ahead with an exceptionally entertaining issue that rounds out and brings together our central characters. While there is a bit of forced exposition and lore-dump, the cute and funny interactions between the characters are a joy to read, and the art manages to stay stylish and consistent from the first issue despite an artist change. Simply put, this is a must-read for RWBY fans, with an understanding of the characters' voices that the show often struggles to maintain, and featuring versions of the Justice League heroes I want to see a lot more of.
View Issue       View Full Review

Basically, you should read this entire series again, or at least 4 times, and also buy the FF trades while you're at it, oh and Secret War, oh and again just read anything Hickman writes and you'll be pleased. I totally recommend this book, this issue, and until he lets me down, you should read all Hickman you can get your hands on.
View Issue       View Full Review

The potential for great things involving SHIELD is currently out there now and I hope Hickman or anyone for that matter runs with it. If you're a Hickman fan, get the issue. If you can wait, the hardcover comes out next month with 6 issues in it. I totally recommend a reread of the entire thing and have no doubt this hardcover will be on my bookshelf at home.
View Issue       View Full Review

I encourage everyone out there looking for a good mature book to give this one a try. The art is fantastic, the story is gripping, and the characters are interesting. This book is the real deal.
View Issue       View Full Review

Sensation Comics featuring Wonder Woman #4 is a charming and cute origin story for all-ages.  It doesn't talk down to anyone, but instead shows the charm and wonder of the character.  I love stories like this and am so glad we get a weekly book to read them in. Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Everything seems to be back on track with Silk as we get amazing art and incredibly smart dialogue from this creative team. It's very clear that this team knows exactly what they want to do with this character and her story and is very passionate about it. There's very little to be disappointed about with this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

 Smallville: Alien #8 is a great book with great character moments that make Miller's books so good.  Add Salazar's stellar art and you get a must buy.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Alien continues the great story with an action packed chapter 11.  Bryan Q, Miller gives us a hell of a ride with Batman versus Batman, Superman versus the Monitor and a flying Otis saving the day. Go buy this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

If the job of the first issue of an arc is to get the reader pumped up, then mission accomplished.  The crap is already hitting the fan, but the cavalry is on the way.  When all space and time is threatened, can you really show up "on time".  I don't know, but I can't wait to find out.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Continuity #6 grabs the momentum of last issue and runs with it.  The characters are plentiful and great and the action is non-stop.  I'd say I had a great time reading it, but Bryan Q. Miller broke my heart.  Read it and I know you'll agree.  We are halfway through this arc and I'm not sure if I can take this breakneck pace.  However, the cliffhanger promises to shift it into a higher gear for the second half.  I can't wait.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Harbinger #3 is a fun, action packed romp featuring two of DC's favorite dark characters.  Zatanna and Constantine go so well together and Bryan Q. Miller does them justice.  Combine that with excellent art by Daniel HDR and you have yourself a winner.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #1 is a great start to what I'm sure is going to be a fun arc.  Bryan Q. Miller's writing is a given and Marcio Takara brings a unique style along for the ride.  From the incredible Cat Staggs' cover to Superman reciting the Green Lantern Oath and everything in between, you can't go wrong reading this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

There's a ton to like in this issue overall for any comic fan. We're provided a bunch of answers to some of the titles lingering questions, left with a few more still to solve, and are treated with a new Spidey suit to drool over.  We also get killer art and action sequences drawn by McGuinness and his art team.  To top it off, we get an appearance of a classic and new villain from the past, one we're still guessing the identify of to boot. So yeah, Marvel, more of stories like this please!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue never had a dull moment for me and the pacing was just great. It was like watching a movie, the way we go from action to comedy and the panel layout was never distracting and never overdone. This was another solid issue and I recommend it to anyone looking for a good balance of action, comedy, and character development. 
View Issue       View Full Review

What can I say?  This is the best issue of Stormwatch in the New 52.  It is also the last.  Sterling Gates and Jeremy Roberts have returned the original team for safe keeping and  (hopefully) future use.  If Stormwatch returns, these two better be at the helm.  I just wish that return was next month.
View Issue       View Full Review

Mariko Tamaki has won me over with an issue that is more focused and emotional than what I'm used to reading lately.  Seeing Supergirl realize that superpowers are not always enough to save the day was heart breaking and I just wanted to be able to tell her everything will be alright even though I know that's not always how it works.  That's the point that Tamaki nails here...everything may not work itself out in the end, but there is always hope and isn't that what Supergirl is all about?  The story and art are top notch here and I recommend this issue to everyone, even those who wrote off the first issue like myself.  Again, the Get Fresh Crew were right!  Whoop Whoop!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

While this issue broke my heart, I have to give huge props to Christos Gage and Mike Hawthorne for making me care in the first placeand boy did I care! If you havent read this series yet, I highly recommend you do.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #2 continues to impress.  Charles Soule is giving us a personal tale of two of Earth's most powerful Heroes.  Tony S. Daniel's art compliments both the story and it's main characters so well.  This is now become one of my top five books in the New 52.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman #3 is great.  This book has action, romance, humour and great art to boot.  Charles Soule and Tony S. Daniel have given us an early Christmas present and I'd like to thank them for that.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman/Wonder Woman has become one of my favorite books in the New 52.  This issue again shows just how well Soule knows both characters and the repercussions of their relationship.  Daniel's outstanding art is icing on an already delicious cake.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman Unchained #4 continues Scott Snyder and Jim Lee's run as the best Superman book in the New 52.  This issue is action packed, mystery filled fun and excitement.  The storytelling and art combine to make this one special book indeed.  Must Read.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman Unchained #8 is another great chapter in Scott Snyder and Jim Lee's never on time series.  Because of the delays, this book seems to have slipped through the cracks, but believe me, it's still great.  I love Snyder's Superman and Lee's art is just awesome.  If you've fallen off the book (I really couldn't blame you), jump back on and finish the ride.  Hopefully we won't have to wait too long.
View Issue       View Full Review

Superman: Lois and Clark may only be three issues in, but it is already my favorite Superman book and may just be my favorite book, period.  It really is that good.  Dan Jurgens and Lee Weeks are giving fans the characters they want and deserve and while this series is still in the setup phase, this issue pushes things forward so well.  Everything that Superman wanted to avoid is happening and I can't wait to see how he gets himself and his family out of this brewing trouble.  Issue #4 can't come soon enough.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing: Futures End #1 really has nothing to do with the main Futures End story and in this case, I'm glad.  Charles Soule gives the readers a great story of what the Avatar of the Green can accomplish with five years of wanting and planning.  Jesus Saiz's art is the best he's done and the combination of everything makes a must read issue for fans.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Waltz and Kevin Eastman give us an almost one-shot that is full of nostalgia, awesome fighting and trash talking.  It all comes together into a fun time that is a must read for every Turtles fan, but also great for those just wanting to get a taste of what the hype is all about.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Teenage Mutant Ninja Turtles: Turtles in Time #1 is a great book to read if you want some unabashed fun and hilarity.  Everything is fun from Paul Allor's fast paced script to Ross Campbell's cartoony art.  Anyone with even the slightest interest in the Turtles needs to read this book.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Eliot Rahal, Daniel Kibblesmith and Kendall Goode finish up this initial arc of The Doorman and if you are a fan of sci-fi, fantasy, good books, laughing...you need to pick up the whole series. I haven't made any bones about it, I love it and I want more!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a great first chapter of what is promised to be the definitive origin of Wonder Woman.  While that's a big statement, if the full series is as good, I'll have to agree with it.  Renae De Liz and Ray Dillon give the reader a great combination of story and art and I've already fallen in love with this book.  If you are a Wonder Woman fan, or a comic fan in general, give this first chapter a look see and I think you'll be hooked.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a Wonder Woman fan then you should be ready this series already, but if you've been staying away for some reason, I have two words for you...Etta Candy! Yep, Wonder Woman's best friend is in the house and she is as incredible as you could ever hope. This issue is all about her and I loved every second of it. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of those chapters that doesn't just transition into the next phase of the story of Wonder Woman, but lifts the veil from everything that's already happened. The cliffhanger is one of those "I don't know what's going to happen next" moments, but seriously, I don't know what's going to happen next and I can't wait to see how it all works out. If you have been reading this book since the beginning, this issue is for you.
View Issue       View Full Review

While I am so happy this isn't the ending, Renae De Liz and Ray Dillon finish up their awesome first volume by tying things up and also giving fans huge hints and promises of what's to come.  It all makes the wait for the next bunch of stories easier and harder all at the same time.  I don't know if that makes any sense, but I do know that I love this book and beg and plead for everyone to at least give it a try.  I am not a guy who likes to put myself out on the limb much, but I will with this book because of the obvious care and love both De Liz and Dillon put into it.  Plus, it just kicks total butt!!!
View Issue       View Full Review

The only thing I can say bad about this series and this issue in particular is that I want so much more. Thankfully, Heavy Metal is continuing it because it really feels like things are just heating up...probably because they are.  We finally see the mystery big bad and it just opens up a world of possibilities going forward.  I will be reviewing The Paybacks when it comes out this Summer and I can't wait!!!  If you haven't read it yet, do yourself a favor and grab the trade (it just came out), but remember, it's mine!
View Issue       View Full Review

The only thing I can say bad about this series and this issue, in particular, is that I want so much more. Thankfully, Heavy Metal continued it because it really feels like things were heating up...probably because they are. We finally see the mystery big bad and it just opens up a world of possibilities going forward. If you haven't read it yet, do yourself a favor and grab the trade and thank me later.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Royals: Masters of War #5 is the best of an already excellent series.  Rob Williams and Simon Coleby have given us a mature, thought provoking comic that is also so much damn fun.  This book deserves to be read by everyone.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue for very personal reasons. While that may not translate to everyone, it is a realistic and unflattering look at mental disorder. The fact that Jeremy Whitley did it with little to no hype and (from the special thanks) research to boot, really made it feel genuine and thus very unique in this day and age. Plus, Gurihirus art made me smile through the tears!
View Issue       View Full Review

Overall, The Unwritten - Apocalypse #2 is a complex, dense and layered story. Mike Carey makes you work for your enjoyment, but it's worth the effort. It helps that Peter Gross' art is so good as well. I recommend this issue and series to anyone looking for a great story that isn't spoon fed to the reader.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Unwritten - Apocalypse #4 ends the War Stories arc in grand fashion with great dialogue and characterizations. Mike Carey ties in old and new threads to make this a story that demands to be read. It's really that good. Peter Gross' gets to show his flair for expression and emotions that makes the combination of art and story seamless. Please read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

Altogether the blend of a great script and bold yet simplistic art make this an issue #1 worth picking up, and a series to look forward to.
View Issue       View Full Review

I find it difficult to sum up my love for this series into words. In the superhero medium of comics it's incredibly rare to find such a charming and fun original hero so this is something truly special and I have a blast every time this comic is released.   While some might argue that the character isn't wholly original, the argument being she's a knock off of Gwen Stacy and Deadpool, I would argue otherwise and tell anybody listening to keep reading because you're missing something on another level altogether.
View Issue       View Full Review

Not only are two of my favorite characters duking it out on the pages, just like old times, but Robbie Thompson and the art team give this book a compelling narrative to follow and look forward to here and each and every issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Vision has become the family horror movie I need Marvel to make.  It's rare to find a book you're able to enjoy month in and month out regardless of what the overall story in the issue tends to be.  I love how King keeps us in a constant state of alert and I just have no idea what to expect next. Kudos goes to the entire creative team for staying sharp issue after issue and never wasting a page, a moment, or a panel in this series so far.  My only complaint is I see issue 12 and the series ending way too soon. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This isn't a book you can jump into and fully enjoy. You need to read this from start to finish and appreciate the entire masterpiece to get the full effect of its utter creepiness. There continues to be little bad to say about Vision as it remains the title, from the All-New All-Different Marvel lineup, that deserves your attention the most. Tom King, Gabriel Hernandez Walta, and Jordie Bellaire have come together to craft the perfect twelve issue mini-series, so keep a spot on your bookshelf warm.  Vision and his family's journey ends next month and I can't wait for the undoubtedly heart breaking send off. 
View Issue       View Full Review

This first issue shows that Marc Andreyko knows his way around Wonder woman '77 and thus I can recommend to any of the shows fans.  Actually, with such a fun story and great art by Drew Johnson, I can't see anyone walking away disappointed. This book is yet another Digital First hit that I'm looking forward to seeing more of as quick as possible. Now if only I could get my donut bacon cheeseburger.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is quickly becoming my favorite Wonder Woman book out today.  I know it's a bit early to make such grandiose claims, but Marc Andreyko obviously loves the source material as much as a certain comic book reviewer.  Drew Johnson and Matt Haley make everything look great and I suggest that every Wonder Woman fan check this out.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is such a great way to kick off the return of Wonder Woman '77.  We get the usually greatness of Marc Andreyko's continuation of the TV series with the added bonus of getting the introduction of Diana's greatest villain.  Drew Johnson's art is so good and there really isn't much I could find at fault here.  If you love Wonder Woman, grab this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #23.1 has made me a Cheetah fan. Ostrander and Ibanez have done a great job making Cheetah a great New 52 Villain. She is vicious, ruthless and sympathetic. I can't wait to see more of her and Ostrander and Ibanez in the near future.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brian Azzarello nailed this one. He established the First Born as a great, powerful villain who is sure to shake up the world when Wonder Woman returns. This issue is what I wish most of the Villain's Month issues were...great reads that set up the future of their respective series.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #28 is great.  It's not user friendly, it's not easy in easy out.  It's a book that builds on every issue that came before it, but if you put in the work you will be rewarded with one of the best books in the New 52.  This issue is just another brick in the wall.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's no mistake that Wonder Woman has been one of the New 52s shining lights.  Azzerello and Chiang are so good and everything they have given us in past issues is beginning to pay off.  if this is any indication of how their run will end, it will go down as the definitive Wonder Woman for years to come.  It is that good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #30 is great.  Brian Azzarello continues his long form story of gods, monsters, princesses and more monsters.  I review each issue as it comes out, but they are all just brick and mortar to this incredible series as a whole.  If you haven't read this from the beginning, shame on you.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #31 continues Azzarello's brilliant run by being another great brick in the wall.  The road has been so good and the destination is in site.  Goran Sudzuka fills in on art and is superb as usually.  This is the best book in the New 52 and everyone should be reading it.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have already fallen in love with Greg Rucka's Wonder Woman, prepare to fall head over heels all over again.  If the Rebirth beginnings turned you away or you haven't even given it a try yet, this is the issue to make you see what us smart people have been saying all along...Greg Rucka is writing a great Wonder Woman book and everyone should be reading it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Rucka takes a well worn story and shows that if you tell it right, it can feel fresh over and over again.  There is nothing here that will shock you, but it still will amaze you with how well it's done.  I am a sucker for origin stories, but even if you're not, you will love this issue for it's great storytelling and insanely great art.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you love Wonder Woman than this issue is your invitation to celebrate what makes her great by a huge creative team that loves her just as much (or more) than you.  It's an oversized issue stuffed with stories and art and I'm sure that everyone will find plenty to love.  This isn't a history lesson for newcomers, but a true celebration of one of the best and most important characters ever created.
View Issue       View Full Review

I really enjoyed this first issue of X-Force. Its an action-packed romp with a sense of humor and thats fine in my book. I cant wait for next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue could be entirely wordless and I'd suggest you go out and buy it for the art alone. With overly cluttered and claustrophobic art wrapped in dread filled beautiful colors it is absolutely masterful in setting a perfect tone for this story. The story is a bit tropey to start, but it does a fine job of steering around it and ends up adding some great touches by the end.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been saying that this series is a dream come true for Batman and TMNT fans who ever dreamt of this crazy mashup becoming reality, but that might sell it short.  If you are looking for a comic with good guys fighting bad guys with everything on the line and want it all to be tons of fun...grab this series now.  The only thing keeping this issue from a perfect score is it still is just setting up the finale, but it still came damn close.  Damn close.
View Issue       View Full Review

This final issue of Batman: Creature of the Night was dark, heavy and really, really good.  If you expected a more upbeat ending, you haven't been paying attention, but if you really wanted to see the struggle of being Batman, this book is for you.  The story and art were great and I can't recommend it enough.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #14 is the best issue of the series so far.  It is a great story that ties up loose ends and shows this book is more than worthy of it's early promise and hype.  I can't wait to see what happens next.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman: Eternal #21 has me excited about this book again.  James Tynion gives fans so much in this issue including a baddie that people have been begging for.  Jason Fabok's art is so good and combined with Tynion's great story make this the best in the series up until now. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

There really isn't much wrong with this book.  Maybe you can fault it for not being completely new user friendly, but I still think new users can jump in and have a ball.  If you were a fan of Justice League 3000, trust me when I tell you, 3001 is already better and the cliffhanger promises so much more.  Just buy it and fall in love all over again.  Justice League 3000 is dead...Long live Justice League 3001!
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Alien #12 is a great ending to another great arc.  It ties up the story and sets up the future of the book so there isn't much more you could ask for.  The character development and great art make it one of the best books out there so do yourself a favor and read it.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't stress how good this issue was.  It pretty much had everything.  A great story, non-stop action and incredible art.  Charles Soule has given the reader what I think is the best Superman: Doomed chapter yet.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Renae De Liz and Ray Dillon continue giving readers a great book that Wonder Woman fans of all ages can enjoy.  While this middle chapter of the first arc is heavy in the setup department, the story is still top notch and the art is superb.  I have fallen head over heels in love with this title and expect everyone who gives it a try to do the same.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #32 continues the great run of Azzarello, Sudzuka and Chiang.  The Battle for Olympus is on and both sides are already reeling.  While this issue is not new user friendly, I beg you to read it.  This run is one of the best ever and it's ending soon.  Plus, it has Bondage Minotaur.  Enough said.
View Issue       View Full Review

Another week and another amazing issue of Wonder Woman.  Greg Rucka continues his fairy tale-like (re)telling of Wonder Woman's origin and I loved every minute of it.  This issue has the bonus of connecting some major parts to the Lies story and it simply looked great.  Everyone should be reading Wonder Woman!
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #24 is such a good comic.  It brings any newcomers up to speed while providing long time fans with the answers they have been waiting for.  The best part is Geoff Johns does it subtly and effortlessly.  Everything is now in place for the finale next month and I can not wait.  
View Issue       View Full Review

If it isn't obvious, I loved this book. It has great art work, dialogue and in-jokes galore. It is laughing with the 60's Batman show not at it and laughing is what you'll do if you pick it up. I had a smile on my face the entire time.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is another great issue of Arkham Knight.  I love what Peter Tomasi is doing with the Suicide Squad, but it's what he gives us in regards to the Arkham Knight that makes this issue so special.  He fits so much character work in such a limited space and I am hungry for more.  Viktor Bogdanaovic's art is outstanding as usual and he easily handles every character thrown at him.  The book ends with the promise of a cool fight and I will be back next week to see it.  If you aren't reading this book yet, I'd jump on the trolley now because things are really starting to heat up.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Brenden Fletcher is so good at breathing life into his characters that I even fell in love with the awful villain of this issue.  He scales back the story a bit and we get a Maeve origin and I couldn't be happier.  The art and story were top notch and the issue ends with Bo going from jilted ex lead singer to possible super villain.  Throw in a crazy white ninja saving the day and you got yourself a must read issue.  by the way, that's an order, not a description.
View Issue       View Full Review

I know it may sound like I'm gushing about this book, but I already love it.  The characters, setting and art are so magical that anyone that reads will surely join me.  I wonder where it fits in the grand scheme of the New 52, but for now I'm having too much fun to care. It's a pleasant surprise to me, but this book has jumped to the top of my pull list.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue, but that's not surprising since this is my favorite book.  I mention that because when it was announced, I was a huge detractor.  I wanted Nightwing back, but now that this first arc is over, I will do whatever it takes to keep Grayson.  Maybe even mind control.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson is my favorite comic book on the shelves today and this issue only solidifies that fact.  While we are given a huge cliffhanger on the continuing murder mystery setup last issue, we also get some information on Spyral and an awesome guest star...Lex Luthor.  The interaction between Dick and Lex was so great, I want a teamup book right now.  The story and art in this issue is top of the line and combine into a must read book for anyone who's a fan of comics.  I may be a fanboy and certainly sound like on in this blurb, but this book deserves all the attention it gets and more...much more.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

I had so much fun reading this issue. Between the spot on humor and the pulse racing action is the continuation of the Spyral story that may not address Dick's recent doings, but who cares when it's this great. The only thing I didn't like here was a certain character being painted as a villain and I can look past that to smile at the spy/buddy cop homage that is Grayson #16.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jeff Lemire and Andrea Sorrentino just don't know how to make a bad issue of Green Arrow.  This month they give us great action, dialogue and Emiko.  She is so good and is poised to be a breakout character.  I'm sad their run is coming to an end, but I'm so glad I was around to enjoy every bit of it.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo don't seem to able to do any wrong when it comes to Injustice. We get a couple of great reunions, a scene that fans will love so much and a cliffhanger that will certainly make you come back next week. Seriously, you'll get more out of this one digital chapter than some "big" books give you in an entire arc. If you haven't given this series a try, jump on now while it's just getting started, I promise you, you won't regret it.
View Issue       View Full Review

When a character that's only been around since 1975 is already on its eighth different ongoing series, it's usually not good news. That normally means that a lot of different things have been tried and none have caught on. But Jeff Lemire has taken a whole different approach to the character and is elevating Moon Knight beyond what anyone expected. If you're looking for a great new comic that seems to get better with every issue, you need to check out Moon Knight.
View Issue       View Full Review

Volume 24 delivers some of the most thrilling, heart-wrenching, and downright disturbing chapters we've seen so far from this series. The action is intense, the character work is sensational and the cliffhanger is a killer! By temporarily switching the focus away from our favorite heroes, Horikoshi has delivered a fantastic arc that breathes new life into an already solid series. Even I find myself rooting for the league now, and I'm a total hero nut! This storyline has become a fan-favorite for many readers, and it's easy to see why! A must-read indeed!
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Chaos #3 is just a great comic.  Bryan Q. Miller gives the reader three great stories with three great cliffhangers.  I can't wait a week to see what happens next.  Add great art to the mix and we have a winner.  Just remember, Smallville is an awesome comic, Smallville is an awesome comic...
View Issue       View Full Review

Now this is what I expect from Bryan Q. Miller and Smallville.  This issue had action, humor, great art and a Lois and Lex teamup. Things look like they're going to get worse before they get better and I can't wait to see it happen.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #25 is great.  Charles Soule and Jesus Saiz wrap up the Seeder arc with style.  The end sets up an interesting future for The Green that I can't wait to read.  Please read this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't think of a funnier book to recommend to comic book fans.  Donny Cates and Eliot Rahal rip everything a new a-hole and had me laughing every step of the way.  This book is the bastard child of Watchmen and Naked Gun and yes, that is a huge compliment.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Greg Rucka uses Rebirth to change the rules of the game. Instead of giving us a new origin, he is exploring why their isn't a definitive version in the first place. It all goes to another level when we realize that Wonder Woman is stuck in it all and wants out. The art is great, but it's Greg Rucka's story and focus that have me so excited to read whatever he has in store for us.
View Issue       View Full Review

Zod is a monster.  He says it himself.  He actually revels in it.  With Action Comics #23.2 Greg Pak shows what a writing monster he is.  He keeps the classic Zod story mostly in place and fills in new details that make Zod an even better villain than before.  This is by far my favorite Villains Month issue so far and maybe my favorite Action Comics title in the New 52.  Kneel before Pak!
View Issue       View Full Review

Adventures of Superman #27 is a great end to a great arc.  Christos Gage and Eduardo Francisco have created one of the best Bizarro tales I have ever read.  The last panel shows Bizarro with a big smile on his face and I was doing the exact same thing...not the opposite. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Aquaman #25 was a great end to the Death of a King arc and a fitting end to Geoff Johns' run on Aquaman. No longer a joke, Johns leaves Aquaman in such a great place for future writer Jeff Parker to continue the story.  It's sad to see Geoff go, but Aquaman fans were certainly lucky to have him.
View Issue       View Full Review

With Zero Year, Scott Snyder is not just giving us his personal take on the Batman origin, but making it fit in the New 52.  We are seeing the transition from Man to Bat in a way that fits the time frame and new continuity of the universe he inhabits.  But what makes it so grand are the little nods to the readers that love the old stories and the old continuity.  Snyder shows he wants to be known for his new stories, but loves and respects everything that came before him.  He is truly standing on the Shoulders of Giants and letting us see the new view he is creating.
View Issue       View Full Review

It is no surprise that Batman #29 is good.  It is much more than that.  It is an awesome action comic and a great origin revamp for every Batman fan to enjoy.  Throw in some of the best art I have ever seen and you have a winner.  Like I said, with Snyder and Capullo that is no surprise.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is a story I can get behind.  The action is so great and is a fanboys dream come true.  How can you go wrong with Batman versus the Justice League?  I hope we get to see the other members duke it out, but I think the story will be shifting to the main villain next month.  It's a bit of a shame, but I wouldn't blame anyone and I can't wait to see it either.  
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom King gives fans a deep look at what made both Batman and Bane while showing the later beating the tar out of the former.  It's a really great issue with really great art and it's the type of issue I've been waiting for King to give us since the beginning arc of Rebirth.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This the Court of the Owls story I've wanted since they were introduced.  We get to see the power of the Court through flashbacks that are each creepy and disturbing in their own unique way. The Court rules from the shadows and as Gotham crumbles we see they will always be there.  I hope this momentum carries over to Tynion's Talon because this is the story I've been hoping for for a long time.  This is a must read.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue.  The big pull was supposed to be Lois and Clark together again and while it's great to see that, actually seeing Flashpoint Gotham was my favorite part.  Supes, Lois and Jimmy have their hands full and I can't wait to see how it ends next month.  Lee Week's art was great and him and Dan Jurgens have my early pick for best issue of the Event.
View Issue       View Full Review

Grayson was already one of my favorite books on the shelf, but by giving us a peek at the bigger picture, Tim Seeley and Tom King have put it right on top.  Every Dick Grayson fan (and comic fans in general) should be reading this book.  Seeley and King know Dick and Mikel Janin's art is just plain great. Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #24 is that rare comic that has it all.  The story is nonstop adventure and action and the art is breathtaking.  The book is made to be a jumping on point for the uninitiated and also has enough fan service to please long time fans.  Seriously, do yourself a favor and pick this one up.
View Issue       View Full Review

Green Arrow #28 has it all.  Lemire's storytelling is top notch and Sorrentino's art is second to none.  The Outsiders War is nearing an end, but it is so good I wish it could last forever.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is my favorite of the series so far.  Harley and Power Girl together are solid gold and mix in a space adventure that pokes fun at the competition and I'm all in.  Conner and Palmiotti pull no punches as they go for the jugular and the funny bone and score a direct hit on both.  If you like wacky, crazy fun that involves a giant Space Pizza then you should be reading this book.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my favorite chapter of Injustice 2 so far.  Yes, it's because it's a Harley Quinn issue, but also because of the other awesome characters who turn up.  The best part is we don't get much of them so I can look forward to that soon.  The art, story and character work in this book are top notch and I love it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Gods Among Us #35 is another great chapter in a great run.  We finally get to see Batman and Superman square off and the wait has been worth it.  Everything rings true between them which makes the end result even more upsetting.  I seem to say it every week, but I can't wait until next issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

This chapter is so great and I absolutely loved it. Sebela's story here really picked up after those two let down chapters and he kicks it right to 11. It's by far my favorite chapter yet. The art by Santucci is pretty good as well, with character's faces still looking off sometimes but not too jarring. Harley's toxic relationship with Joker is explored in more depth that I was really looking for and it's written so amazing here. The mystery of these parallel characters is still wide open and I can't wait for more revelations and the next chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor has done the impossible by making me like Injustice even more.  The empahasis on the magical side of things and the increased humor has given new life to a book that was already great.  Bruno Redondo and Vicente Cifuentes' art is icing on the cake that is another super issue.  I can't see anyone reading this and not falling instantly in love with it.  It's that good.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue doesn't push the story forward on bit...and it was awesome.  Tom Taylor takes us back to when it all started and gives us an alternate view of what could have been.  It's so familiar and fresh all rolled up into one.  If you have been around since the beginning, you will love this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are an Invader Zim fan, you should be reading this comic.  The gangs all here and Vasquez and Alexovich make sure they are just like you remember.  If you never watched the cartoon and always wanted to see what the buzz was about, this issue is a great jumping on point and should make you into an instant fan.  It's a great, all-ages comic that is fun. looks great and had me laughing the whole way through.  That doesn't happen often.
View Issue       View Full Review

I think this book is a must-read. Chip Zdarsky fills this one issue with more action, character moments and story than a lot of full trades. I cant wait to read the next issue because I havent been this excited about a single issue in a long time!
View Issue       View Full Review

Jeff Lemire continues his trippy, long-form story by giving us a glimpse at a young Marc Spector. I've loved every issue so far, and I can't wait to see where Lemire takes this book next.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Alien #9 is a great story with great art.  Bryan Q. Miller throws so many twists and turns at the reader and each are potential game changers.  I'm just glad that this comes out weekly because I'm not sure I could take a longer wait for the next chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Harbinger #4 wraps up the mini series in such a satisfying way.  Bryan Q. Miller gives us a conclusion to the arc, but also the promise of these characters coming back later, which is great.  We also get a great cameo and a huge (HUGE) twist reveal that will have Teen Titans fans so happy.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern was off to a slower start, but that changed with this issue.  Bryan Q. Miller hits the reader with two huge reveals, a history of the Green Lantern Corp and some awesome Oliver Queen humor.  A weekly book has no right being this jam packed.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Smallville: Lantern #7 is just a great comic.  Bryan Q. Miller brings the fight back to Earth and expands the teams fighting the war.  Marcio Takara's art just keeps getting better with each issue.  This arc is so good and every Smallville, Superman, Green Lantern and/or comic book fan should be reading it.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Max Landis gives fans another great issue in a series that some seem to hate, but I can't stop loving. How could I not when I'm smiling like a big dummy the whole time I'm reading it? I'm still smiling! The story here is ridiculously hilarious on the surface, but that hides the fantastic way Landis is showing Clark make his way in the world. It's all laying the foundation of what it is to be Superman and I love seeing it happen first hand and without an instruction manual. Add Joelle Jones' art to the equation and I was hard pressed to find anything wrong with this issue. Just check your hate at the door and have fun like it's your birthday.
View Issue       View Full Review

Swamp Thing #27 is a great comic.  Fans of Swamp Thing will be floored by what goes on in this issue.  Soule and Saiz are taking the reader on a ride they will not soon forget.  I can't wait for next month already.
View Issue       View Full Review

The Legends of Wonder Woman continues being a treat for Wonder Woman and comic fans in general.  This issue continues showing how a feisty little girl continues her journey towards being a hero.  The art and story combine to form a fairy tale like experience that looks and reads like a classic Disney film and I love it.  Please, don't read into DC Comics lack of support as anything but a huge faux pas on their part...this book is great.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is one of my favorites to read and review each week and this issue is no exception.  I am a big Wonder Woman fan and I am already in love with this version of the character and if this isn't considered a great origin story when all is said and done, I'll be shocked.  The fairytale quality of the story and art make it such an all ages treat and I recommend to anyone who loves the myth and magic of great storytelling.
View Issue       View Full Review

This entire series has been a love letter to Wonder Woman fans and this one steps it up a notch.  If you are a fan of the 70's television Wonder Woman (and I mean the whole 70's), this issue was made for you.  The art and story are superb and may only hit with a small target audience, but I don't care because I'm in it!  Pick this up and read it right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #33 is everything that fans have been waiting for.  It's so sad to see such a great creative team go, but if this issue is any indication, they will leave on a run defining high note.  The story and art are top notch which is what I expect every month from these two.  I don't want it to end, but I can't wait for next month.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is a fantastic retelling of the X-Men story and perfect for new readers eager to learn and old salts looking to take a walk down memory lane.  Ed Piskor doesn't give a page per page retelling, however, but takes all the years of expanded stories, puts them into place and makes it all easily digestible with his classic style.  I can't wait for the next issue and hope that Marvel gives him free reign to do this for all of their franchises.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book is a fantastic retelling of the X-Men story and perfect for new readers eager to learn and old salts looking to take a walk down memory lane. Ed Piskor doesn't give a page per page retelling, however, but takes all the years of expanded stories, puts them into place and makes it all easily digestible with his classic style. I can't wait for the next issue and hope that Marvel gives him free reign to do this for all of their franchises.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Zero Year has gone from "Why do we need this again?" to "I can't believe I ever got along without it!".  With nods to the past and new wrinkles to make it their own, Snyder and Capullo have fashioned a story that already stands with the best of them.  What's even better is that this is only the beginning. I can't wait until next month, but at least it gives me time to pour over this issue again and again.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #25 is a great issue.  Scott Snyder and Greg Capullo continue the history lesson and it is fresh and exciting.  Gotham's future is dark, but this book's is so bright it's blinding.  A must read.
View Issue       View Full Review

Last Month's Superman #1 was my best reviewed issue of the first month and I liked this one even better.  The only thing keeping it from a perfect score is that we don't get much of a Convergence ending.  We do get a heel of a Superman story filled with great characters and superb art.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Daredevil is my favorite ongoing in comics right now, and this issue is one of my favorites of the last couple of years. Don't make me beg you to read this book since I am positive you will thank me when you do.
View Issue       View Full Review

This was a great first issue. It got me hooked in. Honestly, I haven't read a first issue this good ever I think. I have great hope for this series and can not wait to read more. Definitely check this out and put it on your pull list. 
View Issue       View Full Review

Regular series writer, Charles Soule, does a great job giving us two origin stories and a rebirth. Swamp Thing #23.1 is not only my favorite Villain's Month issue, but has made me a Charles Soule fan as well. Believe the hype, he is that good.  Swamp Thing has entered my pull list as long as he is at the helm.
View Issue       View Full Review

Even if I tried, I don't think I'd find anything wrong with this issue.  Coming off a dark and dismal arc, it was so great to sit back and laugh out loud.  Greg Pak gave me a dream come true...a killer Bizarro story.  Aaron Kuder and the rest of the art team can retire now knowing that they can't possibly do anything better.  Well, maybe they can, but I don't care because this issue looks fantastic. If this is a sneak peek at what we are in store for come June, count me in big time.
View Issue       View Full Review

I'll just end by saying that Airboy #1 is one of the most unique comic books I've ever read.  It is raw, profane, over-the-top and simply fantastic.  It will never be confused with all those all-ages comics that are being pushed nowadays and to that I raise a glass and would give a toast if i wasn't so awkward.  This is a must read!
View Issue       View Full Review

I'll just end by saying that Airboy #1 is one of the most unique comic books I've ever read.  It is raw, profane, over-the-top and simply fantastic.  It will never be confused with all those all-ages comics that are being pushed nowadays and to that, I raise a glass and would give a toast if I wasn't so awkward.  This is a must-read!
View Issue       View Full Review

It's funny how a book called Animal Man can be the best depiction of what it is to be human I've read in a long time.  Being the Father of Five Boys, I can only begin to imagine Buddy's loss.  I am  glad to be there with him as he slowly pulls himself up from rock bottom and begins the healing.  Whether or not you are a fan of Animal Man, buy this book.  If you don't know the difference between the Red and the Green, buy this book.  Trust me, it's worth every penny.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman #33 is one of the most satisfying comic books I've ever read.  Scott Snyder manages to tie everything up in a story filled with layer upon layer of greatness.  Greg Capullo's art is second to none and this arc just cements his place in the Bat Hall of Fame.  Zero Year is over and I'm not sure how Snyder and Capullo can top this masterpiece.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is beautiful, brutal, bloody, exciting and important.  Important to Batman and the whole DC Universe.  I really shouldn't have to say anymore.  Just go and buy this issue, read it and have your mind blown.
View Issue       View Full Review

This is my favorite issue of Rebirth so far.  It's also one of my favorite issues period and one of the best payoffs to an arc that I've ever read.  It's that good...trust me!  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Batman Beyond 2.0 #26 is a must read for any Batman Beyond fan.  Higgins and Siegel are writing what is quickly becoming a classic. Hester and Rousseau do there part with art that shows the myriad of emotions running through each character.  I really can't find anything wrong with this issue.  It's that good.  Highest Recommendation.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a fan of the Batman Beyond cartoon and/or Batman: The Animated Series you owe it to yourself to read this series.  Start from the beginning, but when you get to this Mark of the Phantasm arc you will be blown away.  Higgins and Siegel are taking chances and it's paying off in a big way.  I really can't find anything wrong with this issue at all.  Just get it and thank me later.
View Issue       View Full Review

I can't say enough about this issue, but especially the whole arc.  So much of it was jaw dropping and game changing. The Mark of the Phantasm story should go down as one of the best Batman Beyond stories of all time and seriously deserves to be made into an animated film immediately.  I applaud everyone involved and can't wait to see how they even attempt to top this.
View Issue       View Full Review

I usually don't like side stories and I'm not a big fan of Tim Drake, so this issue should have fallen flat for me.  Oh boy, it didn't!  This issue was so great and I beg anyone who loves Tim Drake, Robin or a great story with awesome art to check it out.  Peter J. Tomasi may make a fan of Tim Drake out of me yet.
View Issue       View Full Review

Black Hammer #1 is a great start to a series that I can't wait to keep reading.  Jeff Lemire has captured such a diverse bunch of genres and molded them into a comic that feels like something that came out ages ago, yet still feels totally fresh.  I may be going out on a limb here, but this feels like the start of a classic.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you go into this issue looking for big scenes with heroes and villains beating each other up with the fate of the Universe in the balance, then you will be upset.  The main villain is only hinted at and the issue tugs at the heartstrings instead of hitting you over the head.  Geoff Johns gives us a checklist of how far DC Comics has strayed from it's own legacy, apologizes for it and then shows us how it will be better.  The heavy lifting seems to be left for the individual Rebirth issues starting in June, but the groundwork is laid out and if this issue's mission is to make us remember what we loved about DC Comics in the first place ...mission accomplished!
View Issue       View Full Review

Wow, this little comic sure does set up a new landscape for the DCU come June.  This Free Comic Book Day joint gives us a new Batman, a new writer changing the status quo on Superman and a peek at the future of the Justice League.  Plus, it's FREE!  Go grab it at your local comic book store or any way you can get your hands on it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Whoa, what an issue.  The Flash #23 had everything you could want in a comic.  Great action and fight scenes, check.  Awesome art and coloring? Yep.  A crazy reveal?  Oh yea.  A great cliff hanger that will make the two month wait for the next issue unbearable?  A huge YES.  Do yourself a favor and buy this book for yourself and any comic book fan you know.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you are a Grayson fan, this is a must read.  Saying that seems silly because of course you are going to read it, but a reviewer has to say things like that.  This is more for the Grayson haters that are still out there...get off your soapboxes and get to the comic book store and buy this book.  Your silly protest has lasted long enough and you are missing out on one of the best books period.  When you finally catch up to this issue, remember how great I said it was because by then you will agree with me and will thank me. You're Welcome.
View Issue       View Full Review

I was expecting an emotional return to Gotham, but I couldn't have imagined just how emotional it would be.  Seeing Dick reunite with the Bat Family was great, but Tom King goes even further by using it to set up the ongoing story that only looks to be better from here on out.  No filler here. With a great story and outstanding art, I can't really find anything wrong with this issue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Jeff Lemire and Andrea Sorrentino have given fans an awesome Green Arrow and Futures End issue.  The way these two work together it just isn't fair to other creators.  They are so good and while it's sad this is their last issue, it's a great sendoff.  Highly Recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

Ultimately, our heroes prevailed and became better on their journey along the way.  The art was mind blowing especially the splash pages throughout this issue.  Seriously, they are truly poster worthy and I want them on my bedroom wall right now! Hey Pop, can you tell my girlfriend to let me do that? This story reached its end in such an organic and earned way that I have to give kudos to the entire team.  Thank you for putting out such a great throwback to mine and many other's childhoods. It was greatly appreciated.  Hey Eric, if you are reading...my score is just a gut feeling I have.  Trust the Gut!
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice has be so good every week. This book deserves to be read by everyone who is any sort of superhero fan. The wait until the next issue will be painful, but at least we got another stellar issue as a send off.
View Issue       View Full Review

I love Injustice and I love Tom Taylor.  This two part Superman side-story was a great way for him to say goodbye and while I am so sad to see him go, I'm glad for everything he's done.  Thank You, Tom.
View Issue       View Full Review

Tom Taylor has done it again.  Injustice Year Two is so good.  Do yourself a favor and start reading it now digitally and then when it comes out in print, read it again.  It is that good.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #2  continues what makes Injustice such a great series.  Great and varied characters combined with awesome art and a unique story make this my favorite comic book out right now.  Everyone needs to read this book right now.
View Issue       View Full Review

Injustice: Year Two #24 has it's share of crazy action and death.  It sets up a dark Year Three and I can't wait.  However, the reason fans will love this issue is for the heartwarming and hopeful epilogue that will have them smiling (and maybe even crying) as they get to say goodbye.  Thanks again, Tom.
View Issue       View Full Review

I have been a fan of JL 3000 from the start and this issue still blew me away.  I figured having Booster and Beetle would be fun and it is hilarious, but how DeMatteis and Giffen make it fit in the book is the best part.  Howard Porter's art is excellent and I can only beg people to start reading if they aren't already.  Believe me, the begging is a selfish gesture...I want this story to continue.
View Issue       View Full Review

Justice League Beyond 2.0 #24 is a great end to a great event to a great series.  Christos Gage and Dexter Soy have given us so much and I've loved everything.  Thanks guys and I hope you get back to the Justice League Beyond Universe sometime soon.
View Issue       View Full Review

Call it a clich, but I really can't wait until next month. This book is so good. The story is confusing as hell but also intriguing as hell. I only wish DC had this book so it could come out twice a month. I say it every month, but you really need to pick this up.
View Issue       View Full Review

This book may not be for everyone. Some people might not like the fact that the story isn't getting any clearer and more questions keep getting raised. Some people might not like the art style. Some might hate the long-form story that doesn't have natural arcs. I am definitely not one of those people. I love everything that I just mentioned. My only complaint is that one issue a month isn't enough for me. I want more.
View Issue       View Full Review

After this finale, I can officially say that this series ismy favorite run of any comic I've ever read. I am very sad to see it come to anend, but I loved reading every single issue, and will re-read it for years. Ifyou're a fan of comics at all, give this book a try. It is awesome.
View Issue       View Full Review

It's been a long time since I've given a book a perfect score (Tom King's Batman #5 if you are keeping score), but as a Dick Grayson fan, I can't find anything wrong with this first issue of Tom Taylor and Bruno Redondo's run of Nightwing.  It's been a long time coming, but I think I will finally get my favorite character and my favorite book to be the same again!  Everyone should grab this one!
View Issue       View Full Review

This is one of the most satisfying comics I've read in a long, long time.  Every single DC fan upset with the current state of Superman affairs needs to read this issue and series right away to know that it can be better.  This book isn't just better, it's damn near perfect!
View Issue       View Full Review

If issue 1 indicates the story's quality and execution as we advance, I am all in. The nice thing about Bad Idea's shipping schedule is that they have so few books every month that I am inclined to give this issue at least two more reads before the next installment is released on June 2nd. The art, story, character building, and overall execution are on point. I have no complaints.
View Issue       View Full Review

I could go on and on about how you should buy this book if you like this or that, but really, you should buy it because it kicks total ass!  It's Sci-Fi Adventure hilarity with characters that are so fleshed out that you will think of them as friends.  The story and art are beyond good and while I hate to recommend things for fear of retaliation, I give this entire series a huge thumbs up.  If you like cute little animals and babies, you should buy it.  If not, you are a monster!
View Issue       View Full Review

I love this book and if you aren't reading it right now, I cannot recommend highly enough that you should go to your local comic book shop and catch up on the series (or maybe at least wait for the first trade). We get dark and gritty situations that have been given some dark humor to really give the reader something unique from most comics out there. This issue in particular may have focused more on the fun side of this comic, but it's still a joy to read as the art, dialogue, and storytelling remain at the top of the game.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you have been reading this series just waiting until Diana becomes Wonder Woman, the time has come. She has pretty much announced herself to the world and Etta Candy is there to lend a helping hand, a needle and thread and impeccable taste! This chapter was so much fun and if it doesn't put a smile on your face, then I believe the Duke of Deception has already gotten to you.
View Issue       View Full Review

How can I go on and on like this and not give this chapter a perfect score?  The answer is, I can't. The story and art combined into one of the best reads I've had since...well, probably the last time I gave this book a perfect score.  Listen, I'm a miserable man who loves to nitpick during my reviews and while I tried, I really couldn't find anything wrong with this chapter.
View Issue       View Full Review

I know that we are a DC Comics centric site, but I will now lie to any of you...The Paybacks is my favorite comic book.  I loved the first run from Dark Horse, but Eliot Rahal, Donny Cates and Geoff Shaw have returned (thanks to Heavy Metal) with a vengeance and everything feels new, exciting and awesome!  I rarely tell people to go out and buy a comic just because I happen to like it, but I beg you to go out right now and get this issue...even if it's just to ensure I get more issues!  Trust me, I am giving it the score it deserves.
View Issue       View Full Review

I loved this issue and the series as a whole.  I'm sad to see it end, but wouldn't want it any other way.  If you are looking for a mature comic that is action packed, thought provoking and beautiful, pick up the whole series now.  You will not be disappointed.  Highly recommended.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is simply the cherry on top to a perfectly crafted sundae, a very unique addition to the Marvel super hero genre.
View Issue       View Full Review

This issue is simply the cherry on top to a perfectly crafted sundae, a very unique addition to the Marvel super hero genre.
View Issue       View Full Review

If you haven't seen the movie yet you won't feel left out. Your provided with enough dialogue to get a feel for the characters. This is plenty of action and humor in this debut issue. The story even wraps up the arc in the debut issue. After reading you'll still feel like it's a cliffhanger only cause you want to continue on this journey with Wolfcop and his best buddy Willie right away.
View Issue       View Full Review

Wonder Woman #35 was a great ending to a great story.  Azzerello and Chiang end their run in style with a story that is epic and heartfelt and just made me glad I was part of it from the beginning.  Thanks to both of them for such a great run.
View Issue       View Full Review

Inherently, last issues are difficult to review because you want to try and provide everyone with a few thoughts while leaving the mystery open to those truly interested in seeing a story through to its conclusion. If you take away anything from this blurb at all it would be to buy this book. In today's comic landscape,  it's exceedingly rare, when reboots and relaunches rule the sales charts, for a superhero comic to have a coherent beginning, middle and end to a story. X-O Manowar has proven this tried and true formula of storytelling can produce top notch entertainment when given the time to grow. I want more like it.
View Issue       View Full Review

Reviews for the Week of...

April

24th 17th 10th 3rd

March

27th
More
© 2024